Category Archives: Political Commentary

Progressive leftist/fascists seem to be pressing for armed-conflict by trashing the 2nd Amendment (and other atrocities), confident they own the military’s loyalty. They don’t, but that simple answer is worthless, and for a long list of scary reasons.

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com Facebook proparanoid.net

Dateline, March, 16, 2019, from the Olympic Peninsula, in the shadow of Califoregoshington

copyright © 2019, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Quote freely, links requested. Please comment any such repost or quote link to original posting.

Reading, you will learn:

that a military or political coup in America has been attempted in the past;
half the country thinks one is in works as you read;
the possibility of success can be judged by comparing the present to the past;
that analysis is important regardless of which side of politics you sit, and;
it is scary to contemplate, because it points to blood being spilled.

An important question

The question I have posed in my books since before the turn of the Century was this: what would happen if there is an attempt to take over the government by some form of coup, or to subvert/destroy the Constitution, such as seizure of guns from citizens or abandoning of National Sovereignty to the North American Union and the New World Order? The simple answer is a civil war, or what I term Revolution 2.0. There is both a right and duty of revolution, which reveals this truth: when a Country makes laws which fly in the face of logic, natural law, Constitutional law, and the laws of your lawfully chosen faith… and endanger the nation’s future and safety, it’s time to overthrow that government. That answer itself leads to many more questions, such as, what does it take to start a revolution, and how close are we to having one? But the most important one to participants in any such civil unrest, and which this post attempts to answer, is this:

which side will the military back in such a revolution, and how real is the possibility that the military might choose wrongly?

This post is an in-depth analysis, and as result, is about a 30 minute read with some important, unexpected, and revealing content… surprising even me, in fact… and I’ve been writing (in warning) on this topic for nearly two decades. If you are the sort who prefers sound bite news, just skip to the last section (In Summary), so you can simply confirm your belief bias without gaining any actual knowledge, be it agreeing with me, or discounting my findings in your ignorance of the facts which lead to that conclusion. That is your choice, to make, and your responsibility to choose. The same will be true of Revolution 2.0, where wrong choice based on ignorance could have serious consequences for you, your family, your country, and the World.

In seeking an answer, it should be noted that fascist-minded megalomaniacs have existed within all Militaries since the dawn of the institution; such personalities are naturally drawn to military and Police, and tend to rise in the ranks to positions of command. Regardless of any outer political views they wear on their sleeves, they tend to be fascist/police-statists in their thinking. More so, in America, perhaps, since 1947, when the DOD and CIA were founded, and the Military Industrial (and Intelligence) Complex was ‘invented.’ I have since added the liberal media cabal to the complex, resulting in the nick-name, MIIM. Every generation has them; people who find fascism more useful to their rise to power than they see in guarding your freedom and rights. There are several important illustrations of this in our history, and they reveal that some among US military leadership are well capable of siding with the wrong side… perhaps even engineering a reason for a conflict which might enable or excuse a coup.

Some call it a ‘Deep State mentality.’ I call it New World Order thinking.

Note: while this post is made in an America where, at the moment, the greatest threat capable of forcing civil conflict comes from progressive leftists… and while that group embodies and employs elements of the Deep State, Fascism, and globalist New World Order agenda… the Deep State, Fascism, and the New World Order has allies on both the left and right, almost always in the extremest versions, thereof — in almost EVERY country on the planet. You can’t tell your players without a program, and while some players stick out visibly on both sides, no one is publishing a program. Trust no establishment politician, international corporation, or anyone promoting extreme liberalism, socialism, communism, or extreme conservativism or nationalism. Ferris Bueller was right: “A person shouldn’t believe in isms. They should believe in themselves.”

We know, for instance, that the Military has worried about a possible not-so ‘civil war’ between the branches, between units within a branch, or individual soldiers within a unit, for some time. The rank and file of the military is by and large duly patriotic, mindful that they are not to obey unlawful orders, and understand and honors their Oaths to uphold and protect the Constitution. Yet they are also trained to obey without question. No military in the World can do both well, simultaneously, in times of conflict. Unlawful orders transpire, and are obeyed by most, and to disobey can be seriously punished, with any such incidents typically swept under the carpet. No one wants to be a vanquished martyr for a silenced and unheard cause.

The proof of military’s concern over this paradoxical is in the form of a questionnaire since referred to as the ’Shoot Americans Questionnaire,’ which has been given to various sampled units in various branches over the years. The good news is, not too many soldiers indicated they would obey orders to fire on Americans who, for instance in just one of several scenario questions, “refused to turn in their guns.” Other questions about use of deadly force related to other causes or issues of some concern, here, such as if the soldier would be willing to swear allegiance to United Nations Commanders, in deference to US law (it did not mention US law).

That questionnaire arose out of our second evidence, the Revolution in Military Affairs. RMA is the notion that as modern technology and political realities evolve, the military needs to adapt its war fighting policies, tactics, and capabilities to maximize efficiency and reduce chances of failures. Nothing wrong with that; all militaries do it. However, in the 70s and 80s, it literally became a field of think-tank study within the military, and frequently a common topic of discussion the the U.S. Army’s War College publication, Parameters. Within its pages, according to an article which appeared in the now defunct Washington D.C. Newspaper, The Spotlight, was an RMA based article which defined the ‘new face’ of America’s next new war. In fact, as I recall, the piece was titled ‘America’s New War,’ which was, ironically, exactly the propagandist terms media used to describe the war to liberate Kuwait.

In the quotes from the Parameters pages, the next new kind of warfare which needed to be planned for would be with “former military, militia, patriots, constitutionalists, and the poor and disenfranchised.” Excuse me? Since when are such the enemy of the State? When did the military start thinking the government is so far afield from righteousness that the military must plan for waring with upset citizens? Why should any who so think be allowed the command of force of arms? But that is not all. RMA also established something called the “21st Century Politico-Military Force Matrix,” which is largely the marriage of local law enforcement and military actions in a matrix of options for dealing with unruly civilian populations. Then there is MOOTW, “Miltary Operations Other Than War,” which provides clear operating strategies for interactions with citizens as potential combatants, including use of force of arms. It has also been called “The People’s War” by the military… for dealing with a civilian uprising.

Finally, there is the dramatic increase in development of psychological warfare technologies (mind control) and non-lethal weaponry… for military application against civilian populations. This is sometimes referred to as the Forth Epoch War, and I’ve written whole books on that, and one of them, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide, lists nearly 500 technical terms which represent the sum total of such weaponry, methodologies, and strategies. Among them are terms representing the construction and use of whole fake communities which can in no way be taken for anything but American towns, where training exercises regularly take place in door-to-door searches, traffic blockade/check point vehicle searches, and storming of buildings in SWAT-like operations.

If that were not enough, there have been actual training exercises in a long list of major and lesser American cities (i.e., LA, Houston, Chicago, etc.), much to the alarm of citizens who were NOT informed of the operations until AFTER they are completed… event though in some cases direct citizen confrontation, detainment, and questioning had been involved… often by Psychological Warfare units. At times, civil rights had been violated or citizen’s safety put at risk. This has been going on for more than four decades, and it has been getting more blatant and frequent every four years or so (an interesting characteristic, given election cycles).

Finding clues within previous coup attempts

The answer as to which side the military would take in such a scenario, is the same as would seem to worry the Pentagon, based on the questionnaire and their significant focus on civilian confrontation in RMA. I have always believed, that the inescapable answer is BOTH — resulting in rebellions amid the military, itself, both within and between branches, and within units. There have been two well-played-out but failed attempts at a military coup in America which serve as models of any such scenario, and these deserve some scrutiny. The first one was real (the 1933/34 Business Plot to depose President Roosevelt and establish a Fascist government), and served as a model for the second, which is where we will start for reasons beneficial to context of any Revolution 2.0. The most recent was a fictional depiction written by Political writer/researcher (Fletcher Knebel) and a former Editor of a major newspaper (Charles W. Bailey II). I’ll start there.

Though their book, Seven Days in May, was indeed fiction, it was extremely well researched and quite factual in its underpinnings, and enjoys the modern context of the Department of Defense and Joint Chiefs of Staff, which did not exist in 1933. The book was a best seller and makes excellent reading, but it was also made into a box office hit you can watch online, starting Kirk Douglas and Burt Lancaster. There are several reasons it makes a good model, despite its fictional nature; it was based on factual basis relevant to our time, then, and now.

The movie was produced in the shadow and conspiratorial clouds leading to the assassination of John Kennedy, of which many people wondered if that ugly scar in America’s history was a plot involving some sort of political coup. Indeed, many clues uncovered over time pointed to military involvement. One was that the usual way the local National Guard military participation in Presidential visits was ordered to stand down, not unlike what happened in the Clinton/Obama Benghazi debacle resulting in the deaths of Marines and Embassy Officials, there. Another was the intrigue and conflict between Kennedy and the Joint Chiefs over the war in Vietnam, the Cuban Missile Crisis and the Bay of Pigs Invasion; the war hawks thought him soft on Communism.

Moreover, Kennedy had turned down the Joint Chiefs plan to fake a series of false-flag ‘Cuban terrorism’ events to justify an full out invasion and ousting of Castro, called Operation Northwoods… which also happens to be the blueprint visibly in play in the terror events leading to 9-11 attacks and the series of Middle East oil wars predicted in my book set, Fatal Rebirth — which predicted both the WTC downing by false-flag jetliner terrorism and the resulting oil wars in 1999, nearly two years before the attack. The Knebel/Bailey book itself was also written as a kind of harbinger of possible things to come based on many of the above difficulties between Kennedy and the Chiefs, and, ironically, Kennedy himself was quite fond of the book, likely recognizing aspects of the plot line to his own mirrored reality.

Sadly, he did not give it enough due, or he might have been able to foresee the deadly future which lay ahead for him… and perhaps, even forestall the use of Northwoods in our more recent history. The name Northwoods itself, by the way, was based on WWII Nazi operations of like false-flag nature… and the name Northwoods references Germanic translation, ‘Wald Im Norden’ (woods in/of the north) which also describes the invasion of Poland, which began WWII… the German Army swarmed into Poland from the forests to it’s North as did the air Blitzkrieg which overflew it. The fascists would, thereby, engulf the World in flame for a second time.

Note: Should the reader doubt any prime point within this post, they should hold final opinion until watching Seven Days in May. It will be well worth your time on an entertainment basis, alone. It is absolutely critical to understand the relationship of the various branches of service, how troop movement, material (weapons, munitions, supplies) and funding are manipulated within the context of the Department of Defense, and Presidential/Congressional oversight. The education, alone, is also motivation enough to watch the movie… as is the fact that much of the dialog is quite unhappily the same you are hearing on TV from commentators and politicians today; treason is afoot, for real, and as in the film as well as in 1933. But the key point in common with both the film/book and partially true in the Business Plot (there was no Air Force in ’33), was the absolute need to include the Marines and Air Force in key roles on one side or the other… and a means to ‘exclude’ non participants in the plot from interference as the coup unfolded.

Fascism brings us back to the Business Plot, which was undertaken by fascist business leaders of the most famous kind, including Bush, Harriman, Singer, DuPont, Hearst, Heinz, Mellon, Morgan, and others. But it was deemed that the plot could not succeed without a (then retired) Marine, one General Smedley Butler, who was the most popular military figure in the country, at the time. Butler was approached and ‘recruited’ to lead an uprising of unhappy Veterans who were owed money by the Government and unable to collect because of the Great Depression, which was also the source of unhappy ire of the businessmen. Butler’s role, if undertaken as intended, was to lead some 500,000 Veterans in ‘revolt,’ to seize the Capitol and depose or destroy the President, and hold Congress hostage, pending satisfactory reformation of a new government model.

Such a plot could not dare being risked unless assured that the military would both be unable to respond quickly enough to prevent the coup, and once in place, would not dare confront Butler and his civilian army (called the Bonus Army), or their fascist backers. Clearly, the backers of the plot must have had some private assurances from at least the Army, if not the Navy, that there would be no objection. The Chief of Staff (highest ranking General in command of the Army) in 1933 was Douglas MacArthur, who clearly did not get along well with Roosevelt, and was thought to be a fascist at heart. His counterpart in the Navy, Chief of Naval Operations, was Admiral William V. Pratt, who was very unhappy with the depression, as it had forced severe reduction of Naval forces, and threatened to merge the Coast Guard and the Navy, an idea which he opposed vehemently. The Commandant of the Marine Corps, Ben Herbard Fuller, also a JCS equivalent, was similarly suffering retrenchment because of the depression, and deeply respected Butler and MacArthur. To be clear, neither Fuller or Pratt have ever been accused of fascist leanings, as had been MacArthur, but a change in power favoring the military would not have hurt their wishes for a stronger military to command.

Thankfully, Smedley was a patriot who refuse the recruitment, and he instead exposed and thwarted the plot before it could get off the ground… though there was also a failed assassination attempt involving an Italian immigrant of fascist viewpoints in 1933. And, in the TV series, City of Angels (a TV spin-off of the Movie Chinatown, staring Wayne Rogers), the greater plot line in a three-part season opener (The November Plan) featured a foiled attempt to assassinate Roosevelt in a trip to California. That ‘fictional’ plot line was based in factual realities (subject to Hollywood license, of course), and did involve Smedley Butler as well as soldiers in uniform intent on betraying Roosevelt. The screenplay was by well respected researcher and writer of crime/detective drama, Stephen J. Cannell.

Now let us similarly disect the 1963 example…

The other key player in Seven Days of May was an Air Force General. Modern troop and material movement requires the coordinated support of the US Air Force. It was, in fact, this critical role which was the underlying plot mechanism of Seven Days in May, and quite critical to our understanding of what it would take for a modern coup to succeed. Therefore, with respect to Revolution 2.0, and Deep State influence over possible military opposition against Constitutionalists, those seeking to destroy the Constitution will need to include support of the Air Force, as well. The Army is less a concern, because the bulk of the standing Army is in deployment, and because each State’s National Guard is available to the Governors of each State in case of ‘civil unrest,’ which is what they would call the matter, seeking to hide the truth from the public: that any revolution was to save and restore Constitutional law against traitors.

If the State was run by liberals, the National Guards could be activated by the Governor against the ‘rebels,’ as they might also be termed for political propaganda expediency. If the State was conservative, the DOD could order the Guard to stand down (so as not to aid the ‘rebels’) or be activated at the Federal level to oppose the patriots. That could be true only if the majority of Joint Chiefs were on board with the unconstitutional effort underway. Stateside regular Army could potentially be directed to fill in where National Guard units or their Governor refused to stand down or comply with Federal activation. That would be an example of ‘civil war’ between elements within a given branch of the Military, and it is expected that any such use of troops, regardless if acting on Federal or gubernatorial orders, would experience conflict within their ranks, seriously inhibiting their efficiency.

In like manner, the Navy is largely out of the picture; the bulk of it is also on station around the World, and it is not well poised to impact ground actions within the borders of the US, short of coastal regions. In Seven Days of May, the Navy simply stood down. The same should be true of the Coast Guard, perhaps more so. Amid all of this, there is an added problem which provides a logical reason to stand down. Specifically, in such a coup, the military still needs to insure unfriendly actors such as China, N. Korea, Iran, or even Russia… did not take advantage of an America engaged in civil war. They might, for instance, choose to wax adventurous against allies, or even against US forces. Ergo, the Navy and much of the strategic Air Force would need to devote their attention to World affairs; standing down from any major role in the revolution would be tactically wise. And, in the next section, we will see ample reason for concern over their ability handle two conflicts simultaneously, both at home and abroad.

Perhaps we ought take a close look at Obama’s JCS, still now in place, and see what’s going on with them, in like-comparison.

What about today’s Joint Chiefs?

We must compare the two historical examples against today’s potential for replay. Looking back to 1933 and 1963, what about 2023, or some other current time frame? How does today’s situation compare, to then? Politically, there were fascist undercurrents mainly in the business community in 1933, where in 1963, the fascists were additionally present in the military industrial (and intelligence community) complex. They still exist to some degree in both sectors, today… but there is more afoot. Today, we see socialist/communist/anarchists and progressives on the Left using fascist tactics, including members of Congress. They are pitching socialism, but acting like fascists.

Today’s environment, then, is not so different from the past, and is perhaps worse, in final analysis… so what about the key military players at the Pentagon? How do they, and their resources, compare to the 1933 and 1963 scenarios?

In 1933, there was no Air Force, but there was a retired Marine at least thought able to raise a civilian ‘Bonus Army’ army of veterans, and a presumed friendly Army Chief of Staff. Butler was a key military resource. In 1963, it was once more a Marine in the book/screen play (Kirk Douglas) who busted a coup attempt… a plot orchestrated by an Air Force General who was the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs, and three JCS (Army, Air Force, Marines — Coast Guard did not have representation in 1964), while the Navy Joint Chief who was aware, wanted no part of it, but yet remained silent of it.

In 1933, Butler was retired, the most likely candidate to orchestrate such a coup. Today, the pro liberal/progressive/fascist forces would likely be stirred to replay 1933 with the likes of Retired Army General Tommy Franks, who was Clinton’s right-hand military man… the man who ordered the flame throwing tank and commanded at Waco. As such, he enjoys free access to anyone in the Pentagon on at least an informal basis, and still holds a security clearance. As a Deep State operative, he could become the organizing and communications agent in any such modern-day plot. He also has many friends and contacts within the military industrial (MIIM) complex. He meets the 1933 model, as a recruitment target/tool — one I feel unlikely to adopt Butler’s patriotic response.

And the plot in 1963 required at least the bulk of the Joint Chiefs to participate, or be cowered into silence. The Joint Chiefs today consist of one four-star General to represent each branch of service, including someone to represent the Coast Guard and the National Guard, plus a Chairman and vice Chairman, for a total of seven top-echelon decision makers. Today, thanks to Obama, the JCS consists of two Marines and three US Air Force Generals to form a ‘heavy weighting’ of representation to the same two branches deemed important in 1963. I say thanks to Obama, because he conducted a purge of some 266 top-ranking military officers, and oversaw a rapid series of promotions necessary to put his personally approved people into the JCS chairs.

One Marine, General Joseph Dunford, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs, owes his position to that purge with a series of four rapid-paced promotions and appointment to the post by Obama. He is the most powerful man in the military, the counterpart to the 1963 role played by Burt Lancaster in film, though a Marine, instead of Air Force. The Vice Chairman, however, is Air Force (Paul J. Selva), also appointed by Obama with six rapid promotions. The Joint Chief of the Marines, General Robert Neller, had three promotions under Obama to his post, making two Marines in total.

The Joint Chief of the Air Force, General David L. Goldfein, enjoyed five promotions under Obama, and Air Force General Joseph L. Lengyel (making the third Air Force General) is JCS representing the National Guard. He had five promotions under Obama, while Admiral John M Richardson, Navy’s JCS, had only one promotion under Obama… it perhaps being understood in the 1963 model that the Navy is a non-critical player in a coup. In like relationship, the Commandant of the Coast Guard, Admiral Karl L Schultz, a de facto 8th JCS… appointed by President Trump, as was General Mark A Milley, the Army’s Joint Chief. Again, the Army is a conflicted player, both by virtue of deployments and National Guard complications, the one branch of the services most likely to be at war with itself in a coup-like or Revolution 2.0 scenario.

And, it would appear that Obama’s bevy of purge-replacement military officers have been quietly sabotaging the military in ways which make national defense abroad that much harder, perhaps shifting capabilities to a homeland conflict (I hate using that fascist term, ‘homeland’). In fact, difficult enough that the Air Force, by way of example, might not be able to provide any aid to patriots, or be a factor against them, at all, outside of material and troop transport. If today’s Air Force capabilities analysis is any clue, President Trump no longer has a full deck of military cards to play. A conflict at home and abroad would tax any Trump effort to support Constitutionalists, even were the DOD not under the control of Deep State plants.

Monkey wrench conspiracy theories

One tool the Air Force has which could prove extremely troublesome if aligned with treason, is Command Solo. There are 21 Command Solo aircraft, all based at Pennsylvania’s National Guard; specially modified C-130s capable of significant mind control capabilities via Political Control Technology (PCT). I find it troubling that such capabilities are National Guard, rather than Regular Army or Air Force, making it all that much easier to use against citizens. A single plane can impact a two-five State region, depending on State sizes. All of them fly regular training flights, unless in use overseas in a combat theater.

Impact? The Air Force has admitted that they were used in Bosnia to sway elections, and in Iraq to convince thousands of Iraqi crack troops to surrender to small drones which were essentially RC model airplanes with cameras. The chief weapon the plane has is the interception of local radio and television broadcasts, which it then embeds with hidden inaudible subliminal messages which the subconscious mind does absorb. Such messages can be of any desired simple but endlessly repeated phrases or key words (such as ‘surrender, turn in your guns, vote Democrat’) for rebroadcast at a stronger signal strength than the original. The secondary weapon is more insidious; EEG entrainment.

Human brainwaves for emotions operate at ultra low frequencies, and are roughly the same across population samples. If the desired emotional state of being is broadcast at signal strengths greater than that of the brain, the brain adopts them as its own (is entrained). By combining subliminals with emotional state manipulation, such as an abiding and overwhelming fear, Command Solo can impact tens or hundreds of thousands of people while in the air. In such use, it can fly 24/7 with required stops for refueling and crew changes, or in rotation with another Command Solo aircraft.

The training flights they fly involve preprogrammed mission tapes representing ‘harmless’ subliminals and EEG patterns to be used, but not even the operators on board, or their commanders, have any way of knowing what the content actually is (presumed to be ’empty’ of content.) So when they fly training missions, they could very well be telling Democrats to be outraged about everything, violent, etc., and no one would be the wiser, except the person who ordered the tapes to be made, and used, and the computer operator who created the tapes.

Watching your emotions and being alert for changes in that and any unexpected thought patterns which represent something contrary to your original belief structures, is your only clue the plane is being used. The average person won’t question. The strong-willed and alert, can detect, and can resist, if strong minded and inwardly alert. The other clue is seeing the aircraft in the air. A good spotting scope, rifle scope, or telephoto lens can easily recognize if a suspected plane is a C-130 with the Command Solo configuration. Command Solo, and other PCT are well covered in terms of detection and defense in my book, MC Realities.

Another wildcard conspiracy theory is “UN Intervention,” and I here draw upon the ten years of research documented in my book set, Fatal Rebirth. There have largely been two waves or versions of this theory, and both are based in demonstrable facts nonetheless consistently denied by both US military and the UN, itself. The first took hold back the 1990’s and a bit before, with origins earlier than that, tied to far-right thinkers and political forces, such as retired General and US Senator, Barry Goldwater, who foresaw the New World Order’s rise through the U.N. In the 90’s, large numbers of people were seeing and reporting long trainloads of flatbed cars loaded with white U.N. military vehicles, as well as similar on river barges and tractor-trailer units, sometimes in convoys on American highways. Other reports talked of holding areas with hundreds of units parked in neat rows, typically surrounded by military quality fencing and guard stations manned by ‘Men in unmarked black uniforms.’

Most of the 43 United Nations ‘Biospheres’ in some cases rendered off-limits to citizens and subject to UN control as part of Agenda 21.

This was also the same time frame when people hiking in select wilderness areas were encountering armed soldiers, also in unmarked black uniforms who were apparently conducting some kind of drill or operation. Invariably, they were said to have been speaking both English and a foreign language of some sort, and ordering civilians away at gunpoint, advising they had entered a military compound. Many of these reports of vehicles and soldiers made the newspapers in one form or another, sometimes with pictures, but the military and the UN denied any validity. Some of these events and UN vehicle stockpiles were indeed in ‘wilderness’ areas tied to the 43 United Nations Biospheres regions, which is its own Agenda 21 conspiracy topic.

The U.N., for instance, has officially insisted it has no men or vehicles in North America, and does not use the types of vehicles being spotted. Most were identifiable as American WWII era, or more modern US Army vehicles, and many more were of Soviet manufacture. And, at the time, large numbers of Soviet military equipment, including helicopters, trucks, tanks, rocket batteries, and even specialized units such as CBRN (Chemical Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear) decontamination trucks were being brought into the country by someone, sighted variously in transit or storage in either original Soviet or UN colors… no unit or national markings lest it simply be ‘UN.’

Let’s take just one very interesting and well documented case (my 1990 research, plus the Spotlight in the same timeframe), to drive the point home. It involves Soviet ARS-14 biological/chemical warfare trucks shipped from West Germany through the firm Beesh Merkator to Gulfport, MS, then by barge to Scranton, Iowa to a company, Airmar Resources, Corp, operated by Lt. Col. A. R. Koval Sr., USAF, retired. Koval told the Spotlight that the units were purchased for Germany and destined for UN forces in Europe after refurbishing, contrary to UN statements it does not, by policy, use Soviet equipment of any kind.

These units have been in the U.S. for nearly a decade. US made, mfg says they are for use overseas, but UN denies using US vehicles or having inventory in America.

The investigation continued, revealing that from Scranton, they were transited to various destinations in America through firms named Newway and Scranton Manufacturing. The later firm, contrary to Airmar Resources claims, said the trucks were being converted to ‘garbage trucks,’ but the EPA said it would be impossible for those vehicles to be made to meet vehicle standards. Scranton responded that they were destined for European markets, but one has to ask about the cost effectiveness of buying and shipping trucks from Europe to America for modifications, and then shipping them back to Europe. Scranton at the time indeed offered a line of new garbage trucks, but none were of Soviet origin. All were, like the Soviet units, painted white, of course. A nifty cover story that almost works, if you don’t look too closely.

And, as stated, the modified trucks were tracked to US destinations, not Europe. One, in fact, spotted in California on a flatbed truck, was leaking noxious smelling liquids which made the witness sweat profusely and ill to his stomach. Marked with a sign “Quarantined by US Department of Agriculture,” the fluid was being drained into a trench by men in protective clothing. Both Newway and Scranton Manufacturing are alternate names for a small but troubled firm associated with Bede Jet Corp, the maker of small fiberglass civilian jets (build-it-yourself kits) like the one James Bond (Roger Moore) used to attack Castro’s air base in the opening sequence of Octopussy. Newway, in fact, also made Bede-designed, Honda-powered, fully enclosed two-seat motorcycle-car kits, also of fiberglass.

The more recent wave of UN concerns is fare easier to demonstrate (the images above, for instance), and involves UN intervention officially in place. It comes from the Obama Administration’s invitation for the UN sponsored program referenced as the Strong Cities Network. Based on selling fear of terrorism, in particular, ‘home-grown extremists,’ the program calls for United Nations help to member Cities in the Network. The help goes directly to and influences the Police Departments within the network, as well as city management. On the surface, as sold to citizens in the fear mongering, it sounds like a way to gain some expertise in combating terrorism. But that is a deliberately false narrative.

Interesting: Obama is said to be slated to be next Secretary General of the UN…

Conspiracy theorists early-on tried to warn people it was a dreadful mistake and a trap. Now, even non theorists are proving the conspiracy is no theory, and far more serious than even early theorists, had thought. It turns out that the Strong City Network acts as its own Law Enforcement Agency, and is empowered to actually govern member cities. Cities which join the network essentially are subject to UN Rule of law, rather than the US Constitution. Currently, New York, Atlanta, Denver, and Minneapolis are members, and a push is underway for Boston, west-coast cities, and elsewhere, to follow suit. In the event of a civil war/revolution scenario, the framework and base structure for a UN interference will already be in place. All they need to do, is to make the announcement, and fly in their people and equipment to make it stick. Because it was blessed by Obama, it would be difficult for anyone to object, including the military — unless and until President Trump or some other President revokes the program and so orders, at least.

There is a final ‘conspiracy’ matter which counters the other two, in impact: a secret military within the military. When researching my book, Fatal Rebirth, I was contacted by an active Officer of high rank in the US Military who knew of my work through my appearance on Coast to Coast with George Noory. He advised that there was, within each branch of the service, a secret group of Officers of some importance, and positioned across the full spectrum of unit function (i.e., Intelligence, combat, support, communications, etc.) Their purpose was to be prepared for, on watch for, and to activate should there be any unlawful (unconstitutional) effort to effect a coup or military takeover. He in fact invited me to become a member, as they did have associations with civilian counterparts they deemed useful. Accepting, they said, I would then have access to information he assured me would be valuable to my book.

However, as the covert security aspects of membership were extremely hight, I did not feel I could manage them… and, I was unwilling to accept responsibility for receipt of classified military or governmental information, which would risk being charged with a crime, if caught. But I was pleased that such men were in place to help insure that unlawful orders against citizens would meet with both covert and overt resistance. I reference this covert patriot group as the ‘Turtle,’ (as in, Revenge of the Turtle, America’s first submarine war vessel used in the Revolutionary war. The Turtle is, and like the Turtle sub, is invisible and hard to find, until it bites.

In summary

We see then, that the makeup of the current JCS team engineered by Obama, almost exclusively, is quite weighted to Marine and Air Force, suspiciously Deep State tied, and more than mirrors the key aspects of both the 1933 and 1963 scenarios. We see that was an Obama (Democrat) arrangement through a purge, as part of setting up his Deep State. We see that Obama has set the stage for potential UN interference and further partnerships or concessions to authority from the next progressive President to take power. We see that the military and its MIIM Complex, the business sector, and the political spectrum is well laced with both fascist and liberal/progressive politics which border on fascism, and employ fascist tactics. We see that Deep State and establishment politicians collectively ‘hate Trump’ regardless of party affiliation, and in many cases, would rather see the country come to harm than to allow him to continue in office. We see now why the progressives think they own the military, which could in fact be poised for a last-ditch full-blown military coup take over if Trump wins, again.

The final conclusion is, all the pieces are in place, and while the leftists do own the military at the top, they do not, top-down. How then, can we say we are not ripe for a coup, or Revolution 2.0, should the progressives come to power, again — for they still believe they do own the military? Assuming the left does not reform itself into a more logical and viable political entity akin to the old Democratic party of the 1950’s and 60’s, if they cannot be kept from ever again obtaining power, armed conflict must indeed be our future. I foresee no other possible outcome.

Returning to the original question, then, the military is well poised at the command level (JCS) to participate against patriots, but not necessarily well positioned to do so without difficulties, rank and file. We see the Navy and Coast Guard are weak players in such a scenario. We see the Marines, despite any leadership which might be opposed to Patriots, are perhaps the most likely to themselves, at rank and file levels, join with patriots, and refuse unlawful orders. We also see the Turtle groups would do likewise. We see army has its own confusions and situational roadblocks to a unified and obedient command against patriots, tied to the complex relationship with National Guard units. And, we also see the Air force, along with Navy and to a degree, Marines, must be somewhat aloof to such conflict, in order to prevent third-actor States from taking advantage of an American military distracted at home.

I therefore do not see the relatively small numbers of US armed forces, if arrayed against the large number of 2nd Amendment defenders and others of the “former military, militia, patriots, constitutionalists, and the poor and disenfranchised,” being sufficiently strong enough to prevent a patriot victory. That, however, is based on additional assumptions not yet in evidence or proven true: a) that mind control technology will be used effectively; b) that progressives will prove to be better armed and organized than expected; c) that other groups might join in, such as illegal immigrants and Muslims seeing the conflict as a way to advance their own causes, or real or fake UN troops; d) that China (by this means/scenario) or Mexico, perhaps even Canada, might elect to enter into the fray; e) that some other totally unexpected plot element is afoot and impossible to evaluate.

Therefore, if when at bat with an unfriendly pitcher on the Mound, be ready to smack the ball as hard as you can… but also… “Watch out for in your ear,” with a deliberately wild and hurtful pitch (apologies for stealing Ray Liotta’s line).

If you agree… there is yet one more unanswered question: what will the rules of engagement be for patriots, when they will face and odd mix in the battlefield (cities and countryside)? It will be a strange mix of citizens + law enforcement + military on both sides, and in many cases, there will be times when it will not be known which side a combatant force is on. How should such a war be prosecuted? For the answer to that… and in foreseeing this time coming more than 20 years ago… I wrote the book set, Fatal Rebirth. The answers are there, and have been, all along.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, military, News Events, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: Constitution, military, military coup, patriots, resolution, takeover, UN troops, UN warehouse, unconstitutional

There is a Mark of the Beast Implant with YOUR NAME on it

Jul 25

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

This is an old topic that’s lost traction in the public eye, but in the background, the enemy continues to work ever closer to fulfilling prophecy about Mark of the Beast. Now, employees are being asked to implant themselves in order to get snacks, get through doors, and access workstations and photocopier.

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com Facebook proparanoid.net

copyright © 2017, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Quote freely, links requested. Please comment any such repost or quote link to original posting.

What you will learn reading this post:

what RFID is, who is behind it, and why you should fear it;
about Digital Angel, and the bio implant tracking version of RFID;
why you should fear it, put away petty ideological differences, and unite against it
what you can do to defend against it;
the greater strategy RFID is in support of (the ultimate threat).

Invasion of privacy tiny in size, massive in scope

Tracking implant quite similar in shape to a much larger one found in my own leg some 35 years ago. State of the art, today, are smaller, translucent, bond with and look like human tissue: invisible to a surgeon and to x-ray. MRI sees them as a blemish. Less sophisticated units without GPS/cellular/wifi capability can be as small as the period in this sentence.

Recent news stories, including a particularly scary one referenced in red text, herein, have forced me to draw upon years of research and dig out my old PowerPoint presentation, 666 Reasons for Smart Dust and RFID Technology, as presented as the keynote presentation at Conspiracycon 2010, in Santa Clara. Any definitive presentation must go back to the beginning, or the dots won’t quite usefully connect. This is going to impact YOU in YOUR LIFETIME. Actually, it already has, and you just don’t know it; the water temperature is slowly being raised on we Frogs, and it’s quite hot, already. Hopefully… we can somehow jump out before its too late.

Smart Dust and RFID tracking technology are quite related, but Smart Dust is not going to be a part of this presentation, except to say that it is nanotech capable of much more than RFID, but it is not an implant. While it is represents its own significant threat to social, financial, and physical security and well being, it is less useful than a tracking implant for the population at large, and cannot play the role of Mark of the Beast. Fortunately, it will not likely ever be used against anyone not deemed a high-priority national security risk. You know, like Will Smith, in Enemy of the State.

The less costly Digital Angel implant

RFID, however, is the very heart of the tracking bio implant, the most obscene version and infamous of which is Digital Angel. That’s the name of a CIA front central in pushing for implants, but also often used to describe their chip, itself as a product trade name. They also offer a wide variety of tracking systems which are non implant, such as wearable items like watches and ankle bracelets.

But we need start with a broader view on RFID to fully understand the greater threat this topic represents. Non implant (and seemingly harmless) versions of RFID are already used to track an endless array of products, and you are quite likely to bring them home every time you go shopping. In retail, it is mostly benign, but it becomes the bedrock of a useful personal tracking system.

What?

Mostly benign? Check this out, an edited and updated excerpt from my book, The Professional Paranoid: How to fight back when Investigated, Stalked, Harassed, or Targeted by any Agency, Organization, or Individual (third ed.) Excerpt begins…

Smart Dust, RFID, and the Mark of the Beast

i want you to consider the first letter of this sentence; the lack of capitalization is not a typo. I wanted to draw attention to the dot above the letter ‘i.’ There is a reason… there is an RFID invasion taking place, and some of the invaders can be just that small.

implantedhand The Bible tells us that in the End Times, there can be no transaction between persons for goods or services unless both parties have the mark. Revelation 13:16-17 “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: ¹⁷and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.”

Though the Mark of the Beast is thought of as being the number 666, that is not quite the case. That is the number of the Beast himself (the Antichrist) in numerology evaluation of his name. The original words used in the original Greek texts of the New Testament can be translated to mean ‘insert’ as well as ‘mark.’ Thus there are growing numbers of people who think that some form of Digital Angel bio implant will be the actual marking device. This section will illustrate that likelihood and educate you on just how close to that day we may be.

This will make sense later: implants are the mark for the hands of peons, and marks on the forehead are the mark for meons.

What is Digital Angel? It is a firm which is known for a series of tracking products, including bio implants, all based on RFID technology. Simply put, it is a passive device which, when scanned with a low-energy RF signal, responds with a signal of its own, broadcasting a unique identification number or other data. Early versions of this are still commonly found in clunky removable/disposable merchandise security tags installed by retailers which can trigger alarms when shoplifted goods exit the store. In the modern version, the product manufacturer includes the chip which enables the same feature without the retailer needing to do anything but take delivery of the goods.

There is a whole emerging industry based on RFID, and it, in turn, impacts on almost all other industry sectors. The industry is driven at its heart by the military and intelligence community with the help of corporations who are part and parcel of the NWO elite, as defined by the makeup of their directors and other corporate leadership or ownership. What they want to do with RFID is mind boggling, as is what RFID is capable of in terms of invasion of privacy. To start, they want every single product manufactured and sold to have its own unique RFID tag, and are pitching it to manufacturers and retailers as the next evolution of bar code.

Similar chips in credit cards technically allow purchase without the need to remove the credit card from the wallet, though they currently require us to scan the card. But all that is really be needed is to specify which of several credit cards we might be carrying was desired to be used. That could be verbal, by touch screen, or smart phone application, which avoids producing the card. RFID is also being built into phones for comparison with credit cards nearby, to allow verbal telephone purchases to be made without the need to verbally confirm credit card details. The bio implant is ‘sold’ to us as a convenience to replace all of that (examples to follow).

That is the ‘convenience’ under which it will be sold to us in the retail world, and if a cash register can scan these chips, so can the device at the door looking for merchandise which had not yet been purchased. Why stop there? Anyone can put small and hidden scanners (with or without cameras) anywhere, and for any reason… such as at every doorway where some form of security or tracking feature is desired. By scanning RFID credit cards, the identity of everyone passing through is logged and time stamped without their knowledge or participation. Actually, any RFID tag on your person can do the same thing (it is being built into clothing), because your identity can be associated with its purchase. And that is just the beginning. Ergo, the national ID ‘Real ID‘ program is based on RFID, and eventually, the human body itself will be its on RFID ‘ID.’

exploded$ In the very near future, it will serve law enforcement. At the scene of the crime detectives will often find discarded items potentially belonging to a suspect. They analyze these for clues, such as fingerprints, to build a list of suspects. In a world of RFID-only purchases, every object also identifies who purchased it, when, and where (often also useful clues in prosecution). What about cash purchases to thwart RFID records keeping? Not a problem. You didn’t think for a moment that those little slivers concealed in the left-hand portion of your new money was truly just a counterfeiting deterrent, did you? Put anything but a $1 bill in your microwave oven and it will explode when operated… a trait of RFID. Moral of the story; don’t casually discard product wrappers, especially if you think someone might use them to implicate you in a crime; burn them.

Actual TIAO logo

But it gets worse. For any of this to work smoothly, somewhere, someone needs to catalog and keep all those transaction records and make them available for government’s needs. Enter the Total Information Awareness Office (TIAO), AKA the Terrorist Information Awareness Office. This was modeled after an expanded version of FINCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network) capabilities (check this out); and was MILITARY led and very Intelligence community friendly Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) project. I’ve seen the original DOD call for papers and the final description of capabilities and intended uses for the TIAO, and it has little to do with targeting terrorists. Instead, it has to do with capturing records of EVERY transaction between EVERY citizen and business, as well as the passing of ANY citizen through ANY doorway in selected locations. Further, it will track vehicles past checkpoints and can log other kinds of interactions or transactions between people and each other or real world objects (i.e., machinery, vending machines.)

Everything in this image under Transactional Data, and all the little colored storage systems (the cloud), and Corporate Memory, comes largely from backdoor access to RFID-based data. The red Privacy and Security dotted line was added AFTER privacy concerns, to imply a search warrant would be employed (untrue). Intel data would include access to NSA’s massive global wire tap, as well as all of the other 16 spy agencies of the U.S., and those of friendly nations.

Update: TIAO ‘went away’ due to public protest and ‘too many questions,’ including “Why was the head to be a convicted criminal participant in Iran Contra, an ex Naval officer of significant credentials tied to CIA and the Pentagon, John Poindexter?” And yet, it did not actually go away. It has instead been quietly replaced with the OIA; the Office of Intelligence Analysis, another new super-secret spy agency operated out of Homeland Security. They, in turn, gently established ‘Fusion Centers.’

Fusion Centers are ‘sold to us‘ as a happy pill having nothing to with dark deeds, and as being established by cities and state governments in order to share information between partnering civic and federal agencies, local businesses and NGOs for improved security against terrorism and ‘other threats.’ In truth, they are hotbeds of social spies who operate external of the centers within those groups of partners on behalf of DHS and the intelligence agencies. It is often a source of organized gang stalking, and a collection point of ‘data’ about ‘other threats.’ We are the threats, and the data is obtained through backdoor access to the ‘data’ about us found in participant computers, including RFID transactions, security and traffic cams — and via gang stalking and the associated psychological profiling. It is a kind of fascist Brown Shirt group without the uniform, replaced with a smile and handshake… and big eyes and ears.

And worse still. If government decides it wants to know even more about you, a black van can drive by your home and scan it to collect the sum total of all information from all RFID tags (or Smart Dust) found within the home. They will quickly know EXACTLY what is in your home, where you got it, how you got it, and when. This gives field agents the ability to gain access to that kind of information in a very focused way instead of having to run tedious database searches which would necessarily include bureaucratic handling and, perhaps, the dreaded and feared need for a pesky warrant.

And, worst of all, the ultimate expression of RFID privacy abuse is to put one in the human body, with or without the target’s knowledge. The question is, how close are we to this nightmare, and what can we do about it? The answer is, we are frighteningly close, and in fact, it has already been happening for decades.

RFID is already being put on thousands of products you buy today. Even common mundane consumer goods like Gillette razors and Max Factor makeup have been ‘chipped’ with RFID. Walmart pioneered its use, and used cameras (which opens up a whole new personal security threat for the chip) to track customers through the store, and record RFID transactions. There are also shopping carts with built-in ‘product information displays’ which can track every item you handle while in the store, and profile your shopping experiences over time. You can bet there were cameras connected to scanners scattered throughout town by CIA or the military (Walmart Board included ex military and intelligence agency types at the time), as well, to see where else you went and what else you did, to test it as a spy tool. Many manufacturers have placed orders for hundreds of millions of RFID tags and millions of scanners. They have to be in use somewhere.
Many tens of millions of RFID equipped credit cards have already been issued. You can spot these visually if they are transparent, or if the credit card number has a lot of zeros in the middle, or a gold foil rectangular emblem about ½ inch square. Though sold to us as a ‘security feature,’ they are the opposite: content can be stolen by proximity scanning without your knowledge, and then the RFID and card can be cloned by thieves for use at your expense. I’ve caught such a thief scanning at the doorway to Walmart. He was pretending to be making a phone call… pacing back in forth in ways that maneuvered him in behind victims. But there are also home-made scanners which can scan from hundreds of feet away.
Most cell phones use SIM card technology incorporating RFID (the SIM card, more than the phone, identifies the authorized user). This is often used in phone apps to facilitate cardless credit transactions (i.e., iPay)
Virtually every maker of cash registers and point of sale systems is developing low-cost attachments to existing cash register and credit card scanners to sense RFID, as well as whole new systems to replace the old with simplified operation and reduced cost — this allows self service checkout and the elimination of the sales clerk, so it will be promoted as a ‘cost reduction’ tool. But don’t expect to see savings passed on to consumers. Money already has the needed strip in place and it likely has been RFID capable all along without our knowledge.
All employee scan cards use RFID. Hotel room key cards use RFID. Federal Express, UPS, etc., all use RFID shipping labels. Monthly bus passes, season tickets, and the like, also employ RFID.
Pets and livestock have been being implanted with RFID for decades. Within the last ten years, thousands of people have, as well, largely through efforts to chip children ‘to protect them against kidnapping.’ There are nudist resorts where you can volunteer to have one injected to represent your credit card information for purchases at nudist-camp points of purchase for services and goods. Otherwise you must carry your wallet or purse and keep an eye on them. What fun is that if trying to commune with Mother Nature and your bank account? In July of 2017, a company announced break room vending systems and software to allow implanted employees to access snacks without money. Learn more here. Soon, you will see implants being promoted for use with parking meters, fast lane highway access, and on, and on, and on.
Bioimplants can easily be implanted in a human without requiring their knowledge or consent. All they will know is they woke up with what seems to be an insect bite. This can be done while they sleep via covert entry of their home, or at distance with a special pneumatic sniper rifle.
According to several news accounts, countless livestock has been slaughtered with the implants still in place, their meat ground and sold, and consumed by unaware purchasers. Despite massive recall efforts, not one package of meat was recovered. RFID implants are made of glass, plastic, and poisonous metals.
Some school systems are requiring children to use their fingerprints with scanners in order to get their school lunches. This is bad enough, but the firm that makes the equipment used also offers an RFID attachment in lieu of the fingerprint scanner, and mentions implants in their literature as an option.
One maker of RFID, in marketing it for aircraft part identification in an assembled aircraft (the goal being to track parts which might be subject to safety recall, and a feature useful in crash investigations) chose a trade name for their RFID of ‘The Mark.’ The part number when Boeing Aircraft orders it from the maker is alleged by employees to be 666.

What can you do to defend against it?

Aside from sharing this post, not much. Be very vocal and protesting at every opportunity any discovered use of the technology. You might demand RFID tagged merchandise be detagged or the tag neutralized before you leave the store, but that would make you look crazy. However, organizing endless group protests can have an effect. Any firm that covertly uses it should be razed to the ground (sued into oblivion for violation of privacy). Any government office holder should be kicked out of office if they support the technology in any way, shape or form, or simply fail to oppose it. In my opinion, preparation for revolution should be made if these efforts fail, because that would be the only remaining recourse prior to full enslavement.
Back to the bible. In The Book of Revelations where the reference originates, there is also one more clue RFID will be the basis of the Mark of the Beast. One at a time, the Seven Angels open the Seven Seals to unleash seven deadly punishments upon the unfaithful on the earth. One of these states that those with the Mark of the Beast will suffer severe pain and many will perish from it. A subtle clue.

As it happens, there is one feature about RFID which must be told to make sense of this, and it suggests how to thwart the tech: if exposed to high energy radiation, RFID heats up incredibly and explodes. A burst of high energy radiation levels will literally destroy it… such as an intense solar CME blast (Coronal Mass Ejection – a high RF/EMF energy field). At this time, I cannot tell you how to generate such an energy and safely use and aim it, but it has been suggested by other experts than a ten second microwave oven exposure should be sufficient. Now if I just had a portable unit I could waltz through the retail Aisles with… set to ‘Burst’ mode… but you can bet there will be or already are laws written to make that illegal.

But there is something simpler which also defeats the technology. Metal shields the signals. Thus wrapping a National ID or an RFID equipped credit card or object (i.e., chipped hand) in aluminum foil defeats the device’s ability to communicate. When the revolution comes, if that is our future, there will be portable devices which anyone could build from easily obtained parts to detect or destroy RFID at will. I fear the day this is needed. I also say woe to those involved in the use of RFID should it come to that. End excerpted material.

There is one other thing you can do. The response time for reading a scanned RFID is very brief. There is a ‘failure’ in reading called ‘tag collision.’ When too many RFID tags of the same frequency (usually dictated by type of tag/use of tag) are present in a confined space, the scanner can fail to capture the data, or capture the wrong data. Therefore, if one were to collect dozens of RFID tags of various types and put them into a bag to carry along with them, it would effectively become a scanner blocker. Keep all your old canceled credit cards in the same wallet as your valid ones, sandwiching the new between the old, and pull them ALL out to select the one to use, holding them all in the same hand to swipe.

I also advise against Smart Appliances, and smart meters. RFID is at the heart of interaction with Smart Meters, which in turn is its own invasive privacy and stalking threat (widely experienced as a directed energy weapon). Worse, it is tied to mapping of the interior of your home; the floor layout, location of furnishings and other appliances and electronics, smart or otherwise. Programs are being developed to allow such mapping information to be available to manufacturers of smart devices and used to market to you based on use of not just their product, but all products. Naturally, all that can be accessed by government, as well… and hackers partnered with burglars.

I also suggest taking advantage of these resources as contingency against the worst:

How to war with the NWO; How to survive the NWO; and Localized defensive strategies.

The history of RFD tells all

It starts with Howard Hughes, though he was a victim, not an instigator. Most of us are familiar with his rise to being the richest man on Earth in his day, and his fall due to a mental condition which impacted his ability to interact with people, and life in general. The untold story is that once debilitated, CIA agents and Mormons (CIA likes to recruit from Mormans, and Masons, because such cults have secrets and know how to keep them through compartmentalization and other methods) became his ‘caregivers and managers.’ He trusted them, and they took advantage.

Once in control, his vast resources were diverted to CIA control and application. Hughes Shipbuilding built several spy vessels including the Glomar Explorer and companion vessel, both designed to retrieve sunken Soviet Subs. Hughes TWA aircraft and assets were diverted to form (over time) three different CIA ‘airlines,’ including the most recent, Evergreen Aviation, which wound up acquiring Hughes’ Spruce Goose for its museum. Hughes Tools, the financial cash cow of Howard’s meteoric rise, a maker of drilling systems for the oil industry, would eventually become Enron, and we know how that wound up vanishing billions of dollars into thin air. The remnants of Enron’s data processing center would be applied to CIA fronts engaged in porn (to profile user sexual preferences for possible blackmail application), web site hijacking (I was a victim of that, documented here), offshore gambling, and 4-1-9 scams (Nigerian money investment scams).

Then there were Hughes operations which would evolve to serve CIA’s efforts in Political Control Technology development and application. It starts with Hughes Aircraft’s electronics division, eventually become Hughes Electronics, which invented the RFID concept. These were originally used to identify and track cattle, marketed through Hughes Identification Devices, but also found their way into humans involved in early (late 1940s) non consensual CIA mind control projects and Atomic Energy Commission radiation experiments on civilians. I wound up with one in my leg, when as a child, when I was injected with a radioactive substance in Yakima, near the Hanford Energy Reservation.

From Hughes, the chip was migrated to Destron Fearing, and from there to our friend, Digital Angel. We will come back to them. More CIA fronts or partners duped into participation would be created in America and globally to market implants for humans. They do big business in ‘police state’ countries, often for the purpose of chipping persons in the criminal system. Of course, it is privately understood they are good for tracking anyone you wish to track, such as embarrassing political activists and whistleblowers.

LocatePLUS is a Homeland Security created and CIA infected front which pushes the implant in America and advertizes that it maintains 12 billion records covering 98% of the American Population. The DHS/CIA knows all about you and is making money selling you to anyone with the money. In America, the front markets to FBI, ATF, DEA, and 2000 law enforcement agencies, primarily non implant products such as ankle bracelets.

In Europe, the front Worldwide Information is a LocatePLUS spinoff doing much the same. Global reach far outstrips American consumption (there are a lot of fascists out there, in almost every government system): Universal Microchip in Italy, IDECHIP S.A. markets in Ecuador and Brazil, Solusat Medica in Mexico, Scientific Innovation and Integration (SII) in Korea, Taiwan, China, and Japan, Inforlexus Inc., for Malaysia and Indochina, Biometronix for Germany, Glezer Technology in Israel, and Cybertek in Puerto Rico. This list continues to grow; the Swedish firm Biohax International is behind the implant for snacks story.

The primary American front (a sister to LocatePLUS), Metro Risk Management Group, sold $13M worth of chips over 5 years to the Bonneville Power Administration (to track fish, officially). BPA is a Department of Energy firm which had in the same time frame been in the news because of high-tech spying operations having been detected taking place in their facilities… while BPA and Enron were significant others in the same bed. The U.S. Military contracted for $24M, while they sold $1M to private citizens wishing to chip their children or themselves. They sold $7M to the greater Intelligence community, and $73M for ‘internal use,’ which is to say, CIA, itself. Such orders are a combination of implants and scanner systems, both portable handhelds and installable units for security gates and doorways. A typical order might consist of hundreds of thousands of devices and a thousand scanners.

All this data represents 2005-2009. Sales are increasing over time, but increasingly hard to track for a variety of reasons, including corporate name changes, mergers, spinoffs, and other tactics often seen in CIA fronts trying to be a moving target. And the implant business is a target by activists and activist organizations worried about invasion of privacy and civil rights, to say nothing of some kind of New World Order nightmare ending with the Antichrist at Armegeddon. And, they are constantly being sued in court for a wide variety of reasons.

And this brings us back to Digital Angel, the key point in the bioimplant tracking food chain. As stated, a lot of business names and hanky-panky tactics are often employed by CIA fronts, as outlined in The Professional Paranoid, a privacy/security how to which, in covering that topic, helps readers to identify who is really causing the bumps in their night, should they be so unlucky (as was I). So let’s take a look at Digital Angel, again based on older ten-year research (I’m not going through that, again).

Let’s talk corporate names as clues: though most commonly known as Digital Angel (Florida), also DBA Verachip, they were formerly Applied Digital Solutions… which was formerly Applied Cellular Technology (because RFID tracking often relies on cell phone services)… which also used the DBA ACT Financial… formely Axiom Information Technology… formerly Axiom Computer Consultants… DBA Great Bay Acquisition Company (those all based in Wisconsin/Minnesota). Digital Angel divorced itself from Verachip (being sued out of business), but then Verachip merged with Steel Vault… which became PositiveID, which then in turn tried to acquire Digital Angel… which also operates Signature Communications in the U.K., where it might (conjecture based on company data and ties to CIA fronts) enjoy backdoor access to encrypted government radio communications, the assumption being that receiving units employ an RFID chip which, like the cell phone paradigm, authorizes descrambling of transmitted data, as well as authenticated identification of the sender and recipient. Finally, Digital Angel, also being sued and hounded, ran off to the U.K. where they now promote themselves as “a developer and publisher of consumer applications and mobile games designed for tablets, smartphones and other mobile devices, as well as a distributor of two-way communications equipment.” But they still push implants, and through Signature, the two-way communications gear.

Let’s talk facts as clues: Digital Angel does not make RFID. No. They merged with Destron Fearing, the actual imputus of modern RFID systems claiming to have invented RFID technology. No, that was Hughes Aircraft’s Electronic Division. Digital Angel at one point claimed to be founded in 1948. No, but Destron Fearing was founded in 1945, did the RFID for cattle thing in 1948. No one cited so far, actually makes RFID tags, the heart of the implant. No, that’s Raytheon, a military/CIA contractor… formerly known as Hughes Aircraft. That makes sense, since it is the U.S. Army which tracks all RFID tag assignments (unique tag number assigned to (whatever) user data). Meanwhile…

Let’s talk connected dots as clues: CIA’s HHMI (Howard Hughes Medical Institute) is steadily pushing for the use of RFID in both implant and non implant versions to hospitals (49 major facilities as of 2005, more every year) and the medical industry at large, and Hughes Satellite and Hughes Communications services RFID tracking systems via cellular/wifi. How do I know this? By temporarily working for both Hughes Satellite and a major cell phone carrier where I was able to verify specific cell phone traffic and routing of tracking data. The phone account was tied to an individual which shared an address with one of the above firms (how I found it). And that led to finding dozens of such phones for more firms. And even more looking at other fronts known to me outside of the RFID playing field. In fact, such details are part of my evolving insurance policy against ‘accidents.’

Let’s talk key people as clues: Another CIA front trait has to do with who is involved in the corporate structure. At ADS (old data) Dr. Richard Seelio was Director of Medical Applications. Really? He is a Bariatric Surgeon, so he knows how to suck fat out of your thighs, not exactly as advertised by his title (a typical front man). The Senior Vice President was, prior to installation, a small time lawyer (a cutout man). A look at the Board of Directors of almost many of the above firms variously will find persons of wealth and influence, persons with backgrounds or ties to military/intelligence (or both), and persons with membership in the nefarious NWO Round Table Groups, such as the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateralists, and the Bilderbergers. This is a kind of corporate structure is a fingerprint that lets anyone track just who are the trackers.

The other shoe drops

As I wrote this, I was listening to radio, where Clyde Lewis more thoughtfully reviewed a greater enveloping matter on his Ground Zero show, things equally important to understand, and far more sinister. Listen to it, here. The short of it is that chipping people is not just about spying on them, it is about control. It will enable a complete rewrite of social, political, religious, and economic existence, and the script is already being followed step by step, RFID again at the core. You didn’t think ‘Global Warming’ was about weather, or that Transgender Issues were about rights, or that Terrorism was about political or religious ideologies, did you?

It is, all of it, in support of ‘a brave new world’ which the New World Order seeks to establish, a world where there are only three classes of people. While my friend Clyde did not use my labels for these classes, he did so describe: there will be Meons (a Club of Rome/Bilderberger label based on an ancient word for someone worthless, less than a peon – a ‘useless eater’ who will not likely survive the NWO on their own, and who will be made to ‘go away’ in time); Peons who will be usefully employed to run the system (government, business) for the elites; and the Elites, the 1% of the 1% who will rule.

Clyde explains how the Middle Class will be eliminated, divided between those willing to implant and deemed useful (peons), and those unwilling or deemed useless (meons), and the a host of new topics and proofs you have likely never heard of, and more. Naturally, the upper class will be peons, and the lower class, meons. Bio implants (part of Transhumanism) are key to all these plans. You had better understand all of this or you won’t be able to cope, and likely, will end up in the red list for population reduction.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, Health, military, Political Commentary, Political Control Technology, Religion, Science, Targeted Individuals, Technology

Leave a comment

Tags: bio implant, Central Intelligence Agency, CIA, DARPA, Department of Defense, Digital Angel, employees implanted for snacks, Homeland Security, Information Awareness Office, New World Order, NWO, personal privacy, personal security, radio frequency identification, RFID, sub-dermal implant, total information awareness office, tracking chip, transhumanism, Verachip

Like or Hate Me, You May Wish to Quote Me

Aug 26

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

If I had a dollar, or even a dime for every web page that mentioned or quoted me or my works, I’d be a millionaire: 12 million pages can’t all be wrong; people repeat what I say. Where else but America can you become ‘famous’ for putting your foot in your mouth on a regular basis?

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com proparanoid.net facebook

copyright © 2016, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.

What you will get by reading this post…

• Silly quotable one liners, gags, and full-on original jokes;

• witty quotable witticisms, wise sayings, criticisms, and other malarky;

• non PC quotable political snipes, barbs, and ruthless rhetoric;

• thoughtful quotable philosophical wisdoms, advice, and beatitudes.

My most popular writing today has been copied by permission on hundreds of Web sites, and reproduced in at least a half dozen books. So I know I’m quoted out there. It is even used in college courses on Political Science, Journalism, and Psychology. It’s called the 25 Rules of Disinformation, and includes not just how to spot disinfo, but how to out it and defeat the user in public or private venue.

This post is (mostly) a collection of my most popular Facebook posts. People generally like them, unless on the wrong end of the barb. Even then, the resulting dialogs have been interesting, and we tend to remain friends. But most people on Facebook do not ‘go looking’ for something to read, they let Facebook automatically send them random samplings in their ‘feed.’ It is really best to FOLLOW someone you like (also true of my blog posts); the only way to insure you see everything a given person posts (or blogs), is to follow them (subscribe — click that option now, while you are thinking about it.)

So, even if already a Facebook friend, it is highly unlikely you will have seen very many of what follows: a random grab bag of quotable material. Now, if you do actually choose to quote me, please do cite me as the source, and link either to this blog Page or the whole Site, or my Facebook page. New friends are welcome there, of course. You can quote me on that!

Quote on!

You May Wish to Quote Me (I do it all the time)~

If I had a dollar, or even a dime for every web page that mentioned or quoted me or my works, I’d be a millionaire: 12 million pages can’t all be wrong; people like what I say. Where else but America can you become ‘famous’ for putting your foot in your mouth on a regular basis?~

You may have noticed that I’m imminently quotable by the way I continually quote myself, because after all, “I’m imminently quotable.”~

The only good thing about putting my foot in my mouth so often is that I always know if my shoelaces are tied, or knot.~

T’was an LL Cool Day
(apologies to LL Cool J)

I saw an Armadillo while visiting Amarillo;
he sat near a willow, upon a satin pillow.
In the sun, bright yellow, this reclining fellow
seemed to be quite mellow, eating a bowl of Jello
while listening to a fellow who played a loud Cello.
Were I to say hello, I feared I must such bellow;
that seemed such a peccadillo, I ne’er met that Armadillo

If Google spies on your searches, shouldn’t their name be Goggle?
If Yahoo does, Youwho?
If Facebook tracks your info, Factlook?
If YouTube censors excessively and politically, LubeRube?
If television is propaganda, Tellyourmission?
If a newspaper is the same, Newsfaker?
If the Oval Office is a source of lies and skullduggery, the Shovel Orrafice?~

From conversation agent.typepad.com (click for their similar answer to meaning of life)

The meaning of Life? To take all gifts entrusted to you by God; Free Will, life, and the Soul which defines the inner you, and the gifts you earn through life; knowledge, talent, skills, wealth and possessions, experiences and positions… to edify yourself, edify others (family, those above you, your peers, and strangers), and above all, edify God in the doing. This is true Glory, and the source of Blessings.

To the extent you do this, you yourself fabricate that meaning. To the extent you fail to do so, you dilute or even destroy it. Any faults or failures you have along the way are challenges in learning, and otherwise non sequitur to the equation. This is true Faith, and the source of Happiness.

Don’t focus on them, learn from them, and go on. You are what you’ve been waiting for, all along. Stop looking so hard for simple answers, and stop struggling so hard against battles predestined to be won by the righteous. If God be for you, who can be against you? This is the true foundation of Peace, and the source of Strength.

The meaning of life, is YOU, and I’m glad you have friended me. As I wish for me, so I wish for you. Thank you for sharing this Sunday with me.~

Wisdom is sometimes knowing how to seem wise without anyone’s means to challenge. After struggling to the top of the mountain to ask my one-allowed question of the Guru, he preempted with an answer: “Yes, my Son,” he said, “you have at last made it to the top. Now leave me in peace.”~

I wonder if Pavlov’s Dog’s got that way eating Pavlum? Probably not, it wouldn’t make me salivate.~

You know your’e an alcoholic and an unpleasant drunk if people invite you to their parties the day after, and you are so sloshed you think you just got back from it.~

I’m sorry, but I think I misunderstood what you wanted me to consider about what you probably meant by saying what you thought I would be able to relate to as allegory to the intended thought you had in mind, but couldn’t articulate because you were afraid I would misconstrue it as something else. What were we talking about, again?~

A dirty joke is to humor in a way exactly like the Presidential election is to politics.~

Rain falls in drops because it’s happy water. When it’s mad, watch out for hail.~

Old Crow

Oh, old Crow, so cautious and suspicious,
not like the Goose, who’s calm with aplomb,
your caw is such an appalling loud calling,
unlike parakeets most cheerful earful,
or eagle’s shrill cry from high in the sky.

Your old black cloak does fail to evoke
the visual delight of a Parrot, so bright.
You walk with a hobble and a wobble,
where a Robin bounces and pounces,
and the Stork is stilted and often is tilted.

And though your flight is quite alright,
it’s not as stunning as a Bird, Humming.
Lacking the Hawk’s glide so full of pride,
sans any formation of Geese’ inclination,
nor is it as swift as can be a quick Swift.

Your Murder is a suspect some fear to detect,
and yet, I suspicion, it’s all mere superstition.
Yet do not away rush, my criticisms to hush:
let not any objection be seen as a rejection;
I do like you old Crow, so brag on, and crow.

Escape

To escape vile fate I must get past that damned wall;
because if staying here, I’ll not likely survive it at all.
I tried to climb upon it, up high, no good, then higher,
only to find it topped with wickedly sharp razor wire.
I tried to go around it, hoping an opening I would find,
but it surrounds me completely, and I’m trapped inside.

I tried to dig under, tunneling deep, deep underground
but impassable boulders and water did me confound.
To escape my foe I must get past that heartless wall;
I’ve no choice; to give up certainly means my downfall.
I’ve asked for help from all near who might could hear,
they refuse to give aid, yielding to their own dark fear.

I’ve prayed to God to help, to redeem and set me free,
but I’m afraid in here, even He can’t hear me or see.
Then came a gentle voice advising firmly to be still,
“I’m with you always, as is my gift of strong Free Will.
To escape your foe, you must get past that mere wall,
and there is yet one thing you’ve not tied, not at all.”

My thoughts reeled, and the answer came in a flash,
I’d not yet tried attacking head on, the wall to crash.
I gathered my courage and backed up for a good run,
and ran headlong screaming at the top of my lung.
I hit that wall with all my brute force, and hit it hard:
knocking myself unconscious right there in that yard.

To escape my foe, I’ve tried it all, to get past the evil wall;
but nothing has for me worked, no not one, nothing at all.
I awoke quite dazed, my fist clinched in pain and my rage,
the voice had not well helped me, its advice was not sage.
But regaining my feet, a white robed figure there stood tall,
amid the rubble of that same accursed, impassable wall.

“You’ve escaped your foe,” said he, “right through the wall;
not by your strength, nor luck, but that on me you did call.
The miracle you sought was within you right from the start,
your faith in me was all it took; and abiding love in your heart.
If God be for you, no man or thing against you can stand,
when you hit that wall, I was there with you, hand in hand.”

Sorry if I insult you. Being poor, I have to go for the cheap shots.~

Any man can toast his friends at the tavern. But a brave man toasts his enemies. That’s why I always carry a can of lighter fluid when I go drinking.~

I never quite chimed in with the 60’s by wearing bell bottom pants – until I got kicked in the groin.~

I’m never inclined to eat carrots. I just can’t see my way to do so.~

Linear or Columnar?

A rhythmic rhyme in a single line is often quite fine.
but most like a rhyme
to be of many a line,
or to metrically align;  be symmetrically sublime,
or perhaps its just fine
to enjoy any old rhyme.

Political Risk

I’ll not vote for she who does cackle
when refusing a tough query to tackle.
While not happy with alternative Trump,
he’s still better than a kick in the rump.

While Dems are OK with criminal lies,
and Establishment Reps swarm like flies,
a candidate ripe for an email blackmail
risks a serious national security fail.

A lot of drinks call for two fingers of this or that liquor, so I always look for bartenders with really big hands.~

The path to illumination in the darkness is called a sidewalk.~

Political Seuss

I do not like this Uncle Sam, I do not like the health care scam.
I do not like these dirty crooks, or how they lie and cook the books!
I do not like when Congress steals, I do not like their secret deals.
I do not like this speaker Nan, I do not like this ‘YES WE CAN’.
I do not like this spending spree, I’m smart, I know that Nothing’s Free!
I do not like their smug replies, when I complain about their lies.
I do not like this kind of hope. I do not like it. nope, nope, nope!

There are rarely times when ‘actual’ sex is as good as ‘fantasy’ sex is imagined. However, they both involve a little ‘t’ & ‘a.’~

The only ‘gun control’ I support is that question in the mind of the criminal intent on causing trouble, “Will he remain in control of his fear or temper, or will he pull the trigger.”~

Politic’s Ticks

If Trump is such a chump we’d rather dump,
and Uncle Bernie is ample wormy and too squirmy,
and Hillary far too shrillery under FBI drillery,
with liberally bias in the press giving truth no redress…
Does that mean Biden is bid’n his tim’n in decid’n if rid’n
White Knight like last minute to the Demo’s pandemic…
Is that how we’ll be decid’n who’s presidential presid’n?
Is that Obama’s last prick on his way out, his hat trick?
That I won’t at all be abid’n, down too far we’ve been slid’n.

Doing

Yes, wine is quite fine when you have the time, or dine,
but weed has more speed if you have the need; do proceed.
The joke for this bloke is that I cannot smoke, nor toke,
and shrink from such drink – an alchoholic’s dread; brink of stink.

Dope lacks hope that I’ll survive or cope its scope,
so here’s my fears (why I’m lacking cheers amid tears):
this guy will die having never daring a high to try.
That hex did vex untill realizing that the Rx is sex!~

Never hiss at a snake; the conversation could be deadly.~

Perplexity

Do you know anything of the Entymology of Entomology,
or is it to you as confusing as the synopsis of synapsis?

Hillary’s Ruin
(What difference does it make?)

As I have previously stated,
I am quite totally devastated
not to have been reinstated.

I have frequently formulated
and as often have postulated
just why I’m not yet reinstated.

The cause, you see, is equated
with rumors and lies oft related
to prevent my being reinstated.

They shout with glee, as if elated
with prideful egos thus elevated,
for blocking my being reinstated.

They say my claims are overrated,
to a job where I ne’er participated,
and that’s why I can’t be reinstated.

If people died while I simply waited,
shown in lies and emails evaluated,
what difference to being reinstated?

My right, you see, as Royal rated
is for all to worship me unabated,
and vote to have me reinstated.

Never apologize to me for being you. Just stop it!~

Why do some of us eat the icing out of the middle of an Oreo? Where else would it be?~

Seasonal Orb

I saw last night the thinnest sliver of a silver Moon,
a most pleasant crescent, present this month of June.
So thin that it did quiver and thus scant light deliver,
did I realize before my eyes it would dematerialize.
Now its gone, but before too long, watching for its rise,
to my boon:  it shall return soon, as a mirror sliver Moon.

Rhyme Defined

A simple rhyme takes little time,
a light banter with good cantor –
best if exquisite, expressed explicit;
easy to recall in its all and all.

In A Rush

Here”s a quick li’l poem:
done now, I’ll be goin’.

What’s wrong with the Mayor of New York, does he not know his soda ban and tax is suppressing Pop Culture?~

Unfortunately for Custer, at least 10 Little Indians never heard that song.~

Time Tells No Tales

Once upon a time? No, I’m highly suspicious.
If it only happened once, it must be fictitious,
especially if remarkably good and not malicious:
Real events repeat themselves through history,
written down in pages for study by you and me,
where learning not, we assure repeat eventuality.

Dear Fascists

Take heed, look around: here stand I, I stand my ground.
Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.
Your words will not sway me, no dark threats dissuade me.
Take heed, look around. Here stand I, I stand my ground.

Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.
No trick or lies, nor treachery will keep me from remaining free.
No unjust laws, cops or military will I respect, still shall I tarry.
Take heed, look around: here stand I, I stand my ground.

Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.
Surround me with vile forces, I’ll ignore their foul loud voices.
Dare attack me if you will, I’ll reply ten fold until my body’s still.
Take heed, look around: here stand I, I stand my ground.
Never again will I back away, here I stand, and here I’ll stay.

They say the Earth’s rotation is slowing down. I have a simple cure. We all get in our cars and face them West, and synchronize burning rubber.~

Status Quo: Latin for we want you to think things are equal and as they should be so you
will shut up and do what you are told.

Parity: French for we want you to think things are the same and as they should be so you
will shut up and do what you are told.

Equality: Ye olde English for we want you to think things are the same and as they should
be so you will shut up and do what you are told.

Same: what we mean when we are talking about one political party compared to another,
those people who want us to shut up and do what we are told.

I thought of a Hillaryous joke, but I don’t want to keep insulting Democrats.~

Social Litmus

Do my witticisms impress you or simply depress you?
Do my jokes make you laugh or think me some Jackass?
Do my poems seem lyrical or are they just predictable?
Do my posts give enlightenment, or seem closer to excrement?
Do you share, like, and follow, or is our friendship just hollow?

Smart by Default

Any wisdom I have lies in taking some care
in choosing the friends with whom I will share.
If smarter than me I will make them aware:
I agree with them, and with flattering flair.
If not as smart, then will I then declare,
their inspiring thoughts lead me to dare.

A tack pins things down, while pins prick things deeply, but a prick is always tacky, hard to pin down, offending deeply.~

Time for me to post-a-joke. Invented by a stand-up comic, it’s like a Post-it Pad, without any glue to hold it together — so it’s insanely presented in unexpected ways, and it is colorless, unless fucking off color or borrows the color of a racial inference. Wait… that’s a political speech.~

I think I understand the term ‘feedback loop,’ now: GMO crops.~

Shoot first and ask questions later. It saves dialog and you don’t get ambiguous answers… if there are any answers.~

Being Outspoken

I’m the first to admit I know so much about everything,
an expert assumed, presumed, or claimed unrelenting.
In truth it seems, I know not enough on any one thing,
to avoid putting my foot in my mouth without realizing.

Your Bad, So Sad. My Bad, And Glad

If you insult me, let me be quite perfectly clear,
you’d better be right in your basis, my dear,
because logic, facts, and reason, you’ll hear,
the weapons my response will burn in your ear.

Excuse me if I’m less than politically correct,
but especially if trying to point out your defect,
you have no legal right to avoid being upset
by my Free Speech, you fucking dumb idiot.

I’m not going to post anything useful, today. I hope this heads up proves useful. Doh!~

I get rejected a lot by the ladies. I asked one gal if she would like to go out on a double date, and she said “Sure. How about Judgement Day, and the Day after.”~

Hurry, hurry, hurry! Step right up folks, and get your fresh posts, right here, right now. Only $1, five for $3, and a surprise in every one, guaranteed, or your money back. Don’t be misled by the competitor’s claims; they only post kitties and slogans, and complaints that no one comments. Hurry, hurry, hurry!~

My Prayer today, is for you. There is nothing better than other people praying for you, especially if praying WITH you. We’re not getting older, just getting closer to home! Be Still, and at peace. Now, it is true that the Lord’s Prayer is quite sufficient and complete to God, but sometimes, we feel we want to say more. That is good with God.

May I suggest the prayer below? If ye pray it as you read, it is the same as if we have done so together; Matthew 18:19 “And I tell you more: whenever two of you on earth agree about anything you pray for, it will be done for you by my Father in heaven.” All that is required is that the prayer be righteous and fitting to God’s Will, which is defined to the extent we are able to determine in his Word. If we do not vary from that, we are apt to receive that which we NEED, if not that which we THINK we need and seek by prayer (be careful what and how you ask for [it].) Begin:

Heavenly Father, thank You for each and every day; today is a Day the Lord hath made, we rejoice and are glad in it, for You have blessed us here on earth yet again. Thank You for Your tender mercies of your Grace, and the gift of life and of Free Will, which lead us through the day; may we not abuse these gifts and offend You. Thank You for giving us family and friends to share the joys and burdens of the day. I ask You to bless my family, relatives and friends and those I care deeply for, and those who are reading this right now, especially those who are suffering and in need of your intervention.

Where there is joy, give them continued joy. Where there is pain, give them peace and mercy. Where there is self-doubt or confusion, release a renewed confidence and understanding. Where there is need, fulfill their needs. Move them to study your Word, to strengthen their faith and embrace the Gospel, and to be moved thereby to spread the Word. Bless their families, homes, finances, their goings and their comings, and turn aside their enemies in forgiveness, which is to our good as well as our enemy’s good.

Above all else, may Your Will be done, in Jesus’ name,~

If Istanbul used to be Contstantinople, does that mean they got tired of constantly being in Ople, wherever that is?~

Just because I disagree with you does not mean I don’t like you. I hate everyone equally.~

A conspiracy unfolding is like a barrage of arrows in the dark. You hear evidence that something is not right, but don’t don’t get the point until it is too late. Worse, you also get the shaft.~

Desperate Conclusion

My mind, not very clear right now, so
writing some clever rhyming ditty? No.
But I know some of you like that stuff…
So there’s only one question:
Is this good enough?

Good example of a self-fulfilling prophesy: “I’m going to enter the hot dog eating contest.”~

It must be true that you are what you eat. I live on $3 a day in food, and one look at me and you will know, I’m a cheapskate.~

Why do they call it an aptitude test? Because if you have to take one, you are apt to detest it.~

You will note I don’t call people who don’t agree with me bad names. That’s because the bastards have thick skins.~

Digital Death

My computer is dying now of old age,
and while buying a new one is truly sage,
and newer models are quite all the rage,
there’s nothing but zeros on the last page
of my checkbook; no income at my age.
My mouse is destined for the round cage,
unless comes a miracle or magical Mage.

Enchanting

A chant can be a kind of moving song,
easily remembered for singing along.

A chant can be a loud and angry jeer,
prompting attention, worry, and fear.

A chant might be for someone; a call,
for entertainers or leaders loved by all.

A chant gives power to thought and word,
assuring its message is clearly heard.

But a chant by Monks is the best to hear,
binding us to God and drawing Him near.

If I have a Colon for which I might need a Colonoscopy, and use :s and ;s in a similar manner all the time when I write, why can’t I get a Semicolonoscopy, and save some money?~

Lately, I’ve been thinking of taking a plane somewhere to improve my sex life. It won’t matter where, I just going through TSA will do the trick.~

OK, time for me to say something funny. But that would be deja vu.~

The next time you hear some wimpy Liberal whining about some perceived micro aggression, say to them, “To quote an oft used line in The Princess Bride, my little precious Princess… ‘I do not think you know what these words mean.” Then slug them in the mouth and say, “You cannot ‘micro’ that; there would be no point.”~

Since I’m left handed, I never need a Compass; I just use my southpaw.~

Since there is no longer rule of law in this country in high places, such that no one in government is held accountable, and the very laws they write are themselves violations of law (unconstitutional), and government itself is the biggest criminal… I reserve the right to violate ANY law at ANY time for ANY reason.

My authority is the Constitution, my basis the Pursuit of Happiness declared therein, my means is Civil Disobedience, my support is the Second Amendment, my argument the First Amendment, and my goal is the Redress guaranteed therein. I rest my case, and those who choose to oppose me may rest in peace, if that be their choice. No appointment needed.~

An election process is like a stale fast-food hamburger. On the outside it looks big and besprinkled with seeds of wisdom. On the inside are secret conspiratorial sauces and lies about quality and quantity of substance, and wilted vegetable-like promises. Do you want fries with that? Cold, greasy, and slimy press coverage.~

Never wander around in the dark. That would be you watching TV ‘news.’~

When people talk about shooting at dummy targets, are they hinting at politicians?
Is that why you never see politicians at a gun shop or shooting range?~

I encourage free speech. And, I own the concession on ear plugs in the District of Columbia.~

Cat got your tongue? I don’t know how you can stand there so silently, I know I’d be screaming; that’s got to hurt like hell.~

PC Friends?

Politically Correct is not for me, my friend,
the 1st Amendment says I’m free to offend.
My words, ideas and actions do not pretend,
that you’ve no right against them to defend;
just do so to my face with honor and it will end
with agreement or no, but still friend to friend.

Waiver Not

Never Opt for signing a waiver,
never waiver in copping a sign;
raising up high a middle finger,
rather than your rights to resign.

Prosthetic Prose

Prose is prone to rhyme in a rhythm so quaint,
but to intone it sublime; a sure given it aint’

Alien observer’s notebook: Man is a lousy Plumber. He must think the Ocean is impure because he keeps trying to filter out the fish with giant mesh filters. Silly creature. When that doesn’t work, he drills holes in the Ocean floor to drain the water out.~

Someone said I might should listen to Meatloaf on CD. I don’t get it. As soon as I put a slice on the CD, it stopped sizzling and I couldn’t hear a thing.~

Does the FCC really know what they are doing? I find myself waking up to AM Radio, so I know what they mean when they say ‘Morning Radio.’ But while I can find an FM station, I can never seem to find a PM station. They need someone from the NyQuil folks to run the outfit, I think.~

The answer to the age old riddle: what came first, the Chicken, or the Egg? Answer: neither; it was the Rooster. (surely, someone else said this somewhere, sometime earlier)~

I must be a looser. There was this gal I liked who always bought fresh produce. But when I got fresh, she just slapped my face.~

Big Enough

To big to fail cost you and me,
for bailouts, and lost property.
To big to nail, cost prohibitively
the national debt ridiculous, be.

To big to jail cost you and me,
for hall passes for Mz Hillary.
To small to hail, just you and me,
our vote has no voice collectively.

It’s It

Time to offer up a bit of wit.
Something funny to any Brit?
Are you worried just a we bit
about a future Brexit bad sit?
Afraid there’s no way out of it;
to escape a daily diet of shit,
Mushrooms often get slit and bit.

Falling Sky

Chicken Little a warning did brae,
none believed in what he did say.
Many long years since passed away,
we still refuse to believe him today.

Yet Planet X and Wormwood obey
God’s Will and ARE heading our way.
The moral to me seems thus to say:
good Chicken Littles should now pray;
for it is written, “None knows the Day,”

I never did well in Science Class. I still don’t know the conversion factors between celsius, farenheit, and college degrees.~

Hillary avoids Potatos and Corn. She knows they have eyes and ears and might testify.~

Gmail just informed me my folder :”Hate Mail” is full. Half of it is from Democrats, and half from Republicans. The difference is, the Republicans tell me exactly why they don’t like me, and the Democrats only tell me how they feel.~

Taxes are a fiction, just as are the wages taxed; when the dollar is nothing but an I.O.U., you never really get paid, and so, you can never really be taxed or pay taxes, either. Credit and Bank Loans are a also a fiction, just as are the checks (also I.O.U.s) used in obtaining the loan or repaying it – and the bank didn’t even have the money to loan in the first place (allowed to loan up to 20 times their bank deposits). We just keep spoofing each other to solidify the illusion.~

If you still hate someone after putting yourself into their shoes… then they are obviously too tight because you are too big in your own mind for your own good, fat head.~

Be thankful I’m retired. If I was doing this full-time, I’d bore you to tears.~

Now days, the only way to achieve inner peace, is to scream at the top of your lungs for the politicians and newsmen to fucking go to hell, until they actually do.~

Dear government, and megacorps: Winning is not taking rights away with legislation or getting the contract for weapons to be used at Armageddon. These things are mutually assured destruction.~

When people say not to worry about things, “They will get better,” I think they must mean that the things that worry you will get better at doing that.~

Never take the last train from Clarksville. Its full of Monkeys.~

Theorist’s Conspiracy

Open the door to news of tragedy obscene. The lunacy involved, what can it mean?
Turn on the light and survey the crime scene – see Rats scurry trying not to be seen.
Catch one, make it come squeaky clean: Federal ties found amid many lies between.
Note all such oddities you might glean, contrary to the official story quite glassine.
Compare to what others have seen, conclude just what it really all does mean.
Forget now all you once had been, you’re now a conspiracy theorist, a sin.

In case you are wondering, yes, I used to do stage comedy in talent contests. Often got a first place. That was great; being the first person put on the bus out of town, I got to choose the best seat.~

Let me apologize in advance for insulting you. I’m not going to stick around in case you start swinging.~

The Federal Gov has gotten to be such a big asshole that it doesn’t even have to fart to stink up the whole country, but it does so continuously, anyway. If Hillary is elected, she plans on feeding it beens and drinking water from Mexico, giving new meaning to when the SHTF. I’m thinking Trump is the BEANO.~

A Noun is a word that has a ROCK solid object identity.
A Proper Noun tells the actual name or title, my dear SIR, or may I call you JOHN.
A Pronoun is an Avatar stand in for IT.
An Adjective tells you a IDENTIFIABLE personality.
A Verb is a word in MOTION.
An Adverb tells you its VERY measure.
A Preposition pre positions the Noun TO Verb relation.
A Conjunction forms a junction function between word thoughts, SO don’t get confused.
A Contraction is a contracted attraction giving traction to two words as one, a marriage licensed by apostrophication, or a foreshortening of a word as a slang thang for those who were THINK’N they HADN’T the time or space for two words.~

I had a Checklist but can’t use it as I haven’t written a check since Debit Cards came out.
I had a folding Map but I can’t follow it because there is no place in my car’s dash to plug it in.
I had a Plan but I can’t follow it because the steps don’t appear on the Dance Dance Revolution pad.
I had a contract but I don’t abide by it because I already held both the first and second Parties. Sorry I didn’t invite you.
I had a Letter but Sesame Street is now on a channel I don’t get.
I had an envelope but didn’t give a lick.
I had a Folder but since I no longer need the checklist, plan, contract, letter, or envelope, I threw it away, too.~

A Conservative Politician in Office is conservative in measuring out his power to avoid angering the voter; he fears the people, where a Liberal believes that governmental power is end all-do all, and they use/abuse their power to manipulate the people by fear of government.

A Conservative Government heeds its own laws by conservative judgment, where a Liberal tends to apply grains of salt, rationalize, and bend slightly, each time taking more liberal advantage until it is in time fully lawless.

A Conservative Government writes Laws which are conservative in principles within the limitations of its Charter (The Constitution, Bill of Rights), where a Liberal (by the above means) takes liberties in lawmaking which take liberty out of the Law; they become increasingly unconstitutional and negate the Bill of Rights.

A Conservative Policy must always fit the national interest in obedience to Sovereignty and which honors the Charter, where a Liberal is interested in reformation to a new model, almost always globalist in nature (i.e., favoring United Nations, One-World Government) and is willing to sacrifice the Charter and Sovereignty for that agenda.

A Conservative Politician thinks in terms of limitations per the above, which allows personal and corporate governance to be at ‘”Liberty” to flourish and pursue happiness and wellbeing, trusting the people to seek what they will for their own good, where a Liberal thinks in terms of socialistic Agenda which stifle or suppress these things ‘for the good of the people, of whom they think cannot be trusted.’

A conservative understands that to become elected or to move legislation, there must be an accommodating compromise between the ideal and the attainable, where a Liberal will promise anything to get what they really want, or take any drastic measure to get what they want, even if it means legislation which cannot possibly achieve the stated purpose, and especially if it serves some unstated agenda per the above.~

Panic is in abundance, as is a loose tongue, when the SHTF. Calm reason and restraint is called for. Take a deep breath, grab a cold beer and reflect before commenting. But if the bullets are flying around you, SHOOT BACK AND SAVE THE DIALOG FOR LATER. That’s when you will really need that beer.~

Why do they call them a POEM when no other word quite right rhymes with poem?
Why do they call them a JOKE when the point is a hard straight poke?
Why do they call them a SONG when it’s really a sing?
Why do they call them a RIDDLE when the answer is a clue in the middle?
Why do they call them a SPEECH when it gives you the claps or makes you boo who?
Why do they call them a REport, REmark or REply when it’s actually the first time?
Why do they call them a QUESTion when instead of taking the path to the answer on your own,
you leave it to another to do?
Why do they call them a PARagraph when there’s really only one?
Why do they call them a SENTENCE
when they rarely involve a judge?
Why do they call them a STORY when they don’t have walls, cielings, or floors?
Why do they call this a POST… oh, wait, I know: because that’s what it’s as dumb as.~

Why is it that you can talk to ten strangers and 7 or more of them will believe or agree like minded if you tell them…

About a UFO you’ve seen…
About 911 as an inside job…
About Global Warming as a sham…
About CIA and the mob killing JFK…
About chemtrails vs. contrails…
About a Bilderberger NWO/Illuminati conspirators…
About mind control, gang stalking, Voice-2-Skull…

But when you talk to ten lawmakers, law keepers, medicals, or reporters about any of that… You are suddenly crazy to the point of risking forced evaluation?

Because the System and its professional armies are taught not to believe in the boogyman (who arranged for their lessons).~

The addage “Follow your dreams…” with respect to career can end terribly, UNLESS you take the RIGHT path:

1 toe in the water as a hobby… Insures you really do like it and have basic skills required.
2 build a boat taking courses in the trade, even if mail order or online. This will confirm
if you have actual talent. If not, start over w next best passion.
3 float the boat as intern. This will educate you as to the harsh realities and negatives of the
trade. Lets you confirm you like it, and regardless, gives a leg up on others for getting the job.
4 if you get this far, set sail as employee, setting aside savings. You WILL do well if you are ‘all in,’
what some call the ‘work ethic,’ which is simply doing your best.
5 with savings, buy a yacht by starting your own firm. That will plot a course to your dreams.

More: at all levels, start a small home-based business for both the experience, income, and tax benefits. This allows you to build resources (eg, instruments for a musician) less expensively and helps build your resume, client base, networking resources. I have NEVER not operated my own business since entering high school, and most related in their start to my first entry into a given field of work, at the hobby stage. I have therefore mastered and become successful in many fields and industry sectors, and despite having only a high school education, I’ve been granted four experiential degrees for the purpose of teaching at college level.~

My Mom always told me not to play in the street. She was right. The freeways are much more fun – if you are agile and don’t mind the blaring horns and screeching tires…~

What did the politician say to the activist? Nothing. He doesn’t pay attention to those voters, either.~

You are free to disagree with me as long as you understand I am never wrong and never make a mitsak ni anteing I sae.~

Modern Debate

What I believe is true. If you disagree, screw you.
I know I’ m right, I do. I’m clearly smarter than you.
Don’t you dare try to argue – untill your face turns blue:
What I believe is due – to claims I find undeniably true.

Your facts will not do, they confuse what I know is true.
Such reality I pooh pooh, my mind made up for me, you
see; I won’t listen to you. What’s that you ask askew?

No, I no not just who said, but some kind of Web guru.
Its not important just who. But I know it surly wasn’t you.
What I believe is true. If you don’t agree, boo hoo to you.
Truth’s what I want it to be, no matter what you say or do.

A Democrat Congressman and a Republican Senator walked into a bar… Wait! That’s already as big a joke as can be…~

Notice: please note… In case you haven’t noticed before. Have you ever noticed there is hardly ever been and important notice delivered or posted such that you actually noticed? Nah, I bet you didn’t even notice any such post. I hereby give notice that, if you noticed this post, or not, this notice is not such a notice, but merely a post giving note to such.~

Dos You Got Down Wid Wad I Be Say’n Bout Dis and Dat, Bro?

Dis, Dat, and Dos, as ‘hip’ as they could be, went into a bar to get a drink. Dos bought the 1st round of beers. Once served, Dat said “Dis be good ‘n stuff.”

Dis replied “I try to be good like dat, you know? Mama sez to.”

Dat saw Dis was confused, “Thank yo for the compliment, Dis, but dat not wad I meant. We all be drink’n da same brew and dat be good’n stuff.”

Dis and Dat seemed confused. “Look, Man, dis is on tap’n we don’t be know’n wad it be,” he clarified.

Dis choked on a swig. “What yo say, bro? No one be tap’n on me, so natch, I dont know wad it be.”

“No, Man,” Dat tried to explain further, “Dis beer be tap beer. It be good, but ah dont know wad it be.”

Dis, at least, finally understood. “I got yo drift, now, Man. But I heard dos tap beers were cheap’n stuff. You know, po shit wid no taste. So wad dis be?”

Now Dos complained. “Wad yo mean… yo be sayin I bought cheep beers?”

And now, Dis was confused, once more, too. “I be just fine, bro. Why yo ask wad I be?”

At this point, the bartender happened by. “Hey, Man,” accosted Dat. “We be wond’rn… Wad be dis here beer?”

“Dat be Dos,” he replied simply. “Dat be good, n stuff.”

Dat seemed upset, now. “Look, man, we been all through Dis be’n good, n stuff. But if yo be say,n I sho nuff should be like Dos… dat Dos be gooder,n me, I take ‘ception to dat. Yo don’t know Dat, and yo sho as Hell dont know me.”

Now Dos was miffed. “Hang on a sec, man,” he said to Dat, “yo sayin yo better’n me?”

Well, things went down hill from there and it looked like a fight was about to break out, when the bartender tried to calm them with clarification. “Dis be rediculous!” he started.

But Dis did’t give him a chance to finish, and knocked him on his ass!  “Ha!” he exclaimed. “Yo dumb ass be’n on da flo wid yo dumb fat mouth bleed’n wad be rediculous.”

This unexpected event had disrupted the conflict between Dos and Dat long enough that they had calmed down. Dis suggested they leave, and all agreeing, they stormed out in a huff.

As they exited, Dis noted “We stiil dont know wad dat beer be. I sho nuff wish I knew.”  The others agreed, none of them noticing the neon sign in the window reading “Dos XX on tap.”~

If Trump is such a chump we’ rather dump, and Uncle Bernie is ample wormy and too squirmy, and Hillary far too shrillery under FBI drillery, then does that mean Biden is bid’n his tim’n in decid’n if rid’n White Knight style last minute to the Demo’s how we’ll be decid’n who’s presidential presid’n?~

What happens when a Socialist politician, an establishment Democrat, a non establishment Republican and an establishment Republican go into a Bar and call for a round on them, each? The price of drinks goes up, the waitresses worry about deportation, the bartender adds water to the drinks, the bouncer calls a reporter, and the Janitor worries about having to clean up all the bullshit that’s about to be spread. And, the patrons realize the hangover isn’t going to be worth it, and they leave.~

Fractured Isms.

Ferris Beuller (Matthew Broderick) had it right. “A person should not believe in an “ism“, he should believe in himself.” In other words, don’t be a follower of someones ideas. If you want to make a change for the better, YOU are what you’ve been waiting for.

Here are some (twisted) examples of perhaps why isms can be problematic…

Capitalism: You have two cows. Sell one and buy a bull to start a cow factory. Worship in any church you want as long as you tithe a portion of your stock options. John Lennon is a famous millionaire singer invited to sit on your Board of Directors. Apple Computer stock looks attractive, so you merge to form Cowpile Computer.

Socialism: You have two cows. Give one cow to the government to slaughter and share with the poor. You worship in any church which is left or right of center. John Lennon is a folk singer of meaningful Marxist ballads. Apple Computer is bailed out by Congress whenever its stock falls below that of Microsoft.

Communism: You had two cows, but now the State has them, and may or may not give you some milk – if you are willing to stand in a long line. You do not go to church except to attend Party meetings. John Lennon is a decadent influence on youth. Apple Computer never was, because they refused to allow government to take more than one bite of it as it would ruin the logo.

Fascism: You had two cows but the government forced you to sell them to corporations for beans (magic or otherwise) who in turn sells the dairy and beef products back to you for huge profits. You go to the same church as the fearless leader, or you don’t go at all. John Lennon sounds like he was related to a Marxist and so he was shot. Apple Computer was burned to the ground in order to blame Compaqism and sweep Bill Gates into power.

Nazism: You had two cows but the government arrested you for hording and took them. You and your religious fanatic family are burned alive in your church for refusing to Sig Heil. John Lennon was in there with you, singing Give Peace a Chance. Apple Computer users are arrested and sent to camps for daring to ‘Think Different.’

Anarchism: You have two cows running down the freeway causing car wrecks. Shoot the tax collector, steal his money, and rape his dog (unless a hunting dog – but since it is a government dog, we know that dog don’t hunt.) You blow up the church. John Lennon sings Revolution. Macintosh Computers have a high repair rate from all the bullet holes.

Constitutionalism: You have two cows and the government cannot unreasonably search or seize them without a warrant, or prevent them from mooing, or prevent you from owning them and forming a militia of fellow cow owners who meet weekends and practice milking with dummy targets. You can’t figure out which of the thousands of churches to attend. Neither can John Lennon, so he writes Imagine. Steve Jobs was a Founding Father who wrote the ‘Consitution for the rest of us.’

Patriotism: You have two cows painted red, white, and blue. Your church supports the current war. John Lennon is boycotted, and so he has a sleep in. Apple is not sold to anyone unwilling to pledge allegiance to Microsoft products.

Militarism: You have two cows which you have convinced each that the other is seeking to invade their own private pasture. You sell arms to both sides. Your church owns stock in your company. John Lennon had his visa revoked because he was a pacifist who smoked pot. Apple Computer is what makes smart bombs smart.

Pacifism: You have two contented cows which give canned milk. Your body is your temple (and you are what you eat.) The government is headed by John Lennon. Apple Computer listens to its customer complaints.

Fatalism: Your cows died after you stopped feeding them because you figured they would just die, anyway. It was the same reasoning by which you determined God is dead. You never heard of John Lennon. Apple System error messages all start with ‘You should have known better than to think this wasn’t going to happen…’

Surrealism: You have a pasture full of Dell Computers searching the Web for the best price on a Macintosh. The government worships you. There is no John Lennon, because he would have made sense, so he instead turns out to actually be Ringo Star, who never quite did.

Bushisms: Is your cows in my Big Mac? I’m a God fearing man on Sundays. Which one is Lennon, and which one is Lennin? I will not have one of those damned Macs on my desk. Jobs didn’t contribute one cent to my election fund!

Clintonisms: Wow, look at those udders! I’m a God fearing man on Sundays. I liked John Lennon. We had a lot in common. In fact, I inhaled once, myself. I don’t know about granting Apple a GSA contract… they didn’t contribute to my election fund.

Obamaisms: Your cows are being detained indefinitely to combat terrorism. I’m a God fearing man on Sundays, unless I’m playing Golf. I liked John Lennon. I had FBI sue Apple Computer, who wouldn’t let me spy on iPhones, and didn’t contribute to my election fund.

Note: If you like the isms, they were lifted from a page full of additional jokes of greater complexity than the bulk of material in this post. Find them here: To Laugh in the Face of the NWO is the Best Form of Contempt.

Posted in Education, Entertainment, Government, Humor, Journalism, Political Commentary, Religion, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: advice, gags, Humor, jokes, one-liners, wisdom, witicisms

What Will You U$E For Currency When T$HTF?

Aug 22

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

The more we move toward a cashless society, the more we are at risk should some financial, political, or natural disaster transpire which weakens or destroys societal and governmental dynamics. What people will accept in payment or trade for scarce and critical supplies could threaten your life if you don’t have any, or the cost may be more than you can afford, if you do. Here are some ideas to help you be prepared.

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com proparanoid.net facebook

In this post you will learn…

• what makes money valuable is also what can make it worthless;

• plastic and precious metals are useless in the aftermath of crisis;

• why government frowns and suppresses barter, and why to embrace it anyway;

• cash is usually aftermath King… but not always;

• whole new currencies evolve in serious or long term aftermath.

What money is, and why it has value

Money is nothing more than a convenient way to conduct ‘commerce’ (trade goods and services) with a standard and portable stand-in for something else of value. For this to work, all people within the trading area must agree to use it as such, and ‘it’ must have a definable and concretely known value. Any system of money is best handled by the local government, be it a tribal village in ancient times, or a modern industrialized nation. Or, it can be done by a network of banking and financial institutions, or even a combination with government. As we will see, banking options are good for them, bad for everyone else.

The later is what we have, today, and it suffers two problems most of us are aware of, both stemming from the banking side. To fully appreciate that, we should step back in time just a bit. Please take the time to read what you may otherwise presume already to know, because the points made in this section will play to remaining sections in critical ways. This is because only governments used to issue money, and to establish its value, they could not and dare not create money unless they held something of value in reserves somewhere, something of concrete and great value to back it up. Most nations, as did America, used Gold; the ‘Gold Standard.’

Whatever the value standard was, a citizen could go to a bank or government Purser, and demand to trade in the currency for its value in that item (i.e., Gold), or vice versa. This system guaranteed the value of the currency to a known unit of measure, and tended to help establish and maintain a stable economy, and made international trade viable; each currency had a concretely known valuation, and established trust between nations that the standard item, itself, could be obtained, if desired, to settle any balance of trade debt which might exist.

Then came the banks with their own idea, called Central Banks, which enables the printing of Fiat Currency, which is money which has nothing of value backing it. Enter the Federal Reserve Banking System. It has cost you and me a significant sum of our personal lifetime earrings. Some say we have literally been sold into slavery to the banks. Learn more about exactly how much it has cost you personally, here. Many, as do I, call it Treason, including the prophetic warnings of our Founding Fathers:

• “If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks…will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered…. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs.” – Thomas Jefferson in the debate over the Re-charter of the Bank Bill of 1809 (millions of us, including myself, did wake up homeless with the Mortgage Derivative Collapse and associated ‘too big to fail’ bailouts, and we have had nothing but inflation and deflation cycles, not to mention devaluation of the dollar since establishing the Fed)

• “I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies.” –Thomas Jefferson

• “… The modern theory of the perpetuation of debt has drenched the earth with blood, and crushed its inhabitants under burdens ever accumulating.” -Thomas Jefferson (a reference to the National Debt)

• “History records that the money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling money and its issuance.” -James Madison

• “If congress has the right under the Constitution to issue paper money, it was given them to use themselves, not to be delegated to individuals or corporations.” -Andrew Jackson (Banks are corporations)

• “The Government should create, issue, and circulate all the currency and credits needed to satisfy the spending power of the Government and the buying power of consumers. By the adoption of these principles, the taxpayers will be saved immense sums of interest. Money will cease to be master and become the servant of humanity.” -Abraham Lincoln (the Fed is all about interest paid to the banks for every dollar printed.)

• “Issue of currency should be lodged with the government and be protected from domination by Wall Street. We are opposed to…provisions [which] would place our currency and credit system in private hands.” – Theodore Roosevelt (in the long-running debate about establishing a central bak.)

But the Fed would become reality just in time to pay for WWI with fiat money. But that was not the first time. In the early days of forming new States within the United States, Banks could also print their own money with no attachment to or obligation of government, hopefully backing it up with some kind of standard; a certain degree of trust was involved, and many people found that their banker was a crook. This practice, both legitimate and criminal, was especially common in Gold and Silver mining towns, where shipping precious metals was risky due to bandits. Other negotiable instruments also came to exist, which can similarly be thought of as forms of money. Stocks, Bonds, Notes, Futures, and more. But these featured valuations tied to more complex and less tangible things, and were not simple enough for usage as currency except with brokers and special institutional trading firms.

But several new ways for banks to print their own money also arose which were useful enough by all. One is the ‘Check,’ your checking account. It is merely a highly organized and easily validated (to a point) method of trading in I.O.U.s. Anyone can write an I.O.U. on a any piece of paper, and if the other person accepts it as a debt, and the writer honors it, it has value. And, it can be passed from one person to another until paid, like a Marker used in the underworld.

But people do not trust strangers, and the bank’s checking systems addressed that by using the bank as a kind of validation and tracking of the debt, and the debtor. The underworld uses fear and organized crime to do the same with markers. And, do we not fear the wrath of our banks and the law should we write a bad check? This is called debt bondage, a very real and powerful political and social control system that keeps the locals, that’s you and me, in line for fear of loosing all they own. Unless, of course, you simply choose to opt out, as have I.

As far as checking is concerned, eventually, the check must be traded for real currency, so no new money was actually created, but while in circulation, the total amount of ‘money in use’ is greater than had been printed, a pseudo inflation factor. Today, some 20 billion checks are written each year, with a value of 26 trillion. To put that into perspective, it would pay off the entire National Debt with money to spare. It is also roughly 20 times the value of all U.S. money in circulation. So is the National Debt, and though no causal connection seems to exist, it is an interesting coincidence, is it not?

Banks also ‘print’ money by loaning money that does not exist. They are allowed by law to loan up to 20 times the money they hold in their vaults from depositors. They write a check, and you then use that ‘money’ to write more checks for whatever purpose the loan was intended. They get deposited somewhere, and eventually returned to the issuing bank. You make monthly payments to the bank, money against which more loans can be made. As long as less than 1 in 20 of loaned dollars is converted to cash withdrawal, the bank has gotten away with printing at least 19 defacto dollars; another pseudo inflation factor. A loan is for fictitious money, and how to you repay a fiction? A question well asked, and some have an answer which will astonish you, and though giving you hope, you will fear it, as well.

The worst offender is the Central Banking System, which allows governments to print money with absolutely nothing behind it; no standard. The government itself is printing nothing more than an I.O.U. The Bank, in our case being the Federal Reserve Bank (the Fed), which is NOT a Federal Agency, but a banker-controlled corporation. The Treasury prints money in the form of Federal Reserve Notes backed only by interest bearing Treasury Bonds given to the Federal Reserve (functionally, an I.O.U.), and the Federal Reserve Note is itself therefore also an I.O.U. Some of these are sold to anyone wishing to buy them, quite often hundreds of millions of dollars held by wealthy men of note, but also, ordinary citizens. Those unsold are held by the banking cadre.

This is an automatic inflation driving machine for several reasons, not the least of which is it allows government to fund any massive and costly adventure without worrying about actually paying for it, as long as they are willing to drive up the National Debt, which no one is ever going to pay off. The downside is, of course, that our purchasing power continues to dwindle, and at some point, the dollar will need to be officially devalued, and only YOU and I will loose in that deal. Meanwhile, every increase of the national debt is de facto devaluation; you and I loose purchasing power as if officially devalued. Simultaneously, more and more of tax dollars go to the FED to pay off INTEREST (only) on T Bills, and that money goes directly to the bankers. The debt is NEVER reduced.

If it were, the Fed would actually collapse. Here is an explanation from David Graeber, and English Anthropologist, regarding the first central bank in existence: “In fact this [debt] is precisely the logic on which the Bank of England—the first successful modern central bank—was originally founded. In 1694, a consortium of English bankers made a loan of £1,200,000 to the king. In return they received a royal monopoly on the issuance of banknotes [their ‘Fed’]. What this meant in practice was they had the right to advance IOUs for a portion of the money the king now owed them to any inhabitant of the kingdom willing to borrow from them, or willing to deposit their own money in the bank—in effect, to circulate or “monetize” [create fiat currency] the newly created royal debt. This was a great deal for the bankers: they got to charge the king 8 percent annual interest for the original loan and simultaneously charge interest on the same money to the clients who borrowed it, but it only worked as long as the original loan remained outstanding. To this day, this loan has never been paid back. It cannot be. If it ever were, the entire monetary system of Great Britain would cease to exist.”

There is much more which can be and should be said, but this is not about the evils of the Federal Reserve or financial institutions. The intent was simply to give a glimpse at what money is, and what makes it valuable (or not), in NORMAL circumstances. And, in normal circumstances, the ONLY thing which makes Federal Reserve Notes valuable is a law passed in support of creation of the Fed, which says and which is echoed right on the money, itself, that it is good for all debts, public and private; should you refuse to accept it as such, the debt is forgiven under that law; we are forced to accept it.

But what happens when TSHTF?

In any serious financial, societal, or natural disaster, all bets may be off, and cash may either become a monstrous burden, or have no value at all. To the extent that social systems and governmental control fails, or their function is diluted, the value of money can suddenly become undefined, except by the seller. It is not just a matter of free-market price setting, but weather or not the seller will see value in money, at all, the government no longer being in a position to enforce the law which says it must be accepted.

Pre War Germany was in financial crises which ultimately helped to sweep Hitler into power. Here, a woman purchases some food with a basket full of money. Germany's inflation rate was so high that they were printing 100 billion Deutchmark bills (i.e., a single $100,000,000,000 bill) for public use.

Pre War Germany was in severe financial crises which ultimately helped to sweep Hitler into power. Of course, he blamed the Jews, who had nothing to do with it, but scapegoats are easy to come by when people are scared. Here, a woman purchases some food with a basket full of money. Germany’s inflation rate was so high that they were printing 100 billion Deutchmark bills (i.e., a single DM100,000,000,000 bill) for public use. MONEY WAS ESSENTIALLY WORTHLESS. Welcome to fiat currency run amok.

Some say to hoard precious metals for such crisis, but that is foolishness, because you can’t spend gold. For one thing, it is too valuable, and another, it is too difficult to validate without special chemicals, scales, and knowledge. How does the seller know it is real Gold, or what its actual value currently is? Not only will there be an issue as to weight, which is multiplied by a given value per ounce, but there will be no way to know (where a crises involves loss of communications), what the actual current value per ounce actually is. The wise seller must therefore significantly undervalue any metal offered in payment.

And how do you buy something low in value with something high in value, when there is no way to ‘make change?’ Hoarding Gold is fine for long-term protection of large cash holdings, but it is next to useless and extremely costly to attempt to use it as currency in a crisis.

THEREFORE, if actual money starts to fail in usefulness, whole new currencies will arise.

What will be the new currency in a crisis?

Yes, new currencies, and nothing like money as we know it. But like money, where it is still accepted in a crisis, the value thereof will be determined mostly by the seller, and this will give new meaning to the expression, ‘shop around.’ The most common alternate currencies will become food, water, fuels, and ammunition. Too a lesser degree, anything in high demand and low supply, such as weapons and tools, or anything key to survival. Being aware of that in advance is a great advantage, because there are two things in common with all these items which allows for good preparation.

The first is, that they have a relatively low value now, before there is a crisis. You can afford to stockpile, and would be wise to do so, taking into consideration storage space requirements and shelf life. It would be good to have at least a small hoard of each item in quantities greater than for reserves for personal consumption during the emergency and, where storage space, shelf life, and finances permit, to perhaps have a large hoard of one or more items on the list to become your personally favored currency.

The second is, that anyone can produce them, themselves, to one degree or another, both before and after a crisis. Anyone can sink a well or fetch water from nature, and transport it to where it is less available for ‘profit.’ Anyone can grow and store food if they have the land for it. Anyone can chop wood or make alcohol (fuels) if they but arrange to do so. Anyone can reload spent munitions if they have a loader and can obtain gunpowder, and for the matter, anyone can make gunpowder if they know how to find the raw materials and they are locally available.

Lead for ammunition is another matter, but it is cheap to buy ahead of crisis. So the purchase of a supply of lead and tools to form bullets and reload might be a great idea. Yet most people will not do any of these things, or cannot due to finances or lack of knowledge, and it is exactly that which gives them an excellent future value – extra value, in fact, because in aftermath situations, the normal supply chain of these things has been interrupted or entirely cut off, and access to the knowledge or finances to acquire them with it.

Once TSHTF, you are locked into your current state of affairs; you are either prepared to offer the right currency at an affordable rate, or you are slave and at the mercy to/of those who can. Only one of these two groups has a good chance at survival. That is the worst kind of debt slavery.

Barter, the alternative currency

Click to get a glimpse at doing your own barter from a legal perspective.

Click to get a glimpse at doing your own barter network from a legal perspective.

The government hates barter and suppresses it in a mountain of laws restricting its use. Barter is, in fact, the basis of the new evolving currencies just discussed. But for those in that second, hapless group just mentioned, they may be able to survive for a while by bartering with their earthly possessions, albeit at a costly rate of exchange. A $3,000 professional video camera might be good for a tank of gas, or a few days worth of food; what value is there in a video camera without electricity? But it might be accepted if there is some hope that, eventually, power will be restored, or if the parts might be useful to a tinkerer seeking to build something mechanically useful.

But barter can work well, even before a crisis, despite the laws. The laws are there because the barter concept tends to ‘cheat’ government out of taxes. If you buy something with dollars, you got taxed on the income from whence you got the dollars, and the seller is taxed on the income he earned, and there is likely a sales tax, as well. In barter, as originally conceived and employed before the laws existed, you simply gave labor in exchange for items, or traded items. As long as both parties agreed the exchange was acceptable value given for acceptable value received, it was a done deal. Yes, sometimes one side might feel the value was short, and ask for augmentation with a little cash thrown in. Or not.

Barter best works in a network situation involving more than two parties. You have Oranges and want Apples, I have Grapes and want Oranges, and someone else has Apples and wants Grapes. No problem, a three-way swap. But to do that takes an organized network with the means to track what is needed and match it to what is offered and available elsewhere. Barter associations or organizations are set up, and of course, that takes effort and manpower, and a building that has monthly rent, and other things which take actual money.

The other thing a barter group could do, was to accept goods or labor obligations (I.O.U. for work to be done) as if a deposit in a bank, against which the member offering such could make some combination of present or future withdrawal of other goods or services as they became available and needed. This allows conversion of unwanted or surplus items into future barter trade power, rendering the barter group as a kind of retail store and universal service provider. Again, government does not like anything resembling a bank in procedure, and would normally tax a retailer on inventory.

As all these functions take money to facilitate, barter groups would charge a small fee for a transaction based on the dollar value of the transaction. DOLLARS were still used as the MEDIUM for determining TRADE VALUATIONS. That meant creating a corporate entity to facilitate and organize barter transactions, and typically, charging a membership fee to allow access to the system. That was what led government to take interest in and to legislate against barter; such systems could quickly grow in membership and began processing huge numbers of transactions, some of which were themselves huge in valuation.

I, for example, belonged to such a group, and in a single transaction, moved $35,000 in goods, against which I would acquire needed goods and services which enabled me to live more inexpensively for a full decade — until the government passed laws which forced the barter group out of business, and started taxing everyone involved to the point where the advantage seemed lost. But it need not be that way, especially once TSHTF.

You can join an existing barter program, but if you do, you should also form your own local barter group, because the big programs will not be available in a crisis. Anyone do so without formal corporate existence, and without charging fees, and without a retail or banking format. I highly encourage it, though you should check with a lawyer as laws vary State to State (click the above image for the Oregon situation). Yes, there will be some concern about tax reporting, but that is a minor issue unless you start dealing in large volumes of goods and services. Frankly, most people who barter this way report nothing, because unless it is in volume, it isn’t even worth the trouble to track and report it, not to them, or the government. But the VALUE is in HAVING A NETWORK IN PLACE IN A CRISIS… priceless.

When TSHTF, especially if communications are down, it is both difficult and even potentially dangerous to attempt to form a network. Danger stems from the fact that, unless care is taken to avoid strangers, you may offer to form a network, in which case you state what you have of interest, and if they think they have more guns than you, and want what you have, they know where to get it without cost. Moreover, mutual defense is a thing which can itself become a barter commodity, assuming you have the guns and manpower of good use to others; it is, after all, another kind of service.

So to prepare for a crisis, don’t just hoard key supplies, but establish a barter network, even if you do not choose to use it. Doing so amplifies the value of your preferred currency, because you already have people willing to accept it fairly. Consider these words of wisdom:

• “The propensity to truck, barter and exchange one thing for another is common to all men, and to be found in no other race of animals.” Adam Smith, Scottish Philosopher.

My take is that barter is natural to man, and as such, is an unstated free right to undertake at will – to hell with government, or in reverse, if government has gone to hell, what else do we have to trade with, but barter;

• “Capitalism invariably boils down to barter between two willing parties, neither of whom uses force to work with the other.” Ben Shapiro, Political Commentator.

When TSHTF, force becomes the only commodity the weak minded and hapless will have to trade with. To strengthen your defenses, you need something better, as well as a means of countering force with force of your own. A Barter network gives you both, where mutual defense agreements become a thing which may be bartered: If I have superior weapons and more gun bearers than you, an imbalance exists which might be offset in goods or other services.

• “In primitive society, Man produced directly for the satisfaction of his own wants, but with the development of society came differentiation of functions; exchange and barter arose, various trades sprang up, and with the necessity of commercial intercourse, cam the invention of money.” Charles A. Beard, renowned Historian.

This sums up this entire post in the most direct of statements: barter came first, money after. When money fails to function usefully, we must be ready to barter, either with a new currency of convenience, or outright barter networking. Our very lives could depend upon it.

Not fully convinced? Want more information?

May I humbly suggest some further reading about WHY you should worry about flying excrement from an unexpected fan, and also offer some additional valuable resources? Here is a compendium of useful material on the dangers of crisis and the topic of being prepared, not just in terms of currency, but other considerations which are well beyond the scope of this post. These are Facebook ‘pages,’ so you can FOLLOW them for updates. Please consider to Follow my blog, as well.

• The Fema, Martial Law, Revolution Database. Don’t let the title scare you away; its a compendium of articles and posts about the likelihood and risks of various forms of civil unrest and social, economic, or natural disasters, as well as general advice such as found in the above post. It’s sub-name is When All Hell Breaks Loose.

• The Post Apocalyptic Library. A compendium of resources where you can find critical how-to information needed for survival in a crisis. Everything from how to make a torch to how to make a portable generator from a lawn mower. The idea is to visit those sites and print the instructions, and place them in a safe place and in your ‘go bag’ so that you will have them when needed; they won’t be available once TSHTF.

Posted in Education, Government, History, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: banks, barter, barter systems, checks, civil unrest, commodities, currency, debt, federal reserve, FEMA, financial disaster, ious, Martial law, money, natural disaster

Terrorist H. Michael Sweeney’s RAP Sheet

Jul 2

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

OK, it’s true. There are at least a half-dozen ways the government can ‘claim’ I’m a terrorist. YOU TOO, for that matter. But I have a Record of Arrest and Prosecution ‘sheet’ to illustrate one of the ways I am definitely a terrorist to someone, including people that think I’m merely a conspiracy theorist. I am not ‘mere,’ at anything I do…

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com proparanoidpress.com proparanoid.net

What makes you a terrorist when you live in a Police State?

Simple answer: anything you do. There have been so many Constituion trampling Acts of Congress and Executive Orders, all so vaguely worded as to allow the broadest of interpretations, that it is almost just that easy for someone in government to label YOU (and certainly me) a terrorist. That can have very unfortunate consequences, depending on who labels you, why, and what they do about it. You can end up on the no fly list, or some kind of watch list, or even be vanished forever by Men in Black whisking you off in a black van.

One such example is, that being a conspiracy theorist automatically makes you a terrorist according to FBI. That’s bluntly stated, but true, as an article at Public Intelligence illustrates: “A flyer from a series created by the FBI and Department of Justice to promote suspicious activity reporting states that espousing conspiracy theories or anti-US rhetoric should be considered a potential indicator of terrorist activity. ” The flyer, linked in the article, specifically includes 9-11 Truthers (that’s about 1/3 of the U.S. population).

OK; I’m a conspiracy theorist, or if you prefer, a Conspiracy Terrorist. But I am no ordinary ‘theorist,’ because I have a R.A.P. sheet… a Record of Arrests and Prosecutions. And here it is, below the FBI Fellon ID Card (which shows that not even FBI always gets the right man)… but be sure to read the summary text before you wonder why I’m still walking around freely.

hmswanted

R.A.P. Sheet, H.Michael Sweeney

1976 Wire Tapping, 2 counts, charges dropped for insufficient evidence

1980 Embezzling, charges dropped after resignation from company

1983 Counterfeiting, Drug Smuggling, sentenced

1984 Wire Tapping, charges dropped for insufficient evidence

1985 Shoplifting, 4 counts, sentenced

1987 Fraud, Embezzling (pretending to be a Pastor), Bad Checks, charges dropped after restitution

1988 Wire Fraud, 3 counts, sentenced

1988 Smuggling, 2 counts (bioweapons, diamonds), sentenced

1990 Espionage, Interception of Electronic Communications, charges dropped by NSA intervention

1991 Bank Robbery, 4 counts, sentenced

1991 Wire Tapping, 4 counts, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

1992 Fraud, 3 counts, Witness Tampering, 3 counts, Withholding Evidence, 2 counts, Murder,

cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

1993 Breaking and Entering, 2 counts, Grand Theft, charges dropped after restitution

1994 Wire Tapping, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

1994 Attempted Murder, 12 counts, case turned over to Internal Affairs, and dropped

1996 Espionage, 3 counts, Violation of Civil Rights, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

1998 Wire Tapping, Stalking, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

1998 Grand Theft Auto, Operating Chop Shop, 3 counts, sentenced

1999 Possession of Controlled Substance with Intent to Sell, sentenced

2001 Bioterrorism, Attempted Assassination, investigation closed by DOJ intervention

2002 Terrorism, 4 counts, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

2004 Bioterrorism, case closed due to lack of evidence

2004 Cyberterrorism, Hacking (of CIA’s Web site), charges dropped in exchange for services rendered

2016 Armed Robbery, 2 counts, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

2016 Bank Robbery, cold case due to flight to avoid prosecution

Summary Judgement

By now, if you actually read the full list, you realize no one person could be guilty of all those crimes and still be walking free… and that there were crimes on the list immediately after incarceration, and no jail breaks to account for that. This is because these are not crimes that I committed, but crimes I have investigated and exposed, or helped expose and prosecute, often working with Police, FBI, SS, and CIA, sometimes working against rogue elements of those and other agencies, even spy agencies of other governments.

Left out of that list, are perhaps 200 Stalking, Wire Tapping, and Torture cases I’ve worked on as online consultant with victims of such affairs (I’ve had contact with 12,000 individuals in that kind of predicament). I left them out because it would have made the post unreadable, and that’s a shame… a disservice to the thousands of victims of this form of abuse of power and conspiratorial corruption of principalities and powers.

So I do not claim to be a mere terrorist, but to have stopped terrorism. But neither am I a mere conspiracy theorist, because many of the conspiracy theories I’ve investigated have put people in jail, or at least shut them down and forced them to run away. One Governor, possibly two, a National Guard General, an elected County Sheriff, two Police Chiefs, a Criminal Investigation Division Lt., a C.E.O. of an international software firm, and a host of lower law enforcement personnel have all vacated their posts (some being jailed) after I finished doing my thing. While I cannot claim every one of them retired or otherwise departed their posts because of me, as I was not allowed access to official internal documents, I’m fairly certain a good number of them grumbled my name under their breath on the way out the door.

All that said, I hope that you, dear reader, have come to understand that a conspiracy theorist is no different than any other standard investigative force of a more official nature. Except for two small things, we all try to fit the available evidence with the environ of facts to determine the truth. We both form hypothetical postulations as to suspect and motive, prove opportunity and method, and try each point of evidence against all others which might disprove the hypothesis (though as we see all too often, many criminal cases are happy to prosecute the innocent if they think they can make a strong enough case and hide the truth).

We both theorize up front. The first difference is that conspiracy theorists do not have the luxury of making an official determination, while the official investigators do. The second difference, and most important, is that we start with questions regarding failures in logic in the official findings and reports; we question government, which is not only the right, but the DUTY of every citizen, always. How else will you ever find a cover up? We know there have been all manner of cover ups exposed in media over the last few decades, and I remind you, you NEVER have a cover up UNLESS there is a conspiracy, because a cover up itself REQUIRES a conspiracy to execute it, and the affair being covered up is always so complex that it, too, MUST by default represent a conspiracy. Guaranteed.

OK, FBI, come and cuff me… unless I’m wearing a bomb like other terrorists,or have run off to Mexico to escape your ‘justice,’ in which case, just have a better day.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Government, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: Conspiracy, conspiracy theorist, rap sheet, terrorist

The Two Party System is Suiciding — Too Late to Save America?

Apr 5

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Wake up and smell the mushroom food you’ve been being fed since you were old enough to vote, and before. Plug your nose and consider what’s next…

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com proparanoidpress.com proparanoid.net

The Two Party System is Suiciding — Too Late to Save America?

Have you not noticed the constant repetitive pattern? Every few years we get disgusted with the last batch of politicians we voted into office, especially at Presidential level, and vote in the opposite party. We are upset almost always for the same generic reasons: they promised one thing (we liked), and to fix what the last bunch did (we didn’t like), but all we wound up with was, ‘the new boss same as the old boss.’ Just like the song, we ‘hope we don’t get fooled, again.’

HOW’S THAT BEEN WORKING OUT FOR YOU?

from Wikpedia: 1866 Poster reveals 180 degree turn for Dems, who now embrace/seek political dominance on back of minorities. (click)

Answer: It aint’ never had and ain’t ever shall, unless you are big Pharma, big Oil, big Telecom/IT, big Bank, Big Brother, or simply a fascist, globalist, or illuminati player.

The fact is, the Constitution and Bill of Rights, the basis for our whole system of government by, of, and for the People, so scared the elite power brokers in our early years of Continental unification and domination (formation of the 48 states), that they invented the two party system as a means of insuring that ONLY the power elite could run for high office; a complex system of delegates and voting rules which are designed to weed out anyone who is unwilling to run on a platform sympathetic to the predetermined ‘issues’ which suit the ‘party.’

Note re image: talk about disgusting campaigns. But which is worse? 1866 or 2016, 150 yrs. hence?

Issues are selected not so much on the basis of what actually pulls the people’s heart strings, as much as what the analysts and advisors think will ADEQUATELY pull their heart strings WITHOUT forcing any actual cure or change to ‘gains’ made by the party just prior to last being voted out of office — those things the voters got mad at them for in the first place; it is important to insure voters never remember those things, and focus instead on what’s wrong with the current batch of looters and despots, only.

The two party system is also designed to negate popular choices. No matter how many people vote in the primary for a given candidate, the back room deals in cigar-smoke filled rooms between powerbrokers will ultimately determine who the nominee actually is, and that person is going to be that new boss who’s going to fool us, again. Guaranteed. It’s worse, now, because now they can legally hand out Havanas.

Finally, it is designed to quash any possible third independent party contender. They do this very easily by telling you that to vote for them is a wasted vote (true only if you actually vote for other than your actual preferred choice), and by telling you that such a vote dilutes any chance of defeating (whomever they think you fear being elected). We hear that time and time again, and heaven forbid that if such a candidate should actually make decent headway, they will find a way to destroy him before the election ever takes place.

That is exactly what happened when Ross Perot ran against Clinton/Bush. As I had warned the Secret Service based on my ten-year investigation into abuse of power issues by the New World Order, it seemed absolutely clear that an assassination or blackmail attempt against him or his family to force him out of the race was inevitable. Indeed, within weeks of that warning, Anthrax powder was mailed to his family, and according to my SS back channel contact, it was the same as employed against Clinton’s Bodyguard, the man who was set to testify against Clinton over illegal activities undertaken while Governor of Arkansas prior to his Presidential bid. As result, on the very night that Perot won the State of Colorado and was assured a position on the ballot, he withdrew from the election without a useful or true explanation.

Is the Two Party System suiciding?

I believe it is. There are several coincidental forces which are destroying it from within, and they each tend to cross pollinate one another.

The Democrats have only been able to field a closet Communist and a closet criminal (simplest descriptions). I’d be happy to defend those labels if anyone cares to be shut down by facts not commonly found in controlled media.
The Republicans have only been able to field a closet fascist (my fear, hope I’m wrong), a batch of Bush clones and other elite same-as asses.
Both parties have underestimated just how fed up the People are, and have largely failed to elect platforms that we really care about, except for Trump, who unfortunately seems to be more verbiage than substance.
Controlled Media has repeatedly run afoul of that underestimation by electing to attack Trump when he says something ‘controversial’ or ‘politically incorrect’ only to find the People disagree with media and are beginning to wonder why still shots of Trump are always unflattering as if he is shouting a curse, and shots of Hillary are always smiling sweetly. “What? Us have a biased agenda?”
The threat by almost all candidates that if not nominated (i.e., the ‘wrong’ candidate is nominated), they will consider to run independently, not only threatens to destroy the party, but also, to split the final election vote in favor of the opposing party. But one or even both parties could end up doing this, which would negate the split and make it a true free for all.
Should Hilary be indicted (she is under FBI investigation which continues to uncover considerable evidence of wrongdoing, and not under a ‘security review’ as she prefers to call it) after nomination, no one has any clue as to what would happen to resolve the Democrat’s quandary, but the net effect would likely be much the same as in (5), above.
Should Trump fail to be nominated, no one knows what the Repulisvecan party can do to resolve the problem of how to win the election if he indeed runs independently. Ditto for the Demoncrats shoul (6) transpire.

So my answer is YES, and thank goodness! I’ve harped against the two party process ever since Obama, and should have been ever since I started voting… but I thought I was doing fine on mushroom food, like everyone else.

Is it too late?

Probably, at least in one major way. No matter what happens, we are going to get a President and resulting cabinet we will later wish was merely a Dog Catcher or Postman, and perhaps not even that (no slight intended of those public service posts).

Hopefully not in the more important way; the future of America is, after all, at stake. The true issues we should be dealing with have never been raised by any politician save Perot, perhaps, and even he did not take full aim, in my view. To see what I mean, check out my 24 campaign planks were I running for President.

The chaos which would result with the collapse of the Democans and Republicrats would create a power vacuum the likes of which this nation has never seen. We would end up with countless new political parties seeking to rush in and redefine how candidates got on the ballot: a Constitutional or Populist Party (Hooray!), a Liberal Party (ye olde democrats), a Conservative Party (new age republicans), a Neocon Party (ye olde Republican good fellows), a Moral Majority Party (dazed and overwhelmed by LGBTG and the like), a Nationalist Party (military-industrial-intelligence-media complex), a Centrist Party (big everything), a Socialist Party (dare I suggest ye new Democrats), and perhaps even a Communist Party (Putin for President?).

That might be a good thing, provided anyone can really tell who all the new players really are. That’s because most of them would choose names other than I’ve shown which better describe their true colors, to include someone calling themselves Republicans and Democrats. It might take decades to figure them all out, with many new bosses the same as before along the way. I kid you not.

From final scene, The Fly, 20th Century Fox, 1958

Nothing in politics is ever what it seems up front, and given the chance to remake themselves, politicians will simply take off one sheep’s disguise and don another, and in this case, there will be secondary disguises several layers deep to make sure we have a hard time finding their true nature. About the only ones that would be truly identifiable would be a Constitutionalist and Communist party, presuming someone else didn’t beat them to the use of the name.

I feel like the half-human Fly caught in the Spider’s web in the movie by the same name…

“Help me… help meeee!”

42% of Americans Would Ditch Two Party System (zero hedge)
What Would it Take to End TPS, Why Don’t we Have More Parties (Quora)
R.I.P. to the Republican Party (Forbes)
The Party’s Over: Democratic Party Dying… (Observer)

Posted in Government, History, News Events, Political Commentary

Leave a comment

Tags: democrats, republicans, two party system

Emergency Post: BLM vs. Bundy is an Ominous Danger

Apr 10

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

It is seen by government as a win-win ploy that raises the stakes to unimaginable levels. What we see on the surface has nothing to do with the sinister plot which it enables and portends. This is our last and only chance to save the country, or loose it to tyranny forever, and rush toward Earth’s final demise.

Will Bundy vs. BLM start Revolution 2.0?

By H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com proparanoidpress.com proparanoid.net

copyright © 2014, all rights reserved. Permission to repost hereby granted provided entire post with all links in tact, including this notice and byline, are included. Please comment any such repost to original posting.

What is going on in Nevada with the BLM?

What you will learn reading this post…

• government’s actions against Bundy are mere window dressing — something more sinister is afoot;

• the stakes are incredibly high, but hard to see — your very life and the fate of the World, in fact;

• there is only one logical solution, and everyone plays a role.

What can I do to help Bundy against the BLM?

Why BLM vs. Bundy matters regardless of if his cause is just or he has no legal leg to stand on

UPDATE: Same day posted… Oh, so now we find out its really for the oil companies? What Corporate Police State? BLM sells 29 oil, gas leases in northeast Nevada End update.

Free Speech Zone meaningless when dogs and tasters are aimed directly at the people. From againstcronycapitalism.org (click)

Government made it matter, and with dark purpose. At one glance it is an effort to usurp power over people, and the States, as well as to empower corporate ranching over private ranchers. It is a form of unfair and excessive taxation without representation against a political enemy of financial convenience to friends of the White House. And, it is an opportunity to make yet one more National Police Force out of the BLM. But, thanks to controlled media/government PR, not everyone sees these points of view.

But even that view is incomplete and misses the mark, if we but look closer. It is a deliberate series of escalations by government over time to garner public attention among and inflame we select people (why it gets little due mainstream coverage — save that which slants as it did at Ruby Ridge and Waco). They know the Web will be awash in the circles of we Patriots, Constitutionalists, Activists, and others who oppose the tyranny and oppression our government has come to represent since 9-11. The Sheeple must not be unduly disturbed until it can have false flag impact of calculated value.

I talk a lot about the need for citizens to draw lines in the sand and be willing to become Minuitmen should such lines be crossed. Now comes government to draw it for us, I write here to tell you that you have no choice but accept the challenge, and act decisively. You may perish either way, but I’d rather perish attempting to control my life and future than to leave it to others less kindly inclined to favor me. If there is to be armed revolution, let it be on our terms, not theirs.

Why so conclude? Because if they work it right, the ‘standoff gone wrong’ is a perfect chance to justify taking guns. By forcing a showdown and a gunfight (what the snipers do best – there is no justification for government deploying snipers unless for this cause, AND to selectively inflame those who stand for Liberty and who remember Ruby Ridge). There are two possible ends, of course, though I think they will insure BOTH transpire.

Regardless, such a battle is win-win for government. The “poor defensless BLM armed only with tasers,’ if loosing large numbers will be seen by Sheeple as an outrage, and given that Militia were involved from multiple quarters, and other armed parties, Obama can order Martial Law with suspension of the Constitution. Especially if also employing agent provocateurs for local violence across the country, as was employed in the LA Riots, where National Guardsmen posed as rioters to prime the pump. This would likely result in orders for the military and Police to go door-t0-door. Who knows, Obama might even order the U.N. in as long-feared and first promoted as concept by Henry Kissinger. Or, he might simply order in the military; A-10s, attack choppers, a Stryker Battalion, and so forth.

They can then conveniently ‘quash armed rebels and terrorists,’ confiscate all guns, round up dissidents and politically incorrect opponents (like you and me — why they have been spying on us so earnestly), and hold a Con Con (they are already staging for it) to pass the Constitution of the NewStates of America, already written, which essentially enables the formation of the North American Union and surrender of US sovereignty to the U.N. in stages. All of this leads, of course, to a one-World Government (that Constitution has also already been written), and provides a single seat of power to enable the Antichrist’s coming to power.

Note: The NewStates Constitution is reprinted in my booklet, Fatal Rebirth, along with the World Constitution, complete with analysis line by line (NewStates) to show how draconian a document it really is. Rights become privileges which can be revoked at any time by any agency or party of government for any cause, even retroactively, and almost anyone in government can write law, and again, it can be retroactive. And if you think the two-party system and the FED/IRS is bad, wait until you see what follows. You can request a free copy of the ebook version of Vol I of Fatal Rebirth by email request to pppbooks at comcast net.

THAT is what is at stake. Nothing less than EVERYTHING!

So we must be decisive: regardless of how we view Bundy’s cause or government’s viewpoint, regardless of if an armed and concerned citizen or a dumbed down Sheeple, we all have equal stake in this unfolding globalist tragedy. And, we can all play a role no matter our status, and regardless of if present in Nevada, or not. But about that decisive action…

Why is the BLM standoff against Bundy in Nevada taking place?

What we should prefer…

Should we stand up with arms in hand and enable, if not force, the ultimate showdown? I fear this is exactly what government wants, as already stated. But there is another, wiser choice.

By all means, men of arms should rally, but standing firm and waiting for the other side to blink or blunder is a fool’s plan, and it can only end in bloodshed. What must be done is that which can neuter Government’s ploy. And only one set of steps can do that:

a) anyone and everyone should file court actions against any and every agency, branch, and individual of government involved at every level of government. Any and every cause, grievance, or objection, as allowed by and based on State, County, and Federal Law, and the Constitution and Bill of Rights, should be employed. Bury them in legal actions, EACH OF WHICH includes request for either an Injunction or Stay Order. These actions should not all be done at once, but the flood should be continuous, so that new ones can replace those quickly disposed of. THIS BUYS TIME;

b) time is our friend — it generates awareness and understanding. It buys media attention and gives Sheeple a chance to better understand what is taking place. Just as the 99% movement could no longer be contained by a controlled media, so must this matter be brought into every home. Invite major networks, espcially foreign press, to specifically include RT, to set up broadcast facilities right on the Bundy Ranch, and bypassing the see nothing viewpoints established by government for controlling media in the manner done at WACO (NEVER AGAIN!). Install microwave and shortwave communication systems for the purpose. But also, LOCAL media is the key, as is the WWW; do not rely upon mainstream. Militia and other group ‘spokespersons’ in your community should approach their local news sources with proposed interviews to get the word out. IF EVERYONE UNDERSTANDS WHAT IS TRULY AT STAKE, AND TAKING PLACE, GOVERNMENT’S PLOT IS UNDERMINED AND THEY LOOSE THE SHEEPLE;

c) flood the theater with actors. There should be so many people there is not enough room in the minimal areas intended to contain them. OVERFLOW. The ‘1st Amendment’ area, itself an affront to the Constitution, and should be enlarged and enlarged again, forcing retreat or conflict which will make news favorable to our side. If you have access to a professional camera, start a ‘newspaper’ or ‘Radio station’ and flood the press area and make it overflow, as well. And Bundy’s ranch should become a city of tents, and include as many unarmed persons as possible who wield nothing but baseball bats or the proverbial pitchfork. THIS MAKES THE WHOLE AFFAIR MORE VISIBLE and LESS TENABLE TO GOVERNMENT’S GOALS;

d) involve the local Sheriff and State/County Officials. The Sheriff has effectively stated a hands-off non intervention policy. Fine. Perhaps he is a puppet put into place for the purpose, or co opted by any number of means available to government for rendering him neutral. But the flurry of legal actions should be intended to FORCE HIM to intervene on behalf of Bundy and supporters. If nothing else, he should have a presence on the Ranch to insure armed groups behave (public safety). The Governor and Legislators, and County Officials should called to DEMAND it. Perhaps even the National Guard should be called to stand by. A simple invite, if not enough, can be followed by a media blitz and public demand that such action is needed. Any politically motivated decision to remain neutral should be negated, thereby; a political suicide. INVOLVE THE SHERIFF, as WITNESS and PEACEKEEPER;

e) party! No alcohol or drugs, but good cheer, song and dance. Use loudspeakers. Mix well with speeches and ‘town hall’ dialogs. Use the platform (the nation will be watching) to air ALL GRIEVANCES with government, not just this ONE issue. Give voice to the rest of the 99% in a way that movement never was able to achieve on its own. SOROS WILL HAVE NO VOICE, this time;

e) prepare for Martial Law at home. That means emergency kits and plans (like the one government would not approve). It means weapons. If it is declared, you will have scant few hours to choose to fight, run, or to surrender to your fate at the hands of tyranny. If not taken away, you will need to survive for months without anything like normal civilization. No key resource, including electrical power or communication, can be assured, and will likely be withheld on purpose. Travel will be restricted and many will not be able to work, and there is no shopping, only rationing. BE READY TO BE SELF RELIANT, BE READY TO FIGHT IF THAT IS WHAT IT COMES DOWN TO;

f) if and when the shooting starts, DO NOT ENGAGE! Dead BLM or other Agents will be made into martyrs by mainstream. DO NOT GIVE THEM WHAT THEY WANT. Show restraint, and let the casualties be on your side. Keep putting out a continuous feed of information and video so that media and the WWW know what is going on. IF THERE ARE TO BE MARTYRS, LET THEM BE OUR OWN, and LET IT BE TELEVISED LIVE. If a full-scale armed revolt spontaneously errupts nation-wide, then by all means, defend yourself at the Ranch, and FOLLOW YOUR CONSIENCE AND DEFEND THE CONSTITUTION.

g) petition for redress. Redress of grievances is a key component of our Nation’s Constitutional form of government (this post makes clear, mid post). When it fails, we have no government, only tyranny. It seems today there is NO REDRESS POSSIBLE at the Federal level. ONLY THE STATES stand in the way of total Federal domination, which is part of what this whole affair is about; a means to increase Federal power over the States. But while all this is going on… and while we have media platforms established… we should be seeking redress through our State Legislators, making a series of calls for action to quickly pass laws which…

1) nullify all Federal gun laws, NDAA, NSA surveillance, and forbid Federal drone overflights except under warrant and oversight by State authorities;

2) eliminate Federal arrest and warrant power. If a Federal judge issues a warrant, or an Agency is moved to move against a party (like Bundy), they must instead go to the appropriate local Law Enforcement Agency and have them execute on their behalf. They may go along, but as observers, ONLY;

3) make clear a mandate that your State shall NOT approve a new Consitution if a Con Con is held, nor the removal or neutering by Amendment of the current Constitution, and any existing Federal Law which does so should be nullified;

4) add freely to this list anything which addresses abuse of power by the Federal government, such as militarization of Police, Obamacare, etc. This will be your one best chance to spark public dialog and debate, and to make certain that people, and especially State Legislators, realize THEY are the ones with the real power, and the duty to protect freedom and force the Constitution.

What is at stake in Nevada and the BLM standoff with Bundy?

Government has drawn a line in the sand

Let’s make sure they regret it. Force them to be the ones to cross it, and let them trip over their own power play. Now… go forth and spread the word.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: BLM, Bundy, Bundy Ranch, Constitution, Federal Government, Martial law, NewStates of America, NWO, One World Government, revolution

Crime Series: Ten Unexpected Proofs ‘Random’ Mass Shootings are by Intelligent Design

Apr 3

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Ten easy-to-grasp but remarkable proofs, both visible and hidden: Illuminati style mystical symbolism and related ancient magical mysteries, calling cards, bragging rights, and Warlock spells cast against America, and the World. Conventional clues, too.

Are there any patterns in mass shootings?

by H. Michael Sweeney proparanoid.wordpress.com proparanoidpress.com proparanoid.net

Is there any proof mass shootings are not random?

What you will learn reading this multi-part posting series…

• there are 10 interlocking proofs that mass shootings are not random;

• they include various kinds of patterns, visible and unseen, and even coded information;

• that the pattern predicts itself, and understanding may therefore help stop the murder;

• that the codes and clues seem to be like signatures identifying the architects.

Are mass shootings by intelligent design?

Introduction: Ten Proofs ‘Random’ Mass Shootings by Intelligent Design

Is there a mass shooting conspiracy?

Note: This series is not yet ready for full presentation, but the most recent Fort Hood forces me to start releasing the material without delay. The reason for delay has had to do with an inability to provide high quality graphics suitable for proofs. This will be overcome, shortly, I hope.

One thing you need to know about me as an investigative writer or, as media and government would prefer you to think of me, a ‘conspiracy theorist,’ is this: whenever I decide to take a close look at a potential conspiracy or lesser matter, I do it right. If I cannot uncover something no one else has brought to light, I’m either not finished, or I’ve backed out concluding it beyond reach, or a dud. If you read my findings on a given research, you will undoubtedly learn something FACTUAL no one else had previously discovered or brought to light. And so…

In this matter, we find the shear volume of startling new information overshadows and renders original headlines and competing theories essentially meaningless — especially media’s version. It will make you angry. It will scare you. The question is, will it motivate you to do something about it? YOU are what you are waiting for, you know.

But in introduction, there is still one other point which must be made; it is in form of a problematic question. Can I get you, the reader, to override your current belief structures long enough to consider the unusual nature of the findings? This presentation will most assuredly fly in the face of what most people consider ‘traditional wisdom,’ but it also will explain why it is non-the-less valid. Can you handle the Truth, or will you wimp out to the comfort zone of current beliefs?

Area all mass shooters psycho?

On suspending belief structures

Dormer was not quite a ‘Mass Shooter’ incident, at least not at a single location/time. But the affair highlights the problem of accepting ‘random’ as the right word to apply to shootings when there are so many problems with the official story. CLICK to learn about why many people think him just another shooting patsy.

I began a ten-year research project for a book, Fatal Rebirth, in late 1989, which also begat a screenplay published on line in 1999 (The Electronic Apocalypse). In the book’s Introduction I urged the reader to suspend their belief structures briefly and read the material as if merely fiction for entertainment’s sake, because many of the concepts within were so new and unusual as to defy belief — likely seen as ‘far-fetched’ by most uninformed readers. I offered over 1,500 footnotes and a huge Appendix section to help them consider why I deemed them factual.

This blog post should be read in like manner, especially if you are content with government’s actions, are a politician, member of a government agency, military, or any part of the justice system, or Media. Especially if you are involved in a mass shooting incident as a professional or a victim seeking to know the truth. And even more so if you are gun owner, or even among what 2^nd Amendment supporters refer to as a ‘gun grabber.’ I plead, therefore, that you suspend your belief structures briefly as if reading a political/horror-science fiction piece. That’s what it is, actually, minus the fiction component.

You will, like readers of Fatal Rebirth, I would hope, realize the truth by the time you reach the end. Or, at the very least, you will be entertained for all your reluctance to let the message sink in and take root.

If nothing else, even if you choose to doubt some of the more obscure subtopics (i.e., relating to mysticism) have any factual basis in REALITY, consider this: it matters NOT what YOU think, given they ARE taken as real by persons likely to be behind any such conspiracy (i.e., ‘Illuminati’ Satanists). You MUST also ask yourself, “Can the sheer magnitude of interlocking clues be ignored?” Because at every turn they defy the odds of coincidental probability, as illustrated by carefully crafted control study groups. If thinking logically, you MUST concur that intelligent design is revealed despite what you may think about the logic of the beliefs which lay behind it, or the unusual way in which the evidence was revealed.

Pending you conclusion, by all means feel free to think me mad if you must. Read just for fun, but please read it through to end before you render final judgment as to if madness or truth be present. A logical reader will be converted unless their mind is already so firmly made up that they do not wish to be confused by facts which destroy their belief structures. Judge not what ye know not, but that upon which ye are well informed and have considered fully, judge freely.

Your future and the future of your children could well be at stake, a statement applying to all mankind. Why do I say this? The book mentioned above, Fatal Rebirth, was based on trying to illustrate what I call the Unified Conspiracy Theory; the notion that all of America’s darkest bumps in the night for the last half of the prior Century, forward, were not random oddities by random people for random agenda, but carefully orchestrated by the same core group of people with but one goal for the World in mind.

I termed them Shadow, but they are also known by other names; the New World Order, the Illuminati, the Power Elite, Globalists, and among them, member names like CIA, Skull and Bones, Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, and many more of like nature. Their goal I termed End Game; the establishment of a One World government, a single seat of power in order to seat the Antichrist upon his throne and bring us to Armageddon.

The Unified Conspiracy Theory, once justified in research and taking shape in book form, led me to realize that their stepwise actions over fifty years of mysteries were indeed leading to one goal. Knowing the goal, I reasoned, it should be possible to forecast the next logical steps. So the book also included within its presentation several terrible event predictions expected to take place in our near future. Thus far, though I do not claim to have gotten all event details precisely correct, many terrible forecasts have already come to pass. Among these were:

a) an assassination attempt on Ross Perot or his family to cause him to drop out of the Presidential Race, a matter which indeed transpired using mailed Anthrax according to a Secret Service back channel contact;

b) the false flag downing of the World Trade Center by civilian passenger jets which;

c) resulted in a series of Middle East Oil Wars. Other predictions include two more terror plots which are part and parcel of this blog post. Those are…

d) a false flag nuclear attack on Charleston, S.C. and Portland Oregon (the later of which I have already thwarted, it seems – see middle of my home page), and more to the point…

e) MASS SHOOTINGS.

Note: you can get a free copy of Vol I of Fatal Rebirth (ebook) by email request to pppbooks at Comcast (net). You will be glad you did, as it will take you far deeper into the Rabbit Hole than Alice or Neo had ever gone. This pill is black, though trimmed in red, white, and blue.

So, if ready to suspend your belief structure, let us begin. Pretend there is, despite media’s recent attempt in the Cincia shooting to portray anyone who believes in the New World Order as mentally ill and anti-patriotic, that such a conspiracy is actually afoot. Also pretend, if you must, that Political Control Technology in the form of the Manchurian Candidate is real. There are real-life Jason Bournes out there, as my book, MC Realities, and other books on Political Control Technology illustrate more than adequately. Even the Smithsonian channel knows.

This will make the key postulations, testing methods, conclusions, and proofs of the core material easier to accept, especially as they will be offered in the manner of scientific discovery — exactly as I undertook them as investigative writer. You will, in fact, be able to retrace my work to double check it, if you wish — as long as you review the full series of posts and sidebars before you attempt it, lest you make a critical error. Please subscribe to my blog pages to insure you are notified as the remaining posts in the series are added.

Are mass shootings are by intelligent design?

The Investigation

Jason Bourne… though fictional, is based on real-World programmable assassins. Do you suppose CIA or anyone else would not find something useful to do with failures in such programs? Might they not make excellent disposable patsies? Image/film: http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0372183/

Some several months ago, insulted by media’s misreporting of Aurora and Sandy Hook and outright clues that a disinformation campaign was afoot, I began finding ample cause for concern. But how might one determine if other mass shootings were arranged as part of some kind of sick criminal conspiracy, one which might involve both real and faked shootings?

I started with several basic presumptions of truth, and then set about to see if the logical evidence such presumptions would require were indeed in place. The ‘illogical’ presumptions fostered by the Unified Conspiracy Theory requiring suspension of belief are as follows:

1) That Shadow and their Globalism requires destruction of America, and its Constitution in order to enable forming the North American Union, a matter which in turn requires that the Right to Bear Arms is first invalidated, and arms confiscated or gun owners otherwise neutralized in a manner similar to that of the Australia;

2) That the New World Order, the modern day Illuminati, if you will, would be well capable of undertaking a campaign of gun violence for such cause, but being an Illumined Power Elite lost to Satanic and Masonic mysticism, they would employ mystical constructs which would leave detectible footprints if knowing what to look for;

3) That the principle tool of such a plot would involve a small army of patsies, cut outs, and fall guys, principally from a category best known to the public as Manchurian Candidates. It may additionally involve a small army of blindly obedient members placed within our armed forces, the intelligence community, and law enforcement to aid more indirectly in supporting roles. This would include logistics, psyops, and cover up, or even command and control, generally unaware as to the truth or reason behind their orders. These are the same players frequently found playing key roles in the lives of mind control victims at large.

All three presumptions must be true to make a proper accusation, for they comprise the basic proofs of any crime: Motive, Opportunity, and Means. Normally, we think of opportunity as meaning access to the scene of the crime, typically proven by forensics such as fingerprints, or better yet, actual eye witnesses. In this case, they deliberately left their fingerprints, in a manner of speaking. In fact, the bulk of the proofs fall into this category, perhaps even naming individuals behind the plot. At the very least, we are indeed dealing with the Elite, those involved in principalities and powers.

Indeed: Two names have already surfaced by such clues, and both are billionaires. I also have a dozen other names of likely conspirators, but no names are released; these things are my Life Insurance Policy.

Sidebar Post: On Programmable People. This sidebar post addresses the notion of the possibility that at least some mass shooters are mind controlled patsies, and reconciles their coexistence with truly random shootings — those which are more naturally spontaneous crimes — which can collectively still both be component parts of the same intelligent design. This leads us to the finer details of how shooting event locations and dates lend importance to our consideration, and just how these things can additionally reveal intentional, yet concealed clues.

Here it should be mentioned, that many observers of the New World Order crowd favor the supposition that among their leadership we might find the modern-day Illuminati in spirit, if not in actual blood lineage, even though they may have since assumed a different family name. By way of example, in my research, I have had reason to conclude that the Rotheschild name was assumed; those assuming it being Knights Templar in hidding, their wealth derived from Templar treasure, and not truly Jewish by ancestry or faith, at all.

Many who favor the notion of a Modern-day Illuminati additionally believe, as do I, that there are at least two, and as many as four groups competing with each other within the movement to be the ones ‘honored’ to have one of their own selected to become the Antichrist. Much of what is discovered in this investigative series will point to this being true in one way, or inherently implied in another. It is, in fact, one very good reason to employ symbolisms and other clues which act as signatures of those so bidding for selection.

Such evidence was abundant, even easy to find, and I remain convinced that the trio of presumptions are sound enough to warrant seeking incontrovertible proofs. I sought such proofs both in quality and quantity sufficient to illustrate that ‘random’ was not the right word to describe mass shootings, but rather, ‘intelligent design,’ is.

The path of my continued investigation led to endless shocking discoveries, but there was a problem: to describe the methods and explain findings to the casual reader would, it seemed, require a tedious educational process and boring, repetitious citation of facts. It would be about as fun to read as a spreadsheet or database. Not good.

People want visual sound bites easily grasped. More so if Sheeple content with their Evening News and easily frightened off by words like ‘conspiracy theorist,’ and ‘New World Order,’ or similar. Worse, the investigation bogged because of the real life tragedies each shooting represented. Proper investigation meant exhaustive study of individual events, reviewing endless horrific detailed accounts and sad, brutal media imagery. It was taking an emotional and even physical toll upon my body and mind, and my spirit. Eventually, instead of plodding along 10-14 hours a day as at the start, I found myself barely able to work on it a few hours a week.

I played with several ideas on how to present the story NOW, without completion of the full study, for there is indeed already a mountain of proofs uncovered. But again, the complexities in presentation left me feeling it a hopeless task. Finally, I decided to break it down into about a dozen short compartmentalized components suitable for a series of blog posts. Frankly, I’m hoping it will spur someone to offer useful help; it will take funding and staffing to properly complete the study. Or better still, perhaps some Sheriff or other authority will assume the duty as result of shootings in their jurisdiction.

Follows is a synopsis of the Ten Proofs to be presented. There will additionally be, at appropriate points, companion posts detailing the scientific methods or other analytical procedures involved in select proofs where a doubting Thomas type may wish to challenge the validity of claims. I firmly believe that for my proofs to be accepted, they should be presented in a way such that ANYONE can duplicate my work and verify accuracy and conclusions.

This is a legitimate investigation despite its atypical and unorthodox methods and odd topics involved. NOTE: links will NOT WORK until the various posts involved have been posted. You may click on them to discover their current state. Again, subscription to this blog will notify you when new posts are added.

What are the ten proofs of a mass shooter conspiracy?

The Ten Proofs in review…

Proof One: Gun Grabbers Selectively Ignore Mass Shootings, Conceal Patterns;

Any time you find a cover up, you necessarily have a conspiracy to contend with. Gun grabbing groups, including government and biased or puppet media forces, should be using every opportunity to make their case for gun control, but act as if the bulk of gun violence never took place. Why do they employ selective blinders? There is a reason.

Proof Two: Shootings Exist in Identical ‘Magical’ Categorical Clusters;

The Illuminati loves magical numbers, as they can translate into meaningful words or names, or leverage ‘spells’. Interesting then, that basic shooting statistics establish set after set in the most magical and potent number of all, one which decodes to ‘Satan.’ This alone reveals dramatic coincidences well beyond the possibility of random chance.

Proof Three: Shootings Exist in Endless Sets of Three Forming Straight Lines;

The same Dispersal Pattern Studies method applied by government researchers to UFO sightings reveals Mass Shootings do something UFO sightings allegedly do not: form repetitive patterns with GPS accuracy, doorway-to-doorway-to-doorway.

Proof Four: Straight Lines in Turn Form Complex and Perfect Shapes;

When it comes to symbolism, nothing outperforms a graphical shape. Better still when that shape itself has magical properties or relationships to other shapes, or its own hidden or obvious meaning.

Proof Five: Shapes in Turn Form Complementary ‘Magical’ Clusters;

It defies odds that perfect shapes should cluster together in ways which share overlapping lines or corners, and be generally both aligned and mirrored in additional symbolism.

Proof Six: Shootings Also Relate or Depict Masonic and Satanic symbols;

Select shootings define such symbols with precision. Masonic Symbols are rendered in 3-D. Satanic Symbols are positioned correctly for magical application by Warlock.

Proof Seven: Shootings Form Multiple Lines to Cheops Exactly 500 Miles Apart;

Extending select shooting lines finds them bisecting at the ancient Cheops Pyramid to establish a series of lines all of equal degrees of arc. But that just prepares us for a bigger bombshell.

Proof Eight: Shooting Lines Also Depict Cheops in 3-D Cutaway View;

The Great Pyramid in Egypt is one of the Holy of Holies to Masons and some satanic cults, and is specifically tied in mysticism to the End Times and historical catastrophic events. This one will scare you.

Proof Nine: Shooting Sets Share ‘Magical’ Data Points Which Decode to Messages;

Shooting line sets share three or more identical magical numbers within their data points. These decode to tell us when and where the next shooting will be, name a shooter, or perfectly prophesy some specific outcome.

Proof Ten: Individual Shootings Examined in Micro Duplicate the National Study Proofs

Two examples are offered; Aurora and Sandy Hook. They not only duplicate the ten proofs, but they mirror each other and one points to the other.

Why are mass shootings on the rise?

Are you ready of this? Buckle up!

So let us begin. I propose your best bet will be to SUBSCRIBE to my blog pages so that you are automatically notified as new posts are made to complete the series. Please link, share, tweet, etc., and by all mean vote your ranking at page top of each one, and comment with your questions, criticisms, or thoughts. How else will other know this is important?

Do bear in mind as you read, each offered proof individually seems to defy the odds or logic path required for truly random shooting events. Collectively, it is monumentally clear. Also bear in mind that I am human, and I, like any other, am prone to making mistakes. A ton of information had to be entered and copied from one location to another multiple times (multiple database and software applications). Therefore, either because of a mistake on my part, or perhaps because of a mistake in media or other accounts/records, any given individual data point in any given set of proofs may be found invalid.

By all means let me know if you find such a discrepancy, but please remember this: a single error in a single data point does not invalidate all other data points, and therefore, does not invalidate the conclusions or the suppositions, themselves. In order to dispute my findings, you will need to offer proofs that the method is flawed, the entire data set was in error, or analytical logic was faulty. More: such dispute must address and ultimately invalidate all ten proofs, or short of that, offer equally viable alternative explanations which fit the findings and afford a more innocent explanation.

Since each proof tends to defy all possible odds of random coincidence, and does so consistently, again and again, naysayers will have their work cut out for them. More so, because in many cases, control groups have been established to show truly random data points enjoy no such pattern. I have done my homework, and carefully so.

I will demand the same of naysayers.

Go to Proof One: Gun Grabbers Selectively Ignore Mass Shootings, Conceal Patterns

Go to Side Bar: On on Programmable People

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Government, News Events, Political Commentary, Religion, Uncategorized

1 Comment

Tags: Conspiracy, False flag, gun control, gun violence, mass shootings, mind control, New World Order, patsy, Political Control Technology

How Social Network Trolls Target, Track, and Psychologically Profile You

Jan 29

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

How to spot and deal with Trolls, including a clever tool they use in any social media capable of posting images (VERY prevalent on Facebook), and quite insidious with far reaching implications. BEWARE: you betray yourself and your friends if you take things at face value.

What is a Web Troll?

by H. Michael Sweeney

How does being a web troll work?

UPDATE: Nov. 11, 2014 Perhaps as if to ‘test’ me as result of this article (or not), a Web troll began the process described herein to goad me argumentatively while also employing a good half dozen of the usual disinfo tactics in the 25 Rules of Disinformation (linked below). So I unfriended him and watched: that same day, ‘someone’ created a new FB account and almost immediately friended two of my friends, posted ONE activist post, and ONE peace post, then requested to friend me. Sure. OK. BUT I HAVE MY EYE ON YOU, because that’s how easy it is to get a new identity and hook back up to a target. Not that I care. Trolls are tasty.

Are you being targeted by online government trolls

How Social Network Trolls Target, Track, and Psychologically Profile You

Reading this post you will learn…

• That there are three basic kinds of trolls and subsequent ‘missions’ against targets like YOU;

• That there are troll profiling and tracking tools or methods which can be recognized;

• That there are ways to protect yourself without drawing more unwanted attention;

• That the Troll represents a danger in that their ‘assessment’ can lead to escalation in your targeting.

Is social media infiltrated by government trolls?

Government and Commercial Trolls

Consider, for example, the friend ranking and layer’s of affiliation tracking tool. A graphic is created containing a simple textual message. It is graphical because there is no easy way to distinguish between two identical text messages, whereas, altering a single pixel’s color by 1 imperceptible shade of difference makes it unique, and allows thousands upon thousands of individually trackable versions. A Troll who has managed to friend a targeted person of interest then posts the textual graphic as if a sincere request. Examples will be shown.

These kinds of posts seem innocent enough and easily get spread as requested, allowing simple computerized search processes by FB’s intelligence community or marketing partners to see not only who is close to the target party, but at what layered level and loyalty or, if you prefer, like minded thinking. In point of fact, ANY image shared with a given political, philosophical, religious, or other belief or emotional message can be so tracked to perfectly define each such poster’s psychological profile, and rank their threat level to the paranoiac governmental powers that be. The same is true of marketing trolls seeking to learn about your product usage or demographic, etc.

The only safe share, then, we might presume, is textual or perhaps the sharing of a URL and it’s image, or an image we ourselves create and have perhaps included in our FB albums. Even with URL’s however, the possibility exists it is still being tracked, especially if a Troll operated resource such as Federal Jack, a known DHS sponsored Sorcha Faal disinformationa conduit targeting conspiracy theorists, activists, and other ‘potential terrorists.’ Their goal is to get you to ‘share’ their links, thereby spreading disinformation while psychologically cataloging YOU and any of your friends’ beliefs; all who click to learn more. They may need to have a troll assigned to them, after all, for being yet another ‘potential terrorist’ — a free thinker, patriot, constitutionalist, etc.

Worse, we have learned from our new Paul Revere of the coming Second American Revolution (Snowden), that NSA is not only monitoring FB activities big time but that Trolls from NSA, FBI, DHS, DOD, and even the FED, and other paranoid agencies, and even corporations who have a strong and growing list of people who think ill of them, like Monsanto and some banks — all regularly maintain false social media identities for entrapment and spying purposes. They even infiltrate online gaming. Snowden’s latest bombshell, according the foreign media analysts, indicates there were so many game Trolls that it was starting to change the character of online gaming, and special tools had to be developed so that Trolls would not end up targeting other Trolls and more easily remain inobvious. We are talking here, about games with chat or other communications capabilities within the game or as part of game support, especially when in a social network manner.

And it is clear that snooping is also rampant among commercial interests, which is certainly true in online gaming, which after all, is a commercial enterprise. FB is perhaps the biggest offender in this area.

How can you spot a social media troll?

Differentiating an innocent graphic from a potential spy tool…

There are several online graphical message generating services. FB themselves seems to be hooked up with one called your-ecards (.com). Another is someecards (.com). Anyone can use these to generate a simple textual graphic with or without use of stock illustration graphics (e.g., a man looking perplexed), typically in silhouette or line art form. They can then easily share it through their favorite social media(s) with a few additional clicks. These can always be recognized because the logo for the creating Web service is displayed at the bottom. An additional hallmark of such services is that the background is almost always colored, and there are scant few colors available. The default color or otherwise most popular seems to be pale blue, pale green, or yellow-orange.

So when you see a colored background, typically with larger or fancier text than a normal posting, you are clearly looking at a graphical text post. The next thing to look for is the logo. If you see a logo, it was likely a sincerely generated message by a genuine human resident of social media. However, if there is no such logo, the message may have been generated by a Troll using his own computerized tools to psychologically target you regarding a select individual hot button. Are you, for instance, a tax protester, pro gun, anti GMO, for or against a given politician or political topic, or simply, who is a good like-minded friend of yours as opposed to some stranger you’ve accepted on the Network. Such messages also tend to be minus any artwork — text only. There is one more defining clue to look for.

Because there may be multiple versions of the same message for targeting different individuals by multiple Trolls interested in gathering information about many someones, there is a need to tell one shared message copy from another, which is exactly why it needs to be a graphic. YOUR version must be physically different from MINE. The simple solution is to vary one or more pixels in a way easy for a software routine to detect, and then match to a targeted individual and their Troll/need. Given the countless millions of users on FB (and other social media) who might be deemed targets, it may mean that many, many dozens of pixels will need to be manipulated. My research shows that, indeed, most of the suspicious postings, in addition to missing the logos, have such visual manipulations. Examples:

This is an example of a Troll-generated chain letter designed to find out your religious views, and who among your friends is of like mind. Note the guilt factor in the last sentence, and no true traditional Christian message. Note also the dark aberration, a visual flaw above the numeral 9 of 97%.

This is an example of a Troll-generated chain letter designed to find out more about your true close friends, as opposed to casual Network contacts you don’t personally know. Again, note the visual flaws in the slightly darker ‘blur’ areas about the letters… you may need to zoom in. This phenomenon is common in such messages, creating a pool of pixels useful in manipulations.

So one needs to look for such abberations or flaws in the background, usually darkened pixels along the edge, most commonly gathered in clusters or strips. You have to ask yourself… if going to the trouble to create a custom graphic for a text message instead of simply typing it in, why would they: a) choose the ugly colors used by such as your-ecard if not trying to make you think it such; b) take the extra steps to strip away the logo if using such a service (the point being they did not); and c) end up creating an image with a flawed background (where did the aberration come from, if not deliberate)?

When these clues are present, you are staring at a Trollish spy tool. To then share it betrays and catalogs you and links you and your beliefs with any of your friends who do the same, and theirs, and so forth, on down the line. The proper thing to do is enter into the comments: “I suggest you delete this post because it fits the description of a Troll’s chain-letter spy tool to catalog, track, or psychologically profile and establish links between like-minded persons: learn more here: http://wp.me/p1GyKw-zi” That link goes to this blog post you are reading.

Then I suggest you share the post anyway with a similar message, “Share this to warn others about Troll spy tool chain-letters to catalog or psychologically profile and establish links between like-minded persons. To learn more about this tool, visit this link http://wp.me/p1GyKw-zi.”

Finally, look carefully at the original post. Most social media will have a means to indicate if it was itself being shared, or was a direct post. If direct, it’s YOUR Troll. If shared, the poster was gullible in sharing, and is not likely a Troll… but beware that that could be arranged for as a deceit — so watch to see if the poster repeats the ploy frequently. You might optionally go to the ‘cited source’ of the share and try to find the post on their wall if you want to try to see if they are the Troll, and on to the next if not, and so forth, posting or messaging those encountered along the way who are victims, if you can. But that can be a LOT of work.

Are social media trolls sociopaths or psychopaths?

More Direct Trolls; Psyops and Sociopaths

The real threat to activists and politically incorrect persons online, like myself, is government agents paid to do nothing but sit in front of a computer and pretend to be your social network friend, someone you don’t really know at all, of course. They don’t just post Trollish images, they comment, and even message you. Like the aforementioned tool, they seek to learn everything they can to psychologically profile you, as well as see who ‘likes’ your posts and what THEY comment. But they are also there to play mind games. You are officially a victim of psychological warfare, perhaps even by someone from within the U.S. military, or even the military of another country. They are quite often sociopaths, so chosen because those traits make them more efficient.

Here are some tips on how to spot and deal with this class of Troll, as well as the kind of Troll who is simply out to make trouble for a given collective of people who believe a certain way about a certain topic. You know the type, my favorite example being the warrior Atheist who deems it his life’s mission to ferret out believers in God and annoy them with endless barbs and zings as if they were evil and dangerous for daring to worship. These people will wax sociopathic, too, and even psychopathic, when given enough rope. UNFRIEND these kinds of Trolls.

Hint 1) Trolls work in packs or maintain multiple identities to be a self-contained pack. That way, if you delete one of them, others survive, and then they generate yet another new identity and friend request to maintain the pack. The advantage is that you can suffer a series of ‘In deference to your view, we all seem to believe the same (whatever)’ posts (i.e., you are an idiot on this matter). Sure. You might be an idiot. But at first, the pack is all positive and flattering to your own beliefs so you a) get used to seeing them, and b) start respecting their beliefs and presuming them the same as yours. That’s the worming in stage.

But when it is appropriate for profiling or attempting the role of agent provocateur or disinformationalist, they will all suddenly be believing in something more off the mark, and increasingly so, as often as not. But by now, you like them and their beliefs, and so, your reaction tends to be as they expect; they are pulling your chain, and observing your jerks, evaluating, and cataloging, attempting to modify your behavior through deceit — a form of mind control. Can you be controlled, or are you firmly centered in your beliefs? Are your notions your own, or being foisted upon you?

Hint 2) New Troll requests tend to be persons with scant history on the network, and very few posts, but posts akin to your own in substance. Note that Facebook asks you to suggest friends to them. NEVER do this unless someone you ACTUALLY KNOW in the real World. If you do it, you are giving them a list of new targets. Since I don’t fear and even enjoy playing with Trolls, I let anyone into my friend list, but that does not mean they get what they want from me. But you may be better off simply passing on marginally viable friend requests.

Hint 3) Try posting something deep and yet somehow provocative (in the eyes of the establishment) which requires a bit of reading and thought before drawing conclusions. Look for a pattern in response from the same suspect persons; a) almost instantaneous response in the manner of (Hint 1), and typically emotional rather than logical in nature. This is almost always short and designed to be inflammatory or provocative, a bit testy. This is followed by b) one or more secondary (pack) responses delayed rather a bit in time. These will be more in depth and thoughtful, and validate the former with logical argument, and may contain a link to give further credibility. Other brief pack replies may be sprinkled in for effect. Collectively, they are all in agreement regarding your idiocy (or whatever).

It is when the same people tend to respond in these patterns that you are very likely dealing with a Troll pack. You will find this is true regardless of what time of day or night you post. They never sleep because every psyops Troll is actually three people manning a keyboard around the clock. They can always respond quickly with the first response, but the careful response requires that they actually research and formulate the best supporting answer based on all they know about you and the topic, which they might need to first research, and likely, it involves a supervisor’s approval or must be compared against preset guidelines.

Hint 4) Thick skin, undaunted. There is nothing you can do to make these people not remain your friend, short of unfriending them, yourself. While they may match or even exceed your own expression of ire, they won’t go away no matter how you might choose to argue, or confront with insult. Indeed, they tend never to deal with insults directly, at all; they are irrelevant and serve no usefulness to their goal. A real person has an ego that must be defended, but they are just playing psychological games and feel superior regardless of what you say. But when you argue, watch out for the next hint, which is commonly employed in their responses.

This is also true of the sociopathic/psychopathic ‘cause’ trolls.

Hint 5) They tend to employ the 25 Rules of Disinformation. Easy to spot, easy to deal with, if you know what to look for. Be careful, though, because ordinary people sometimes use flawed presentation style or less-than-thoughtful posts which on the surface appear to fit one or more of the rules, when they are just being human. Watch for repeat performances, to know the difference. Give them rope.

Can trolls lead to real-world targeting?

Dangerous escalations; why we dare not ignore trolls

The real danger in online Trolls is this: their whole purpose in targeting you online can be to determine if you deserve real-World targeting, as well. With a few keystokes you can end up having your entire life put under a microscope; phone surveillance, tails, observation posts, bugs and cameras covertly placed in your home, mail intercepted and snooped, and so forth. Men in Black stuff. Its why I wrote The Professional Paranoid; a how-to book on detecting and dealing with this kind of targeting.

And, it can escalate further: electronic harassment, dirty tricks, political control technology (mind control) to make you look mentally ill to others, destroy personal relationships, wreck your income, and sabotage your life. For that, I wrote MC Realities, another how-to.

But it can also lead to the worst of all possible escalations; NDAA vanishing. If truly a pain in the neck to the government, a threat which needs to be dealt with more urgently… you can ‘legally’ (so they claim) kidnap you and make you vanish without any legal process. They can elect to torture you or give you over to some other country for ‘processing.’ Or, if they want, they can murder you and dispose of your body. This is how we know we are living in a tyrannical Police State, and why, then, government dare not tolerate free thinkers without Trolling them, and trampling on rights and freedoms at every turn, and why fear mongering is their number one justification. ‘Oooh… terrorists are everywhere! We need to TSA and NSA your ass for your own safety.’

What should I do if I encounter a social media troll?

What to do with a Troll

I personally do not mind their presence so much as some might. I enjoy providing them with disinformation, or provoking them to try to chase down a given pathway of dialogs only to suddenly drop the matter as if it never happened, or I don’t really care, or even was deliberately jerking their chain. I even kid them.

But most people would prefer to unfriend them, and there is NOTHING WRONG WITH THAT. Just know they will be right back with a new identity. It may be better to deal with the ones you know than to worry about finding the new ones you don’t yet know.

My favorite thing, however, is to educate them. I like posting factual material which challenges their personal beliefs that their job and their boss are operating on valid or just principles or beliefs, and purposes. I make them ashamed or feel guilt, whenever possible. It does not work with everyone, of course, but it is fun to try.

Are social media trolls dangerous?

Conclusion

Your privacy and personal safety could be at stake if you are in the hands of Trolls. The threat level is determined by how much our paranoid government fears people who fear government’s growing fascist police state/spying mentality, and dare to talk openly about it. The more vocal you are, or the more aligned with or closer in links to others of like mind, or the more active you are elsewhere on the Web, or the more followers you have, and even the kinds of searches you make (that, too, is being watched by government) and certainly, your own original postings… each of these things determine if you might become the victim of someone else’s Troll, or have a Troll assigned to you, and what kind of Troll.

And once your ‘threat level’ has been assessed, that could lead to escalations that you will not likely want to experience. If you get a sense that such escalations are already in place or happening, by all means read my books, because they will help you know for sure, help identify the players, and form defenses. You can also contact me personally for free and for-fee online consulting or direct intervention services.

It’s what I do when I’m not being a thorn in the side of tyranny… and attracting Trolls.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Education, Government, How to Get Help, Internet, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: commercial trolls, Facebook trolls, government trolls, online trolls

Gun Shops, Grocers, Other Retailers Key to Disaster Survival

Nov 5

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

When the stinkiest FEMA kind of stuff hits the fan, anyone who has a business dealing in key resources will find their valuable inventories and property at risk of sack and pillage by looters, or outright theft by government. There is a way to protect such assets while at the same time insuring better chances of survival of families.

How do I protect my business in a disaster?

by H. Michael Sweeney

What can gun shop owners do to protect against gun consfication?

The Threat to Business Property is significant in a disaster…

Korean shop owners (rooftop) defend shops during LA Riots to augment or supplant Law Enforcement (click for riot details)

In the prior part of this series we reviewed a wide variety of disaster situations that make emergency preparedness an ultra-important concern for families, reasons far more serious and far reaching than mere quakes, floods, or tornadoes. In the second part, we proposed a disaster preparedness plan much more comprehensive and truly useful than that advised by FEMA/DHS, albeit one government will never approve. Why? Because it’s closer to their own preparations and mimics their own capabilities, and removes you from dependence upon them. That means they cannot control you by being your only source for key survival items.

But the previous material addressed family needs from their perspective. And, there were certain aspects of such a plan which would prove difficult for many families without the help of an outside party. Then we have businesses to consider, who have their own unique concerns as to what happens in dire emergencies. Business owners or responsible managers of many kinds of retail and other business with select kinds of inventories or resources, should be every bit as concerned as a family, and looking for a disaster preparedness plan which specifically protects their valuable business assets, both real property and inventories.

There are several key reasons to consider this a critical concern: One, many disasters are deemed Acts of God and are therefore not included under insurance provisions unless, perhaps, paying extra premiums for specific policy riders such as a flood or tornado insurance. No insurance policy provides protection against acts of war, which includes revolution, military coups and similar political unrest, often even excluding protection against riot losses — regardless of the cause of the riot.

And beyond the worry of insurance protection, FEMA’s plan for your assets in an emergency will very likely include confiscation and take over of your property ‘for the good of the community.’ Similar concerns exist in any Martial Law situation. So if you have such a business, you should worry and wonder if there is not some way you can protect your assets from such total or near-total loss or take over. Never fear, the Professional Paranoid is here to help…

What will happen to gun shops in a FEMA declared emergency?

Partnering with Family Collectives

The prior posts in this series dealt with idea of forming multi-family unit collectives for improved emergency preparedness at the family level, as well as why such preparedness plans and kits should go well beyond minimal FEMA advice and prepare for long-term disasters, not just three day fire/quake/flood protection. This involved numerous considerations and plans in terms of organization and supplies, individual responsibilities and more. But for many such collectives as might be established, some items become difficult to come by or store due to cost or special attributes.

The bottom line is, in a serious emergency situation, looting and general criminal activity become a serious threat to any owner of a business handling inventories of critical resources which are also valuable to long-term disaster kits. Often just as important, many such inventories represent a storage problem for long-term home survival kits. Gun shops especially, and even food or fuel can be difficult to store in quantity suitable for a long-lived disaster. Many more items could be added to such a list, as a given collective of families will have their own unique set of limitations and issues to resolve. As result, even a motorcycle shop or car dealership, auto parts store, tire shop, or tool shop, may find themselves in the same position as a gun shop. In some communities, for example, boats will be a key product in need of protection and in demand as an emergency item. So there are many kinds of businesses who can take advantage of the ideas offered here.

My goal in this series of posts was to attempt to find a solution addressing both these concerns by partnering family collectives with such owners. And, the word owners could in some cases mean ‘managers,’ where owners are corporations or persons who do not themselves manage and/or live near enough to ‘take charge’ for the purpose. Such partnerships are simple: the owner joins or heads a family collective, either one they formed on their own (perhaps made up of employee families), or by joining with someone who approaches them with an acceptable offer.

In some cases, such as gun shop owners or owners of vey large facilities (e.g., super market,), they may wish to partner with multiple collectives. This is because in the event of worst-case long-term disaster scenarios, there may be a need for significant armed resistance against third parties, even to include unconstitutional seizure by Federal forces. By unconstitutional, I mean in the event of an attempt to overthrow the government by the military, or armed insurrection to restore the Republic against some other form of tyranny. We will know that horse when it rides into town; mass arrests or attempts to seize weapons door-to-door will be its hallmarks.

We all remember the LA Riots? Even though the National Guard was deployed, it was up to citizens to protect their own property. Neither soldier nor Police and Fire were of much help. Korean family-owned businesses gave us the model we need to consider following; they armed themselves to the teeth and took to the roofs of their stores and residences and fended off looters. Family units can band together in like fashion, and better yet if also joining with a one or more business owners in some mutually beneficial arrangement.

Gun shop owners, in particular, have a serious need. They become the highest-value target in town, and therefore, need many able-bodied people to bear arms — in sufficient number to become a significant deterrent to assault. This works well for the families involved, as well, providing them with low or no-cost access to weapons needed to protect their families and homes. The trick is to find ways to do it which do not amount to simply giving away inventory. Not a problem, given that provisional contractual agreements can be drawn up in advance.

How can we prevent government confiscation of our business assets in a declared emergency?

Making it work for all concerned

I propose that such partnerships might be best approached with a contractual agreement for mutual protection. The agreement should provision for both the possibility of taking possession of weapons and munitions immediately and only after a serious event transpires. It might provide for trade of ownership of weapons deployed once the crises is over for a minimum guarantee of service to the shop owner providing protection of the business property. Weapons can be deemed as ‘rented’ during the disaster with options to purchase afterwards, perhaps with rental applying to the price, or may be considered as ‘payment’ for protection helps rendered, or some mix, thereof. Such items, pre any event, need not be fully deployed to family possession, allowing for normal inventory turnover so that older inventory is sold off and replaced with new, and families don’t need to worry about storage.

Take a gun shop: Only if the family collective partner wishes to take possession (ownership) of weapons for storage at home up front (the suggested kit calls for one pistol minimum), need any money change hands. Once a serious emergency transpires, the families can be issued the additional firearms from shop inventory, and sign for them. They must keep them safe, and must use them on call or by schedule in protection of the store property. It would only take one person from each family unit at a time, given the quantity of family partnerships participating — to adequately defend the store. They ‘pay for what they use’ in the form of a rental/purchase option to be addressed after the emergency ends, perhaps involving payment terms (perhaps involving very small payments pre disaster). There are any number of creative solutions to make it mutually viable.

I am no lawyer, but in a civil emergency, many laws fall by the wayside as a matter of practicality. A gun permit process is not something you worry about when the government is shut down and lives are at stake. However, a wise shop owner might want to check with a lawyer and get some advice and deal with such concerns up front. There is no reason a single individual from each family collective could not undergo a permit process as part of the contingency preparation. What they do with the weapons in an emergency should at that point no longer matter to the shop owner, with reasonable agreements to avoid illegal uses in place. One might also want to address how to safely store key records in order to insure lists of gun holders are not compromised and lead to confiscations, anyway.

Other kinds of businesses? Consumables such as food from a grocery store which have dates of expiration would be lost, anyway, so any financial arrangement to distribute storables in an emergency with any level of appropriate financial reimbursement or property protection services of participants should, IMO, be eagerly embraced. For most shop owners, it converts a disaster where they face the potential loss of all inventory and significant property damage into a situation that more closely approximates the ultimate ‘sale’ where all inventory goes out the door to happy customers, AND the property is protected.

From the family side, a collective should easily be able to field 6-10 adults to defend as many different business sites simultaneously, while still retaining sufficient adults to protect the home base camp. Therefore, they have access to 6-10 different key survival items they might not otherwise be able to afford or store long term. It is a win-win situation for everyone but looters and would-be confiscators.

Upon event occurrence, family members ‘report for duty’ and are issued weapons, sending the appropriate portion back to the family for home defense and protection from confiscation by FEMA/Military. I propose an organized convoy is the only safe way, as otherwise, armed interlopers might dare to ambush a lone person or single vehicle. I further suggest that, if not already the case by natural instinct, a strict military-like organization and rules for command and engagement be established. Such a model should ideally trickle down to the family units as well, if a long-term event is involved.

Therefore, prior military service, especially in combat or involving combat training, is to be highly prized in any collective or partnership. Where such experience is found in a retired Officer (as opposed to an enlisted rank), so much the better. If there is additionally someone with prior intelligence or forward observer experience, or demolitions or military engineering background, better still. Likewise for any medical corps. or other medical background.

In closing, the business itself should have on hand sufficient stores of foods and other resources (as opined in the prior post) to sustain several months of a ‘stand off’ in defensive posture. A key factor will be the ability to communicate with partnering family units that they may be called in to provide force rotation, deliver emergency supplies, or outright tactical relief against assaulting forces. The prior posts cover communications alternatives in a total outage of all utilities.

How can I protect my business as well as my family in a disaster?

FEMA Preparing Military Police For Gun Confiscations and Martial Law (eutimes.net)
The Use of Food As a Weapon Against American Citizens (republicbroadcasting.org)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Crime, Government, History, How to Get Help, News Events, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: business owner, disaster, Emergency management, emergency preparedness, FEMA, gun shop, gun shop owner, looting, National Guard, retail store, riot, shop owner

Logical Emergency Response Plan Government Won’t Approve

Nov 5

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

The government has for some time now been turning up our ‘threat perceptions’ regarding emergency preparedness… taking us to levels of ‘concern’ not seen since the height of the Cold War and the Cuban Missile Crises. As discussed in the prior post of this series, we need to figure out what they are NOT telling us, and prepare for THAT, too.

Why should I have an emergency plan?

by H. Michael Sweeney

What can I do to prepare for any emergency?

What you will learn reading this post:

That there are kinds of disasters government is not talking about which you should also prepare for;
That some disasters are best addressed by preparations based on collectives of households instead of reliance only upon one’s own household;
That the nature of the emergency dictates how long the period of time of distress, which dictates what the emergency preparedness plan should look like;
That some considerations go well beyond government’s advice, and in fact would not likely be approved by FEMA, DHS, or the Miltary… because they want you dependent upon their help and mercy as a means of political control.

What should my emergency preparedness plan look like?

Government is EMPHATICALLY urging us to prepare

In the first part of this series, we talked about WHY you need an emergency preparedness plan and kit which goes beyond FEMA/DHS recommendations. Regardless of their true reasons for such urgent and dramatic advice — by all means, do what they tell you: establish an emergency plan centered upon a home emergency supplies kit adequate for the kinds of emergencies they imply are of most concern (fire, quake, flood). But do it smarter than that, and cover all the bases, including the far more serious and dangerous possibilities reviewed in the prior post. Here is how best to do that without taking on the whole burden of cost and logistical overhead, yourself. But I warn you, the government will not approve, so part of your plan should include an attempt at quiet preparation and concealment.

What should my family do in a disaster?

Multi-layered Partnerships

Don’t rely on just my advice, see what officials have to say say (click for Morrow County Health)

A single family household, no matter how well prepared, cannot fare as well as several family units banded together. So much the better when those units are either actual neighbors, or relatives who live not too far away (say, an hour’s walk or less). So if you do not have relatives close enough to meet the need, you should immediately be sounding out the viewpoints of neighbors on this topic (a simple way is to suggest they read this post series, and ask what they think) and cultivating relationships with those of like thinking.

Herein, a ‘family unit’ may therefore consist of any combination of actual blood-related families joining with single neighbors or childless couples who are not related, or may be made up entirely of unrelated persons with no core family, as such. A unit should ideally be in the range of three-five adults, but in an emergency, teens are considered adults. So where most units are single persons or couples, you may want more participating units.

Such a collective of family units, no matter how well each unit is prepared individually, can indeed far better survive a serious matter by their alliance. It makes it possible to spread the need for more costly specialized emergency resources over a broader group; some family units can be designated as special resource parties with everyone sharing the financial burdon. This makes a superior readiness more affordable as well as eliminating storage restrictions which might exist, such as faced by a given family unit in the group living in an apartment.

In the next Part of this series, we will also see that an ideal partner might be deemed a special resource party because they own a gas station, grocery store, gun shop, etc. Many such businesses, in fact, have some special strategic opportunities to consider, which will be the focus of Part III — but you get what I’m hinting at.

How do I prepare an emergency survival kit?

Key Decision Point Factors

Some circumstances alter both individual and collective needs dramatically and will need to be accommodated with detailed planning. The following topics should be fully explored early in organizing the collective, because they may dictate a need to add yet another family unit into the mix, or help define who is a special resource party and what that will mean for all concerned in a disaster event:

Talk about disaster considerations in terms of resource needs and response plans…

a) Categories of disaster events to be considered (i.e., individual events such as fire, plane crash, etc., area-wide events such as flood or terrorism, regional or national events such as Martial Law or pandemic event);

b) Level of availability of, or threats posed by damage to critical services supply lines; water, power, gas, telecommunications;

c) Types of destruction of home and property (i.e., fire, earthquake, flood, assault);

d) Levels of community-wide destruction and resulting third-party threats to home/property/resources;

e) Transportation shut down or impedance to access to home/property/resources, or each other by third-parties;

f) Impact of communications shut down vs. alternative solutions for the collective;

g) Disparate location of individuals (i.e., at work, home, in transit, shopping, etc.) as might impact on reaction and hooking up post event;

h) Estimation of self sufficiency of a given family unit before connecting with the collective;

i) Estimation of time before outside helps become available, as will vary according to the above considerations.

j) Fully review FEMA emergency guidelines and their pitiful performance in actual disasters such as Katrina, as well as the shameful role of military and police. In Katrina, they came for the guns and gunned down blacks to keep them in their own area. In Hurricane Andrew, the National Guard deployed a psychological warfare unit who set up detention camp-like relief centers and set up telephones which were 100% monitored by the Defense Department, and CIA, etc. You need to know what frightening provisions the government has made in preparation for total control of your lives ‘in an emergency.’

Such factors are most simply addressed by establishing multi-level options for individual family unit’s responsibilities to the collective, as well as event response. Each individual’s plan/options should deal with each such contingency, and consider where the individual might be at any given time (i.e., at work). Resources should be redundantly distributed over as broad a range of storage points as may be practical — a key reason for multiple family units. Examples of determinations:

a) A family without good storage capabilities may need to focus on an ability to relocate or hookup with one who does;

b) A family without good financial clout may need to focus on an ability to provide special skills or manpower, or deal with relatively low cost special resources such as communications or transportation;

c) A family with inherent special resources already in place (e.g., owns a gun shop) will likely get a free ride, financially speaking;

d) A family with many adult males will likely be the best collective leader, though clearly, other factors also come into play. Such determinations may vary according to event type being addressed, so a different family unit might be deemed a better leader or resource for one type of event than determined for another event. Military experience, for example, would be of great value for long-term, regional, or political upheaval events, but less important in a short or localized events.

Where can I get advice on emergency preparedness?

Term of Survival without helps dictates needs…

A key factor in planning is knowing what constitutes a minimum level of stored resources (emergency preparedness kit) per household for each event type, as well as kit content details. Again, distribution of resources will likely be required, and there should be some level of redundancy to accommodate the total loss of a given family unit’s houshold kit. More: because FEMA’s draconian powers extend to cover broad powers of confiscation, and by their wish is to control ALL MANNER resources, they deem HOARDING to be a punishable crime with significant penalties to include arrest.

Hoarding generally appears to be defined as no more than a week’s supply, but some things are even more tightly controlled, such as gasoline storage. So plan on hiding long-term reserves, and likely, on protecting your weapon’s and munitions in similar manner as well; gun confiscation by military is highly likely in a long-term event.Below find a minimum suggest level of supplies and their dispersal. Naturally, your own thoughts may yield improvements based on your own skills, location or environment (e.g., lakeside = boat), and availability of special items (e.g., scuba gear):

A) Localized and single unit events will likely require no more than 1-3 Days of self sufficiency: Food, water (1 Gallon per day per person*), blankets, three changes of clothes each for normal and extreme weather conditions, three sets of rechargeable batteries for all devices, portable lighting, one flashlight per person, multiband radio, propane stove and 3 propane refills, sleeping bags, rainslicks, first aid kit, bagged clothing, and about $250 cash. Matches, newspaper bundles for kindling or insulation. Local storage should be sufficient even in an apartment situation. Each person can keep a ‘go bag’ in their room, or at least a flashlight, if using centralized bag location, only. Regardless, the bathroom or other storage point for prescriptions must be raided along the way*.

* Each of the levels below can impact prescription and water issues negatively. It becomes increasingly difficult to store large quantities of water, and thus some form of water reclamation or source should be considered, as indicated. Prescriptions can run out in mid event and would be near impossible to refill, and it is difficult to obtain a long term supply, and even if possible, long term storage of many prescriptions may be a bad idea as drugs degrade with time and sometimes even become dangerous through chemical changes wrought by oxidation. Since some prescriptions can be dangerous if forced to stop cold-turkey, you should consider the side effects and warnings on each prescription to see if weaning off gradually might be wiser. Fortunately, Diabetic and other select medical problems rely upon supplies and treatments which can be acquired and stored for long term needs. A final comment: each person with a significant medical need should keep on their person a card citing such concerns, medications, etc., in case they become incapacitated and found by third parties. The card should include information on any alternate location the collective is using as the emergency ‘address’ if different than that on identification, as well as names of key persons to be sought out, which should likely include more than direct family.

B) Wide area events may require 4-14 Days self sufficiency: Add one pistol per household and box ammo, and walkie talkies locally retained by each household. Globally augment food and water appropriately, and add a store of gasoline, axe or chainsaw, shovel, generator, rope, tent(s), hammer, propane torch, handsaw, nails, screws/eyehooks, canvas. Sewing kit, 1 or two GPS devices, hand-held multi-band radio scanner, water reclamation kit (and supply of filters), road flares, pepper spray, motion alarms, binoculars, $1,500 cash. 2 additional boxes ammo per household. Secure storage facilities are a must, especially for weapons and fuels, with no exterior access to unauthorized parties. One person must jump through gun registration hoops to acquire the gun, unless given them as a gift.

C) Regional or national events could easily require 3-12 Weeks sufficiency: Globally augment Food, water, consider augmenting a base station home with defensive modifications*. Note that GPS accuracy may be downgraded by government action from 50’ to several thousand feet. Add 1 rifle w scope per family unit, 1 pistol per adult globally, 1 or more night vision device for guard duty/firefights, short wave two-way radio, surgical kit, hiking/fishing/camping gear, flare gun, wheelbarrow or cart, 1-3 pairs binoculars, $5,000 cash. 3-5 boxes ammo per weapon. It may be advisable to bury some items or provide external hard and secure storage site(s)*. No additional gun registration applications by secondary parties should normally be needed, especially if the primary purchaser applys for a Dealer’s permit, which can additionally allow purchase of fully automatic weapons.

D) Longer Term events such as revolution or Martial Law, invasion – Base Station only: 1-2 Shotguns, 1 or 2 targeting lasers for tactical pistol use, 1rifle per adult w or w/o scope, 1 crossbow and sword per household, Seed bank, military survival/combat protective gear, welder, expanded took kit, block/tackle, smoke grenades, flash bangs, salination system if near seawater, still, bear traps (for perimeter defense). 25 boxes ammo per weapon. 3 dozen bolts. Hardware nuts/bolts kit. Bolts can also be used to make spears. Burried and external storage sites much more important, to include off site and well hidden locations. Here is where you want to have dosimeters, Geiger Counter, and Potassium Iodide tablets in case of radiation concerns.

E) Regarding Vehicle kits, all levels: spare ignition cables and parts, full set of spare fuses, serviceable spare and jack, snow chains, tools, 6 flares, 1 gallon water, blankets, first aid, 1 days food per person in family unit, 1 box ammo per type of weapon (pistol, rifle, shotgun), 6 bolts. Pepper spray, sand bag, matches, newspaper. First aid kit. External of vehicle, spare set of tires, anti-freeze, case of oil, two cans each of brake, power steering, transmission fluid, service manual for vehicle. Car alarm advised.

*In my book set, Fatal Rebirth, specific advice given on how to reinforce a home or other structure, conceal critical items, and other tactical considerations, including home-made weapons. You might want to read some books which specialize in such topics for an even better insight. Also included is tactical advice for possible conflict scenarios useful to militia or other armed defenders of the Constitution. A free ebook copy of Volume I is available by request to pppbooks at Comcast dot net. Learn more at proparanoidpress.com.

What happens if government does not respond quickly enough in a disaster?

Summary

Some people are better prepared than others…

These considerations, with a properly organized dispersal of resources among cooperative family units, along with a good understanding of responsibilities and event responses according to event type… assure a far better defense posture against the unknown than FEMA or anyone else in government would seem to wish, even to the point of their being the actual problem against which you must defend.

If guns are to be acquired in quantity, it is imperative that all adults (including teens) take firearms safety/operation and care classes for the specific weapons. Target practice and practice breaking down and cleaning, reloading, and dealing with jams are just as important. Self defense courses in martial arts are also advised: if a long-term event comes along, all manner of problems will originate from third parties seeking to take valuable resources from you by force. Be prepared to fight with skill, and thereby hopefully deter violence, or be prepared to die.

In Part III, we look at how owners of gun shops, grocery stores, gas stations, and other key resource businesses can be incorporated to both the benefit of the collective, and to assure the owner that their resources will have the best possible chance of survival without sack and pillage by looters, and possibly even withstand government seizure. It also better explains what is meant by the last point about who the enemy might actually end up being: Gun Shops, Grocers, and Other Retailers Key to Survival in Major Disaster

What can I expect when a disaster happens?

Emergency Preparedness Guide | Business Disaster Planning (thehartford.com)
House bill calls for emergency preparedness for schools (newsinfo.inquirer.net)
Emergency Preparedness Month (foodiefriendsfridaydailydish.com)
Military Police Leak FEMA Gun Confiscation Plan (wemustknow.wordpress.com)
Six Steps For Creating A Workplace Emergency Response Plan (safetysourceontario.com)

Posted in Education, Government, Health, News Events, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: Cold War, emergency, emergency kit, Emergency management, emergency preparedness, emergency supplies, Federal Emergency Management Agency, FEMA, government, Hurricane Andrew

The REAL Reason FEMA Promotes Emergency Preparedness?

Nov 5

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

FEMA and the rest of government seems quite paranoid about disasters of late, but clues suggest there are hidden reasons behind urging preparations — not the earthquakes, floods, nor fires they talk about. Conspiracy theories based upon dialogs by geophysicists, astrophysicists, and politicos seem far more likely the cause, and that puts a whole different face on what ‘preparation’ should involve and mean for you.

Why is government pushing emergency preparedness?

by H. Michael Sweeney

Can we really trust FEMA?

Reading this post series in three parts you will learn…

That there are significant reasons you absolutely should have an emergency preparedness program in place;
These reasons go well beyond natural disasters FEMA implies of concern;
There is a logical preparedness program that accommodates all concerns…
A program which should be considered by privately-held businesses as well as families:
It is NOT approved by FEMA, DHS, the Military, or other elements of the New World Order

What is the history of the emergency broadcast system?

Time was…

I very clearly remember the ‘Red Scare’ spillover from McCarthyism which translated to ‘fear the bomb’ in the 1950’s and 60’s… starting with the Eisenhower White House: Air Raid sirens were tested weekly or daily, typically at a fixed time of day as if a Church Bell announcing Noon. I was a teen during the Cuban Missile Crises under Kennedy, when talk of the day was the home Fallout Shelter, and at school, we had ‘duck and cover’ drills as often as fire drills. But the scare wore off by the 70’s, and sirens and shelters were no longer in vogue, though every downtown building tended to have a well marked public shelter. Yawn.

Fast Forward, Bush I White House: For no visible or announced reason at all, the Emergency Alert System (EAS) and CONELRAD Radio alert system which had in evolutionary form driven those sirens for two decades was turned back on in the 90’s, and updated for improved use with TV. But rarely was it tested, and then typically late at night between late-show snoozes. Just fire drills at school. No more sirens, unless there was perhaps a fire or other actual emergency. Very unobtrusive. No problem.

Fast Forward, Bush II White House: Suddenly, somewhat synchronous with the formation of Homeland Security, these alerts started increasing in frequency and were randomly interrupting all manner of broadcasts at any time of day. They now had the ability to actually take over newer televisions, even if turned off or in use with a VCR at the time. Somewhere along the way, it was expanded to include hazardous weather condition reports and the AMBER ALERT system for missing children. Schools still worried about fires. OK. Well, perhaps.

What kind of threats should an emergency preparedness plan address?

The current threat assessment

What does FEMA think is different about 2013? (Click – from FEMA ‘resolve’ page)

Fast Forward, Sorento White House: Suddenly, and synchronous with DHS seeking to buy 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition (that’s several Vietnam wars worth), all over and above military orders… not to mention a long list of equally disturbing purchase efforts involving coffins, ‘emergency housing’ which more closely resembled prison camps, food and water stores, vaccinations and anti-biotics… numbering in the millions more often than not — the tests started increasing in frequency and in duration. Annoying. Suspiciously omnipresent, excessively foreboding.

What bothers me most is a synchronous rush request for proposals on delivery of emergency preparedness items and relocation and readiness orders to military to FEMA Region III (Atlantic Seaboard States near D.C.), all with a date of October of this year. In fact, much of FEMA’s promotional material is geared to 2013, specifically. Most of the darker things cited in this post are happening right now in 2013 or otherwise generally depicted as an immediate potential threat.

Worse, both DHS and FEMA have started multiple high-profile media campaigns suggesting we all need emergency kits and emergency plans. This is also all simultaneous to a bit of mainstream news and much suppressed facts being revealed on the Web regarding an approaching Planet X, approaching comets, several near misses by planet-killing asteroids, and a flurry of unusual meteor activity to include nuclear blast-strength explosions in our atmosphere (the Russian meteor injured nearly 2,000 people and caused significant wide-spread structural damage over hundreds of miles). And there is more…

Also simultaneous are geo-political and financial threats the likes of which have never been seen in the history of the planet, each threatening dire unrest to the point of forcing Martial Law. While this goes on, the sun is spitting gigantic record bursting electromagnetic pulses at us and the pole is shifting, Fukushima is continuing to increase its threat, not to mention shifting weather patterns and an increase in seismic activities of Biblical proportions. Dare I mention strange phenomenon like objects orbiting the sun, mysterious loud and scary sounds heard over thousands of square miles, two suns and other oddities in the skies day and night? Endless wars somehow always tied to terrorism and oil keep being announced. No wonder large numbers of people are actually starting to think End Times might actually be around the corner.

The end of oil supply as we know it indeed approaches. Extremist terror groups pose theoretical threat of biological, chemical, or nuclear WMD. Criminal nations threaten to attack us with nuclear weapons. China is on the verge of surpassing the US as super power, and their top military leader has said war with the US is inevitable; their only answer to that being to strike first. Man-made bio weapons, nanotech, and even genomic weapons are being developed daily by all modern military powers, and we get cover stories expressed as worries of a natural pandemic outbreak of catastrophic proportions. The Center for Disease Control has even gone so far as to talk about preparation for a Zombie apocalypse, and there is some evidence it is not as tongue-in-cheek as they profess. Don’t forget chemtrails and the feared NWO depopulation plot.

Actual soldier patrolling American Street. UNACCEPTABLE! (click – disclosetv.com)

The worst part is all the talk about a possible military takeover, martial law, a new Constitution and a North American Union. Why, that’s nothing short of saying the Antichrist is coming to power… and some say that’s the case, too. Agenda 21, GMO crops, Codex Alimentarius, the Small Arms Treaty (goodby 2^nd Amendment), etc. All these things tie in one to another as if all by some organized conspiracy (Illuminati?) After all, they say, the Norway Spirals were likely a test of Project Bluebeam, to simulate with a kind of holographic event the Second Coming in the Antichrist’s name. And what about those tens of thousands of ‘State of Martial Law’ warning/instruction signs coming into the US from foreign sign makers in convoy manner? Really, really not good.

Almost everyone has some kind of foreboding sense that SOMETHING bad this way comes. Armageddon Online has a more detailed summary view. And just as someone chooses to discounts all of these things as ‘baseless,’ something like this comes along to make us wonder all over again: a lot of people are saying there is a purge of the military taking place, and that usually portends a violent overthrow of government.

So, quite naturally, some of us are taking the DHS/FEMA advice to heart, or at least considering it. But I fear most of us are preparing for the wrong thing in the wrong way. Its one thing to have food, water, medical, and key supplies stashed away for an earthquake or flood… and another to truly be prepared for upheavals of the political or Biblical sort… the sort government advice is NOT addressing, because if you were prepared for that, government looses the ability to maintain political control through dependency upon government for survival.

Never fear; the Professional Paranoid is here to help you find your way through it all… in part II: A Logical Home Emergency Response Plan: The Government Does NOT Approve

Why should I hide my emergency preparedness kit and weapons?

FEMA Preparing Military Police For Gun Confiscations and Martial Law (eutimes.net)
What’s This FEMA Video Trying to Tell Us? (politicaloutcast.com)
Dave Hodges ~ The Use Of Food As A Weapon Against American Citizens (shiftfrequency.com)
FEMA REGION III – OCTOBER 1st – OFFICIAL FEMA DISPATCH! (prayingforoneday.wordpress.com)
Is the FEMA Region III Alert a Red Herring? (activistpost.com)
“Martial Law is Now in Effect” Signs: Why Would These Signs Be Printed? (solidarityintruth.wordpress.com)

Posted in Conspiracy, Education, Government, Health, History, How to Get Help, military, Political Commentary, Religion, Science, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: armageddon, biblical prophesy, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, DHS, disaster, disaster kit, disaster plan, disaster preparedness, disaster response, emergency, Emergency Alert System, emergency kit, emergency plan, emergency preparedness, emergency response, Federal Emergency Management Agency, FEMA, New World Order, United States Department of Homeland Security

Military Purge Underway? A Military Revolt Warning Sign

Nov 5

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

A sure sign that the government fears a military coup or the military itself is about to attempt one, is a purge. The government will purge those it fears unloyal, and/or the military purges itself of those unwilling to go along. Whoever best purges post haste, just might win. Either way, however, the people tend to loose to an errant government and/or would-be military dictator. It is, after all, how authoritarian Police States are born.

Is Obama conducting a purge of the military?

by H. Michael Sweeney

What causes a military purge to take place?

Reading this post you will learn:

That history proves purges take place when governments fear their military is about to take over…
Or when the military prepares for such takeover…
And such tyranny grows from purges within political circles and the military to involve citizens…
Everyone is challenged with loyalty oaths, untrue (or otherwise) accusations, tricky questions, or even torture…
The wrong answer can mean death, prison, or ‘vanishing;’
Evidence abounds that we have been in a pre-event purge for several years…
That the purge is nearing the point of reaching open armed conflict;
That the result of a purge is almost always a Police State, regardless of which side wins

Why is Obama conducting a military purge?

Updated Nov. 14 2013 Changes indicated in RED reflect latest termination and dim view of purge by Russia and China who see it as possible PRELUDE TO WAR.

Updated Dec. 10 2013 Section added and indicated in RED as relating possible ties to Global Research Web site going dark and decade old CIA plot to capture Soviet nuclear warheads.

History on Parade…

All authoritarians get rid of non supporting military men. Only in America does media not dare report it happening. (click: rarenewspapers.com)

History is rife with examples of political purges, both bloody and near bloodless, and unfortunately, both sides can end up playing the game. Sadly, we also see that most bloodless purges end up being bloody at one point or another; they push the other side into reactionary defensive acts. Worse, once one side or the other becomes dominant, the purge is extended from the national politik (government officials and military) to local politik (regional-to-city leadership and law enforcement), and from there, down to every day citizens; any such purge portends a intended shift in power to an actual or de facto authoritarian dictatorship.

The classic example would be found in the Russian Communist Revolution, which actually evolved as successive political leaders reshaped ‘the revolution’ to suit their own visions. But you find the same things generally true in the French Revolution, Mao’s Red China, or even in the American Civil War, where the Union employed the Ironclad Oath, and various Generals (see last paragraph in the link under ‘1862’) exercised internal ‘loyalty and fitness’ purges, ad hoc. One could easily be shot for a careless comment or answer.

Why would Obama conduct a purge?

A purge HERE?

There has, in fact, already been an attempted military coup in the United States. We are, or were, fortunate at the time, that the attempt failed before the purge which would have been required could get started. While most Sheeple have never heard of it because it was contained and not made public, most of the rest of us are aware of the Business Plot of 1932 which attempted to stage a fascist takeover in America by means of a military coup. Some of the biggest Industrialists of the day were involved, names which still today are iconic labels on everyday products, like Singer, and Dupont.

But thanks to one-tough and loyal Marine who tricked his would-be conspiratorial recruiters, the affair backfired. That’s a big ‘Hua!’ for Major General Smedley Butler. But a purge did follow, one which sought to eliminate the threat from the cadre of business leaders and their friends involved, including other military — along with an attempt to cover up the entire matter in order to maintain confidence in the nation’s internal and external affairs.

One thing remains clear: the general purge model is especially of concern when one is dealing with a bloody purge, because it does work its way down to citizens, Sheeple or otherwise. Especially otherwise. And so, I strongly urge that we must take a very close look at our current troubled situation and most recent history with respect to Presidents, politics, economy, international affairs, and the military. So, what’s going on, here in America, right NOW? Well, the answer to that won’t be found in mainstream media unless, perhaps, you are talking about press from abroad.

Now comes a new worry: The European Union Times is reporting the both the Russians and Chinese consider Obama an unstable, power-hungry madman and, with the latest firing (added below with RED) , have themselves taken unprecedented military responses towards possible military conflict with the U.S. and any of its Allies. Seemingly related, are two other news stories in one at the Web site regarding Chinese troops (and a spy ship) in Hawaii, and a simultaneous FEMA ‘simulation’ of cyber attack (Fire Sale) on US power and communications networks, itself timed to coincide with the largest Cannibalistic Corona Mass Ejection the World has ever recorded striking the earth and disrupting our magnetic field in a way which threatens disruptions similar to said cyber attacks . A grain of salt is due, here, as the EUT is, well… extremist in nature. Extreme ‘what’ remains in question… a bit like a super-market tabloid without aliens and pictures of personalities doing naughty things or being too fat on the beach.

Update Dec 10, in support of prior update…

Consider the Howard Hughes Empire at the time when CIA essentially controlled the man and his firms (1968). CIA contracted Hughes Ship Building and through Hughes, Sun Shipbuilding – to construct two custom vessels. The main was the Glomar Explorer deep sea ‘research’ vessel, which is also adaptable to deep sea drilling applications, and the second was a ‘supply ship’. The Glomar Explorer was used to recover nuclear weapons and portions of a sunken Soviet Sub K-129, Golf Class – though Agency claimed only to have failed in the project. The supply ship was actually a disguised ship akin to a Sub Tender, with an internally open bay designed to accept the sub, once raised, and covertly take it to the San Diego Naval Yard.

The project has been called Operation Jennifer and the even more secretive Operation Azorian (there were two specific missions, one to get soviet sub technology for USN, and one to get the bombs for CIA). I’m the only one maintaining the weapon recovery, as documented in support thereof in my book Fatal Rebirth (proparanoidpress.com) – free copy of volume 1 ebook on request to pppbooks@comcast.net. The principle clue is that the supply ship was five feet too small to recover the section of the sub officially sought, but the right size for the weapons section, the sub already known to have broken into two parts. Add to this, the cover story that the reason the recovery failed was not because of the too-small tender, but because the desired section itself additionally broke into pieces at the attempt. http://www.fas.org/irp/program/collect/jennifer.htm

Recently, the underground news organ, Global Research has gone massively dark with not one single resource of their massive Web presence accessible. One reason for vanishing of the material may have to do with what Fatal Rebirth predicted would be done with the nuclear warheads (false flag terrorism, specifically citing it against Charleston, SC). Russia Today has stated that Russian Intelligence has leaked that one reason Obama is conducting a military purge is because the military refused a nuclear detonation at or near Charleston.

If CIA has old Soviet bombs, they would no longer be very useful for normal detonation, but would make excellent dirty bombs. CIA would likely be more inclined to follow such an order than the military, if RT is correct. Russia would have a motive for disclosure tied to the bombs, because the radioactive footprints would point to Soviet manufacture, and could result in suspicions they provided the weapon willingly to ‘terrorists.’ Global Research (in all likelihood) may have been expanding upon this story, which may be why it has gone dark; you get either a 404 error, a denied permissions error, or a ‘something has gone wrong’ error. True, it could be a simple temporary glitch, perhaps a server being down for maintenance. On the other hand, DHS (or some other agency), has perhaps declared them a terrorist and seized their servers, as they have done in the past to other activist and conspiracy oriented Web sites, such as Indymedia.

Therefore let us continue our look at the Glomar Explorer, which has had a long history. It generally patrols the world on contract for oil companies and the military industrial complex (i.e., Lockheed Martin) and can usually be found offshore from political hot spots ‘researching’ to ‘find oil.’ It was off the coast of Vietnam during the war, and has repeatedly been in the Middle East, commonly the Yemen area, which gives spy ELINT resource coverage to everything from Egypt to Iran to Afghanistan, and excuses land incursions regionally by ‘crew on shore leave’ who could easily be conducting in country spying. Most recently, the ship has been in the Gulf of Mexico, leading some theorists to wonder if it did not have something to do with the BP oil leak (I doubt this – too far away).

The Glomar Explorer has also operated under the corporate names of Global Marine and Global Santa Fe, both considered CIA Fronts. To add irony, if not confusion in realization that with CIA, nothing is ever as it seems, is this fact from Linkedin: Ronnie Temple used to work for Global SanteFe and Global Marine, and Ronald Temple now works as Co Director of Global Research. Ronald Temple of GS/GM was managing director at Lazard Asset Management, and Ronald Temple (another one?) is listed as Manager of US RESEARCH for Lazard Asset Management, as well as an association with the Deutsche Bank, THE FAVORITE CIA conduit for black op funds.

In the spy World, you can’t tell your players or their motives even with a program card. We would hope these to be different individuals, but just imagine… what would it mean if they were one and the same? Clearly, the two Ronalds appear to be the same, implying that he sees value in having multiple identities on Linkedin… so why not a third? Multiple identities under the same name IS NOT UNCOMMON among CIA operatives/agents. Using multiple names in this case might be intentional to distance Global Research from Global Marine and Global SantaFe. Argh! End Dec. Update, prior update continues as indicated in RED.

Is the U.S. military conducting an internal purge?

Proof of a purge?

Many observers think its happening, including people who are far from being conspiracy theorists; media types, military professionals, and more. In simple terms, consider the following statistics and facts, none of which are in dispute, though almost all of which are veiled from Sheeple’s eyes by media and government. Mainstream employs careful wording and skips filling in the blanks with useful detail. But others mince no words.

And speaking of words, we must realize that when a bloodless purge is underway, there must simultaneously be ‘disinformation’ to cover up the fact. This means that excuses will be used to veil the truth, and this will be quietly accepted at first by both sides, often because, at least for the individuals involved, some form of blackmail or other threat is in place to insure their silent acceptance. For some, it may be some form of National Security agreement. For others, it may be a sexual indiscretion, or a criminal or financial matter which dictates cooperation lest it be made public.

So take what is often offered in ‘face value’ with a grain of salt. It is the fuller picture which is painted in the broader strokes which overpower individual words, or lack of words… and bear in mind that when there is a purge, one must also look at resignations as part of the ‘flow’ of things — especially if related to protests or potentially motivated as a self-defense move. Doubly so if in numbers.

Why is the U.S. Military conducting a purge?

Is Obama conducting a purge?

Many think so, and the preponderance of evidence cited would seem to support the notion. It is, after all, what prompted my own review (more detailed than theirs, naturally — that’s always my goal, at least). Consider these reviews, and the fact that many sources claim Obama’s differences with military leadership have to do with his asking them if they were willing to shoot Americans, presumably in a gun-grabbing operation of some kind:

Freedom Connector, Nov 16, 2012: What’s Behind Obama’s Military Purge? — by Bob Livingston, an ultra-conservative newsletter writer;

The Independent Journal Review, on June 28, 2013: Obama’s Purge; Military Officers Replaced Under the Commander-in-Chief — a situational analysis by Kyle Becker;

The Western Center for Journalism: Obama Escalates Military Purge — by the Editor

World Net Daily, The Examiner, The Guardian, and many others citing The Blaze, Oct. 23, 2013: Blaze Sources: Obama Purging Military Commanders — Sara Carter citing actual fired military commanders’ viewpoints.

There are many more, but you get the idea. From the outside, looking at the observable clues leaking out from the inside, and sometimes even from the mouths of those involved, the impression is a Presidential purge is under way. More: since the above, Sorento’s desire to attack Syria met with such resistance in military circles as to warrant an article (translated from an unstated German source), well worth a read: Historical Disgrace: The U.S. Military Mutiny Forced Obama to Retreat. Yet as already mentioned, other stories relate that the purge is because the Military is refusing to go along with plans to grab guns and shoot Americans who refuse to comply.

Why does a military purge predict a shift towards authoritarian dictatorship?

Flip side: is the military is purging itself of White Hats?

No one else on the Web seems to think so, but I’m wondering why not? When the stability of a country comes into question, forces within the military tend to start wondering if they need not do something drastic to change things, and eventually, a strongman General is able to recruit others of like mind to work out ‘contingencies.’ One of the first steps in preparing for possible enactment of such plans (a coup) is to evaluate the remaining Officer Corps, and get rid of loyalists.

Or, it may be a group of powerful business leaders who make the call, and who recruit members of the military for their cause, resulting in the same process, a ‘la The Business Plot of 1932, already mentioned.

You know something sinister and deeply troubling is going on when Veterans are being told they can’t fly the American Flag on public property, Officers, even Chaplains, are threatened with court marshal for having a Bible on their office desk or speaking about religion with others who are not already in the same faith, and telling them to resign if they have a problem with the policy. What? Oh, I forgot: the military and military policy is dominated, according to authors like Alex Constantine, by Satanists.

In point of fact, as Alex and others have pointed out, self-proclaimed Satanist General Michael Aquino, was a chief architect of the Revolution in Military Affairs, the policy which defines the next major new war type the military will face is ‘A People’s War,’ where the enemy is disgruntled patriots, Constitutionalists, and the poor and disenfranchised. Well, now, that’s just about everybody in the U.S. but the ten percenters at the top, and dumb Sheeple, is it not?

Now, while the first section paints a picture of a Presidential purge, I must remind you that both sides of a major power rift often purge, and that outwardly, the signs will typically tend to look the same. So now, let’s take a closer look at those purged and their circumstances, to see what we might decide for ourselves. After all, other Web sources speculate the reason for Obama’s purge is that he fears a military coup, a notion which alledgedly originates directly from the Russian Military and the Kremlin.

However, that story would seem to be related to another alleged Kremlin and GRU (a KGB-like Russian Spy group similar to CIA) claiming Obama had ordered the detonation of a nuclear bomb in or near Charleston as a false flag event and the military refused, prompting the firing of so many nuclear commanders. I find this fascinating, because in my book Fatal Rebirth, I predicted Charleston would be the target of a nuclear false flag attack AFTER the also predicted (in 1999) downing of the WTC by passenger jets and resulting in a series of Middle East oil wars.

Snopes.com, whom I do not entirely trust as a legitimate ‘debunker,’ does attempt to debunk the above story by attributing its true source to Sorcha Faal, a known professional disinformationalist who works for, among other people, DHS. So then, why would DHS promote this particular disinfo? That makes no more sense than the outlandish conspiracy claimed by the story. But if baseless, and not Russian sourced, why has RT (Russian Television in English) News not ALSO debunked it, and instead reported on it as factual?

So understanding if there is a purge, and who is undertaking it, and why, is going to be difficult. Really, you can’t tell your players (or their position on the team/role in the game) without a roster. So here it is, so you can decide for yourself…

What are the signs of a military or political purge?

Point Comparisons: Roster of 266 Vanquished Officers and Key Staff under Obama

This is an updated and more accurate compilation the found in lists elsewhere which cite 197 or fewer. More than 50 being offered in rich detail, here. These numbers represent a massive bloodletting not seen under any prior President in American history. There are so many you might be tempted not to read them, but in the reading, at least of their name and command position, you find some interesting, if not scary things, not to mention patterns. To be sure, some who were let go may have indeed been let go for non-purge and quite legitimate reasons, but the large numbers of higher rank Officers and the nature of the clumps of specialities/assignments/duties, especially, amplify reason for concern that more is afoot than ‘bad conduct’…

Fired Nov. 3rd, Colonel Eric Tilley, Commander of Japan’s largest U.S. base in Japan for ‘allegations of unstated misconduct.’

First Lieutenant Ehren Watada was the first Officer to refuse deployment to Iraq as an illegal war, was eventually allowed to resign. Now, if his view was unjustified in the eyes of military, why was there no court marshall? If justified, why did we go to war? It implies disparate viewpoints in military ranks, and between military leadership and the President;

Major Stefan F. Cook, US Army Reserve, refused to deploy because he did not believe Barry Sorento was a legally elected President, joining with two other officers according to Wikipedia (no Web source names them, but they are described as a retired Army Major General and Active Reserve USAF Lieutenant) in a law suit (Cook vs. Good – scan down). They did not win their suite, but neither did they have to serve, again meaning disparate viewpoints. Touche’;

Captain Connie Rhodes, US Army Physician filed a similar suit (just beneath prior link, same page);

Predator Drone Pilot Brandon Bryant resigns USAF over immorality of drone attacks on noncombatants, making five people who refused to serve and suffered no court marshall;

Colonel James H. Johnson III, Commander 173^rd Airborn, fired and convicted of bigamy and fraud in expense accounting, apparently jumping out of the airplane and into the frying pan;

General Joseph Carter, Commander Camp Edwards and Adjutant General of the Massachusetts National Guard resigned even though a months investigation failed to produce evidence of a rape allegation;

Brig. General Jeffery A Sinclair, former Dep. Commander 82^nd Airborn in Afghanistan, fired and facing possible Grand Jury review for criminal sexual indiscretions — sounding a bit like the CIA entrapment of Wikileaks mastermind, Julian Assange;

Army Major General Peter Fuller, Commander in Afghanistan (of unstated forces — which to me implies intelligence hanky-panky), let go in 2011;

Marine Major General C. M. M. Gurganus, Commander Regional Command Southwest and 1^st Marine Expeditianary Force (also Afghanistan) was let go in 2013;

Marine Major General Gregg A. Sturdevant, Commander Aviation Wing at Camp Bastion, Afghanistan, and Director of Strategic Planning and Policy for US. Pacific Command, let go in 2013;

General David D. McKiernen, Commander of the Afghanistan Theater was let go at Obama’s orders after four months of arrival, for saying the campaign was less noble than was Iraq. That was 2009, making him the first four-star General released by a Commander-in-Chief since MacArthur by Truman. In 2010, Obama fired…

General Stanley McChyrstal, Commander of NATO International Security Assistance Force (IASF), Afghanistan, a matter linked to the death of reporter Michael Hastings. He was replaced by another soon-enough-to-be-fired General Petraeus, below. Seems like Obama liked no one involved in the Middle East, does it not?;

General David H. Petraeus, also left the Army as NATO IASF Commander as to be appointed by Obama as Director of Intelligence, CIA. He then resigned CIA over charges of an extramarital love triangle, but at the time there was the controversy about the CIA’s role in the handling of Benghazi intelligence and no-go rescue aftermath. And, stepping back once more, the man who replaced him at ISAF when he stepped up to CIA was…

Former General Michael T. Hayden, in like manner yet again, quit the USAF to be appointed by Bush II to be Director of NSA, and then, also like Petraeus, was fired over extra-marital sexual conduct (officially), and unofficially, over internal disagreements with Obama on intelligence policy and validity of evidence regarding alleged Syrian nerve gas attacks (shades of Bush and Weapons of Mass Destruction in Iraq);

Marine General John R. Allen, Commander of NATO International Security Assistance Force, Afghanistan, was investigated and removed for ‘inappropriate communications regarding Bengahzi’ (he countermanded White House orders not to attempt rescue of the besieged Embassy). The investigation continues without fruit, be he was also seemingly an injured party in the above Petraeus love triangle. You couldn’t make this stuff up as screenwriter of a Kardashian’s in Uniform special. Now, regarding Bengahzi…

General Carter Ham, Commander Africommand (counter terror operations) also relieved of command and arrested for attempting rescue despite orders from White House to stand down… and before him…

General William ‘Kip’ Ward, 1^st Commander of the Africommand fired for ‘financial irregularities’ in expense accounts;

Rear Admiral Charles M. Gaouette, Commander of the Stennis Aircraft Carrier Strike Group relieved of command in the middle of Middle East deployment for unstated ‘inappropriate leadership judgement’ also thought Benghazi related. But not just him…

Capt. Owen Hornors, Commanding Officer of the Carrier Enterprise, no less, was let go for ‘making and showing to the crew raunchy cartoons.’ No patterns here, folks — move along, move along;

Rear Admiral Ron Horton, Commander of Western Pacific Logistics Group was also fired for knowing about and failing to put a stop to the Enterprise cartoon shows;

Brigadier General Bryon Roberts, Commander of Ft. Jackson (training facility) resigned over charges of an ‘altercation’ with a woman. He commanded the training of the Iraqi Security Forces slated to replace US Military, and served directly under the Joint Chiefs with distinction;

Vice Admiral Tim Guardina, U.S. Central Command, drops two ranks to Rear Admiral, and looses his 2^nd in Command position in charge of nuclear weapons for allegedly using counterfeit casino chips (felony fraud). Now that would be easy to set up as a frame up… which begs the question, why no criminal charges or court marshall, if true — or a resignation? It’s called ‘leverage’ and keeping a close eye on a person in question by keeping them close at hand;

Four-Star General James Mattis, Commander of US Central Command, being fired for ‘Mad Dog’ warnings to the Obama adminstration on the dangers of proposed Middle East military actions in Syria. Very interesting if, as stated in the next item link, he was the one responsible for that firing, and perhaps more so, if it was his replacement who arranged it (at this point, I’ve not been able to isolate which might be closer to being true, if either);

USAF Major General Michael Carey, Commander 20^th Air Force (that’s 3 Wings of ICBMs/450 warheads at three AF Bases) was let go in 2013, making the third man in charge of nuclear forces to be let go — unprecedented;

Army Major General Ralph Baker, Commander Joint Task Force Horn of Africa in Djibouti, Africa, let go in 2013 — anti piracy and counter terrorism support unit, also likely to know what really happened in ZeroDark Thirty;

Lt. Col. Matthew Dooley, 20 yr Vet Army Instructor for National Defense University and Joint Forces Staff College allegedly fired at Obama’s request for teaching a previously approved course called Perspectives of Islam and Islamic Radicalism (for which he had also previously been commended) because it was deemed ‘offensive’ to Muslim organizations who somehow managed to learn about it (but had not experienced it). On the other hand, the Army Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs, now head of US Central Command himself described it as “against our values,” and so, this appears more likely a military purge victim than an Obama victim, done in a way that blames Obama publicly. A nice two-edged blade being twisted;

Commodore of Logistics, Lt. Col. Allen B. West, Battalion Commander, 4^th Infantry, 20 year vet forced to retire pensionless for coercing terror attack information from a prisoner in Afghanistan by discharging his weapon to get his attention. Now that’s odd, because Logistics has nothing to do with prisoners. However, Logistics is THE MOST KEY tactical element of ANY military action;

Marine Colonel Daren Margolin, Commander of Quantico’s Security Batallion — FBI’s and USMC training facilities also used in joint LEA/Military trainings even when disallowed by Posse Comitatus;

Marine Colonel James Christmas, Commander 22^nd Marine Expiditionary Unit and Special-Purpose Marine Air-Ground Task Force Crisis Response Unit, let go in 2013;

In 2012, Six USAF Training Officers from Lackland AFB base were fired after being charged with rape and adultery;

In 2011, 25 Command Naval Officers below the rank of Admiral were let go (not already mentioned), including captains of nuclear missile warships and submarines;

Recall the TV show Last Resort, where an American sub commander staves off an unjust false-flag nuclear first-strike against Pakistan as part of a military-coup deception… by threatening D.C. with attack, instead?;

Also vanished in 2011, 12 senior enlisted Navel personnel in charge of key programs, facilities, and projects;

In 2012, an additional 28 Command Naval Officers below the rank of Admiral were let go, again including several captains of nuclear missile warships and submarines.

Also vanished in 2012; 15 senior enlisted Navel personnel in charge of key programs, facilities, and projects;

Meanwhile, still in 2012, 157 Career USAF Officers below the rank of General were forced to quit. Moreover, and potentially related, the USAF has resorted to offering nearly a quarter-million dollar bonus to fighter pilots to keep them from resigning after meeting their minimum obligation. Yet the 157 were ‘let go due to budget constraints’ according to the official story?

All the while this has been going on, and Obama’s proposed actions in Syria have not been sitting well with anyone but Sheeple on the citizen side, it turns out the military was not too crazy about the idea, either. Not just General Mattis and other officers already mentioned, but rank and file enlisted: a spontaneously created ‘photo-bomb’ campaign flooded the White House with individual refusals to serve in any military action ‘helping Al Qaeda’ fight the Syrian Christian government… appropriately went viral on facebook.

Does Obama fear a military coup?

Another kind of Roster: 92,600 Enlisted are being disbanded

Bloomberg is reporting, with the official line being budget cuts, that nearly 100,000 soldiers, sailors, and Marines are being let go starting the first of this month (several weeks ago, Oct.). The troubling element is that the bulk of these (67,000) are US Army. If gun grabbing operations took place, the brunt of such action would involve the Army. That fact, and the fact that the military has been using a Shoot Americans Questionnaire which would help them purge themselves of those unwilling to do so — if their actual plan, makes me wonder who is being forced out, and why?

And here’s another reason to wonder: If the Sorcha Faal story was done for DHS, and keeping in mind that DHS ordered enough ammo to kill everyone in North America several times over, the ONLY possible motive I can deduce for fostering Faalishness is to fuel a counter conspiracy to the real conspiracy. That is, if they were planning to shoot Americans over gun grabbing efforts, then why not create a counter story saying the Military was revolting because the President was going to grab guns and order them to shoot Americans to do it? It would be another two-edged sword blaming Obama. Watch the left hand so you don’t see what the right hand is doing.

I’m just saying. I really have no way of knowing any more than do you. But I do know how disinformation works, and that is definitely one way it is used. It’s how it got its name.

What does a purge of the U.S. Military mean?

The broad view: being caught in the middle

The stage has already been set for our consideration, and depending on who is doing the looking, lots of people are starting to see that a purge is taking place, almost all eyes focusing on the US Military and/or the Obama administration. Point of view dictates how they analyze the whys and wherefores, but they all agree that purge is the word.

Bloodless, thus far to be sure… but to remind… a bloodless purge tends to force the other side’s hand and can easily escalate to a bloody one, if not also outright armed conflagration. At some point, someone elects to do something to end the gutting of their power base, and that something is not usually gentle in nature.

That DHS has been buying up weapons, munitions, coffins, medicines, and other key items in quantities suitable for a twenty-five year war… and that FEMA has launched a massive ‘disaster’ preparedness advertising campaign, simply adds fuel to whatever may be the real cause of the mysterious smoke under consideration.

If you find this all a bit troubling, you may wish to do some more reading. One place I can suggest you start, is my own book set, Fatal Rebirth, which written in 1999, predicted the entire pickle we now see ourselves in, from the bringing down of the WTC by passenger jets to financial debacles to the purge, and much more.

A free ebook copy of Vol I can be obtained by email request to pppbooks at Comcast dot net. Given the violence purges tend to evoke, you may also wish to read my post (series) on emergency/disaster plans and resource kits to cover ANY threat, natural or man made. Who else but the Professional Paranoid would dare bribe you with a free book just to read a blog post? Email me!

Who is purging the military and why?

Obama’s Military Purge (canadafreepress.com)
U.S. Military Could Depose Obama, So He’s Destroying It (calvinistview.com)
Obama Firing of Military Reminiscent of Stalin’s Purge (vaticproject.blogspot.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, military, News Events, Political Commentary

Leave a comment

Tags: Civil War, military coup, military purge, Obama, purge, revolt, revolution, Smedley Butler, United States Armed Forces

Gas Tax Newest Spy Tool Targets Poor, Economy-Minded

Jul 17

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

When the Tax Man has a GPS tracker in your car, you dare not go anywhere you don’t want (someone) to know about… because we are talking about ‘public information’ in this case, which ANYONE can access.

Time for another Boston Tea Party… let’s throw a congressman into the harbor!

by H. Michael Sweeney

Update: (the day after penning): Extra paragraph of additional problems this proposal has which have not been considered by ‘government’ in their zeal to screw up our lives. Toward bottom, marked with RED.

Why the Anarchists may have it right after all?

What you will learn reading this post…

There is a new gas tax headed your way SOON…
It uses a chip plugged into your car with a GPS sensor…
It determines what roads you are on by taxing authority…
It bills you accordingly… but…
The GPS unit will know exactly where you’ve been, and when…
And that information is available to ANYONE upon demand

What is mileage-based gas tax?

Milage-Based Gas Tax?

Our new Boston Tea Party?

I first heard about this on Lars Larson’s radio show, which originates locally, though it is a nationally broadcast show of suitably politically-incorrect content for my tastes. But it is something that apparently got its start and was first mentioned publicly some months earlier. If you haven’t heard about it, it is called a ‘milage-based gasoline tax.’ Currently, what we have is a ‘per-gallon’ gas tax. There is, though they don’t seem to want to tell us this when talking about the new and improved idea, also a Tire tax for the same reasons/uses.

The current system has been in place ever since Congressionals and Councilmen first learned they could tax anything they wanted, pretty much, and get away with it. The idea was to levy a ‘special tax’ for highway projects, maintenance, and related la-tee-dah in a way which targeted drivers, only; they wear it out, they pay for it, not the guy who does not even own a car.

But there are arguably a few problems with the notion, one being that you might buy your gas in a low-tax rate community and then commute to another region, perhaps another state, where the rate is higher, thereby ‘cheating’ the taxing authority by destroying their roads for free. Taxes vary by authority (city, county, state, federal), some authorities adding nothing, some taxing heavily. Tax-free wear and tear with wanton abandon.

But no taxing authority has ever complained very much about that sort of thing. No, the real complaint is, they are worried about one thing; now that gas mileage is going up, they are collecting less revenue than ever, even though road wear is increasing as new drivers hit the pavement (with their tires.) Darn kids, anyway.

And really darn those electric car drivers who don’t pay ANY gas tax (just tire tax). So, someone decided, that instead of simply raising the tax rate (as appropriate, on gas and/or tires — depending on the kind of vehicle) to compensate… which just takes a few votes and notifying gas stations and tire shops to change their pricing systems… they instead thought to do something… ‘Obama-like.’

If congressmen thrown into a harbor drown, does that mean they were witches?

The New and Improved Gas Tax

They succeeded. They still have to do the vote thing and notify gas stations (only), but they have a few extra things to do, as well. All of them are going to add costs to government, and require a whole new bureaucracy to be staffed:

a) They must purchase some pretty expensive GPS tracking gizmos for issuance to drivers, and figure out how they are going to do that, and teach them how to install them correctly, or do it for them. They call these gizmos OBUs (On-Board-Units). I like gizmos, better. Fascist gizmos, in fact, as we shall see.

b) Two, they have to figure out what they are going to do about cars that are old enough that they don’t have a place to plug the gizmo into, at all, or have newer cars but are already using the gizmo’s plug-in socket to modify their engine’s performance and/or economy favorably… and find some suitable way to punish those jerks for having more interesting (collectable) or economical (paid for, easy to repair, better performance) cars than the rest of us. Envy is not a sin, it’s just part of the ‘buy one today’ mental process.

c) Create some kind of billing system (they are talking invoices, and payment methods). We are talking having to pay a huge chunk tax bill at some undetermined interval for all mileage driven since the last time we paid. Yeah, the poor will find that a lot of fun.

d) Establish some kind of official methodology, rules and regulations, fines and punishments for failure to perform to said rules and regulations, and supporting infrastructure to collect the information from the GPS trackers and enforce said rules and regulations, forthwith, henceforth, and with prejudice and malice for all.

e) Figure out what to do when a gizmo fails to function properly, undoubtedly placing some kind of huge punitive liability on the owner of the car for ‘breaking it.’ Stupid people is as stupid people do (sorry, meant to use that line talking about the legislators).

If a congressman is proven to be a witch, does that mean they are also fascists?

So right off the bat we see this is going to be nothing more than a way for some government contractor somewhere (who promoted this idea as being ‘swell’ while dropping off big checks at the Congressman’s offices) to get rich, and some government people to get promoted to head a whole new Division and command a bunch of staffers, get a State provided car, a budget to squander, and a big paycheck. It will also be a money-maker for the various court systems which will enjoy seeing new faces guilty of ‘gas tax fraud,’ ‘destruction of gas-tax monitoring systems,’ and other fun sins which will undoubtedly be added to State Statutes.

Drown all fascist witches in Congress!

Now the Bad News

(Photo credit: Wikipedia)

But that’s not the worst of it, but don’t worry, I’ll break the bad news to you gently, saving the worst for last. To start, there is a problem with their little scheme in terms of fairness. Currently, on a per-gallon tax basis, someone who drives a gas-guzzler pays more tax (buying more gas per mile) than someone who drives an economy vehicle (and we already mentioned electrics). A poor person pays the same as a rich person per gallon, there is equity and fairness. Since it is paid per gallon, it is affordable as long as we have enough to buy the gas in the first place.

The new system (official describing document) however, at least in trial setups as being sponsored in Oregon, Nevada, and Washington, will punish anyone who has an economical vehicle and reward those with gas guzzlers. So, by default, it also punishes the poor who cannot afford SUVs and huge trucks. It punishes them further by saving up their indebtedness for tax over some period of time for a large (and largely unplanned for) tax bill. It works like this:

You STILL pay gas tax at the pump, roughly 30 cents a gallon in Oregon. But when you get your gizmo monitored by (an undetermined method), you will be charged 1.5 cents per MILE driven, and then credited a portion of that back to offset the fact that you already paid a gas tax at the pump. But the kicker is how they come up with that credit. Below, I employ rounded mileage figures for ease of calculations and paraphrase like dialog from the radio show. On the show, the new program was being explained in somewhat vague details: even though they only have 18 months to get the system up and running, they DON’T KNOW YET exactly how they are going to run it — thus the actual figures may be different, but the INTENT was explained to be as follows:

a) Someone who has a gas Guzzler such as a big truck or SUV will get a 2 cents credit per mile. At 10 miles per gallon, before the new system, it cost them 30 cents to go ten miles. Under the new system, it will cost them 10 cents per mile. This subsidizes manufacturing, sales, and use of gas guzzling vehicles to those who can afford them. Guess who lobbies for this legislation.

b) Someone with a ‘normal car’ will get 1 cent credit. At 30 miles to the gallon, they paid 10 cents to go ten miles; 1 cent per mile. Under the new method, they will pay 15 cents; 1.5 cents per mile. Shame on them for having only a ‘normal’ vehicle when they should be driving a gas guzzler. This is where most poor people will be stuck: having to pay 50% more tax, and getting stuck with the bill in unexpected chunks.

c) Someone with an economy vehicle will get a half-cent credit. At 45 miles to the gallon, they paid 7 cents to go 10 miles; .66 cents per mile. But these low life’s need to be taught a lesson, so it will cost them 8 cents under the new method; .8 per mile. Again, since the poor can’t afford a new car with better milage, they pay more than the low life’s who can (but neglected to get that SUV).

d) An electric vehicle owner used to pay nothing (save tire tax, which everyone still pays), but under the new system, those criminally penny-pinching villains will be punished by having to pay 15 cents to go ten miles. Gosh! They get the same treatment as if they were poor people!

Which way to the harbor?

Update: In my zeal to meet a deadline, I missed a couple of things that have apparently also escaped the thinking of government planners. The little socket they wish to use for the Gizmo is where DEQ and auto mechanics test engine performance. As I earlier alluded, its where people can plug in performance altering devices for more horsepower, or towing capacity, or better economy. It’s also where Breathalizer devices are plugged in that prevent drunks from driving. And, its where ‘Snap Shot’ driving devices used by certain car insurance companies and driver education classes use to monitor driving habits for safety’s sake. So this tax is going to make all of that go away. MADD (Mothers Against Drunk Drivers), and Flo, and the rest of us can all piss off, thank you very much, and defer to the tax man. End update.

Obviously, the Obama-wannabes have figured out that electric cars do more damage to roads than low milage cars, the same damage as normal cars used by the poor, and much more damage than trucks and SUVs. And you though you knew everything. Well, know this:

Anyone have a bus for the congressmen?

Privacy is out the window

GPS Tracked (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

The winning strategy seems to be a GPS-based gizmo because that way they know what road you are driving on (but that does not mean the builder and maintainer for that road will necessarily see the tax money). But that also means that when they collect and compute your taxable driving history, their system will have access to the when and where of your travels.

The problem with that is this: because the gizmos remain the property of the State, the data they collect is considered public property, in this case, public information. ANYONE can petition the State to reveal public information, unless specifically sealed by a judge for a limited number of allowable reasons, non of which allow blanket assignation. It’s IN THE CONSTITUTION.

I speak for Oregon, of course. But most states have similar laws. And make no mistake; this new taxing scheme is coming to you, soon — one, three, and five states at a time. The fascists are coming, the fascists are coming!

That’s OK with me. I will just go get one of those 7,000 fully automatic assault rifles DHS purchased for ‘personal defense.’ It is, after all, a personal matter to me, and I do need to defend my homeland from fascists. I swore an oath to do so.

The tax man may cometh, but he may not walk away with my money… unless he brings a SWAT Team. But I lament too much. There is good news in all this. If you don’t drive any miles, you can more easily afford GMO crop control.

Oregon Mulls Tracking Driver Mileage for Tax (blogs.automotive.com)
Behind the scenes brainstorming for fuel tax alternative (thegazette.com)
Advantages of GPS Vehicle Tracking (kattyjames.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, News Events, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Technology

Leave a comment

Tags: Boston Tea Party, Fuel tax, gas tax, GPS, gps spying, GPS tracking unit, Lars Larson, mileage-based gas tax

On False Flag Zombie Attacks in July

Jun 23

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

When the CDC starts talking about zombie attacks, DHS buys more ammunition than God and calls out all Federal Agencies to prepare for (something) at 100% strength with two weeks notice… while a Zombie blockbuster movie scares our pants off… there might just be something to worry about.

When do Zombies act on behalf of National Security?

by H. Michael Sweeney

Federal zombies may be in our future

OK, this might be tongue in cheek. MIGHT BE.

Future Post Office Poster? From notrightinthehead.net, a collection of more than interesting Zombiesque material (click)

But it is completely factual (scary movie music rises). I just saw a couple of video blogs (streaming Web radio) where one of my kindred spirits (translation: conspiracy theorist, or on a good day, as we prefer it, investigative reporter) was interviewing someone claiming to be in the know: DHS, FBI, FEMA, and just about every other agency, military as well, have been ordered to bring all manpower, reserves, and resources, to 100% capacity by July 3, and to stand by for further instructions.

I’m not comforted by the fact that ALL the search engines can NO LONGER FIND THIS WARNING no matter what I type in (it would have helped if some of the words were not in use in gazillions of other vids, too). Thing is, two days ago, it was EASY to find using the same words. Who has the power to do that? No matter. I’m on the job. A few ones changed to zeros in government’s Internet won’t stop me.

Note: This kind of censorship and information manipulation is one reason I formed nnn.osp.org to create a 100% citizen-owned-and-operated wireless Internet alternative where there is no ISP (no monthly bill), no government or corporate censorship, spying, or control: YOU are the Web!

In trying to solve that problem, I encountered something which revealed even more useful information than I was searching for. The CDC is apparently involved, too. We are talking about a terror drill involving a ‘fake’ outbreak of (something awful). Wince. Gee. What could that be? Well, I got to thinking. Recall the CDC warning about what to do if a zombie attack broke out?

Well, they claimed that was tongue in cheek, too. But I’m starting to wonder. Have you seen World War Z? Nothing seems far fetched after that! I mean… first CDC puts out the defense guide… then DHS buys enough ammunition to kill all the extras in WWZ (and every citizen in North America, with order quantities in Satanic numbers, no less)… not to mention enough coffins to take care of the half-eaten bodies… and now DHS, FEMA, FBI, the National Guard, (and CDC) are manning up for something very big.

And even if not Zombies… let us not forget that some guy named Kokesh (not related to David Koresh) is planning a ‘Million-man’ armed march on Washington, D. C. on July 4th. I mean… Damn! I don’t know what it means, but what I’ve more recently learned does not make me feel any better about, it all…

Why is terror drill set to coincide with Scout Jamboree?

Terror Drill Set for Scouting Jamboree

The orders for these agencies are to be at 100% by July 3rd, and then to stand by. Turns out, unless a cover story for a general Martial Law (you don’t suppose Kokesh is going to end up in a shootout with Feds, do you?) move to seize power by the New World Order, that there is to be a terror drill in Yellowstone during the Scout National Jamboree (July 15-24). But wait one minute; is it not true that at almost EVERY major terror event blamed on some turban wrapped, kidney machine toting, Koran spouting man with a beard… that there was simultaneously a terror drill of the same exact sort taking place at the same time?

Is that not the HALLMARK of a false flag operation? You create an exercise or drill on the same date in the same community for the same kinds of details (e.g., type of attack, type of target), and then, if the people really responsible (no turban, kidney machine, or Holy book) happen to get caught before they can pull it off, you say ‘It’s OK, they are with us, and everything is coolness.’ Where have we seen that used before?

A few places. The Sarin gas attacks in Japan. Sept. 11. The London Subway bombing. Bombing in Madrid. The Norway mass shooting. Even Aurora and Sandy Hook. Retired Army Intelligence Officer, Captain Eric May has said, “The easiest way to carry out a false flag attack is by setting up a military exercise that simulates the very attack you want to carry out.”

Are Zombies real after all?

Zombies on parade

Again, ‘tongue in cheek’ can only go so far to making one comfortable about the facts. Also while searching for the missing radio show links, I instead found some disturbing video — tons of it, in fact, which claim to evidence real Zombie attacks, including one faked ‘secret FBI briefing.’ But only one of these bothers me enough to deserve sharing, as it is a montage of real news stories that are quite shocking and, collectively, imply there are real people out there who are certainly acting like Zombies, and who are apparently quite hard to kill, too.

But that’s not the only disturbing thing about the video.

The second is found at the end of the long-winded (classified) reading of a (classified) Bill on the Senate Floor that (classified) seems to regard some kind of (classified) serious catastrophe, and what government is going to do about (classified.) At the very end, as if a causal afterthought of NO IMPORTANCE, the reader quotes, “and draft a NEW BILL OF RIGHTS.”

E X C U S E ME?

A new Bill of Rights? What’s wrong with the one we have such that once this (classified) happens, it is no longer useful? To me, the ONLY scenario where that makes sense is if the country has become an official Police State under perpetual Martial Law, the result of a military (classified.) Well, let me tell you if I see even a hint of that taking place, I’m going to (classified) and (classified) and all of (classified) had better double their (classified). Even if they claim it was the Onion Congress.

Well, that’s all I can think of to say about something that is so far fetched and based on ‘less than mainstream’ resources. So I’ll simply leave you with the original video which started the whole thing off. I did find it. But I warn you, it is not the sort of thing I would normally care very much about paying attention to now days, given the veritable flood of such ‘sky is falling’ reports on YouTube.

However, I also remind you, in my book set Fatal Rebirth, and resulting screen play published on the Internet in 1999, that the sky was going to fall in New York City, raining passenger jets upon the World Trade Center, and resulting in Middle East Wars. Some of us Chicken Little’s base our warnings on a bit more than conjecture. You can get a free ebook copy of Volume One, and see what else I’ve correctly predicted, and what things I’ve warned of which have yet to transpire.

It also behooves me to add, here, that as a specialist in privacy/security who helps targeted individuals and deals regularly with Political Control Technology… that I should mention that some estimates are that the government has created up to two million ‘sleeper’ agents using Manchurian Candidate mind control methodology. If true, we are talking about programmable people who can, with a simple text message or other signal, be launched off on almost any kind of mission with no recourse or understanding. Blindly obedient.

Such people can be made to believe any unreal circumstance, or believe themselves to be anything or anyone, and are often capable of exhibiting super-human traits (such as seeming to be bullet resistant). I’d hate to think about what would happen if a flood of such persons were unleashed thinking themselves Zombies. They soon enough would be, for all practical purposes. I’d not want to be in their warpath. World War Z, indeed.

False Flag Biological Attack Expected This Summer? (pakalertpress.com)
National Scout Jamboree 2013 False Flag Insider Warning (thetruthseeker.co.uk)
NEVADA GOVERNOR CANDIDATE Warns BOY SCOUT JAMBOREE MAY BE NEXT FALSE FLAG (secretsofthefed.com)
May 21st Is Judgment Day So Begins the Zombie Apocalypse (wholesalecostumeclub.com)
The Government’s Knowledge of the Zombie Apocalypse (costumediscounters.com)
False Flag Insider Warning – National Scout Jamboree 2013 (oneworldchronicle.com)
Mass Casualty Terror Drill Planned for July 2013 During Boy Scout Jamboree (2012thebigpicture.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Entertainment, Humor, military, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

1 Comment

Tags: DHS, False flag, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Federal Emergency Management Agency, FEMA, Jamboree (Scouting), United States Department of Homeland Security, Zombies

Sorento Secretly Installing Total Surveillance Society

Jun 10

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

15 Terrabytes of data on every Man, Woman, and Child in the U.S., tracking every trip, call, text, email you make, every URL you visit, every purchase or financial, social, and political action you take, all to profile you so they can predict you and blackmail, jail, or vanish you if it becomes convenient. Welcome to Herr Bush/Clinton/Sorento’s Total Surveillance Corporate Police State.

But wait… I have a simple $7 SOLUTION!

The NSA is secretly establishing the Total Information Awareness Office!

by H. Michael Sweeney

This particular post is intended to serve as recap and extended explanation of key concepts covered during a four-hour radio show interview with Clyde Lewis on Ground Zero, Friday, June 7^th, 2013.

What you will learn reading this post…

• The nature of a Fascist Corporate Police State as defined largely by cooperative surveillance and spying upon ‘client’ citizens.

• That the National Security Agency (USARMY) is secretly implementing the Total Information Awareness Office under Sorento despite its being banned as unconstitutional by Congress, originally a Bush-Cheney plan;

• The Role of RFID (Radio Frequency Identification Devices) and PROMIS back-door spy software in TIAO;

• That traditional redress of grievances no longer remain a viable remedy TIAO;

• How you can spend just $7 to thwart the $2.7 billion dollar spying operation.

How can seven dollars stop government and corporations from spying on us?

How Fascism defines a Corporate Police State

In America, there is something called a Social Contract between government and We, the People; the Constitution and Bill of Rights. That document makes We, the People, clients to a government body who we employ to serve our needs for societal functions; to govern and provide for the common good and protection. That is a sacred trust as well as a contractual obligation to government to so perform, and the contract additionally provides mechanisms for redress of grievances when government fails to fulfill its duties properly.

In America, We, the People also enter into financial contracts with all manner of big businesses; banks, phone companies, Internet providers, health care providers, insurance companies, and more. These contracts obligate these firms to provide select services with a certain fiduciary and legal responsibility to adhere to simple, basic guidelines of operational limits with respect to the privacy and security of our personal information entrusted to them.

These limits are essentially the same in scope and detail as those provided for in the Constitution and Bill of Rights, though perhaps spelled out in different terms. We are talking about the right to protect not just the privacy and security of our person, property, and information, but the rights of redress, freedom of speech, and so forth. No contract we have ever signed with any major firm has forfeited these rights or provided firms with any form of blank check to violate them. But that is what has happened…

Both government and most major corporations have grossly violated and betrayed every one of these rights.

How can you spot a corporate police state?

A clue: when both government and big business act in collusion to violate those rights, and do so under Color of Law (twisting or claiming legal basis, illegally usurping the ‘power’ to violate our rights) — you have a Corporate Police State, a fascist regime.

What defines a corporate police state?

Another clue: When the intelligence community partners with or invests in Google and Facebook (and on and on) and uses their Web technology to spy on you (and in some cases to target you)… when the intelligence community accesses without warrant your email and your phone calls through partnerships with your Internet Service Provider and your telephone company… when banks report to the government your financial transactions and your medical and insurance records are available to Internal Revenue Service-enforced insurance companies… you are in a Corporate Police State, a fascist regime.

what is a corporate police state?

A final clue: when the government seeks to catalog every single activity, transaction, and event in the life of every man, woman, and child, regardless of if related to business, personal, public, or private affairs, and then employs sophisticated methods to psychologically profile and predict the individual, including sexual preferences and ‘practices,’ and saves all such information for use against them should they become ‘politically incorrect…’ you have what is called a total surveillance society, which also defines a Corporate Police State, a fascist regime. Below, we will see that is exactly what is about to take place in a matter of mere weeks.

Welcome to Sorento’s Corporate Police State.

What is a corporate police state?

Why we no longer have redress of grievances in America

In just a few short months of Sorento’s usurping the power of a pre Magna Carta King (claiming for himself the power to murder a citizen or vanish or torture them without due process or explanation under the NDAA), we have learned of an endless onslaught of exactly such proofs of the true nature of our government’s form as reviewed above. Almost daily, we learn our Constitution means nothing, and there is no redress seemingly possible, save perhaps that of armed revolt, always a serious question, but also much easier to effect than imagined. Governments literally make their own gallows.

Our Court System is too costly and slow to reign in Color of Law mechanisms (unconstitutional laws, executive orders, etc.) used to suppress rights; they can write new laws faster than we can challenge them, especially since the offending clauses are buried within innocent legislation. Because our Congress does not even read the Bills it signs, and is so full of subversive New World Order types (members of the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderbergers, Trilateral Commission, Skull and Bones, etc., all working to end national sovereignty in favor of a North American Union under one-World leader), we might as well give up on any help, there.

Our elections are a farce, there being no true difference in the hidden agenda of the power brokers of one party or the other, who collectively decide in back rooms who we get to choose from on our ballots in a two-party Dog and Pony Show. We are always offered candidates who are both marketable based on ‘publicly declared’ beliefs and agenda, but who in truth share a true common secret agenda and darker beliefs. We can prove this; the darker policies of Clinton were continued by Bush and then continued yet again by Obama, and yet once more this posting proves it when revealing the TIAO project being secreted within NSA.

Should poor Barry claim yet once more, ‘I didn’t know anything about (NSA=TIAO) until I turned on my TV…’ then he will have no choice but to arrest and try everyone in Command at NSA for treason. No. Instead Congress should be talking about arresting them AND Sorento, and Clinton, and, likely, Bush, Cheney, and Rumsfeld. But fat chance of any of the above, of course, as there IS NO REDRESS remaining in America. The fix is in.

Our media is bought and paid for, owned outright by essentially four corporations made up of more power Elite Boards of Directors and controlling shareholders from the New World Order crowd. The Internet is slowly but surely being transformed into something ever more friendly to spying, censorship, and corporate/government’s total control. There is an Internet Kill switch in our near future, as well as a tax on every use. However, the Internet is where we will find the seven-dollar cure, thankfully, as disclosed at the end of this Post.

Sorento has ordered 30,000 drones to the skies to spy on us. He is spending up to 5 million per city to fund installation of surveillance cameras, some with microphones. As previously described, he has been working with the top Internet Service providers (e.g., Comcast, Century Link, et. Al) to insure every email and URL visit is accessible to government. He has done the same with every major cell phone carrier to allow access to our calls and text messages. But he was still not done, and now we learn of one final straw designed deliberately to break our backs…

What is Total Information Awareness?

Total Information Awareness is Reborn: Remember the TIAO?

Now we learn one more truth which reveals the full horror of our true predicament: Sorento, in continuation of plans started by Bush, and continued by Clinton, is having NSA (National Security Agency) quietly build a gargantuan secret new surveillance monitoring facility in Utah, and a somewhat smaller one to expand the existing facility at Ft. Mead, Maryland… in order to quietly and illegally implement the Total Information Awareness Office mandate already outlawed by Congressional decree as an unconstitutional, immoral, and intolerable invasion of privacy.

The TIAO was a military concept proposed under former Secretary of Defense (under Bush I) become Vice President (under Bush II), Dick Cheney, and former Secretary of Defense (under Ford and Bush II), Donald Rumsfeld, and former operator of CIA/DOD’s Operation Phoenix (mass assassination program of civilians during Vietnam War), and convicted felon (5 counts of obstruction of justice and lying to Congress about his illegal activities in Iran Contra), John Poindexter, Rear Admiral USN, Ret., and former head of a CIA front involved in health care database management systems.

TIAO was a Defense Advanced Research Project Agency (DARPA) plan to track every ‘transaction’ of every citizen, just as described in the teaser at page top. A transaction is defined, according to the original White Paper and Request for Proposals which I have personally reviewed, as going through doorways, passing before cameras, making a purchase or selling something or any other financial transaction, traveling, undertaking a communication by voice, fax, data, or any other information access or exchange, even to include mail and public libraries. In short, TOTAL INFORMATION AWARENESS.

It managed all this, in part, by backdoor access to corporate databases via directly partnering with businesses or by covert use of PROMIS spy software developed by CIA and embedded at every opportunity within popular commercial database as well as custom written database management software. Since all major corporate Intranets (private corporate Internet-like services) rely upon a telecommunications backplane (PBX phone systems), and because every major maker of PBX equipment includes (by buried legislation) a receptiveness to special signal codes which allow covert remote access by the military, triggering PROMIS infected database back doors is a simple matter.

Note: This fact was confirmed to me directly by a highly placed technical expert working for Lucient Technologies, a major supplier of PBX gear; his explanation as to how government was able to access and effect surveillance of any phone extension or computer within the corporate offices where I was working at the time. He revealed that clients were not to be informed that these backdoors exist.

What is RFID? What are Radio Frequency Identification Devices?

The Role of RFID

Two RFID tags of the smallest kind. paloaltofreepress.com (click)

The ‘secret weapon’ component of TIAO was to be RFID technology, those little Radio Frequency Identification Devices which are currently everywhere: they are in your money ($5 and up – though debunkers claim they are merely polyester strips designed to thwart counterfeiting… but polyester does not explode in a microwave, though it will melt), in most newer credit cards, many drivers licenses, all Passports, shipping labels (and soon, postage stamps), transportation tickets, and almost any product you buy (soon, all products). If you have bought Gillette razor blades, Max Factor make up, Pampers, and any of thousands of other popular items from ink pens to computers from any major retailer, you have RFID all over your home and, likely, on your person.

Cash registers, bank tellers, secure access doorways, turnstiles, security cameras, and just plane hidden sensors anywhere can be modified to scan and learn the unique serial number of an RFID tag (which it reports upon radio command at distances of several hundred feet, and even through walls when special equipment is employed for the purpose). Once a tag is identified with an individual in a database, everything they do while possessing it can be tracked and cataloged. RFID devices are often large (I’ve seen as large as two-inches square in mailing labels) and easy to spot, but they can also be as small as the period at the end of this sentence .

Note: The tracking bioimplant, Digital Angel (aka Mark of the Beast) manufactured and sold by CIA fronts, is nothing more than an RFID tag with Web/Cell phone GPS technology added, a feature common to many RFID chips installed in cell phones (common to most new phones), watches, ink pens, ankle and wrist bracelets, and other devices intended to be tracked. The original part number of the first known RFID application to ‘track inventory’ was a Boeing Aircraft component with the number 666.

In fact, there is an insidious form of it known as Smart Dust, so small they can float in the air, and even be directed up or down on currents of air as if operated by a glider pilot. These (motes) are sometimes placed on persons of interest (one way: ‘air puffer machines’ at Airport security can ‘sniff’ for explosives, or plant smart dust in your hair and clothes). These migrate from person to person in general contact with one another, and permeate anything they might handle and any place they might sit.

Smart dust can do more than track, with select motes capable of sensing (some dedicated thing) and communicating one with another to act with a hive intelligence. This allows them to report information as if a more traditional complex surveillance system, triggered remotely by laser beams perhaps a mile or more distant.

The US Army can and can track RFID at select points along American highways, railways, and some waterways (esp., ferrys, bridges). This is a key tactical component of the Canamex Corridor which will serve as precursor to and lever for the North American Union. Combined with the other ‘transactions’ earlier cited, as well as feeds from security cameras and drones using advanced facial recognition, license plate readers, and other biometric and tracking methods, not to mention the full array of telecommunications signal capture, NSA can process bulk data without human interaction for analysis, reporting, cataloging and storage, or undertake requested analytical tasks against specific targets, or sift through information to locate or focus on select targets by human analyists.

If you suddenly are deemed politically incorrect sufficient by almost any given person in the chain of command at NSA, the military, FEMA, DHS, FBI, CIA, the White House, or almost any other government power center, you could be quickly psychologically profiled to see what kind of targeting would best reduce you to a social, financial, and political zero, or to predict your every move in case it was felt you needed a visit by Men in Black for ‘special handling.’ That could mean anything from scare tactics to arrest and detention, to torture and vanishing by murder.

That was the TIA as originally envisioned, and it was so horrifying to anyone with an inkling of understanding of words like Constitution, Rights, Freedom, and America, that even our Globalist bought Congress said “NO!” But Bush, Clinton, and now Sorento have blessed covert continuance of the military plan. The new NSA facilities will become at some level, the de facto TIAO without so declaring, according to NSA expert, James Bamford.

This whole affair is especially significant in one way which is quite calculated and extremely dangerous to your family’s future…

What is less obvious but truly significant is that TIAO establishes the only difference between all failed despot-driven tyrannical rule-the-World attempts through history and what is taking place right here, right now in America. Specifically, the technological advances you have just read about might actually let them pull it off. All prior efforts failed because once the people understand their prediciment, they can elect to revolt, and it then becomes a wild-card battle with no way to guarantee victory to the despot. Too many people doing Lord knows what quietly and acting out suddenly without warning.

Once NSA goes online with TIAO, however, within a matter of Months (by this September at soonest), no activist, no gun owner, no politician, no law enforcement official, no judge, no news reporter, no person of wealth, no citizen, and yes, no criminal or terrorist, will be able to make a move without it being documented, analyzed — duly considered and potentially countered with quiet surgical attacks before the move can even be completed.

Yet — will they use this powerful tool to prevent terrorism or criminal acts, the sole basis for justifying the tool in the first place?

NOT ON YOUR LIFE. They will be used ONLY to maintain and tighten political control (why it’s called Political Control Technology of the Military-Police-Politico Force Matrix — as defined by the Revolution in Military Affairs). They dare not use it for something as unimportant to ‘National Security’ (their definition being security of the people in power) as might be seen in a terror plot on a school or a city, unless it happened to include an attack on the President or someone key to the Power Elite.

To risk doing so would risk revealing the true power and capability of the TIAO tools, and thereby, risk full-scale revolt by those in the Military and Law Enforcement who still understand and obey their Oaths of Office. Besides, every terror or criminal act carried out empowers them to effect more political control; government benefits thereby.

I’ve already personally done more to fight terror attacks in America as a citizen than they ever will be able to claim by using any weapon of Political Control — though Bush took credit for my efforts as if his Administration’s own.

Therefore, NSA, via TIAO, will be able to pick us off one by one as we wake up and start to exhibit politically incorrect thoughts or take actions which do not serve or go along with the interests of those in control; the corporate friendly thugs running a fascist police state for the Globalist agenda.

First they will go for Anon and Anarchists, and you won’t say anything because you are not Anon or an Anarchist. They will next go for Truthers and 99% crowd, and you won’t say anything because you are not one of them, either. Then they will go for the rest of the Activists and Conspiracy Theorists, and you still won’t say anything. Then they will start to go for the investigative writers and newsmen, and lawmen, and politicians who do start to question, and you still won’t say anything, because if they can take them out, what could YOU possibly do.

Finally, when they come for you, no one will be left to say anything on your behalf.

What can we do to stop wholesale spying on citizens?

A simple $7 cure

Only you can prevent Fascism (click)

There are many things you can do. Make clear to your Congressman that you will not tolerate a secret TIAO and demand the NSA be reigned in, and (almost literally) NUKE the project in Utah and Ft. Mead; level it to the ground. Demand reversal of all post 9-11 legislation that deals with ‘terrorism’ by taking away our rights to privacy. Demand the 30,000 drones never reach American skies. Demand an investigation as to who really runs this country with the aim to kick Globalists out of government posts, starting with criminals in the White House and Congress. We need a political purge.

Become politically incorrect, question government, protest as a 99 percenter, Truther, or activist of some useful sort; be a functioning participating citizen! Make yourself heard above the rhetoric of a controlled media.

And one more thing, as I promised…

Spend $7 (or more if you wish) to join NNN OSP, the Nodular Netizen Network Open Source Project to create a 100% citizen-owned-and-operated wireless Internet alternative. Why? Because ONLY citizens make it up, there is no corporate ISP needed and thus no monthly fee. There is no government control or censorship, no government or corporate spying even possible; YOU are the Web!

If just five people join in each neighborhood, it is sufficient to assure its existence and success, creating a communications channel which is beyond NSA’s ability to access. In fact, the ONLY way government can access NNN communications is to go directly to the sender or reciever; the data does not reside anywhere else along the chain, and never passes through a government friendly corporate portal. And, once NNN OSP becomes popular enough, it will also support VOIP with Smart Phones and take away TIAO’s access to voice conversations, as well.

Visit nnnosp.org to learn more.

There are many, many features and benefits not even possible on the WWW. There are even ways the NNN can make you money. Become the Web, TODAY… right this very MINUTE!

Once we have millions of members, the message may just get through… errant governments are superfluous to the Will of the People when they can freely discuss in private what they think about their government (or anything else). They will at last fear us as they should… as our Founding Father’s said it should be. Then, and only then, will they do our bidding, instead of the bidding of the Globalist corporate powers.

Can you afford NOT to spend $7 to thwart the New World Order?

The Domestic Surveillance Boom, From Bush to Obama (motherjones.com)
Edward Snowden, What are YOU Willing to Risk for Your New FACEBOOK Hero? (willyloman.wordpress.com)
“Digital Blackwater”: Meet the contractors who analyze your personal data (salon.com)
What We Don’t Know About Spying on Citizens: Scarier Than What We Know | The Atlantic http://t.co/J0a06R310o (via @fabiochiusi) (theatlantic.com)
Edward Snowden: the whistleblower behind revelations of NSA surveillance | World news | guardian.co.uk (guardian.co.uk)
NSA leak: What do we want? (kypost.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Government, Internet, military, News Events, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Technology, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: Barry Sorento, Canamex, cell phone surveillance, Clyde Lewis, Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, Google, Information Awareness Office, Internet service provider, internet surveillance, John Poindexter, National Security Agency, NSA, RFID, spying on citizens, TIA, TIAO, total information awareness office, tracking surveillance

Does God Ever Approve of Deposing Tyrannical Governments by Force?

May 8

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

When peaceful change does not correct a tyrannical government, what remains is armed revolution — or — docile subjugation. History shows revolutions are slow to come, but when they do, swift to take hold. Yet, there is an important difference between being able to say ‘this government is tyrannical…’ as opposed to ‘This government is Godless…’

Does God ever approve of deposing tyrannical governments?

by H. Michael Sweeney

Does God approve of revolution?

Reading this post you will learn:

Citizens of any nation may believe there is reason for armed revolt
That the Antichrist cannot come to power until there is a massive Global revolt
That God commands we not revolt against authority
But that there may be some forms of government where revolt is not revolt, but just punishment in the eyes of God

Is America ruled by government, or is government ruled by the people?

Who is really in charge? Who SHOULD be in charge?

Iranian Revolution: Governments fall when people unite.

In a prior post we sought by means of two polls, to determine who the real authority and source of power is in America, currently, compared to who is the RIGHTFUL source of authority. If you have not read that post, this post will likely be more valuable to you if you first at least review the Poll, and hopefully, employ it. Now, while the answers are specific to the United States, the question posed in THIS blog post, remain valid for any country under any form of government, even if Islamic.

The reason it applies globally, and as many of my posts point out, we are in a life and death battle with the New World Order, then we are up against powers and principalities who seek to seat the Antichrist. Even if not so, if we feel our government tyrannical and evil, we may be predisposed to considering armed revolt if we see no peaceful choices working.

But also as pointed out, if we resist properly, we can delay the unpleasant and totally fatal End Times that go along with that scenario. That means a Righteous (right-use-ness) fight to assert our right to God’s gift of free will as opposed to an evil (vile-use) motivation.

Scripture clearly tells us that we are to submit to authorities, even if they are oppressive, the example given being Caesar; the Roman Empire, eventually headed by an ungodly man who thought he was a God, and which literally enslaved most of the known World at the time. There are several verses which we should consider to see if there is perhaps any exception or justification for rebellion:

Hebrews 13:17 and Romans 13:1-7 are the primary establishing commands we seek to question, saying, “Obey them that have the rule over you, and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls, as they that must give account, that they may do it with joy, and not with grief: for that [is] unprofitable for you.” “Let every soul be subject unto the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God.”

1 Peter 2:13-14 echoes, “Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for the Lord’s sake: whether it be to the king, as supreme; Or unto governors, as unto them that are sent by him for the punishment of evildoers, and for the praise of them that do well.”

Thus if we are faithful to God, it seems we must presume even tyrants were given authority over men with God’s blessing for some reason known only to him, and that their authority serves Him in such hidden cause. Yet it also sounds like it is based on the assumption that there is at least some degree of responsibility to protect and care for the nation, to specifically include spiritual care for their souls. And it is true, that even Caesar allowed the captive Jews to worship their own God. How odd was that, when such as he would soon claim to be a God?

So two questions come to mind which may alter the equation, and deserve further consideration.

One: What if the authorities actively seek to destroy God by advancing the Antichrist?

That is, after all, the primary premise which is in play up front and which drives the new World Order movement at its inner-most core. It is one thing to revolt because of tyranny and loss of freedoms, which is certainly a motivation in any revolt. But it is another to do so because the authorities seek to destroy men, destroy their spirituality and lead them to sin, and destroy God. What does scripture say about that?

An answer may exist in the complex story of Nabal and Abigail. Overly simplified, perhaps, for the sake of focus to topic and the limited space of a blog, Nabal was a powerful man of self-assumed authority at a local level who, when some of David’s people came under his power, was harsh with them, and took actions which were a threat to even David’s life by denial of food, offering instead great insult. Nabal worshiped Belial, a name for Satan.

David responds by gathering 400 men in arms to confront and deal with Nabal in reprisal. But one of David’s men warned Abigail, Nabal’s wife, explaining the problem. 1 Samual 25:17 is his conclusion and of interest to answering our question. “Now therefore know and consider what thou wilt do; for evil is determined against our master, and against all his household: for he [is such] a son of Belial, that [a man] cannot speak to him.”

Is that not how powerless we feel in the face of the NWO and their ceaseless crimes against us, plots all against God? Do they listen to our reasonable pleas?

But rather than justifying David’s intended battle, which we might deem rebellion, Abigail intercedes with great wisdom on behalf of and in acting authority of Nabal’s houshold. She brought food to David, and pleaded that there be no battle. David agreed, and Abigail returned to Nabal saying nothing. In the days that followed, Nabal died, God’s judgement upon him.

The story would seem to have no true relevance if that were the end of examination, for there is no Abigail likely to intercede on our behalf within the construct of the NWO (if one exists, please email me, and let’s fix this!). But there is one more passage which does apply. David, as God’s servant in the passage, thanks Abigail for stopping him from attacking Nabal, an act he himself describes as, in afterthought, evil (unrighteous). In part…

1 Samual 25:39 “And when David heard that Nabal was dead, he said, Blessed be the Lord, that hath pleaded the cause of my reproach from the hand of Nabal, and hath kept his servant from evil: for the Lord hath returned the wickedness of Nabal upon his own head.” In other words, had David attacked, it would have been wrong. He indeed should have left the matter to God, who in the end did take care of it.

On this, then, we see the Bible remains adamant that we not ‘fall away,’ the term for rebellion, even when authority is clearly Satanic and seeks to harm us. And yet, I still wonder… there is the one other question…

Two: What if WE are the authority, and it is our servants that we need take to task by force of arms?

This is one reason why the poll was offered in the prior post. One may find there is a distinct difference between a government based on divine right as addressed by the above Bible admonishments to submission, and government based on a social contract; the Constitution and Bill of Rights. If, in the polls, We the People or the Constitution/Bill of Rights were seen as the ultimate authority, and especially if the poll also showed that the darkness of the New World Order was the true current power, then divine right would no longer seem a valid component.We would not be rebelling against authority, for we are that authority.

We would instead be rebuking those assigned the task of executing authority on our behalf, our public servants. Restated, if We the People deemed to grant the power of governmental authority to those in Congress, the White House, the military, and so forth… by means of a document we (our Forefathers, anyway) penned and signed as their charter of such powers, then they serve us at our pleasure, and should they err and refuse correction, we ought be justified in using force to end the matter, per Thomas Jefferson’s beliefs and intent; the whole reason for the 2^nd Amendment right to bear arms of like capability as the military.

Biblically, that would be a Master-servant relationship, and we would still be in compliance with God’s Word to punish our errant servants. A master does not fall away from a servant in rebuking, punishing, or even killing him for just cause, nor does he do an evil thing in the eyes of God. Indeed, it is the servant that falls away in violating the will of the master, and punishment of any kind may be in order according to circumstance.

Luke 12:47 “And that servant, which knew his lord’s will, and prepared not himself, neither did according to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes.”

And one more thing…

If the poll would seem to insufficiently justify the above reasoning, or you otherwise find it unacceptable, the Bible does specify one, and only one other just reason to fall away and not obey authority. That singular reason is when authority commands something which is contrary to God’s commands. You are to obey God, and not man, in such a case.

Acts 5:27-29 (and similar in Acts 4:19) makes clear: “And when they had brought them, they set them before the council: and the high priest asked them, Saying, Did not we straitly command you that ye should not teach in this name? and, behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man’s blood upon us. Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said, We ought to obey God rather than men.”

Therefore, we must seek and define just cause for rebellion; such deeds or laws or deciets which prevent or thwart obedience to God. How can we judge if this be the case, or no? Start with what God has commanded, and compare. Look to the Ten Commandments, and we only find two which may qualify.

One: Thou shalt have no other Gods before me. Unless and until we are commanded to worship some other God, this is no justification. If the one-World religion is forced upon us, we might justly revolt, but that is something not expected until after the falling away and the one-World government is established. It is yet for a future time.

Six: Thou shalt not kill. Now we start to wonder if this is not a basis. Wars fostered by deceit to steal resources and confound the God of Abraham by putting Satanic sects in power (Hashemites – see prior post) would seem to be commanding our soldiers to kill for unjust cause. Depopulation efforts such as Chemtrails, Agenda 21 and Codex Alimentarius, and GMO crops is asking us to submit to being killed, and if we do not submit, to aid in the killing of our own children.

Indeed, the laws have already been written to enable and essentially require that we unknowingly allow the State to guide our unwed teens to kill their children by abortion. The 1.4 billion rounds of munitions ordered by DHS likewise seems destined to be used against us. Must we submit ourselves and our families unto death?

Suppose they do at last come for the guns? To do so is the final step in their revolt against our authority. Once they have the guns, they become the Master, and we become the servents; slaves, really. From that moment forward we are forced to serve Satan’s desires of any and all manner without recourse, and no longer have any means to resist. The Antichrist can come to power, and it is End Game.

Does God intend we should serve Satan without a fight, or is that a sin. There are more than a dozen verses on this but the one with the strongest and simplest clarity perhaps is Matthew 4:10 “Then saith Jesus unto him, Get thee hence, Satan: for it is written, thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve.”

Only Him shalt thou serve.

Him only.

HIM!

And how do we do that? Do we grab our guns and start shooting? It is, after all, relatively easy to start a revolution. I hope not, unless perhaps it is in defense of the guns, that final signpost, that final straw… or perhaps if some cold, hard proof of genocide or like atrocity toward depopulation. But then, we each draw our own lines in the sand, and choose how to resist. I’m thinking there needs to be a way to fight back which does not require violence, one which can be applied more safely, and immediately… by anyone… today. This moment.

There is.

It’s available to us all, and has been all along.

It’s called the 1^st Amendment; free speech, and when combined with an even more powerful tool, God’s gift of Free Will, it is all powerful. Become activist and use these weapons, or the entire Constitution and Bill of Right have no meaning for you, and perhaps the Word of God as well, for you may end up being doomed and unable to obey it when it is found to be, for you, too late. You can always just opt out of the system… and drop off their control Matrix (take the Red Pill).

The Mark of the Beast, or death may be your only choice, then — or armed revolt. But if you ever end up deciding the time is ripe for such revolt, I pray you do so in agreement with God’s view of your actions as being righteous (right-use-ness). That is one reason for having two polls to compare one to the other: if we be the rightful authority, than it is not revolt, at all, but due punishment, and not just our right, but our obligation in the eyes of the God.

Devotions: I Samuel 25 (spiritualgym.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, Political Commentary, Religion, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

A Poll: Who Is the Real Authority and Power in America?

May 8

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

I really don’t think we can answer that so easily. Is it Mr. Sorento and his Executive Orders? Congress and their unconstitutional laws they don’t even read? Bankers and the FED? The Military and Arms Industry? The Individual States? The United Nations and their Treaties? The Council on Foreign Relations? The Illuminati, the New World Order? Or… is it We, the People and the Constitution?

Update: May 14, 2013 Preliminary results indicate 75% of us think the rightful power in America should be We the People and the Constitution/BIll of Rights — but only 6% of us think that we actually achieve that ideal. More than 70% think the real power currently in force have nothing to do with government, at all. IS THAT RIGHT? I hope not, and thankfully, the sampling is fairly small (only 21 votes). WE NEED MORE VOTES to truly get a handle. TELL YOUR FRIENDS TO TAKE THE POLL!

by H.Michael Sweeney

Copyright © 2013, all right reserved. Because this involves a Poll, it makes sense not to allow normal reblog. Permission hereby granted to reproduce this blog in full with respect to commentary, including this paragraph, but WITHOUT the pole, itself, using instead links to this blog at the appropriate point. All other links and text must remain in tact.

A Poll: Who Is the Real Authority and Power in America?

What you will learn reading this post and answering a Poll…

That there are many possible answers to the question;
That each is supported by useful argument;
That each is arguably false by countering logic;
That God has given us signposts that we might choose wisely;

Who is our true Master in America?

From Hollywood Investigator (click)

I’ll start by saying I’ve been the fool, as I think have we all. Nothing anymore is black and white, it seems, though most of us operate as if it were. That’s how we make mistakes. The visible things on the surface of matters which guide our opinions and actions are more and more subverted with falsehoods and concealments, and manipulation, and yet like the Ostrich, we prefer to believe what is apparent without question. Look where it has led us:

Never before in history has there been so much talk about the end of the World… about global revolution, wars, and rumors of wars… about religious beliefs and disbeliefs, and bitter differences between them. Or about the New World Order, which can only serve to seat the Antichrist and lead to Armageddon… about powers and principalities, plots and conspiracies.

Count me guilty of all such talk. It’s on my mind almost every day, if not the forefront, then nagging at me in the background. There are simply too many news events where things simply do not add up to equal the facts offered in the telling. Things are rapidly becoming Biblic in scope, things forecast in that very book. The signs are everywhere, even as also forecast. I cannot help but consider, and write. I think we all need to consider, lest we blunder into oblivion. Of course, that may just be me being paranoid, again.

Is it mere paranoia as some say, even hope? Or is it a growing shared consciousness coming to the surface? Or is it simply proper attention to signposts and the very Word of God?

When have we had so many signs in the heavens? So many serious earthquakes and mega disasters? Dieoffs of large numbers of people and animals? So many people in unrest simultaneously? So many wars and rumors of wars? So many sightings of strange creatures, UFOs, odd visions and even noises of no tangeble explanations? So many rare events in and from the stars? When has the Earth been so polluted and ecologically threatened? NEVER. All these things have been forecast.

Ought we not heed them? Moreover, when has there been such a fascination in our entertainment with the occult, witchcraft and satanic things, zombies, monsters, and other dark things including end-of-the World scenarios? Are we being conditioned to accept the Antichrist’s rise to power, that we may yield to the Mark of the Beast more easily?

When in history have there been such vast schemes forced on the masses by a handful of powerful people with questionable agenda? I speak of Agenda 21, the sustainability movement which would deny you the right to own property, have a car, choose where you live, and work, and if you can have children. I speak of Codex Alimentarius which makes natural herbals and vitamins illegal, and forces you to rely on big pharma drugs, and to be subject to inoculations. I speak of the plan to establish a one-world religion which melds everything from Shamen to Buda to Christ and Mohamed and even Satan. I speak of HARRP and mapping the brain so that mind control weapons can regulate thought and mood on demand, and of chemtrails, GMO, and Seed Vaults and race specific pathogens (gene-guided bioweapons) which enable depopulation. There is more such as this which could be added.

The answer as to who is the true authority in charge is a serious question not easily answered, but one which is critical to trying to answer and deal with the rest. In the end, there is probably no useful concensus given multiple ways it can be thought of, born of differing perspectives, and that is why a Poll is being offered. But it is critical that we know, because we are at a crossroads in history which will determine the fate of the World, though most of us are asleep to the matter.

If we are truly at such crossroads, the Bible warns that before the Antichrist can come to power, there must be a ‘falling away,’ a revolt. 2 Thessalonians 2:3 “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition;” In the text of King James, ‘falling away’ means ‘rebellion,’ and the day spoken of is the End Days, the ‘son of perdition’ the Antichrist; the rise to power of Satan.

It does not say who wins, and indeed, it may not matter, because the Antichrist could rise from either side of such a battle. But as I’ve said in my prior posts, I believe that if sufficient numbers of people are found to be righteous (right-use-ness) as opposed to evil (vile-use) in application of Free Will, God will let the World continue. I believe Armageddon comes by the dictates of our own actions, that there is no set time for it as Men consider time. And if that is the case, I’d rather have more time than less.

How about you?

Who is the real authority and power in America?

Who truly rules us, right here in America?

Is it Mr. Sorento? The presidency, regardless of who sits. But I refuse to use the other name this man claims, for he is indeed a man of questionable legal authority to hold the Office of the President. If he is legal ruler, why did the military allow troops to decline assignment to combat if stating they did not believe him their lawful Commander in Chief? There is a significant chance he will be proven a fraud in court by some accounts. If a fraud, his Executive Orders and Bills signed into law are null and void. But the real question is, is any President the true power?

Is it Congress? All they do is propose and submit laws to the President. They don’t actually tell us what to do in any direct way. Worse, they don’t even read the laws they vote upon, and never seem to question that massive bills thousands of pages long are ready for their consideration within days of most ‘needs,’ things otherwise unexpected. The Patriot Act was written well before 9-11, for instance. The body is widely viewed as corrupt and acting against the best interests of the country and those who elected them.

Is it the Military? They are supposed to answer to the President, and civilian authority. Yet they have threatened Martial Law, suspension of the Constitution, and a military form of government. They now presume the right under NDAA to murder, vanish, and torture any American without due process. They raid our cities in mock drills. Their documents indicate they intend to shoot Americans demonstrators who protest (they already did so at Kent State), if confronted. Others define a new form of warfare most likely to be faced in the future as ‘Peoples War,’ where the enemy is a group of ‘Ex military, Constitutionalists, patriots, religious extremists, the poor and disenfranchised.’

They have approved a plan (the blueprint of terrorism we now face) called Operation Northwoods, which we find duplicated almost to the letter in terrorism: it was to blow up American ships in harbor (the USS Cole), blow up American buildings (US Embassy Bombings, WTC Bombing), assassinate Americans on our streets (DC Sniper), shoot down remote-control airliners thought full of Americans (9-11 attack), and blame it on (in the plot, Cuba, but it can be used as a tool against any group or nation with the right operatives) in order to justify a war. All of this is detailed in Fatal Rebirth, right down to the circuit boards employed. Want a free ebook copy of Volume One?

Is it the Supreme Court and Court System? They are only called into play as a kind of last resort, and only indirectly tell us what to do on select things which come before them. And yet, they are supposed to be the final, ultimate authority in the scheme of checks and balances which define the construct of our government.

Is it the States, and States’ Rights? The Federal Government is limited in what it can do to force compliance at State level. International treaties cannot be signed and entered into without ratification by the States. It is by agreed upon Union of the States which formed and empowered what we call the Federal Government, for the purpose of doing their bidding for the collective good.

Only by coercing State compliance voluntarily with Federal funding programs are most Federal mandates found sufficiently ‘convenient’ at the State level. But if it is the State, then the question of the Military comes back to haunt us, because there is hardly a standing Army as such; the bulk of the Military outside of the DOD is in the form of National Guards (Army and Air Force units), which are State militia. The Navy, Marines, and Coastguard are the exceptions.

Is it the County Sheriffs and local law enforcement? If there were large-scale civil unrest, and/or a move by the Federal government to enforce gun controls deemed unconstitutional, who is the true local authority over you, when so many Sheriffs have unified themselves to tell Sorento they would not enforce such laws and would even arrest Federal agents if they attempted to do so. So important is this issue, that we now learn that in response, Sorento is asking to form a whole new Federal law enforcement agency (itself thought unconstitutional – a National Police) to arrest Sheriffs who take such a stance. Who will side with whom, against whom, when push comes to shove?

Deputize me, and Barry will find out. And know this: it will take only One Governor to order his National Guard into D.C., and one Constitutionally loyal General to arrest and detain anyone guilty of treason as result of such forced confrontations.

Is it FEMA and/or DHS? A state of Emergency was declared because of Sept. 11 attacks. It has not been lifted. The FEMA Charter under law gives them absolute authority over almost everything in such declared emergencies, including the Military. If you read the list of what they control and can do, you would say Hitler would have envied their absolute power. Yet we see no visible signs this is being exercised… unless you are observant. Their vehicles can be seen driving our streets, and Police-like uniforms are being worn here, and there, with FEMA patches. They are too quiet, methinks…

Much the same can be said of DHS, which was created by the Anser Institute, a shadowy military-intelligence think tank. It was formed exactly two years prior to Sept. 11 attacks, almost simultaneous to the Project for a New Amrican Century’s war plans for a series of domino wars in the Middle East to gain control of natural resources, and give power to puppet governments run by what they called in their PowerPoints, Hashemites. The Hashemites are an ancient Satanic sect predating Allah that involved opiates in their religious ceremonies, and are brethren to the Assassins, of like construct. Their historical trails will lead you to the Knights Templars, to Rosecrucians, witches and warlocks, to Masons/Freemaonry, and to the Illuminati. DHS has ordered 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition and is doing all manner of things dark and sinister which cause many people to think them planning a war with American citizens.

Is it a Secret Shadow Government? Unseen string pullers. I call it Shadow in my book set Fatal Rebirth. Some call it Illuminati, perhaps in the form of the so-called Round Table Groups (evolved from Knights Templar meetings), like the Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, and even Rhodes Scholars. Some say it is the high Freemasons, Skull and Bones, and the like. Others think it the Jewish Cabal (bankers, mostly, primarily due the Rothschildes influence, but I maintain they were Knight Templars who assumed Jewish identities to avoid persecution by the Pope). Such forces do exist and make themselves felt, and all those elements cited can be seen as a collective. But do they actually rule, or are we grasping at paranoiac straws? Do they really control all power in order to seek the New World Order, and to seat the Antichrist, as first suggested?

Is it the FED and Banksters? Wallstreet & Culprits, Inc. This rightly belongs in the Shadow category, but it is such a singular force in American life that it deserves to be listed separately. What one giveth, the other oft takes away, resulting in yo-yo financial forces which define our economy in ways which in turn define our politics and national policies. Attempts at to police them tend to be negated with ease by these institutions, who repeatedly bring us to the brink of fiscal doom and then propel themselves forward with profits galore, often out of thin air. But seldom do we gain or recover our losses from wealth redistribution to their favor.

Is it the Corporations? Big Pharma? The Oil Companies? Military contractors? The Board Rooms of legally defined living entities seem to hold sway over Congress and even the President. Monsanto writes laws which give it a blank check, submitted to Congress by their pocket Congressman, and Monsanto backed PACS contribute to other Congressmen to insure passage. Then the President not only signs the Bill into law (deliberate lower case, I refuse to believe his signature lawful), and appoints Monsanto kingpins to guide the FDA to ‘oversee’ Monsanto. We see the same thing in Big Pharma, in the Oil Industry, and in the Defense Sector. The fix is in. The public trough is for sale to the highest bidder; it should be renamed corporate trough, because the Public cannot access it — we just pay for it.

The Constitution and Bill of Rights? This is the very charter which defines the organization, operation, limits and authority of all branches of our government. Without it, there is no authority of the President, Congress, or the Supreme Court. And yet, it does not actually rule us, as such. And most certainly, it seems to be loosing its power as both Congress and the President continually issue laws and executive orders deemed to violate and negate it. This is why so many people deem our leaders to be outlaws, and why Sheriffs are starting to say ‘NO!’ It’s why many people are buying guns, and talking about Revolution being a real possibility.

It’s the primary reason I write, in fact.

We the People? We are, after all, the ones who authored and empowered the Charter. It has no power except that which we gave it by our signature (Founding Fathers), which means neither does the President, Congress, etc. have power but that which the charter affords. We are supposed to be the ones who control government, giving it limited powers to manage our nation for us. Government is supposed to be a tool which works for us, not the reverse. They are supposed to fear our anger should they err, we are not supposed to fear our government, which is more and more our sad state.

Who really rules, as opposed to who is the rightful ruler?

The Poll, in two parts

From thoughtful blog by ‘Adesk’ (click)

So please use the Poll so we can see if there is consensus as to who is the RIGHTFUL ruler, vs. who truly rules at the moment. There are, therefore, two parts: who is the PROPER final authority in the power structure; and who do you think really controls us, currently? These two answers will define much of what follows; our fates, and as I fear most likely so, our judgment by God, and, more to the point, how soon it comes to pass. Will that be two o’s or three (SOOON!)?

Please use both polls; you may vote for any THREE choices in each (e.g., the three branches of the Federal government, the three most conspiratorial choice, etc.). The closing comments show why it is important to answer both polls, and will lead to the first of two analysis posts which logically result.

And here’s why it’s critical we know the answer to BOTH polls, as we will explore further in parts II, and III… if there is a dichotomy in the two Polls’ results… where the current power resides not in the hands of the rightful authority, then should not that be rectified? If, for example, the rightful authority is We, the People or even the Constitution, and we find any other in power instead… then ought we not be seeking in earnest to change that?

And more to the point, if we see there is no peaceful way to effect such change, there is a more key question we must ask (part II):

Does God EVER approve of deposing tyrannical governments by force?”

Part III will be a specific analysis of Poll results once sufficient votes are cast.

One in four Americans fear Barack Obama is antichrist (metro.co.uk)
Poll: 1 of 5 Republicans Believe Obama is the Antichrist (atlantablackstar.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, Political Commentary

Leave a comment

How to War With the New World Order (Checklist)

May 7

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

No matter how simple the weapons and tactics of war, you need a checklist; an action plan which is your method to the madness which is war.

by H. Michael Sweeney

How to drop out of society

Continuation of prior post: a checklist on how to drop out

Exit the system, stage left

In the prior segment we introduced the notion of going to War with the New World Order by defining the problem, the underlying mechanics and principles involved, and getting a good look at our enemy. If you have not read that, and especially if you are skeptical that such a War MUST be waged, please read it now. We closed with Step Two of how to take the War to our Globalist enemy: Drop out of the System. That, in turn, opens up a series of possible tactics from which one might choose to employ, offered here as if a checklist for customizing your battle plan.

To repeat an important consideration, don’t expect to jump in with both feet, but rather, ease into those things which seem easiest to accomplish, and then expand upon them as opportunity and ability allows, and in like manner, move into other areas. Unless one simply happens to have the needed resources and capabilities in place, it is not likely even possible to undertake all of the ideas simultaneously: Some of them you simply might not care for, or accept as viable or workable with respect to their goals or your personal circumstances. Don’t feel you need to follow these suggestions any more than you need to ‘play their game.’ After all, it is about free will choice; God’s greatest gift to Man short of life itself.

And that’s exactly what we are trying to stop the New World Order from ending. Free Will.

What do I do to drop out of the system?

The Checklist

❑ Don’t buy into the system: Don’t rely upon credit of any form. Debt is control, a thing admitted through history by bankers themselves. They sell credit to you with the promise of instant gratification and convenience, and even ‘perks,’ but the price is not mere interest, but firm control which locks you into their system. Once there, they own you and are assured you will not easily revolt. The banks and lending institutions, and the retail creditors, oil companies all… all rely upon credit to trap you into a Debtor Control System some call the Matrix, or the Grid.

Then there is the endless electronic transaction trail it generates which is of great interest to TIAO (Total Information Awareness Office — since renamed Terrorist IAO to make us think we are not the true targets of interest) to track your every movement. TIA is designed to eventually detect and record any and all forms of social transactions where information, money, or property changes hands, and even to calculate psychological profiles and future actions based on that information.

If enough people stopped using credit religiously, the banks would falter and interest rates would be less artificial and manipulative. The shockwaves would have a negative, inflationary impact on the economy, especially for MIIM corporations, because the dollar would falter against foreign competitors, seeking its true value (0).

Since the bulk of the National Debt is held in the form of Bonds owned almost entirely by the wealthy elite who make up the NWO, their financial power base is eaten away from within by the very stuff they covet most, which dwindles in value and usefulness. While a bad economy also has a negative impact on personal situations, it also hastens the general public’s realization that MIIM’s system serves them more than us, and will lead to more converts over time, and lead to victory and the chance to rebuild anew. That is the long term effect.

In the short term, forgoing credit and relying instead on alternatives herein not only saves you interest (money), but allows you the freedom to choose what you will pay with. In essence, it makes it easier for you to survive a bad economy by relying instead on an underground economy, ignoring fake Federal IOUs in favor of the truest currency of all; value given for value received, in a transaction where each transactional party dictates what is of value, and its worth.

For instance, there are barter institutions which allow you to trade goods and services for other goods and services — no money or little money needs be involved at all. They act as a kind of ‘bank’ trading ‘credits’ used in such barters for a small percentage of the transaction — much less than would be the interest in a credit-purchase situation. But of course, you can also effect barter with individuals directly, often providing increased flexibility in coming to an agreement.

Be careful, however, when using services, because there are tax issues which generally force such services to report at least select transactions, and that may be undesirable. The System is trying to make barter unworkable, even illegal. But in an underground economy, such concerns are no different than highway speed limit signs when hurry, you must. You can simply offer to trade directly with those you personally do commerce with most often. Offer to trade excess items or items you make, or services, for whatever you want. There are people who live completely by this method, not even paying rent with cash or credit, though such is rare. I could tell of wonderful outcomes with barter, personally.

Somewhere, if you ask around with persistence, you will find someone who is willing to trade, and in such a case, you mutually agree upon values and no one, not even Uncle Sam, gets a cut in the ideal circumstances. Enter Craigslist, and the like. Of course, there will be things you cannot easily barter for, many of them essential, such as certain foods, rent, and utilities. We will address such needs elsewhere.

❑ Don’t fund the NWO brand names: Determine what companies belong to MIIM, and boycott their goods and services, and do not buy their stocks. That means some hard decisions. If the company is a military contractor, or a multinational, or owned or controlled by one (a subsidiary), it is a company you should avoid doing business with and one worthy of constant public condemnation in activist style. Also, avoid purchases of any precious gems or metals, since the great bulk of the mines are owned by the NWO — else why to think they push these commodities so hard by selling fear and uncertainty?

Unfortunately, this means doing without certain goods altogether, such as new cars and appliances as technology advances. It IS OK to buy used, if it is not going to be financed. I drive a six year-old car and use a six-year old computer — and they work great. I am not so far behind the technology curve as to ‘hurt.’ I might spend more on repairs but have no monthly payments and the original cost was well below new — so it costs considerably less to give up a little prestige or performance, or whiz-bang feature. Doing so means the system is not profiting by my presence — I am not participating. You can amplify upon this by growing your own food (to be illegal under Agenda 21 and Codex Alimentarius), making your own clothes, and similar self reliance.

❑ Don’t buy the advertising: Boycott the newspapers, magazines, and media outlets owned by MIIM. Obviously, you will need to keep up with the news, somehow, despite the fact that you know you cannot fully trust any such source for complete honesty. I suggest TV can stay, or perhaps radio, but NEVER select ONE news source (channel, station, commentator).

But whenever you hear an ad for a product on ANY mainstream source, or see one in a magazine you happen to read despite your strategy (e.g., waiting rooms), take a moment to write a letter, even if a form letter, to the advertiser(s). Do not use Email for the purpose, for only a written letter will have impact — and then, only if it is business-like and polite. Don’t wax as politically indignant as might I; “Dear Fascist: Regarding your sinful and shamless partnership with XYZ Media in their evil plot to…”

Better idea: tell them you do not trust the media source which aired their ad and believe it biased, because it is owned by (insert the appropriate military contractor or megacorps, here), and thus, you refuse to buy their products because they are paying for disinformation to be disseminated. If enough people did this religiously, advertisers would be more careful, and Media would falter, its income stream hampered and profitability down. It might even wax honest.

❑ Don’t be tracked by purchases: Demand retailers destroy or remove RFID chips on products you buy, and protest their use. Most will have no clue, so educate them at the register, perhaps forcing a call to a Manager… simultaneously educating those waiting in line (no angry rants — just calm explanations and politeness). In the end you will likely need to destroy them yourself (microwave oven for tiny ones, scissors, shredder or burning for larger ones).

Items where removal and destruction is not possible should be kept in a foil pouch when not in use (this includes some state drivers licenses, passports, and other chipped items). Pull clothing tags and similar, and destroy them, shred purchase documents unless you are desperate to be allowed a return or warranty remedy in event of a defective item, in which cass.. Simple discarding may not be sufficient for such items if you think you are being sought or surveilled; trash is not your friend, it is a data mine. Don’t pay by debit card unless it is prepaid and not tied to you by name (one reason many places don’t accept prepaid). Cash is King of safety, though it labels you a convenient ‘terrorist,’ in FBI retailer snitch programs (one reason we need to kill the System; its insane paranoia creates that which it fears in self-fulfilling cycles).

❑ Don’t work for the system; Do not allow yourself to be employed by a member of MIIM or one of their subsidiaries unless willing to use that employment to their disadvantage. An example would be seeking to find and expose information damaging to the company, especially if exposing wrongdoing. I, for instance, took a job working at Shell Oil, where I uncovered a terror plot, by chance. More likely, it would simply be better to take a job with a smaller firm, one more likely to itself be a struggling competitor to the larger MIIM players in its field.

Help them to succeed, remembering that a small firm is more nimble and creative, and can often fare quite well compared to a megacorps, which relies mostly on boardroom antics and bookkeeping tricks to advance its position. If enough people did this, MIIM firms would not know which employees they could trust and it would likely force them to be more honest and less conspiratorial for fear of being exposed. And, they would need pay more to attract better people, driving the wage base upwards for all workers, instead of conspiring to beat it downward.

❑ Avoid the paper trails: Avoid seeking permits and licenses where at all practical. Consider doing so under an alias, and using bogus addresses. An illegal extreme might be completely false ID, or multiple IDs, which I’d not advise as wise unless there was a shooting war. Remember that an alias is legal, as long as it still ties to your true identity. It is where and when you allow a given tie (i.e., your correct phone number) to be used or established that will help limit the usefulness of the paper trail.

If unsure, check with a lawyer. If enough people did this, the tracking systems would bog down in duplicated efforts and be confused by the alternatives, increasing your true freedom; paper trails that go nowhere. You literally route paper trails to alternate addresses or phone numbers. These can be real-World addresses/numbers where you have access and discovery regarding any attempt to use them (by the system), or PO boxes or similar mail drops (i.e., blind drops, double blind drops).

Examples might be relative’s addresses, or unused mail boxes such as where an apartment complex of 44 units has 45 mailboxes (slap a number on it), and so forth. Keep your real world address only for those things which you wish to receive mail for — and I don’t mean bills. They should go to one of the alternates. Have many such alternates, and establish a list of parameters as to the type of material you allow to be sent there. This is how to deal with utilities in a way that reduces trails. There is a difference between a physical address where the service is delivered, and a billing address.

Another very valuable tool is a lawyer or bookkeeping service, or any professional service that is willing to hold mail for you. Another tool is to swap addresses with trusted friends, or to take select mail at work, if you have access to it in a way that is not obtrusive or invasive to your employer. This is an even better way to deal with utilities: send the bills to your lawyer for collection. You can establish a trust and put the bills in that name, or pay directly through a lawyer. There are similar arrangements possible through financial management services available through banks and elsewhere, though they keep records and report to government. Think outside the box, and get some expert advice about alternatives.

❑ Avoid communications traps: Avoid using mainstream communications channels. Use disposable prepaid cell phones you replace frequently, donating old units to groups who give them to battered women and others who need a way to dial 911 without having a monthly bill for the privelege of safety. Read this about cell phone privacy and security issues. Create and employ a steady stream of free Webmail accounts and abandon older ones as you go, keeping perhaps three active at any given time, and using alternatives for varied purposes. I use one for Real-World contact in key transactions (let’s call it the ‘official’ number), one for my most important confidants, and one for things between. Consider mail box services, blind drops, etc., if needing secure and neutral mail delivery, such as described in my book, The Professional Paranoid.

❑ Don’t fall into the insurance trap: Avoid insurance whenever possible, to the extent your strategy allows. This advice can be very bad advice for some people, so be sure to examine the option carefully before you decide. I only suggest some alternative logic paths may increase the choices available to you, which are these…

Insurance is a bet between you and the insurance company and like all good casinos, the odds are stacked in their favor. The bet is this: They bet you and others like you will face problems which requires insurance pay outs which are collectively less than the monthly premiums paid by you and others like you. In the meantime, they invest your payments in stocks and other business deals and earn interest or dividends on your money while waiting to pay out any claims.

You, in turn, are betting that you will benefit by having a problem which exceeds your personal ability to cover the expense yourself. Who cares? Only those who fear the odds should care. The insurance company knows they will win, or they would not make the bet. If enough people did not take that bet, the cost of insurance would rise (because of fewer participants increase their risk to profit ratio) to the point that the system would fail; only the rich could afford it, and they don’t need it.
Take medical insurance. If you don’t have it, hospitals must still accept you and treat you. So you end up owing them a big fortune? Even a three day stay can cost between 12 and 100 thousand dollars! The insurance wouldn’t have covered it all, anyway, and you would still end up owing them a small fortune. If you are reading this, likely, you could no more easily pay back a small fortune than a big one. So let the debt stand, as either way, they would have no means to collect it if you have dropped out of the system.

Regardless, the hospitals (the big ones owned by MIIM) will write off the debt or work with you to cover it. There is also bankruptcy as an option, if they press you, as discussed later. I’ve used that one, myself, and while it had its down side, it had many benefits. Yet in the final analysis, if you don’t pay, and have no assets which can be attached, and don’t care about your credit rating… let them go fish! Bankruptcy is not needed, just toss the bills into the trash, and don’t talk to them on the phone.

Likewise with home or renter’s insurance. If you don’t have it, the worst case scenario is that you are homeless and without your possessions. All the insurance company would do for you, after an endless battle of paperwork and legal moves designed to avoid paying, is help offset some of your expense. With insurance with the same firm for nearly fourty years, I had some $40,000 in computers stolen, and never saw a dime, for instance. But gee, they were quick to pay off a $1,600 repair bill… and increase my premiums to compensate. Good neighbor?

In the meantime, you would still be depending on charity and the mercy of relatives or friends. You can go that route all the way and fare just as well in the end, avoid the legal hassles, and the insurance payments. Sure, for many of you that’s probably untenable advice. But tell me, what are the odds of a total casualty loss? If truly concerned, stuff that money away in your own investment methods against such a need; self insure. Some states have Self Insure laws which make it easier to do that effectively and safely, a bit like being Bonded.

Auto insurance is another problem. In many states, you cannot get a license or buy a car without it. So, perhaps you should not own a car, or have a license. If you choose to drive without and get caught without a license or insurance, the vehicle will probably be impounded or even permanently confiscated depending on local law, so the risk may be great. Or, you could just drive a junker and abandon it to the system in such a case.

But if your identification does not well track to you (per the earlier suggestions), you may care little about the fines and courtroom proceedings demanded by traffic tickets and fines which result. If your car was a $200 beater, as suggested, you may consider it expendable and cheaper to have lost it than paying the insurance and tickets over time.

On the other hand, remember that part of auto insurance is liability, and you probably don’t want to wind up being responsible for another citizen’s financial woes because you did not have insurance. Of course, one can buy just liability insurance and minimally be in the system. But if you are in a ‘no fault’ state, the other fellow’s insurance would cover it, and if he was uninsured, like you, then that was by his choice, making you de facto partners in suffering.

Doing without a car altogether may be the best bet — relying instead on public transportation. In fact, overloading public transportation will tax the system greatly and hasten good results, because it is inordinately expensive infrastructure which never quite pays its own way. Convenience isn’t everything. A Monthly Pass, $40. Watching the transportation system go bankrupt, Priceless. Moreso because they CAN’T shut it down, but will instead ‘bail it out,’ and that will cause more people to join with you, in the end.

❑ Don’t feed the system: Avoid paying taxes where possible, always vote taxes down if given a chance (unless something you just can’t resist supporting), and always demand more services which require tax funding. If enough people did this, the system would be forced to raise taxes to cover the need against the will of the people; more and more citizens will come to realize the system is not working, or not working to meet their needs. The movement grows.

There are many ways to avoid paying taxes, and most all of them are legal, though they represent a significant exposure to harassment and punitive response. It only takes courage to use them. I won’t waste the reader’s time with the details, because there is a wealth of material on the Web about the tax protest movement. Here are a few to get you started, including some eye openers which addresses the tax protest movement in historical and practical terms, as well as religious — many of them (those critical of ‘schemes to avoid taxes’) being created by the system to protect the system (use a grain of salt). On the flip side, some advice is just plain wrong, even fraudulent or criminal (take care).

http://archive.adl.org/learn/Ext_US/TPM.asp?xpicked%20=4&item=21%3E%20%3Chttp://www.visi.com/~contra_m/cm/features2/cm%2099_jk_tax.html

http://www.ehow.com/how_5666700_avoid-paying-taxes.html

http://www.bizfilings.com/toolkit/sbg/tax-info/fed-taxes/tax-avoidance-and-tax-evasion.aspx
One can simply decide they are not going to pay taxes, and opt out of the IRS’ system. This is fraught with danger despite claims in some quarters that there are legal ways to do so, per several of the links found in the pages cited above, so I’m not suggesting it is a great idea for everyone. One could further rely on multiple IDs and poor tracking to addresses, and frequent change of jobs (if we had a better job market), declaring tax exempt status each time. You get to keep more of your pay until such time as you feel you are being closed in upon by the system demanding you comply or account for yourself, and then move on, and reinvent yourself once more.

Taken to the extreme, one could obtain false ID under the Social Security number of a deceased person. This would be illegal, and is not being advised — but CIA agents do this all the time, even multiple times for a given assignment. At some point, if a shooting revolution begins, this would be a more logical step, one we should all consider for personal safety. But by then there may be a National ID and chipping in place, rendering it an unworkable alternative. Preemptive moves may be wisest of all.

But if you can seek income from self employment or be legally considered a ‘contractor,’ you become responsible for your own taxation, and that offers opportunities to deal with taxes in a more useful manner. But it would take a book to discuss all of the many strategies involved in a good tax game plan. The Web links provided mention more than I’ve covered, here, including such books. And, of course, it is always true that you should seek every legal deduction or tool you can to simply reduce the taxes actually owed. You shouldn’t need to be a disenfranchised activist to see the value.

❑ Know what the system knows and help them unlearn it: Make a list of every business and governmental agency that likely has information on you. Contact each of them and ask for a complete hard copy of what they hold on you. Invoke FOIA if you must with agencies, and rely upon various consumer laws for the business sources. Force them to expend the hundreds of hours (in many cases) and other resources it takes to comply. If enough people did this often enough, their cost of doing business would skyrocket.

Take the care and time to review information carefully, and fight to have errors corrected. Demand that businesses do not share information about you with others (specifically forbid them to sell your name or information to others). If possible, ask to be expunged entirely from their electronic records. Many laws or corporate policies require them to comply, unless you are talking about data on contractual or financial obligations, or other legal histories of like importance.

❑ Don’t bank with the system: Avoid checkbooks and savings accounts. If possible, arrange to sign over your paycheck to a relative who does bank and have them cash you out. Of course, you can also go to the check cashing services, but they will demand ID and charge a hefty fee. The less paperwork, the better, but if dealing with a relative, have a written understanding between you so that the IRS won’t claim all your money is income they have not paid taxes upon.

The best arrangement would be an employer or work situation where cash payrolls were involved, ideally with no reporting to the IRS. Illegal migrant workers are often paid under the table and don’t get taxed, and thus working for less than ‘minimum wage’ may mean you still have almost the same spending power as if getting the minimum. So, perhaps joining them is better than fighting them for service jobs. That would truly take you off the grid.

❑ Consider Bankruptcy as a tool and a weapon: Do not fear bankruptcy, but do not blindly embrace it, either. Study and know the full ramifications of a bankruptcy as it would play in your specific circumstances, before deciding on its use. For many people, it is a valuable tool for exiting the system. Not only does it allow a fairly clean exit, but it can do harm to the system in the process where the creditors are of the MIIM variety.

I know of some people who deliberately build up large debt with MIIM institutions and firms, and then go bankrupt. Even though they may have hundreds of thousands of dollars in such debts, this is actually only a minor inconvenience and a drop in the bucket to most MIIM players. Still, I suppose, if enough people used this approach, immoral though I rank it, it could add up rather quickly. It is a dirty war forced upon us, and thus such immorality is not mine to judge, but yours and God’s.

Just know that while bankruptcy provides certain protections and allows the complete elimination of commercial and private debt, it does not protect against taxes and may not prevent repossession of some goods. The exception can be one’s home, car, and tools, but laws vary from state to state and even case to case — and the government is trying to make it so hard, it is almost impossible. A lawyer should likely be involved, and that is yet another expense to consider. Even a simple bankruptcy will mean many hundreds of dollars out of pocket up front.

❑ Don’t Educate Within The System: Take your kids out of public school and put them into private school or home school programs. The quality of education will rise (as will the cost, because you will still be paying taxes for schools unless you have dropped off the property tax roles). The moral teachings and principles of leadership and responsibility will once more be included as part of education. If you remain in the system, don’t be shocked when you learn your underage daughter has an abortion without your knowledge, or if your kids start being put on Prozac or similar psychotropic drugs without your consent. They will certainly be dumbed down politically, and have no useful grasp of history for preservation of America’s true heritage and core beliefs.

This ends the overt or outward steps one can take to drop out of the System. There are many other good ideas out there. I’ve tried to focus on the mainmost effective steps to start you thinking outside the box. In the next section, we will look at COVERT steps you can take, thinks not outward in nature, things which will increase your defensive posture should things turn nasty, even to include a shooting war. They remain none-the-less critical to your ability to well live off the grid, in or out of a shooting war, as they leverage your personal abilities by allying with others of like interest.

That will be Step Three, the final step: Establish and underground network

❑ Network and establish an underground: There is already a large network of ‘underground’ players which you may choose to rely upon. For a more trusting relationship, it is easier to start your own. Find like-minded people in your area and establish relationships based on keeping to as many of the below advised procedures as can be achieved. You will find that you can help one another in immeasurable ways.

One of the most valuable may prove to be bartering amongst networked peers, and learning from one another what works and what does not, or how best to apply a given tactic. My wisdom is miniscule compared to someone who is in your exact situation and who has already tried and discarded, or tried and refined a tactic. Make their experience work for you.

One place to look for established networks is public access television and radio, and underground newspapers. You can also find allies through bulletin boards at local colleges and places frequented by modern society’s ‘les miserables,’ such as head shops, book stores, music stores, secondhand stores, and so forth. Political rallies, especially for more Constitutional issues or controversies, is also a good place. While it is preferred that your network be closely aligned politically, remember thaty the enemy of your enemy is your friend, even if they be an Anarchist or Communist at heart.

Start up conversations and be friendly. Find common bonds (music, books, news topics) and get started just like any other attempt to make new friends. Then pose a question or offer a sentence which suggests you are dropping out of the system for political cause, and state your concerns. If they don’t know what you mean, educate them. If they do know, or after hearing your explanation, you will know almost immediately if they are kindred spirits. Develop such relationships with appropriate caution and reasonable paranoia towards possible betrayal. With a little time and patience, you will find some real gems. Discard the losers, and attempt to rehabilitate fence sitters.
Another way to network is to directly use Public Access radio and television resources, or the underground presses, yourself. You can (for free) learn to use broadcast equipment and create and present your own public access programs, or simply be a guest or participant in someone else’s show. Such shows are a wealth of information relevant to a broad array of social injustice and crimes or other victimization, and how to fight back. You will find allies, and you will make converts. In short, you will become an activist if not one already. That is what the system fears most — someone that pricks them, and they can’t reach out and correctively scratch back.

❑ Establish a Personal Network: Within the broader network, set up your own, smaller core underground support group using methodology similar to that used by the intelligence community when setting up an organization or project. This raises several sub topics, to include information as well as personnel issues. First, figure out who is the primary authority for the group (group leader). It need not be you if you don’t have a head for leadership or a desire for the tremendous responsibility it can represent.

Compartmentalization is a key intelligence community tool, and it would serve organizers to read up on that methodology, as well as other methods intelligence spooks employ. A hint of these methodologies is offered in these general guidelines or ‘talking points.’ As you seek to establish your group, these should indeed be discussed among you as issues to be addressed and decided upon.

Terms like covert, secret, and sensitive as used herein could be misconstrued to imply the purpose of such a group is clandestine or illegal in nature. That need not be true, but could be so, to a degree, yet still not be dark in purpose. For instance, you may wish to barter or trade services or goods privately in deference to what the system would prefer or considers legal. You will need a network of people with like interests in order to do this at will, safely. You will want to protect that network from discovery or the system will move to squash it (and you).

Of course, if a shooting war erupts, you will then have everything in place to escalate to darker needs as you see appropriate in defense of your family, country, and the Constitution. Everything will be illegal, then, but the true criminals are the ones judging it so. A network can easily be adapted for true intelligence gathering and black ops against any usurper of power, or formed into underground combat units, were that to become your collective wish. That is the real reason they won’t like the existence of networks. Here are some basic covert network guidelines:

❑ Categorize information: Identify material as being either sensitive (controlled) or public, (uncontrolled) and determine who has both a right to know (authority), and need to know (required to do their job/assignment) for access to controlled information.

Establish a formal means for controlling (restricting) and tracking (recording) both access and the ability to make copies. Never give both access and the ability to copy unless the copies and the process that generates them are also controlled and tracked. You need to be able to reconstruct any possible leak of sensitive information based on who accessed it, when, and how. Eject from your group any violators of protocols, even if accidental or seemingly innocent. The Network’s integrity is more important than risking it further to an uncertain loyalty.

❑ Safeguard information: Where possible, insert dummy information into sensitive information as a further tool for tracking leaks. Dummy information should be ‘detectible’ in terms of identifying the nature of the leak and ‘neutral’ in terms of impact on those accessing it (it should not cause them to alter their legitimate use of the information). It should be unique to a given or limited person or group of persons in terms of access, to better identify the leak source; a given person knows a given thing no one else knows, something which seems important and rightfully sensitive, but which is not, and something which would be easy to detect if leaked (cause visible actions as result). Establish ways to test such loyalties and detect any betrayal.

❑ Control access to information: Organizational members (family, fellow dropouts, and trusted friends or coworkers who support you in any way) should be categorized as protected or visible in terms of identities and operations. Protected individuals will be given and referred to only by code names, and only their operators or handlers (i.e., group leader) will know who they are and how to contact them. A protected person may assume a cover as a visible person, or may prefer to be seen as completely unaffiliated with the group. A good example would be a liaison with another group. A visible person might be a spokesperson, or a Lawyer, etc.

❑ Likewise with operations: Things you plan to do should be categorized as sensitive (covert) or open (overt) in nature. Only team leaders assigned a given operation will know all details. Even the assigning authority (team leader) might not need to know all details, though they will need to know those required to accomplish the goal and the general plan, that they might pick the best team members, and properly monitor the outcome or status of the effort.

Team members (operatives) may or may not need not know precise plans, timetables, operatives, lead-in event details, actual objectives, and so forth. Individual operatives will know only their individual assignments, restrictions or other parameters, and goal, but not have an understanding of the nature of the project or the identities of others involved unless part of the same interim goal.

❑ Form network alliances: The primary authority (group leader) will likely wish to establish special relationships as part of an ‘intelligence’ network for seeking out and sharing of critical information useful to the needs of the group. This should likely include counterparts in similar groups located elsewhere, where such trades of information can be mutually useful. But it might include ‘insiders’ positioned within non underground businesses, agencies, or groups able to provide useful information, persons considered friendly to your cause for whatever reason.

The usual formal first-contact means is a simple presentation of needs/interests and possibly the exchange of bona fides (proof of identity, purpose, and sincerity of beliefs based on prior accomplishments). It is better to rely upon gradual building of trust and bonds. Don’t show all your cards up front; it can backfire and get you into trouble, or scare them away.

You will want to establish simple tests of fidelity for the alliance partners, too, and conduct these with a subtle degree of covert manipulation, being careful to insure you can demonstrate, if caught, any deceit was not intended to be harmful to the other side and was necessary for your satisfaction of their integrity. Restated, give them something which seems like it could be used against you but which would backfire if they do (a trip wire, of sorts), and yet, which you can explain as such should they detect the deceit.

❑ Protect alliances: This creates a network of networks and amplifies the power base and resources for each group. It is acceptable to define limits of operation, mutual goals, etc., each group is willing or interested in working on. It would be dangerous to assume anything about another group, as there can be ‘guilt by association’ complications if something they do causes too much attention. Likewise, whatever you do can cause problems for others, so be sincere and honest when presenting your beliefs and intents, or you may find yourself cast to the wolves by an angry cadre. In essence, you live or die as a group by what you say as well as what you do, so live up to your own stated expectations, and hold everyone accountable for failures so there are no mysteries as to why they failed.

❑ Establish a Recon Team: The primary authority should find persons with skills and real-World resources, contacts, etc., suitable to establish conduits of reliable covert collection of information (intelligence gathering) about key strategic matters relating to persons or groups deemed a threat or activism target of the group. All group members should participate to the extent possible in overtly safe ways, but some individuals would excel in covert application, and their assignment to duties in this regard should not be known to the group. Special skills such as investigative or research skills, photography, locksmithing, communications technology, and computers are good starting points for considering who to assign.

This function is critical in a shooting war, but even if just trying to survive as an underground community, there will be threats which will require attention, and activism toward preferred reforms will need to continue in ways which do not threaten group integrity of operation. To fail to have such team in place as an underground group could be a significant risk if matters evolved to a shooting war.

Additionally, omnipresence in the greater community is desired with respect to information access. Therefore, project leaders and even group members may be asked to separately recruit ‘operatives’ who will contribute to the project or goals of the group without necessarily having allegiance to it, or even be aware of its existence. This is ‘recruitment’ which may involve any of the inducement methods used by the intelligence community itself, provided such methods have been approved by the group leader (some might be seen as illegal or immoral, such as bribes or blackmail). Not everyone will be good at recruitment, but those who are become good candidates for inclusion in the Recon Team.

❑ Establish a security team: The primary authority will also wish to establish a small team of persons who covertly address internal security — counterintelligence. They should be active in various projects as if ordinary team members, but would additional focus on internal security matters (watching for security leaks, infiltrators, etc.) Only the most trusted of persons should be members of this group, but all members should share the responsibility of watching for and reporting signs of security threats, external and internal.

❑ Use a consistent model: Each project leader will wish to mirror the organization of the group in small scale with respect to networking policies and layout, but bona fides will not be an issue, nor will they need their own security team, but rather, one individual would be assigned internal security matters. They will likewise wish to mirror the group leader with respect to operatives who will report directly to the project leader, only.

❑ Be discrete with all communications: Communications between various covert components must be established such that contact, sharing of instructions, information, and reporting, can be undertaken without anyone within or outside of the group being the wiser. The use of code names, code words or phrases, and flag actions (i.e., placing an object in a certain place or position), covert meetings, blind drops, and so forth, will be called for in almost every instance.

❑ Delegate where possible: These operational guidelines create a certain project management overhead which should be delegated downward so that a higher level is not overly involved in the operational details of a lower level. Upward/downward reports or downward group- or team-wide presentations keep leaders and group members informed as appropriate. The group leader should not worry about how the project leader communicates with his operatives, etc. Everyone with a special skill should seek to clone themselves by training a possible replacement so that the loss of any person’s would not seriously harm the group’s operational integrity, and delegate tasks to trainees to test their abilities and grow their confidence.

❑ Weapons of war: Early in the formation of the group, a consensus should be sought regarding definition of what weapons of war are deemed acceptable or required to meet group goals and maintain operational integrity. It is presumed and hoped that such weapons will be limited to the same weapons as used by any activist outside of an underground group (words, public protest, etc.). But given that Homeland Security has placed bid requests for 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition for use outside of the military, it seems clear that someone intends or expects there to be a shooting war, soon.

Therefore, a ‘policy’ should be calculated to everyone’s satisfaction regarding actual weapons and munitions which may be needed if a shooting war erupts, be they intended for self defense or for offensive operations against forces of oppression, be it on an individual or group basis. Considerations should include: a) access — will there money available to purchase, will there be a market in tact which can sell? If not, get them while you still can and stockpile for future need — you won’t want to wait until your only option is a criminal black market under Martial Law; b) choice — is there someone in the group who knows what weapons are good for what uses? If not, assign someone to find out; c) training — is anyone able to shoot a weapon or even comfortable doing so? If not, they should take courses while they still can; d) storage — where will they be kept until needed, stowed by individuals or the group? A secure place safe from deliberate detection efforts will be required.

Thus ends our review on how to drop out of the system and form your own underground. These are fairly basic in nature, and yet may simply be too much for most readers to contemplate. But sooner or later, the way MIIM is heading, we are all going to have to make a tough choice: do we stay within the system and be controlled by it, or do we break away from the system and seek its destruction, or at least be ready to do so at some strategic point before it is too late to do so?

Our survival as free-will individuals and citizens, and as a free nation, will likely depend on that decision. Better to make the decision sooner, than later. Better to do it methodically and with good principles of operation than by spontaneous guesswork. When MIIM makes its final moves, the warning may be mere hours before they start going door-to-door and results in shooting, and it will be too late for decisions, much less planning, then.

Do I hear someone knocking at your door? Better check your political watch and peek out the window before you open it.

20 Key Ways to Defeat The New World Order (thedailysheeple.com)
New polls on N.W.O beliefs and need for Revolution are in! Truth is rising in the light! (notesonthenwo.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

How to War with the New World Order (a Primer)

May 7

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

If you are no fan of the notion of a fascist, satanic World government ruling a depopulated World with all the power of the Antichrist, you may want to know there is one simple weapon we hold that the NWO fears we will discover and use, one more dangerous than guns.

How to War with the New World Order (a Primer)

by H. Michael Sweeney

How to war with the New World Order

Any enemy can be defeated if you know their weaknesses

Masonic mural at Denver International Airport depicts future of New World Order

Follows is an abbreviated collection of excerpts and updates from my book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide, which includes many more such tactical advices, many being useful in any kind of war the New World Order force upon us, even a shooting war. But this post addresses a war that we can more safely bring to them, one non violent, perhaps forestalling the need for guns altogether by stopping the NWO cold.

Regardless, it also undoubtedly gets me listed officially as a ‘financial terrorist’ with evil Men in Black (or Army green, Police blue). Who cares? We are all treated as terrorists anyway, pending a moment of convenient political gain for actual ‘attention’ to our particular branding. Screw them and their paranoiac need to so label free thinkers, of whom Thomas Jefferson says government should rightly fear (for cause of making them BEHAVE RIGHTLY).

They can NDAA-vanish me at anytime, if they dare — just as they can any of YOU. That’s the whole point, isn’t it? If one man is not free because government violates its own Constitutional Law, then no one can rightly claim to be free. And so, given Homeland Security has placed bid requests for 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition for use outside of the military, the threat of an outlaw government seeking or expecting a shooting war with Constitutionalists forces me to write. If they so expect, so must we.

I must write, if for no other reason than personal self defense, which depends in turn upon the successful defense of others, give such advice. It is the collective WE, The People, who must survive, not mere individuals. Governments can come and go, can fail and be reconstituted, overnight if need be. But if freedom dies and We the People become a historical footnote, transformed into mere chattle as manageable individuals for feeding the profit grist mill of a corporate state (that’s fascism, by the way), something precious and extremely difficult to replace is lost for a long, long time.

The advice of which I speak consists of three simple steps, each with multiple topical elements, options, or ways to grasp and effect them. This post details Steps One of three. Collectively, they would allow us to be effective in the effort, and better assure individual and collective safety even if armed conflict is forced upon us.

And there are other resources online, some of which I have linked as you read. There is, for instance, fightthenwo.org, numerous sites promoting an effort called ‘global noncompliance’, and illuminati-news.com, where one finds an article somewhat like my own. Just type in the appropriate search terms to amplify your knowledge base, and your options, and to cement your confidence if daring to stand against the machine as do I.

You and I are not alone, given the broad range of topics which stir people to activisim in causes with which you should become familiar, for it makes of such persons a thing called allies. You need not agree with them all, but we all should stand together, for all such activists become targets of the NWO. I’m talking about things like Agenda 21, Canamex Highway, gun bans, Codex Alimentarius, Digital Angel, TIAO Dataveillance, RFID, NDAA, the FED, Political Control Technology, Chemtrails, Animal Rights, Occupy, Anonymous, and on and on and on.

Often, we should consider allying with both sides, perhaps one more than another if so moved — but ever mindful that the enemy loves to divide and conquer by fueling our disdain for one side over another. Fighting amongst ourselves means we don’t even see the real enemy. All these groups, save moments of manipulation, should be ally and enemy to the Globalist agenda, and not enemy, mine. To steal from another anti-NWO group’s slogan… which I essentially endorse, and again for which the operative word elected is WE…

“We are Anonymous. We are Legion. We do not forgive. We do not forget. Expect us.”

What can we learn from Anonymous? The most obvious lesson is that invisibility equates to an invulnerability to retaliation. Sure, they have losses, but the group is getting stronger and gaining in popularity in pop culture and elsewhere, and doing some real good as it goes, as some count good (no movement pleases all its supporters all the time). But by and large, their integrity as a working force against evil is unchecked because of their anonymity. They are off the Grid, beyond the Matrix (though hiding within and manipulating it), they have gone Underground.

That is were we must be to be both safe and effective in battle; underground.

So begins our review on how to drop out of the system and form your own underground — which is also to say, how to more covertly and safely defend your country from enemies foreign and domestic. These are fairly basic ideas, and yet may simply be too much for most readers to contemplate actually undertaking, at least wholesale (easing in may indeed be easier). But sooner or later, the way MIIM is heading with insane abandon, we are all going to be forced to make a tough choice: do we stay within the system and be controlled by it with no recourse, or do we break away from the system and seek its destruction through violent confrontation, or at least prepare for that eventuality? I think dropping out is a better, safer choice, one which also serves as preparation for a possible violent day; it covers all bases.

Our survival as free-will individuals and citizens, and as a free nation, will likely depend on our decision. Better to make the decision sooner, than later. Better to do it methodically under a plan and with good principles of operation than by forced into spontaneous guesswork on the fly by sudden, unexpected perils. When MIIM makes its final moves, the warning may be mere hours before they start going door-to-door and shooting erupts, and politically incorrect persons are vanished. It will be too late for decisions, much less planning, then.

What can be done to stop the New World Order?

Step 1: Understand the Problem, Know Thy Enemy

A few hundred people control the NWO

One must realize that the New World Order movement, with its roots going back to the Satanic Illuminati in, perhaps not so coincidentally, 1776, was a centuries-long plan to form a one-World government that their might be one World leader; the Antichrist. Believe it or not, we are dealing with powers and principalities, a relentless and seemingly unstoppable force which never sleeps, has countless minions of dark allies and dupes like forces to work with them unknowingly, and employs clever deceits and sinister plots to lubricate its machinations. Most of the battle is invisible, as often is also the outcome; we can loose significant ground and not even be aware until much later — the price of forgetting or pretending there is no Satan or Hell… or even a God, for too many of us.

It is not the United States Federal Government, or the United Nations, or the initialed Agencies or Department of Defense, or local law enforcement that we face. It is not globalist corporate giants, the FED and Jewish or international bankers, or the Military-Industrial Complex or the oil companies who are our enemies, nor their boards of directors, foundations, religious and charity fronts, or their political action groups. It is not the modern-day leadership of Illuminati philosophies inherent in the Power Elite round table groups such as the Bilderbergers, Club of Rome, Council on Foreign Relations, Tri Lateral Commission, Rhodes Scholar disciples, or even the infamous Skull and Bones/Thule Societies and their counterparts, or even the Freemasons from which sprang the Satanic Illuminati. Neither is it CIA, FBI, NSA, DHS, DEA, ATF, ONI, DIA, or any of the endless initialed investigative and enforcement agencies.

No. It is instead all these entities combined, and much, much more, who make up the face of our enemy. To define or limit the enemy to any one group or several, short of the whole, will miss the mark, and fail. It matters not if they participate knowingly in support of Illuminati goals, or by coincidentally by coincidentally aligned or secretly guided agenda. They are the collective wall of hardened, massive stones which lay between being free in all pursuit of life, and being a slave dead to God. Those stones form the Pyramid upon which sits the All-Seeing Eye, which is the symbolism of the very Antichrist and End Times; the ‘eye’ of Lucifer taking up the key-most position (where one should instead find a stone referred to as the frustrum), thereby frustrating the placement of the capstone, the return of Christ.

The question then arises, what chance does the individual (YOU, me, all of us who prefer FREEDOM and LIFE to slavery and death) against such a vast array of forces? What chance would we have to make a difference in what essentially appears on the surface to be prophecy being fulfilled, day by day, regarding a predestined final-day battle between God and Satan? Who are we that dare intercede in such contests between Titans of Biblic proportions, and what could we possibly hope to contribute of any value or impact in a battle of such scale; that which leads to and includes the showdown at Armageddon?

The answer is, in my humble opinion, EVERYTHING.

It is not simply God vs. the Devil. It is God and the good sought and achieved by Man through God’s gift of free will vs. Satan and the evil done by Man by subversion of free will. It is about righteousness (right-use-ness) vs. evil (vile-ness), both effected by our own individual choices. I believe that to the extent that there remains sufficient good will and righteousness in Man in his time on Earth, the date of Armageddon, and those things which lead to it, are delayed. Scripture refers to this as Grace.

This whole notion is reflected manifold in scripture, for those willing to heed a rather short Bible lesson, which is an all important part of Step 1 — to fully understand the stakes involved and the true unseen mechanisms which guide outcome…

Jerimiah 5:1 regarding God’s Judgement upon Jerusalem for failing to honor God and his Commandments says “Go up and down the streets of Jerusalem, look around and consider, search through her squares. If you can find but one person who deals honestly and seeks the truth, I will forgive this city.”

Genesis 18:26 regarding Abraham’s prayers beseeching God not to destroy Sodom, God says in respose, “If I find fifty righteous people in the city of Sodom, I will spare the all the place for their sakes.” Abraham negotiates the number down to 10, an important number spiritually.

Romans 2:4 tells us why the forbearance of Grace is offered (though all-too often sadly betrayed by Man’s delight in sin) with “Or do you show contempt for the riches of his kindness, forbearance and patience, not realizing that God’s kindness is intended to lead you to repentance?”

2 Peter 3:9 is more to the point with dialog on the coming of Judgement Day, and Christ’s return. “The Lord is not slow in keeping his promise, as some understand slowness. Instead he is patient with you, not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance.” Being patient, he gives us time (a period of Grace) in which to work toward salvation. What we do with that time is our own choice.

But if we make no effort on behalf of good in the face of evil, no matter how overwhelming it may seem, then we deserve the fruits of evil, as spelled out in Ecclesiastes 9:3 “This is the evil in everything that happens under the sun: the same destiny overtakes all. The hearts of people, moreover, are full of evil and there is madness in their hearts while they live, and afterward they join the dead.” More such as this can be found.

So let us also heed God’s advice and enter into battle. Ephesians 6:13 tells us how: “Therefore put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground, and after you have done everything, to stand.” Much more is also available on this topic, as well. But hey – this video says it in an extremely beautiful way.

The number 10 in the Bible (and elsewhere), for instance, represents fullness, full measure, fulfillment. Thus, as long as Good can be seen sufficiently ‘full,’ as in ‘full of Grace,’ which is God’s forgiveness and forbearance, there is no reason for Judgement Day to come to pass. Should Man drop below a rating of ’10,’ Judgement is enabled and will come to pass. Thus, I argue; it is all up to you and me, to decide that moment — perhaps why ‘No man knoweth the hour,’ of that day, for we cannot take self measure.

The Bible offers more and better advice, than this feeble attempt at presentation. I simply offer how you might apply it using specific strategems. Let us consider:

Short of armed revolution, and in the absence of any seeming control over our government through the traditional election processes, the alleged system of checks and balances and for obtaining redress in the courts… as illustrated by the failure of Congress and the Courts to ever address crimes of the White House, or to curb the military or intelligence communities when they go awry… and surely their failure to quash NDAA, the Patriot Act, the outrageous acts of TSA, ICE, and all such madness — is the option to undertake another kind of war with the NWO; a guerrilla war fought on our terms, not theirs. I speak of an offensive war, one which effects a defensive posture, as well.

It may be time we take the battle to them, and use their own System to ensnare them.

Let’s face it. The enemy, as it otherwise stands, holds all the cards: We must use their money, follow their laws and suffer under their court judgements (for most of us, relying upon their lawyers appointed on our behalf — unless we are wealthy, in which case, we are more likely part of the problem), are subjected to controls by their police and military, must depend on our news from sources their Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex (MIIM) controls, send our kids to schools in an educational system they manipulate, and use their insurance to visit their Doctors, hospitals, and take their drugs, etc. All the way we foot the bill for these things which define our limitations, and profit their machine.

At every turn, they hold control over our lives: we cannot get a job without identifying ourselves using their number. We cannot keep that job without giving them a huge portion of our wages as taxes, which they then frequently use against us, along with other monies they manage to extort, steal, or siphon from us through societal forces of their design. We cannot well protest our lot because they own the media by which we would have our say, and we use an Internet rife with their control, censorship, and eavesdropping (there is a better Web alternative in works, however — take a look).

We cannot ‘vote the scoundrels out’ because they control the voting process and the choices we are to be given. Ergo, Dog and Poney shows replete with hanging chads or worse, and if not that, assassination of candidates or death threats against them or their loved ones. In short, the terms ‘Republic’ and ‘Democratic Process’ have become a sham, as no matter who we vote for, the same old policies are continued toward NWO domination.

As bad, ‘redress’ is a word no longer in the American political lexicon; the System is rigged at every turn to defy it except in the most well-funded of battles, it costing millions for instance to employ media to advantage, or prosecute a case through the Courts, and the Internet is so controlled by cyberwarrior tactics that most organizational efforts there are easily derailed through infiltration and sabotage. And now they want to take the guns, which if allowed to come to pass, will mean all doors for redress can be permanently shut tight against us.

No thank you. Gunfire before gun grabbing, for me.

But the purpose of this post is to avoid the need for that eventuality. We must realize who MIIM is, and deal with them accordingly. MIIM’s arrayed forces and allies are by and large fascists and racists, and even Satanists, or some combination thereof. They tend to be psychopaths and sociopaths who wield immense wealth and power in all areas of societal and governmental structures. Their collective is hundreds of years old, and thus, they have had ample time to calculate and think ahead, to plan for every contingency, and tend to easily defeat a defense before we can think to undertake it.

But there is good news in all this.
Despite their position of dominance, it happens that there is one thing all principalities and powers fear, something which we possess… something they fear we will discover as the weakness or flaw in their plan. And it is such a simple thing, and defines Step Two. The beauty of it is, that implementing it now not only weakens their hand and strengthens ours, but if at some point the war becomes a shooting war, we will stand a much better chance of being able to either run and hide or to stand and fight. Either way, it will be harder for them to find and manipulate and destroy individuals, and thereby, the whole.

You can do neither if they collect you, first, or already control you outright in their System, what some call the Matrix. The solution? That’s the next post…

What scares the New World Order?

Step Two: Drop out of the System:

To explain that first requires that we understand what the System is. The System is two infrastructural parts; the commercial side and the government side. The commercial side sells itself to you every day. Advertising for products and services creates desire. Desire leads to purchase. Purchase yields profits against cost, and is a two-edged sword used against you. Part of the cost is payroll, which is used to pay you less than you are actually worth. They reap the GNP at your expense; you provide both the labor and the capital which drives their machine, so whatever they pay you, they get back by the resale of your fruits (you effectively work for free by giving them back their own money in exchange for very little of true value).

All along the way, taxes are levied to fund the other part of the System. They win-win, you loose-loose, but you get (something) they’ve convince you that you can’t live without, despite the fact that the World did just fine without it since the beginning of time. Everything from better deoderant to cars that talk, from perfect pills to pornographic movies through your cable company. And let us not forget GMO produce and foods so processed and full of additives that ants no longer eat anything in our kitchens but raw suger. As Dr. Phil has said, “If it wasn’t food 100 years ago, it probably isn’t food, today.”

Lucky you to have it so good, at long last. Whatever happened to happiness; the contentment that comes from simply living and enjoying nature and the company of others, and the fruits of our own labor? Who decided that these things had to be purchased in newly constituted forms, and that we should have no other choices? And, I might add, who can believe anything they tell you about what is good for you when every few years a new study reverses a previous finding, and perfect pills result in class action law suits for the harm they do?

Oh, but the System cares not for trivial details as these, because we are so dumbed down we don’t see the problem, and buy the next new thing.

Meanwhile, the government part of the system tracks and manipulates our participation in the first part in many ways. Your social security number, as mentioned, plays a major role. Your credit rating and banking numbers further track your every move financially, and government’s FINCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network) and the Total Information Awareness Office (Department of Defense) are both gearing up to access every transaction from birth to death for every citizen. As the Bible has predicted, you already can hardly buy or sell without a number of some sort, a de facto Mark of the Beast by some accounts. But that yolk has not yet come to pass in its bitter fullness (Digital Angel awaits you).

The money itself also has tracking systems built into the bills (the little embedded strip you can see holding the bills up to the light can be sensed by special equipment), and FINCEN will be able to track cash as easily as credit once it is fully established and retail systems have evolved to accommodate the technology, called RFID (Radio Frequency Identification Device).

The Military AND the commercial side are partnering to establish wholesale use of RFID technology which will allow transactional tracking at points of sale to include a complete and total understanding of each and every product you purchase, effectively giving it a unique serial number. It can tell how and when you acquired it, whatever it is, right down to razor blades (already chipped). In fact, retailers have actually used cameras to track shoppers as they move through the store by zeroing in on select RFID chips in products in their cart, or already owned and in their possession (e.g., lipstick tube). You are the sum of your RFID, and once cataloged, you can be tracked anywhere.

As you read this, cash registers, inventory control systems, and security systems (doorway monitors, cameras, traffic monitors) are being designed and built which can scan RFID at a distance. Millions of credit cards, mailing labels, ID cards and driver’s licenses, and even cell phones have already been chipped with RFID, and some things, like select cell phones and cars, include GPS tracking. Security cameras and roadside or sidewalk monitors are being upgraded to track them. Unless you go naked in the World, or make your own clothes and use no manufactured objects, you can be tracked by RFID, because everything manufactured and sold will eventually have chips embedded.

We register with government for everything. We register to be born and to die. We register for school, to vote, to get driver’s licenses, to fish or hunt, to buy or rent a car or home, to have a phone or utility services, or to save a little extra money when we shop or to use credit, and so forth. At every turn we are giving out information about ourselves which is fed into computers, computers with back doors and inherent ‘links’ or leaks between databases to serve marketing and or government purposes. Hence Dataveillance.

How else do you suppose that you get so much junk mail with your name on it? One CIA front (two fronts, actually, one here and one in Europe), as I document in my book, the Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide offer to sell information on 98% of American adults. The other two percent have already dropped out of the system. Why should government intelligence agencies be in the business of spying on you and then selling your little ones and zeros for a profit? Do something about it, and drop out. Let them sell just zeros, if they can.

If you elect to remain in the System, if and when they want to reach out and get you for some reason, they will know right where you are, that very moment. Their data will let them profile you psychologically and predict your actions (as described in the Department of Defense’s original RFP White Paper for the TIAO). Don’t answer that knock at the door… you don’t want what they are selling. And you won’t be able to run at that point, because they can freeze all your financial assets, and in some cases, can remotely disable your car, and in all cases, turn resources such as your cell phone against you. It will be too late, then.

Proactive and preemptive tactics are what you need.

To preempt, disengage yourself from the system. When someone drops out of the system, the overhead of the system is actually increased to a degree, but the funding thereof is reduced. This causes subtle instability within the system which impacts the remainder of those still within the system. By deliberately weakening the system in this way, the New World Order is forced to become less transparent, and more domineering, more visible to those who have not yet seen that particular light. It compounds like interest as more and more people figure out they should exit.

Thus, more persons will exit, recruiting others as they go; the cycle will continue to the point where the system must either fail, or seek to seize absolute control sooner than it otherwise intended, before they are ready to do so with full confidence of victory. A shift in balance of power is achieved, the stronger side left unstable and off balance, giving the weaker side a chance to make significant gains with smaller efforts. The domino effect, slow motion though it will seem, at first.

Dropping out is fairly easy — just stop playing the game. Take actions which reduce your exposure to their ever evolving control matrix, and which free you up for further actions at reduced risk. Risk tends to lessen with time as you get better at living off the grid. Most of these things are very easy to do, and have little true risk, but may represent major inconveniences or social roadblocks up front.

You may likely face serious decisions about how you execute such a plan, and to what extent you are willing to go to make it happen. Fortunately, it need not be an overnight matter, which means you can ease into it over several months time, perhaps a few years (presuming we have that much time remaining). Just know that for every cost you are willing to bear up front, the benefits to which it leads tend to be far more valuable in the final analysis. The more steps you manage to accomplish, the easier are the remaining steps.

This ends the introduction to Step Two. What follows in the next segment are a series of suggested guidelines or action options to actually be effective doing it. Some of them you simply might not care for, or accept as viable or workable with respect to their goals or your personal circumstances. Don’t feel you need to follow these suggestions any more than you need to ‘play their game.’ After all, it is about free will choice; God’s greatest gift to Man short of life itself.

And that’s exactly what we are trying to stop the New World Order from ending: Free Will.

What are the tools of the New World Order?

Next up: How to War With the New World Order (Drop Out Checklist)

Is ARMED REVOLUTION COMING to USA? (americanholocaustcoming.blogspot.com)
84 Million Americans Aware Of NWO/Illuminati (planet.infowars.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, Political Commentary

Leave a comment

Tags: Conspiracy, Illuminati, New World Order, NWO, World government

Globalism’s Self-Serving Cycles of Terrorism

May 7

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

A reality check for citizens in every nation, democratic, communist, totalitarian, or religiously governed (e.g., Islamic); terrorism is not waged between governments or ideologies as outwardly advertised, but a covert weapon for political control used by Globalists against all peoples, especially the very members of terror groups duped into participation. More to the point, it is waged by powers and principalities, against God and Man, and serves Satan.

Globalism’s Deliberate Self-Fulfilling Cycles of Paranoiac ‘Terror Threats’

by H. Michael Sweeney

What you will learn reading this post…

Terrorism is a sham, a weapon of political control technology;
Terrorism never benefits terrorists in any real way, given the backlash;
Terrorism is never approached as a problem to actually be solved because it serves the ‘target’ government’s interests as long as it exists;
Terrorism is about control of the masses through fears designed to sponsor a willingness to subjugate ourselves to the New World Order;
Therein is the real secret; the NWO is Satan’s Illuminati plan to seat the Antichrist, terrorism being a mere tool.

Who benefits from terrorism?

Reality Check Time for citizens of all nations

Image: Agence France-Presse Getty Images; India Ink blog post on lessons learned on terrorism in India (click)

Rewind the clock and review the last few decades or so — the time frame of the alleged ‘War against Terrorism.’ If you consider cause and effect relationships with much care, you quickly see that there would be no terrorism of true consequence except for government’s need to both instill fear in you as a form of Political Control Technology (behavior and thought control through deciet), and as a generator of ‘fuel’ for that very mechanism.

Look more closely, however, and we find even the governments are not the true benefactors. That would be Globalists, which put in other terms, is the modern-day Illuminati; the New World Order movement for a one-World government. This is governments run by the power elite, also called Fascism in some circles. Such rule is required if the Antichrist is ever to come to power. That is what I hope to illustrate in this post, along with some other eye openers of like nature:

Case Study; Control Group

But before we do that, we should first establish and consider, in the method of good scientific study, a ‘control group.’ We can then hold up the control group for comparison to the ‘terror group’ of events we will consider to make our final findings. Any differences should be for us valuable clues. For this purpose, let’s use something entirely unrelated which, like terrorism, represents a deadly threat to lives and the wellbeing of any nation; traffic accidents. Rewind the last decade or two in your mind and replay as you consider…

At regional and local levels, mostly, and to somewhat lesser degree at national levels, the high death toll and financial cost to the nation inherent in traffic crashes, including GNP impact, typically sparks ongoing efforts to improve highway and auto safety. This consists of an endless series of changes in rules, laws, and regulations, as well as advertising campaigns to educate drivers.

Specific examples over the years would include improving crash safety standards for auto makers, improved highway lighting, signage, and general design considerations, mandating seat belt use, ‘Don’t drink and drive,’ and other safety ad campaigns, tougher traffic laws and fines, more enforcement, and so forth.

In replay of that history, can you uncover recollection of ANY instance where a given governmentally sponsored approach significantly resulted in an INCREASE of traffic accidents or fatalities? I think not. The point is, in this control group review, we see that a problem which is seriously addressed for its own sake tends to evolve improvements, rather than degradation, over time. Restated, a legitimate problem genuinely and sincerely addressed in this way can always be made better by a cure, or an ineffective cure can be discarded in favor of a renewed attempt.

We must also ask, for reasons which should become apparent, who benefits thereby? The answer is, essentially, everyone. Drivers live longer and suffer less as a class, costs of accidents go down, though costs of ownership of vehicles tends to increase somewhat due to more expense in manufacturing and, for some, higher fines or fees associated with use of their vehicles, and taxes for improvements in highways. Most of us are content with these offsetting costs, and do not complain too much. The nation’s quality of life and GNP are enhanced.

More to the point, there are no significant losses of freedom or increases in political control by government, though new laws addressing safety issues may impose changes in procedures and provide for penalties; no one is unduly oppressed or repressed thereby, and basic rights remain unscathed.

Hmm… that seems to fit rather well with Titus 2:7 “In all things shewing thyself a pattern of good works: in doctrine shewing uncorruptness, gravity, sincerity.”

The Comparison Group; Terrorism

Osama bin Bushadine

Rewinding and replaying the same period of time, but this time looking at Terrorism, let us compare to the Control Group. One difference we see almost immediately is that virtually all of the effort to combat ‘the problem’ stems from national government responses, rather than regional and local levels. They, alone, by and large, have defined the problem and ‘solutions offered.’ That, alone, might be a significant clue; a small handful of Men, all of like nature and purpose within the power elite, control all aspects related to the issue.

Indeed, no one else’s opinions are even allowed to hold sway, regardless of their quality of logic or popularity among the People. In almost every case we find, in reverse to the Control Group, that their actions have stimulated, rather than abated, the problem of terrorism. Indeed, if we go back far enough, we find that the problem did not even exist except for the causality of their actions. To make the point, let us look at several ‘models’ of terrorism. Start with the European model:

Go back to the time prior to the European Community, and you find that terrorism essentially was non existent in the early years of Post War Europe. But it came to be, based on the nature of groups formed to foment terrorism, because of ‘Cold War tensions,’ if we believe the political rhetoric of the day. Based on the rest of this presentation, I’m thinking you will rightly conclude that assumption a sham, and the true cause lay elsewhere: false flag psychological operations. And should you not naturally so conclude, we will see there is proof it is so.

In point of fact, the processes which will be described, next (in the American model), apply to quite well to the European model. Terror attacks in Europe enabled the same exact processes, and in Europe, I assert, directly helped and led to the formation of the European Community, itself, a key Globalist early goal. Remember that notion as we near the end of looking at the American model, which will bring the point home in unexpected ways, and fully relate the Globalist aspect.

I only thought to bring up European model because it underscores and echoes in reenforcement the discoveries we will find in the American model. Any nation which has in the past or currently experiences terrorism should find these same factors in play, as well; they are portable concepts useful in any governmental environment. But in all cases, they serve only one special interest group, a group present in every governmental environment; Globalists. Allow me to make the case…

In America, terrorism was not even in the American lexicon until CIA began funding, training, and arming radical Muslims as part of their meddling in the affairs of Islamic nations rich with natural resources. Such meddling is a sure-fire way to generate resentment and hatred given their religious beliefs, beliefs which impact political actions in ways perhaps uncommon elsewhere.

I remember, in fact, one of the early newspaper articles (and later, others) on topic having to actually DEFINE the basic terminologies of terrorism in order to write about terror events. The point is, however, that we can lay terrorism at the feet of CIA and American foreign policy (on the one hand closest to our observation), and, as we will see, on Globalism, on the other, less visible hand.

If I were willing to make this blog longer than you would wish it in reading time, I could detail that for you to a level which showed CIA and the Department of Defense, often in alliance with military contractors and Globalist firms, actually imported most terrorists we have heard about acting on US soil (and elsewhere), often aiding in their visitation, training, and financing up to the moment of their terror acts, and even in their escape and any subsequent reentry into country. This I do in my four volume bookset, Fatal Rebirth, with over 1,500 footnotes of factual evidence. Want a free ebook of volume one?

So we see right away that the very problem was created by government. In defense, or rather concealment of the fuller truth, they claimed it unintended, even coincidental or unavoidable, and most of us believed them. But the footnotes I speak of show otherwise, especially in terms of lesser known ‘smoking gun’ events. One test of the sincerity of the claim is the question, does government move to ‘address’ this new terrorism problem as they did in our Control Group? Well, sort of…

The very first effort in response of note was the Patriot Act, a major assault on Constitutionally guaranteed liberties which, they promised, would be repealed as soon as they got a handle on the problem. Tyrannical governments which have evolved throughout history have always got their start with that very argument in justification of repressive actions, creating for themselves that slippery slope of no return. So many times have they had the chance to repeal the Patriot Act and instead elected to extend it, if not add to it, that I’ve lost count. Full grease ahead, downard, Ho!

Virtually all Congressional and White House actions aimed at combating terrorism have followed this self-same pattern: repressive responses which reduce Liberty in exchange for alleged security, a formula known to leave the people with neither, and which instead leads to a totalitarian police state. That’s how the Communist revolution in Russia led to something Karl Marx never intended for his movement. That’s how South American dictators grew their power. That’s how Hitler came to be, and so forth. But it is not how you combat terrorism, for it has not abated, though one may argue there is a current lull. So again, I ask, who profits?

To be sure, not the terrorists, who are guaranteed to generate a backlash against their own homelands. Examine all of history, and it is rare to find an example of the use of terror which resulted in good outcome for the nation from whence attacks originated, and on whose behalf their acts were supposedly committed. Their people suffered, typically through military response, worse casualties and consequence, than did the nation targeted with terrorism. It is a loose-loose situation for terrorists. There is but one exception, to be noted shortly.

Indeed, it is instead the nations targeted by terrorism who benefit. Not the citizens thereof, who bear the brunt of attacks at a personal level, but the men and political forces in power. Terrorism, in fact, gives power to the national government and its leaders, big time. Always; Hitler the perfect example. In international terrorism, the real loosers are the citizens of both nations, and more importantly, all religions who worsiph the God of Abraham; the Jewish, Christian, and Islamic faiths for whom terrorism is a great tool for Globalist (Satanic Illuminati) divide and conquer tactics.

But it is a double whammy for citizens of the target nation, because they not only suffer the casualties of attacks, but the loss of freedoms and rights usurped by a government become more tyrannical. Such benefits are why false flag terrorism is often the tool of one’s own government. Hitler used it, and many Americans are convinced George Bush used it in Sept. 11, and so forth. Fatal Rebirth offers much evidence in support of that belief. Such powers and principalities go out of their way to foment or fake terror acts, even if they have to supply and fund the ‘leadership’ of the terrorists and grow them into a local power — the only terrorists to benefit being those paid and empowered at leadership levels.

Proof, in Fatal Rebirth, shows the number two man of al Quaeda, in fact, to be a double or triple agent working for CIA and the Department of Defense. That’s right, the man who not only planned, but helped execute the attacks on American Embassies, the USS Cole, and the bombing of the World Trade Center, the man who managed to put bin Laden into power and unify other terror groups under his command… was one of our own. And if that were not enough, he held a job with a major defense contractor when not employed by the United States Army.

Is terrorism false flag?

Terror culture growth in a petri dish

The macro illustrates further. Government actions to combat terror actually stimulate it, rather than fighting it. Every action in the Middle East has tended to angrify Muslims even more, making it easier for them to recruit combatants to use against us. Middle East policy continues to be based on previous failures, with no learning curve in evidence. Even those things we would outwardly see as ‘good acts,’ were often deliberate betrayals.

For example, an American company providing schoolbooks for use in the Middle East for very young children used pictures of bombs, grenades, and guns for counting exercises… early enough that by the time CIA was training Osama bin Laden, those children were old enough to be recruited into al Quaeda. Now, once we have invaded and seized control of Afghanistan, the same publisher is providing books with butterflies and Poppy blooms. So now, instead of growing terrorists, Afghanistani youth will grow up thinking it perfectly normal to grow and sell the crops used to make Heroine, those fields guarded by American soldiers as you read.

We continually arm radical groups for use against their own local regimes we conveniently deem ‘repressive’ after decades of working with them as allies and arming them to the teeth in many cases. And then wonder why the radicals soon enough turn those weapons on us, irrespective of if a new regime was put in place, or not. Moreover, any new regime is more dangerous than the old, outwardly, though I maintain it is an intended consequence. This is indeed on purpose of our terror and foreign policies, as reflected by the fact that we keep repeating these mistakes as if oblivious to their cause and effect relationships. There is proof.

Fatal Rebirth, recounts a specific PowerPoint presentation at the Pentagon by Defense Policy Board kingpin, Richard Perle, part of the PNAC (Project for a New American Century) plans to take control of the Middle East, and by capture of the bulk of remaining Oil repositories therein, to control the World. It is all based on concepts espoused by the Council on Foreign Relations and other Globalists, and Zionist interests via a partnership with a joint US-Israeli think tank. It laid out a multi-year, multi-war/revolution plan for takeover of the major Middle East nations in domino fashion, specifically with the intent of giving control over to radicals, specific persons controlled by or partnering with Globalists. Every war in the Middle East, including the more current revolts, was in the Power Point, with more such to come.

For example, Fatal Rebirth shows you that the top two people now running the Afghani government were both former CIA employees who also did work for the Oil Industry, and both were directly involved in trying to get the Taliban to grant oil and gas pipeline rights to American oil companies. Do you honestly think citizens at large in Afghanistan would benefit by and approve of covert CIA/oil industry control of their nation in the guise of a new democracy? This is what I mean when I say outwardly, new regimes may seem less than friendly, but secretly, they remain Globalist puppets to perpetuate control mechanisms there, as well as elsewhere.

Make no mistake. This is not an American plot so much as an international plot by Globalists, the modern Illuminati.

This is also revealed in the referenced PowerPoint, where even darker aspects tie directly to Mysticism, Satanism, and Illuminati principles, matters requiring too much detail to explain in this venue. But I will add that Perle himself has his own CIA front-like operation which works directly with Arms smugglers for the purpose. Stability in the Middle East is NOT a goal, and never was. Such political machinations foster a kind of hidden control of the Middle East through secret alliances with terrorist leadership in exchange for quid-pro quo cooperation (attacks). There is no usefulness for political control plots found in peace and stability.

This covert alliance betrays the very reasons rank and file membership of terror groups join, as well as the greater citizenry and governments of their homelands, not to mention putting at risk the long-term welfare of religious doctrine which often guides their nation and political movements. If the people joining terror groups fully understood this, they would behead their leaders as traitors, and rethink their strategies in realization that terrorism is political control weapon being used against their own people as well is those of the target nation(s). Only the Globalists and their proxies in the involved governments and terror groups, can possibly win.

It deserves restating of who benefits, and how: in funding, arming, and aiding in terror attacks against the U.S. and other nations where Globalism runs rampant, the target nation governmentals (and the Globalist movement) gain two things, and the leaders of terror groups gain prestige and power over their own people for their ‘successes,’ and loyalty and devotion in anger evolving out of backlash-sponsored ‘failures.’ The two things the Globalist proxies gain are an empowerment to further restrict freedoms and wax oppressive through legislative response to terror event ‘successes,’ and validating police state mentality by offering minimal proofs of effectiveness at the few terror attack-sponsord ‘failures.’ Perfect quid-quo pro.

So we see that regardless of if a terror even is effective, or fails, there is win-win for the Globalist and their terrorist cohorts, but only loose-loose for citizens and terror participants, who are mere pawns in a grand deceit.

Ergo, in our comparison, Luke 6:43-44 seem quite appropriate; “For a good tree bringeth not forth corrupt fruit; neither doth a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. For every tree is known by its own fruit. Figs aren’t gathered from thornbushes, or grapes picked from a bramble bush.”

A need to shift gears: homegrown terror

A kind of proof that such terror is artificially generated and outcome is controlled lays in the fact that if it were NOT so, the focus would remain on the foreign sponsored terrorism, and changes or experimentation in solutions would evolve to some eventual gaining of ground. But, if one is intending a Police State, one realizes that eventually, there will be internal resistance and insurrection forces to be dealt with at some point — given that the only solutions applied are repressive to freedom in nature. There is only so far one can go in oppressive reduction of personal freedoms without sparking resistance.

What is domestic state sponsored terrorism?

The answer? Raise the stakes and ‘broaden the war.’

Image: secretsofthefed.com (click)

Therefore, almost immediately on the heels of the Truther movement, we here in America started to hear about homegrown terrorism, a thing which caused most of us to respond with ‘???’ And from this has evolved a whole new series of staged events to justify the next waves of repressive acts and moves which, like those for Islamic terror, actually tend to foment and generate the very terrorism they would pretend to combat.

These also served to empower the TSA and other repressive acts designed to train us to be obedient to Police State social controls (and the basest of personal insults and groping to which we dare not protest.) This additionally causes us to realize we need to fear and respect our government, despite the fact that our whole form of government is based on the notion that they should fear displeasure of We, the People. Once we have it upside down in our head, it is easier for them to advance with less meaningful resistance.

But then, they had yet to meet the 99%.

But the general strategy creats self-fulfilling harbingers. To worry about and act to ‘prevent’ or ‘combat’ terrorism will eventually spawn it. At some point, you no longer need false flag or even entrapment provocateurs. Fascists want and need internal civil unrest in order to justify further tightening of their power grip, and the unraveling of and discarding of the Constitution (esp. 2nd Amendment) that they may evolve into a truly Globalist entity. Specifically, in America, as I frequently detail in other posts, the establishment of the NAU; the North American Union. An exact replay of Europe, and why that model was briefly examined.

We see signs this is so by the fact that there are separate non terror-related actions which are preparing for acceptance of Globalist programs which can only function if there is a new Constitution under an NAU construct. Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, the CANAMEX Highway, United Nations Small Arms Treaty and other U.N. sponsored mandates such as Biospheres, all clue us in to this fact. Our Constitution and, more directly, the Second Amendment make these things almost impossible under our present form of government. They need Martial Law, suspension of the Constitution, seizure of firearms, and a new Constitution with more leeway.

They are easing us into the mentality of Globalist control by selling us on grandiose benefits which seem lofty, but which are truly unworkable and intended to conceal the truth: total control is not freedom, but slavery, and a one World government sponsored by the New World Order is nothing but a mechanism to seat the Antichrist as World Leader — the whole point of the Satanic Illuminati plan to create the NWO in the first place.

So they push for gun control legislation guaranteed to make more militant the mindset of gun owners. Then we conveniently have a wave of gun violence worthy of sparking demands for gun control, a matter deeply tied psychotropic drugs evolved out of CIA mind control research. I don’t even own a gun and yet they make me want to stockpile weapons and ammunition to protect the Second Amendment from panic-driven, unthinking gun grabbers and their Globalist sponsors.

I can only imagine that militia members are waxing paranoid and actively planning for and training for combat with government or United Nations forces. Eventually, someone from such a group will undertake an act of violence to ‘strike a blow for freedom,’ but it will most likely be a false flag event intended to justify efforts to enact gun confiscation. It will, in point of fact, be labeled as ‘terrorism.’ No right thinking group of gun owners would effect a first strike policy, knowing this would be the result, though a paranoidal schizophrenic individual, may, with entrapment encouragements.

They passed the NDAA and the DOD embarked on reckless and provocative mock raids of American cities in violation of Posse Commitatus to make us fear government to levels that may spark shooting of federal agents, soldiers, or cops in perceived self defense, as examined in an earlier post. Again, if some truly paranoid person does not eventually do so, I fear a false flag series of events will be staged. It is absolutely critical that government be able to vilify gun owners if the NAU is to come to pass, lest there be a full-scale armed revolt.

They passed the Monsanto Protection Act, which protects Monsanto from liability and enables their forcing of dangerous genetically modified crops into the food chain (to include meat supplies since corn and soy are fed to animals as well as to humans). This will most surely make militant a number of the millions of farmers who have sued Monsanto, and tens of millions more who realize GMO foods KILL livestock, cause birth defects or sterility, and even cause hair to grow through the digestive tract from tongue to intestines.

Eventually, again as I have posted earlier in full review, someone will get the idea in their head to act out in a violently against Monsanto, perhaps an arson or a bombing, or worse. When you take away the right of redress through the courts, you guarantee revolt in some violent form. False flag efforts will hardly be needed, IMO, but entrapment encouragements will likely be involved. Fascists NEED such violence to come to power, and once more, they will call it ‘terrorism:’

We must have terror and internal chaos if we are to have a New World Order. In fact, it would seem it is forecast by God to follow a period of great upheaval. 2 Thessalonians 2:3 “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition;” In the text of King James, ‘falling away’ means ‘rebellion,’ and the day spoken of is the End Days, the ‘son of perdition’ the Antichrist. Be not deceived by your leaders.

How is terrorism a tool for political control?

Findings

In summary, we see the pattern is complete in all instances, following the path of cause and effect which is opposite the model of the Control Group. There is no effort to combat terror, but instead, to generate it. It is a political control technology, a kind of mind control; it generates fear to enable tighter security control at the expense of liberty, generates resentment to foment new terror threats and, thereby, to repeat the cycle even well after any foreign threats might be abated through takeover of their governments (per the PowerPoint).

There is a great falling away taking place in the Muslim World, as they war amongst themselves for radical supremecy. In the non Muslim World, where radical Islam conducts terror strikes, populations loose freedoms which will steadily lead them toward having no other choice but armed revolt. My prior blogs are full of this warning, and show how perilously close it may be right here, in America. But this is a World-wide phenomenon, as the Occupy movement has shown. We are ripe. We have been deceived by a cyclic strategy which brings us ever closer to boil over.

Such cyclic strategy worked in the Middle East flavor, it worked in the European flavor, and the South American flavor, and it will work in the homegrown flavor (if we allow it). Dumbed-down Sheeple comply with little true objection in the false belief it is perfectly logical to so evolve, not realizing, like the frog in pot of water on the stove, that the political control temperature will soon be fatal and leave them with no way to escape a terrible unwanted and unforeseen fate; rule by a totalitarian police state, and even the Antichrist. Got 666? Almost.

In Fatal rebirth, the cover of the first volume expresses it all this way: Terrorism creates Nationalism (obedience and loyalty to government — who’s political leaders benefit from terrorism); Nationalism fosters Capitalism (most notably, the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex — who profit from terrorism); Capitalism empowers Globalism — the power elite of the round table groups, the modern Illuminati (who benefit and profit from terrorism); Globalism therefore requires Terrorism — funding it directly, and through their control mechanisms within capitalism, nationalism. In effect, it is nothing more than a cyclic machine, an engine to power control mechanisms, and made up of control mechanisms, cyclic in nature.

I call it the Armageddon Machine. I also call it treason, though that is just the outer shell at the national level. If a shooting war erupts (armed revolt), the shooting should not stop until that machine is destroyed. It will not be a revolution simply to restore the Constitution and reestablish freedom, but to delay or prevent the end of the World as we know it. The modern Illuminati, the Globalists of the World, will be the true enemy, not just some handful of govermentals and their obedient armies. It will be a war with powers and principalities, the truest source and form of terror imaginable.

They exist not just here in our own country, but in other countries, from whence they manipulate and participate in events, here. We will likely have to take that war to them, as well. Any such revolution will need to be enlarged to an internationally scope, or we will never be able to start anew with hope of long success. Emptying Freedom’s lifeboat of Illuminati water has little effect if the satanic hole from which it springs forth is not also plugged.

This is true in every nation. Fascism, the outward manifestation of Globalism, exists in every government to one degree or another. The more affluent and powerful the nation, the more it controls the nation in subversively covert or openly overt ways. It matters not if the country is socialist, communist, democratic, or religiously governed (e.g., Islamic); fascist-globalist mechanisms guide it toward Illuminati goals. As the Occupy movement has illustrated, there is hardly a nation where the people are not starting to awaken to these facts.

The next revolution will undoubtedly spread to be global — especially if it originate in the one nation thought to be ‘most’ free. As America goes, so goes Canada, and Mexico. As America and Canado goes, so goes Britain. As Mexico goes, so goes Central and South America. As Britain goes, so goes the European Community. As they go, so goes the entirety of the former Soviet Bloc. And from there it is only logical that Middle East and Asiatic, and the rest, join in.

Is the war on terrorism fake?

Epilog…

That possibility moves me to employ something from the Prolog of Fatal Rebirth as Epilog, here. Because all men seeking freedom in such a battle will become John Gault in that day. If not, or if John Gault falters and fails, the Antichrist will come to power; we suffer End Game. But if Gault prevails, as in the fictional character’s role in Atlas Shrugged (Ayn Rand), the World will come to a screeching halt on its current course to Hell, and get a second chance, a reprieve, and an extension to our lease on the Planet, though at great cost. From Fatal Rebirth:

Truth cannot live on a diet of secrets, withering within a web of entangled lies. Freedom cannot live on a diet of lies, in the end surrendering to the veil of their oppression. The human spirit cannot live on a diet of oppression, being subservient against the will to that unchecked evil. God, as truth incarnate, will not long let stand a world devoted to such evils. Therefore, let us have the truth and freedom our spirits require… or let us die seeking these things, for without them, we shall surely and justly perish in an evil world.

And yet, in final note for this post, I am also moved to write… as the Bible text indicates, that to so revolt may play directly into their hands. The answer is found in the nature and outcome of any such revolt, especially if Global. The key, I am convinced, is where the revolt starts, when and why, and how it concludes. That, however, will be another blog post. Here, I will simply say this: God has our back, either way — provided we make no foolish mistakes and act without right-use-ness of Free Will (righteousness). Subscribe to learn more.

Non-Muslims Carried Out More than 90% of All Terrorist Attacks on U.S. Soil ! Jewish & ‘Latino’ Extremists Carried Out Even More Attacks Than Muslims! (socioecohistory.wordpress.com)
The FBI’s Fake Terror Plots – Judge Napolitano (therebel.org)
N. Korea EMP Attack Next False Flag per Wag-The-Dog Evidence (proparanoid.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, History, military, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

1 Comment

Tags: Antichrist, False flag, New World Order, Terrorism, War on Terror, World government

Dear Government: I will not Comply w Internet Tax Bill; Go Fish!

May 6

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Sometimes a citizen has to think Boston Tea Party. My time has come. Neither will I be forced into indentured servitude as involuntary tax collector, nor will I allow government to tax the sweat of my brow creating the goods I sell. There is more I will not, as well.

by H. Michael Sweeney

The Senate passed the Marketplace Fairness Bill (Internet Tax)

from Facebook post by The Anti-Media

Just say no!

This is in point of fact sweetheart legislation to benefit Amazon.com and select other firms, though they claim instead that it will benefit local retailers who ‘suffer’ because people can buy goods for less at times on the Web. So what is this, really, a tax on savings? Where do they get the nerve to steal from us yet one more time? And how do they get the nerve to call Federal Price fixing against select businesses the ‘Marketplace Fairness Act.’

If you really want to level the playing field among sellers, pass a law eliminating sales tax that States might join with Alaska, Delaware, Montana, New Hampshire, and Oregon, who have no sales tax. Take Oregon, for instance, where voters must approve any tax, and pay only income tax; NO SALES TAX. Sales tax, especially when citizens have no say over it’s levy, or no, is legalized highway robbery by the taxing authority.

If the Bill passes the House the way the it is currently written, a Web marketer would henceforth be required to collect sales tax for all federal, regional, and local taxing authorities where the purchaser resides. This creates a nightmare of calculations which can only be met by using complex point-of-sale software, software which Amazon.com has already written according to radio commentator and former newsman, Lars Larson. Amazon is the only Web firm pushing for this law, the only Web company with the nerve to charge a 2.9% service fee on tax collection, payable by the third party seller who sells through Amazon.

That’s just one reason I don’t sell anything through Amazon, who has a bad habit of running rough shod over smaller businesses. That is exactly what the tax being forced upon its lesser Web competitors will be doing.

My findings are somewhat different than Larson’s, however. The service fee is correct, but Amazon uses third-party software solutions from a company called Vertex, which is currently the new name for (by acquisition) the old Arthur Anderson Accounting firm… you know… the CIA’s preferred accounting hijinks firm to conceal money laundering from illegal arms sales, drug sales, and terrorist payoffs. See 2002 on the firm’s timeline.

The government says they will give the software away, but do you suppose Amazon (or Vertex) will give it to them, for free? And what about firms like PayPal, where Web transactions are already complicated, and where Amazon/Vertex software will not likely fit nor be well adapted? Important, because a lot of Web marketers work out of simple Web sites which rely exclusively on PayPal for payment transactions, and have no site processing capabilities, even if handed the software, having no means of implementation short of paying someone to re-engineer their Web site.

The Supreme Court has already ruled that you cannot force a business without a physical presence in a State to collect tax for products or services paid for from persons within that State. But Congress is being asked (by Governors of Sales Tax States, naturally) to write such a law, anyway. That’s highwaymen writing laws to make highway robbery legal without even having to visit themselves upon highway travelers. Automatic holdups.

I refuse, thank you

And that notion brings us to the bottom line. Take me. I sell books. Books I wrote and self publish. This is the sweat of my brow and I will not have anyone charge a tax on one when I sell it. Nor will I do the job of tax collectors without being paid for the trouble, and certainly will not pay someone else for the trouble ‘on my behalf.’

You cannot force someone to do a job for free, that is called slavery. So instead of the highwaymen at least confronting the travelers and demanding taxes under threat of punishment, themselves, they instead intend to force others to do so on their behalf, and or to pay a third party (i.e., Amazon/Vertex) for the privelege; this is clearly indentured servitude, and forced contractual agreements with no say so in the terms, thereof.

Hmm… sounds a lot like Obamacare, doesn’t it. Funny, that was called a tax bill, too, once the Supreme Court told them forced contractual obligations were unconstitutional. Making it a tax made it legal, somehow.

Bottom line: If you want me to collect and pay such taxes, use someone’s software or services, or see me pay a sales tax on anything I purchase from another State via the Internet, then bring your guns that you can stand over me at every transaction. Bring lots of bullets, too; say all 1.4 billion of them, because I, and perhaps many others, will probably be forcing you to duck for cover in the effort.

Else go to Hell.

O.K. I’m calmer, now, having got that out of my system. And sure, the law only applies to businesses doing over $1M annually, and that is not (yet), me. But if anyone wishes to place an order for $1M or more in books, I WILL NOT TAX the sale, nor pay such a tax upon demand. That’s my promise… and THERE IS a harbor close enough for me to dump… well… in the absence of any bales of tea… the taxman who cometh. I’d even throw in a Congressman or two for good measure, except I can’t throw them any farther than I trust them.

ERA Opposes Internet Sales Tax Bill (prweb.com)
US Senate Approves Internet Sales Tax (slog.thestranger.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Government, News Events, Political Commentary

Leave a comment

Tags: Boston Tea Party, Internet taxes, Sales tax

N. Korea EMP Attack Next False Flag per Wag-The-Dog Evidence

May 6

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

If a military coupe planner needed an excuse for Martial Law in a hurry, what better way than to EMP the country and blame N. Korea? Such an attack from N. K. is impossible, and yet Sheeple wallow in the wag-the-dog Sheep Dip in a daze.

North Korea EMP Attack Next False Flag per Wag-The-Dog Evidence

by H. Michael Sweeney

How will North Korea attack America?

What you will learn reading this post…

A review of signs that a false flag EMP nuclear detonation in our atmosphere will be staged;
A review of what such an event enables and sponsors of value to the NWO traitors;
What you can do to preempt and deal with consequences if it happens;
How you can help prevent it from happening.

Is an EMP attack against America possible?

Why I write and you should read…

Daytime EMP burst; end times headlines blog (click)

On April 3^rd someone advised me that Google showed there were almost 200,000 Web sites claiming doom and gloom in the form of a North Korean EMP attack on the U.S. While many of these were the usual conspiracy theory resources (some with good reputations, some questionable, and some known disinfo organs such as federaljack.com.), unlike many conspiracy matters, there were also some mainstream news sorces carrying the story.

That, alone, made me sit up, but two days later, it had jumped to over 309,000, and is now nearly 900,000 (Korea + EMP attack.)

Even many mainstream outlets (e.g., Newsmax, Investors Business Daily, Washington Times) normally quite conservative were forecasting the darkest of all possible outcomes, some claiming up to 9 out of 10 Americans would die as result. I smelled, as did the person sending me the information, a big federal disinformation rat. Ever hear of Wag-The-Dog? Remember WMD in Iraq? That was really WTD.

If not, go rent or otherwise watch the Dustin Hofman, Robert De Niro movie with the same name, Wag The Dog. It will give you a hilarious review of EXACTLY what it is, and how it works, in a tongue-in-cheek presentation of real-World disinformation tactics employed by the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex. It’s all about manipulating people so they won’t question government crimes.

This EMP attack story is particularly disconcerting because it smacks of portending a false flag attack by our own government for reasons explained herein. Shades of the hit TV series Revolution, in fact, where there is sudden loss of power and political chaos results, almost as if the TV show was to prep us for what is to come that we might be easier to subdue in appreciation to military ‘rescue.’

What is an EMP attack?

When a nuclear bomb is set off, huge bursts of radiation of all manner are released in an unstoppable flood. Everything from heat and light to atomic radiation. Normally such bombs are used for their physical destruction capability, eviscerating a core area and causing blast and fire damage over a much broader area, and radioactively poisoning and rendering unsafe an even greater area. But there is another, more tactical use.

It is widely known but little spoken of, untill late (wag-the-dog tactic: foster massive dialogs in support of false story point), that if such a device is detonated high in the atmosphere over an enemy territory, the sudden burst of gamma rays creates a massive electromagnetic pulse (EMP.) So massive, in fact, that it destroys or interferes with most anything electronic. Motors, generators, and many digital and non digital components are, in fact, destroyed if in operation at the time, and some items will be harmed even if not in use, unless sufficiently shielded. The entire power grid would, in fact, fail and be extremely difficult to repair for a long, long time.

The result in such an attack on a modern society is total and instantaneous transportation into the Stone Age (more correctly, perhaps, the 18^th Century, the agricultural age). But given that modern societies have no infrastructures in place which rely upon 18^th Century technology, it might as well be the Stone Age. The ONLY defense against EMP attacks is to destroy the warhead in flight to destination, one of the reasons America has stubbornly tried to develop anti-ballistic missile systems since the time of Reagan and, truth be known, before.

But I note that wag-the-dog disinformation tends not to mention this factuality. Better if we think we are defenseless, where the only benefit to such a belief exists if one intends a false flag event.

Note: most of what is written from this point forward is covered, along with other related topics, in great detail in my four volume book set, Fatal Rebirth, including copies of the Constitutions mentioned below, with analysis. Want a free ebook of volume one? The book literally predicted 9-11 and resulting Middle East wars, and much, much more. It also predicted false flag attacks would be used to justify the Martial Law and subsequent events discussed herein, and what can be done about it.

What is a false flag event?

The nature of False Flag attacks

When a country wishes to start a war or enact some terribly repressive changes in political/governmental paradigms, it is historically common to stage a fake attack by some designated group or country as fall-guy. The people become enraged and demand retaliation, enabling a war, and wax super-patriotic and tolerant of any losses of freedoms or dramatic shifts in the structure of government to ‘better assure victory.’ Wag-the-dog rhetoric is required well before the event to paint the would-be source of the attack as a very dangerous opponent, vile and full of unchecked hatred — but the real purpose is to build fear and hatred of the ‘enemy.’

Internationally, the country employing false flag is seen as innocent victim, and may bash away at their new enemy freely, perhaps even recruiting ally nations. In some cases, even the people in the target country think their own country guilty as charged, which can foster an underground or more overt revolt which further helps assure victory. Only their leaders know the truth, but who will believe their claims?

Not very many beyond the most loyal, not many that count. Wag-the-dog efforts must, therefore, include ‘evidences’ after the fact, but one clue is that such evidences may seem just a little too convenient and quick to be located — such as the old reliable and oft used ‘found wallet’ belonging to the terrorits. Sheeple really are stupid to fall for that time and again. It has been used about six times, now.

All that is required is to stage a single, large-scale or politically sensitive event (e.g., assassination), or several smaller events which can be tied together at the desired time, all ‘evidence’ pointing to the same (false) source, also a job for the wag-the-dog folks. Hitler used the Reichstag Fire, burning of the beloved national library and many rare books, which was blamed on the Communists to justify changes in governmental structure which altered Germany from a Republic to a one-man show controlled by the fascist Nazi party. It launched the World down the path to WWII.

How can you spot false flag events?

Detecting false flag operations

Robert Dinero as spooky government disinformationalist Brean in Wag the Dog; “Why do people go to war?” “The War of the future will be nuclear terrorism… and there ain’t no war but ours.”

The Truther movement can offer a great deal of evidence that Sept. 11 was such an operation, and in fact, as I will offer in another post (and detail in Fatal Rebirth), most, if not all, terrorism against America and elsewhere, is demonstrably false flag in nature. All that is needed to establish or illustrate a false flag event is to use one’s brain in review of the basic facts, which, of course, Sheeple don’t know how to do because they’ve been dumbed down by psyops TV programming technology, rich with wag-the-dog. False flags look like this:

a) there is an abundance of early, pre-event wag-the-dog negative media coverage painting the bad guys as evil and out of control, building them up as a huge threat — perhaps even a specific threat;

(e.g. pre 9-11, Osama bin Laden was not exactly a household word, not even amongst the many radical Muslim terror groups, but he had an excellent PR firm, called CIA, who was fond of trotting out videos of him making threats, and listing him as prime suspect in prior attacks — while a CIA station chief pays him a visit in a Saudi hospital.)

b) the event takes place and immediate evidence is produced;

(e.g., within mere hours of 9-11, a terrorist’s wallet was found ‘laying in the street amid debris’, and other evidence sufficient to allow President Bush to provide the full names of all 19 alleged participants.)

c) the official story and available facts conflict, often in spades;

(e.g. 9-11 hijack flight passengers used cell phones to call relatives; cell phones did not work in flight in those days)

d) it contains nonsensical or illogical, impossible facts, or ‘magic bullet’ explanations;

(e.g. the nose of the South Tower plane passes completely through the building in tact, but nothing larger than a shard is found of it on the ground — no plane blown up by missile, by bomb, or fuel tank explosion has ever had the nose section destroyed so utterly, large sections of it should have been found.)

e) there are signs of a cover up regarding evidence: vanishing, altering, or manufacturing of evidence;

(e.g. Flight 993 cratered into a field, again with only shards remaining, and yet the crater is shown by earlier satellite images to have existed as a geographic feature well before 9-11. No FAA investigations looking at serial numbers of parts, either.)

f) there is a wag-the-dog disinformation effort evident; a cover up;

(e.g., American media refused to report what international media had already reported: that the date of the Afghan invasion was set, and allies arranged for prior to the 9-11 event, and that the Defense Policy Board had presented a PowerPoint presentation at DOD which, in fact, laid out a series of domino wars and revolutions in the Middle East to put radical Muslims into power as puppet governments — the Hashemites. It also failed to tell you that the top two men in the new Afghani government are ex CIA/DOD employees who also worked with Chevron Oil with Condaleeza Rice trying to get the Taliban to agree to an oil/gas pipeline deal pre 9-11. This is meticulously detailed in Fatal Rebirth, which has over 1,500 footnotes.)

g) there is an attempt to discredit anyone who questions the official story, and offer lame excuses for conflicting facts;

(e.g., Truthers are constantly ridiculed and labeled in casual remarks by media and governmentals as mere ‘conspiracy theorists,’ called traitors, insane, and even terrorists — more wag-the-dog disinfo. In ‘debunking’ various Truther claims, almost every one of the 25 Rules of Disinformation have been employed.)

h) an official investigative body (i.e., special ‘independent’ prosecutor, Grand Jury, panel, commission) is established to ‘find the truth, no matter where it leads,’ but they selectively examine evidence, alter, vanish, or falsify evidence, and are generally made up of people who benefit;

(e.g., the 9-11 “Independent Commission” was entirely, save one, made up of Bush cronies, each of which had previously bailed him out or were in his debt. Some had ties to the very institutions and technologies used in the attacks. And as Truthers easily point out, their efforts were white wash in nature with respect to manipulating, hiding evidence. All but two of the 12 had intelligence community ties. See table of cronyism toward bottom of this Noilwar! page.)

i) there is evidence of prior knowledge and/or media complicity.

(e.g., the Pentagon was making plans for emergency response in event of aircraft crashing into the Pentagon — photo of models planes and firetrucks and Pentagon with military brass in Fatal Rebirth… – or – BBC news in a live report announced that Building 7 of the WTC collapsed while it was still standing in the background… and then it collapsed on air, later, causing the Reporter to ad, “Oh, there it goes, now.” Google removes the vid, and BBC claims they lost the footage.)

Collectively, even individually, such wag-the-dog tactics are nothing more than a cover up. Whenever a cover up is in play, it is proof of a conspiracy, because if for no other reason, than to effect a cover up REQUIRES a conspiracy of players. Further, as there is no reason for a cover up unless there is an original criminal act, that, too, is part of the conspiracy.

Why would happen in an EMP attack?

What is the value in an EMP attack to Globalists here, and abroad?

As I have written of in many prior posts, there is an existing intent, in response to a perceived cause, to declare Martial Law and suspend the Constitution, and establish a new military government. This is out of the mouth of one of the nation’s top military leaders. You can bet that door-to-door searches and seizure of guns will follow, as was done in Katrina.

We next start to see mainstream media actually cover the fact that the military is practicing raids on American cities, in some cases with helicopter gattling guns blazing, and troops repelling, doors being blown off of buildings. They have never covered such events this way, before, indirectly indicating it is wag-the-dog psyops, again prepping citizens for future events. But of late, the quantity and intensity of such violations of Posse Comitatus has skyrocketed to include many major cities, indicating something big is on the horizon.

There is further the general intent by Globalists to establish a new Constitution for the NewStates of America, and the World Constitution, both documents already written (and both reproduced and analyzed in Fatal Rebirth), which makes rights more like a privileges, and provides an endless array of reasons, methods, and governmental authorities who can rescind them at any time, even retroactively, for individuals, groups, or all citizens.

Moreover, it enables the formation of the North American Union, and makes easier the acceptance of U.N. Treaties without ‘violation’ of ‘national sovereignty’ or the (new) Constitution. End Game ensues; the one-World government is formed (the World Constitution is ratified (already ratified in some countries), and the Antichrist can be seated.

Can you predict a false flag attack?

What are the signs EMP false flag may be afoot?

To answer this, we go back to our signs from above. I suspect that CIA types have infiltrated the N. Korean government to act as agent provocateurs assigned to stir up the young leader to his current state of rhetoric and provocative acts. The true likelihood of them launching an attack is nill, as indicated, below. But for a false flag event to enjoy any plausibility, there must be a seed basis for blaming another party.

a) there is an abundance of early wag-the-dog negative media coverage painting the bad guys as evil and out of control, building them up as a huge threat — perhaps even a specific threat;

(N. K. stories started weeks ago, and then suddenly the web was awash with EMP stories, both mainstream and Web.)

b) the event takes place;

c) the official story and available facts conflict, often in spades;

(Such conflicts are already known: an EMP attack requires an intercontinental ballistic missile and a large hydrogen bomb, both technologies at much lower states of development in N. Korea than required for the job — according to an insider analysts who should know — but who cannot say so publicly because it would blow his security clearance.)

d) it contains nonsensical or illogical, impossible facts, or ‘magic bullet’ explanations;

(This would only become apparent after the event, explanations forced to address any major holes in the official story — they might claim it was a high-altitude weather ballon-delivered device that escaped detection.)

e) there are signs of a cover up regarding evidence: vanishing, altering, or manufacturing of evidence;

(also post event)

f) there is a wag-the-dog disinformation effort evident;

(We have a taste: there are currently nearly 900 thousand Web articles forecasting EMP attack on the U.S. by N. Korea, some of which are mainstream, but most of which stem from a select few sources associated with government disinfo sources such as Sorcha Faal, who is often used by DHS and State Department. These, in turn, are replicated and virally spread as if trustworthy, typically enlisting the aid of those conspiracy theorists prone to not well checking sources or examining the basic facts; fear mongering.)

g) there is an attempt to discredit anyone who questions the official story;

(Currently, there is hardly anyone in this category to discredit. I knew of only know seven of us when writing this, who consider EMP a false flag scenario. But we are ahead of the curve: this is normally a post event phenomenon, and until and unless naysayers abound or have a major following and are widely believed, there is no reason to bother labeling us insane, etc. Worse, an EMP event negates the need as there will be no media/Web platform for dissenting views and swaying anyone in the first place.)

h) An official investigation;

(Also a post event item, and again in this case, no need, as there is no way to get the ‘report’ out to anyone.)

i) prior knowledge.

(also post event.)

I will add one more thing, also from my reluctant resource. Any such actual detonation of a device will leave a fingerprint. Nuclear devices put out radiation signatures which can identify the maker of the device. In like manner, it is impossible to launch a missile from that part of the World without it being detected, and tracked. Indeed, a false flag missile would be detected. Many countries around the globe have the technical ability to monitor these fingerprints.

However, ONLY those in power (and their agents who run the equipment employed) in those countries are the ones who would know the truth. You would think it represents a de facto attack on their country to one degree or another, given the release of radiation. Regardless, given that most such countries are Globalist controlled (e.g., the European Community) or otherwise U.S. allies, even to include Russia — you cannot depend on their honesty.

They will likely say ‘Yup, N. Korea did it!’ Others, like China, may say ‘Not possible! It was a U.S. device.’ The number and nature of opposing nations will determine the degree of plausible deniability at home and abroad. A few dissenting nations known to be less than friendly toward America will be dismissed easily. But if any neutral (watch South America) countries concur, then you will see a magic bullet explantion offered to counter; scientific mumbo jumbo to discredit or counter such claims. But here, no one will hear any of those arguments, so who cares what others are saying?

How to prepare for EMP attack?

What can you do to preempt, or prepare?

Preempting such a false flag event is easy: just spread the word. Share this post, replicate it, make it viral, and so forth. Kick Sheeple in the butt and wake them up, teach them to use their brain, and make disciple activist of them if you can. If we can get 200,000 posts revealing it a false flag out there, they are less likely to feel safe in fostering it.

Preparation is easy enough, but tactically difficult in many cases, and costly. There are several areas of concern, most of which can be usefully addressed with some effort and or money, but some defy good solution for many of us:

There will be total loss of electrical power, and it will be long-term. A good portable gasoline-driven generator will become worth its weight in Gold. But because gas stations will not be able to pump gas until they can establish their own generators, you will also need a goodly supply. Because it is not particularly safe to store a lot of gasoline in the garage, an Oil furnace tank becomes the better solution. The generator should be stored in a well shielded location, or covered with a metallic ‘blanket,’ or grounded mesh. You should have spare fuses and circuit breakers for every such item in your home.

There will be serious interruptions in the flow of food, water, and all goods. Even when goods can be found, most key items will be seized by FEMA. The price will be sky high an anything you can find as it will all revert to black markets, though FEMA and authorities will eventually use deadly force to attempt remedy. The first interruption could last for many months. So a good Emergency Kit of critical items and supplies is very valuable. The ability to quickly become self reliant (e.g., like a farmer) may make a significant difference in the ability to long survive. Rainwater collection may be appropriate, and despite alarmist concerns about radiation levels, it will remain safe. Regardless, plan on distilling all water prior to consumption, because water can only be stored for so long before things tend to start growing in the containers.

Transportation will be almost non existent. Any vehicle in operation at the time of the attack, and many newer (computerized) vehicles not in operation may no longer run, requiring replacement of many components before they will run (generators, alternators, various computer components, sensors, controls, switches, etc.) So now you know what spare parts to stockpile in a heavily shielded storage. Those few that do run will quickly become highly sought targets for theft. Vehicle security will take on a whole new definition and importance.

No single existing security scheme will seem adequate, and one may need to be willing to run over or shoot people trying to hijack you when traveling. Having at least one vehicle at all times not in operation, and of older technology with lots of spare parts in hand. Don’t forget windshield wiper and heater fan motors, and multiple sets of spare tires, as well, because tires will become targets for disabling a working vehicle. Have bicycles, scooters, and other alternatives available, too — but travel only in the case of dire need, or be prepared to defend yourself in the effort.

Computers, radio gear, and other digital systems not shielded from EMP are at significant risk. Those in operation will surely die, those not in operation and not well shielded may die. Walkie talkies, short wave radios, and computers, digital cameras, infrared goggles, and other critical devices should be placed in an Emergency Kit and the kit should be well shielded. A Farady cage (e.g., chicken coup wire mesh, or better), with a grounding wire, is best, but even just wrapping in aluminum foil may be sufficient, especially if stored beneath layers of buildig structure, such as in a basement. Of course, a TON of rechargeable batteries are in order with rechargers for use with the gas generator.

There will be rampant criminality: those caught without preparation will not see relief from FEMA or the Military early enough to prevent a ‘survival of the fittest’ mentality from taking over. If you have food, water, a generator, or a working vehicle, YOU BECOME A TARGET. You will need to be well armed and have security provisions in place against assaults on your home or your person when you travel. It will be in the best interests of the military to let things go crazy… to let people use up their ammunition and grow desperate for survival goods so that when they do come to help, we will be willing to cooperate in any way they demand, including forfeiture of our guns and other properties, accepting a new Constitution, and so forth.

No immediate help, not even from the military. Even if they wanted to help, they will be quite preoccupied in a war with N. Korea, and likely, Red China. We will hear only rumors, of course, because radio, TV, and the WWW will be none existent. That’s why helping to establish Web Walker, now NNN OSP (the Nodular Netizen Network Open Source Project — a 100% citizen-owned and operated wireless network which is operable even in disaster) may be of great value. NNN will also be useful against Web 2.0. When Internet services are reestablished (outside of Web Walker), they will be VERY government friendly; no politically correct sites will be found, only government approved information and globalist firms, and all Web data will be transparent and readable by the intelligence agencies at will. Support NNN OSP!

This is a bleak picture. Ask yourself, if FEMA was really there to prevent disaster and help in times of disaster, would there not be some such advice as this coming from them? No. The Globalists need a catalyst to propel them into power. It is not in their best interests to protect you from such chaos, or warn you of the risks and protections you can effect yourself.

They need to destroy the country if they are to advance to the next stage… and to insure you are without guns when they do — or at least out of ammunition. I hope you noticed there is a shortage of ammunition right now, in part because DHS has ordered 1.4 billion rounds in Satanic quantities for (?).

FBI Created 17 False Flag Terrorist Attacks (adask.wordpress.com)
The Art of Catching Government False Flags in Real Time (activistpost.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, Journalism, military, News Events, Political Commentary

Leave a comment

Tags: False flag, Martial law, North Korea, Wag The Dog

I’ve Defrauded and Deluded Myself, I Am Not Me, But I AM

Apr 1

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

We go through life thinking we know who we are and why we do what we do, but like Actors who start believing they are the sum of their Press Clippings and the heroic characters they play, we are frauds. It took a simple but powerful video to teach me the truth, something I once knew, but lost sight of.

I once was lost, but now am found.

by H. Michael Sweeney

What you will learn reading this post…

I’m a fool, and have been offering knowledge as if expert and wise, when in fact, I fall short;
While my advice and opinions are based on truth and logic, I should have offered a better, more useful message;
That message does not betray my beliefs and life experiences, but instead, explains them, and gives them meaning;
That it should be the same for you as it was for me, if you will but open your heart and consider it;

Whre can I get help when no one believes my story?

A note of apology: a technical glitch with wordpress refuses to let me format the document correctly, making it a little difficult to separate paragraphs. No matter what I do, it displays as intended in preview mode, but not in actual URL access. I regret any inconvenience.

Introspection: the most valuable tool an investigative author could possibly have (examine yourself, first). From heartofaleaer blog (click)

I’m talking about me, H. Michael Sweeney, aka the Professional Paranoid, activist author, and consultant on privacy/security, and abuse of power topics. People come to me for help all the time, and I’ve started to believe in the value of my advice as much as they hope it to be of value in their desperation. Well, my advice may be good some of the time (more often than not, I have always thought, based on feedback), but even so, I’ve not quite been offering the best advice, in the best possible way.

This self examination also translates to my abuse of power issues of which I so frequently write, as everything I tend to blog about is so much in parallel to the basic aspects of things now clearly revealed to me because of simple but powerful video, that I’m hoping those who read my blog posts as activists, will see that parallel as well. It’s not just about me, its about everything in the World and how we deal with it. Let me explain by first going back in time. Some of you who have read my material before may know some of this, but as Paul Harvey used to say, its time “For the rest of the story…”

I doubt you’ve ever had to go up against dirty cops, bounty hunters, and CIA/FBI types, some of whom wanted to kill you (e.g., gun in folded newspaper, sniper’s nest carved out of branches high in a hillside tree outside your bedroom window through which came a targeting laser at night, being chased by up to eight cars in a high speed chases). This is the kind of high adventure we all enjoy seeing in action movies and television, but its an entirely different perspective when you are the hopeful hero, and your opponents are not acting under legal authority, and there is no acting, but actual intent to harm.

I’m rather certain that you, as lone individual, could not well square off against an enemy that has dozens of players to help them, such that their war against you as their target unfolds 24/7, but you are only able to devote but a few hours of tactics each day. More so the problem when they have an unlimited budget and the best technical toys money can buy — and you have only what you own around the home, and a modest income and savings, which they also target and erode.

I doubt you have ever had to come home to find men with walkie-talkies fleeing your house, or find it had been broken into and every computer and every disk in the house upon which could be stored data, even those secreted away in storage areas, had been stolen — or discover that the neighbor across the street, a Forward Marine Observer retired for wounds acquired in service in Iraq, upon returning home across the street with his Mother… was, as casually and (unwisely) revealed in bragging by his Mother, approached by CIA Agents who asked him to work for them… and later, learning from a professional investigator retired from the State Police in another state that Infrared Night Goggle vision surveillance of your home was being conducted from that neighbor’s home, and further confirmed that all phones in your home and select other devices were ‘bugged’.

I doubt you’ve had your mail regularly pilfered, learning time and again that people trying to reach your home-based business had sent you mail you never received, some of it being orders for product, and like interference of inbound telephone calls where your phone is never answered, when at your end, it never rang at all, or that harassment telephone calls to family at all hours, and other calls known to be from your opponents — magically did not appear on telephone company call records. I doubt you’ve ever had the Consulate in another country literally beg you to provide them with copies of your business Newsletter to distribute to potential clients, only to then have the U.S. State Department suddenly, out of the blue, declare your Newsletter ‘Illegal’ under the laws in that country, but refusing to cite the law, or answer further questions.

I doubt you’ve had to suffer nightly assaults on your home, attempted break ins within moments of retiring for the night… night after night. Or, upon calling the Police, have them ignore evidence offered of the break in, ignore the fact that your spouse agreed with your descriptions of events, and instead elected in their Police Report to say only things which made the whole affair seem imagined, implying you a Paranoidal Schizophrenic, even suggesting County Mental Health should be contacted.

Imagine how you would feel, realizing it odd that this Officer responded within mere seconds of dialing 9-11, and later, would try to kill you. Such events, for me, were one reason I based the title theme of my first book upon the topic of Paranoia; for I quickly learned that someone who reports such things is quickly labeled paranoid, because no one wants to believe in the Boogyman, least of all people who are part of the System from within which he seems to come.

Ergo, there was no one to turn to for help. No authorities would listen. Even friends and relatives find such stories hard to believe, and tend turn away with denial of any truly useful help. And yet help came.

And even when it was clearly the help of other Men, it was also clear their help originated from God, typically quite unexpected and coincidental, or a highly unlikely source, such as a total stranger offering $250 and saying, “Something tells me you need this more than I do,” at a time when I was trying to find a way to afford a high quality audio tape recording system as defensive tool. And when things seemed bleakest, an old competitor in a prior business called me up after ten years of no contact, and offered me a significant position in a new business enterprise, one which would lead to more such helps in time, and become a safe haven of sorts.

I lived such a life for nearly five years, and in almost EVERY battle, enjoyed victory, or was at least protected from more serious losses than intended. The James Bondian nightmare was at long last ended by literally discovering the truth about why I was targeted. I had, it seems, accidentally learned of illegal crimes which they feared I might expose. They wanted to know what I really knew, who else knew, and who was ‘helping me’ to best them, that they might destroy us all and be safe. But there were none others, not any they could find or believe existent.

They could not believe me acting alone, because time and again I detected those who covertly worked against me and exposed them such that they were embarrassed to their superiors, and set aside for someone I could not recognize on sight, next time. I eventually identified every player, where they lived and worked, and discovered the truth of their varied criminal enterprises, and those dark things they were hoping to protect by targeting me. In short, they themsleves led me to understand the very thing they feared: knowledge of their sins.

Phone numbers, license plates, public and, in some cases, private records, etc., were gained on key persons and firms not just locally, but nationally, all the way to Washington, D.C. and beyond. I even had covert White House, NSA, World Bank, and like phone numbers before it was said and done, and access to logbooks within Federal offices and even entire roll-a-dex and index card systems from the desk of one of my main opponent’s managers. And I never had to violate a law to do it. God was my key to their secretive locks.

I even managed frequent access to their innermost places without detection. I laugh, recalling walking into one of their covert offices, and the man seated there, a recognized opponent, falling out of his chair to the floor in surprise! In another example, a truly high-security area was discovered in a way that caused three people encountered there to scurry from my eyesight like cockroaches, placing folders to their faces, doing about faces, closing doors, and so forth. Evil cannot hide its face quickly enough, it seems.

I think their disbelief was largely because they also did not believe in God. Why I so believe is the where we are headed in the telling.

In the end, I won the war, thought the net cost to me was personally quite high. Forced into bankruptcy, forced to sell our wonderful hillside dream home, loss of the very computers used in my work and an insurance claim thwarted by enemy tactics so they could not be replaced, a foster daughter who asked to be taken out of our home because she did not feel safe, and in time, severe blows to the bonds between other family members. I rank my financial loss at about a quarter million, but it appears they spent that much to destroy me in a single month. Their money bought them little, diluted by God, as were their endless man-hours of effort against me.

It’s absolutely true. In the end, I indeed did win, but not of my own cleverness or determination. I had reluctantly entered into that battle with no special skills or training of their caliber, and throughout the battle had no weapons as they might count weapons. Yet from the very first day of their presence in my life, almost every skirmish of true importance would be mine. It was, at times, turning out to be such a comedy of errors to my favor, that it literally became fun to do battle.

All this I did, and yet, not I. There was indeed another.

You see, my chief weapons were mere words, and a belief in Good over Evil. The words were the Word of God, and were the heart and meat of Good, as well as other core beliefs, and an abiding Faith. I was only a few years earlier caught up in a cult, and knew not what I believed, and understood not the truth of God and Man, and Satan’s role in my life. And yet I was saved, and I grew daily in the Word such that the Truth was at last mine, and I was set FREE! So free, in fact, that NO MAN, no matter their abilities and resources, could truly harm me without God’s permission. That belief was my armor against all-powerful opponents and impossible odds of survival.

It was proven almost daily each and every year of battle. Also provided for during the darkest of financial threats fostered by my enemy, was our daily bread. A source of income sufficient, sometimes even exactly equal to the cost of minimal foodstuffs required for the day — would become available that day, or the day before — or at other times, it might be on a weekly or other basis. Other magical moments also addressed such needs in ways not involving money, at all. We lived by Matthew 6:25-27, alone for long periods of time.

That’s all behind me now by more than a decade, and though I have written seven books which generally assault the face of my old enemy and his newer counterparts, those responsible for dark bumps in the night of recent American history, my opponents largely leave me alone, now. The worst I’ve gotten is hate mail from a sitting President for exposing ties to CIA for both him and his wife. I’m still protected by what I learned, and they fear me, or more correctly, what I know and might reveal if harmed.

What a shame that any citizen of any land should need to blackmail their way to safety. But I traded one dark set of secrets which I keep safe, to keep me and family safe, and to allow me to now speak openly of other things without reprisal. It became the basis of a new livelihood as activist author, lecturer, and consultant on privacy and security, and abuse of power. It redefined me and gave me new purpose, to help others who have been called ‘paranoid,’ but who are not, people who can get help no where else.

What can we learn by humbling ourselves?

The Revelation

And so, in sensing a kind of invulnerability, I find myself becoming, like many Hollywood actors, a little bit too self assured. Like them, I now realize, I’ve started to believe my own public image; a false perception. I am not the hero of my life people presume by the outcome of exploits, and certainly not the Knight who comes to save them from Men in Black or other dark threats.

I am nothing without God, can do nothing without Him. Oh, sure, I give little credits to Faith and quotes of scripture when I hand out advice and recount my victories, but in my innermost view of self, I’ve wandered from full reliance upon the true power of the Word, and become conceited as if I really were a mighty warrior, wisened and ever alert, that person my enemies imagined me to be.

I had fallen back asleep, succumbed by the misty aura of public attention and pleas for help, a kind of sad fan mail. I have become pretender, forgetful of things learned of great value.

Today, however, one of the ‘sheep’ who comes to me seeking help reminded me of one of my own slogans, something I used to employ when I was an instructor. I used to say, that one reason I liked to teach was, that no matter how much one knew as a teacher, and how little a student might know, if the teacher did their job right, both would learn something from one another. This young woman, now experiencing targeting somewhat like my own, in seeking me out from afar to ask advice, helped knock me off my pedestal of self promotion, and bring me back to Earth in a grounded way. She reawakened me, and taught me that which I had forgotten.

She sent me a simple but very powerful video, thinking I would like it because, as I tell all my clients, you must “Put on the Armor of God,” to be victorious against evil; Ephesians 6:10-18.

Well, I must tell you I was completely unprepared, and the video was indeed irresistible, and it was VERY powerful. Though I was pressed for time, I took the time, and watched it not once, but three times. Every time I got to the part which actually involved Putting on the Armor of God, I broke into tears. Even so now just writing of it, this very moment, my eyes water in remembrance.

You see, in the video, the truth was graphically shown. It was not ME… IT NEVER WAS. It could not possibly be me, nor even YOU, no matter your true strength or resources… IT CAN NEVER BE.

WE do not put on the Armor of God, or do any of the things we think we do in Christ’s name. Nor, for the matter, can we do anything to be saved in the first place. It is HE who does the work. He calls us to salvation. He works in our hearts to draw us unto him, and redemption. He then arms us with what we need to do battle. The only thing he asks us to do, is to be willing to do battle, a willingness born of belief in Him and his Word, and out of love for Him and his Word.

He asks only that we allow him to enter into us to be our inner strength of body and mind, and to cloth us with his white raiments that we are Justifed and pure, enfolded in his Grace, the impenetrable and almighty Armor of God. His Holy Spirit fills us, and thus filled, our sinful nature yields, and is fled.

But as I have learned from my young friend and her thoughtfully provided video. We slip. We forget. We build up the sinful Man yet again, and again, bits at a time, and even in leaps and bounds. But the beauty of God’s Armor is that it is not tarnished, but renewed and polished. All it takes for this renewal is to once more acknowledge the Word, and truly contemplate it, embrace it, believe it, and most of all, LIVE IT, once more.

Forgive the length of this missive. A writer cannot stop typing so easily as to simply say, ‘Please watch this video.’ I’m going to watch it every morning for a week, and I’m betting I will have one of the best weeks of my life doing so. Join me, please, and remember from whence life and Free Will comes. Why would we ever choose to live a life without acknowledging and honoring the source of it?

Know also, if you click the Youtube user’s link you will find more videos of such quality and Meat as this, from someone previously unknown to me, the Ellerslie Mission Society who has a Website where the same videos, and more such bounty is found.

Pleas consider to share, reblog, etc. It is more important and valuable than any other helps or advice I’ve ever given elsewhere in my books, Web offerings, radio interviews, and consultancy, etc.

For I am not that I think I am; I become what truly I AM when the Holy Spirit works through me.

I AM, for those who don’t quite get my drift, is the actual name of God given to Moses. You can do nothing except by IAM, because every small thing you do is, in your mind, preceded with the thought… “I am going to change the channel… get a drink of water… go to bed, etc.” Acts born of evil temptation, on the other hand, start with conclusive edicts “Grab it while no one is looking… kill him… make up a lie, etc.”

But these are mere suggestions introduced by Satan, and have no power at all except by the individual’s own Free Will, which is also God’s gift to use. That’s what it means when you forecast an act; “I will call you tomorrow,” is you stating you Will it should be so, doing so FREELY. Why would we ever choose to use it for anything but right-use-ness?

I will be better in serving you in future blogs, more mindful of who I AM, really. Our battles with the New World Order as a group, We the People, and micro battles between targeted individuals with Men in Black… these are no different than Christ vs. Satan on the Day of Armedgeddon, or lesser battles, such as a small boy tempted to steal a piece of candy. In all such cases, if those on the side of Good fight wearing the Armor of God, they will prevail. We do ourselves and our cause disservice when we forget that point and fight purely with our own strength in bitterness.

Forgive my bitterness. It was born of forgetfulness.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Crime, Government, How to Get Help, Journalism, Political Commentary, Religion, Targeted Individuals

1 Comment

Tags: Armor of God, good vs. evil

Has NDAA Made Shooting Federal Agents, Soldiers, and Cops Legal?

Mar 30

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

No court should ever find one guilty of murder or manslaughter if defending their own lives from murder or kidnapping. For many people, NDAA, and violations of Posse Comitatus by military represents such a threat, and more recently, the Monsanto Protection Act. Therefore, we all might ought to so consider their reasoning; if one man should so fear the tyrannical act of their government, so then should we all.

by H. Michael Sweeney

Reading this post you will learn…

That self defense is a right, perhaps even when facing authorities acting legally;
That NDAA threatens EVERYONE’s life and liberty if it threatens even ONE;
That NDAA may just have let loose the Dogs of War, one confrontation at a time.

Can you shoot a lawman or soldier lawfully exercising his duty and still claim self defense?

Are Molotov Cocktails ever self defense? (click) From interesting art collection feedtacoma.com

In a casual conversation with some friends, an interesting dialog evolved which led to some serious debate and troubling afterthought at the implications of what had been said. It started simply. The topic of NDAA, having come up, someone replied, “Given that the government can simply haul someone away without any form of due process, and vanish them to some hell hole in Cuba or elsewhere for torture, endless imprisonment, I’m wondering…”

He was invited to continue. “Suppose some activist feels targeted by government in heavy-handed ways… someone who has been forced to a paranoiac defensive posture as result… and some Federal agents decide to show up for some reason. What happens if he figures they are there to vanish him like some South American dictatorship? What if he acts in self defense and pops the agents before they can do much more than flash their badges. Would that be reasonable self defense? Even if they were only there for some more innocent reason?”

“Or…” added another, “suppose someone started shooting at soldiers or Cops when they engage in these so-called ‘mock drills’ with Police in urban settings… thinking that the soldiers were coming after them or their guns. I’m surprised that pop shots haven’t already been fired.”

And I would have added, if the conversation were taking place today, the day Barry Sorento signed the Monsanto Protection Act… “Suppose someone burns down a Monsanto factory and ends up killing company employees in the process, trying to prevent the company from poisoning everyone with GMO crops, knowing that now, it is illegal to seek redress in the courts for cause? Would that be self defense?”

I know. You are probably thinking what I was thinking. Absurd questions. No one could convince a jury the FBI or the Army was there to kill them, or that the mere appearance of Agents or soldiers was logically a threat, right? Or arson and resulting deaths? And that is what caused the conversation to get interesting, because that very doubt sparked a lot of verbal wrestling in anecdotal exchanges. We eventually pinned the issue to the mat with a chain of logic which indeed deserves further consideration, here.

“There was this case I saw in the news,” another started, and he proceeded to describe something I myself recalled seeing, once he got out the details — which actually hit a little close to home, as will be explained shortly. “This Black guy, a known felon, used an illegal machine pistol to gun down a bunch of cops who had just busted down his door to serve a warrant. He went to jail, but not for their murder. It was ruled self defense. Imagine. A Black kills White cops in New York, and gets away with it?”

“How is that possible?” asked another.

“I saw a reenactment on TV,” I offered. “He was seated with his back to the door, watching TV in the dark with the volume up. Seven Cops entered the front door after a knock with guns drawn, and shouted for him. He had a fully automatic Ingram there on his armrest with 30 rounds, because some bad cops had already threatened his life. So he instinctively grabbed the gun and emptied it on full-auto and dove for cover, and then made good an escape. All but one of the cops died, despite wearing vests. He feared for his life, and once apprehended, the Defense was able to prove in court a reasonable basis for that fear. They got him on weapons charges, but not murder.”

Then I told them how easily I could identify with that. I recounted true events about a time when my first brush with ‘spooks,’ where some of those arrayed against me were in-place assets within five different local law enforcement agencies. When my investigations got close to unraveling their criminal enterprises, several of them apparently felt their offices gave them cart blanch to ‘get away with murder’ to protect their part in matters. They unilaterally sought to eliminate me, it seems:

a) a County Sheriff from a distant County threatened me with a gun in a folded newspaper, but was turned away due to a security camera’s presence after I pointed it out to him;

b) a local cop, with a possible helper as getaway driver, carved out a sniper’s nest in a tree on a hill outside my bedroom, from which a laser beam shown through my window as I retired in the dark one night — but I saw the beam drawing down the wall and rolled out of bed to avoid it;

c) that same cop later used a patrol car as a weapon. He zoomed onto the empty freeway from an entrance as I passed it, no lights or siren (not even headlights, until after he fled the scene). He crossed six lanes at about a 45 degree angle to force me to run me off the road on the far side at a bridge abutment, himself swerving into the parking meridian to avoid crashing himself, because I had managed to successfully evaded a side-swipe and retained control without ending up in the river;

d) two patrol cars pulled me over at an underpass at two AM in the morning, joined by several more pairs of cars both ahead of and behind me; County, local Police, and unmarked units. It was an ambush. But my wife turned out to be present, so they ‘explained’ their stop: “You have a burned out tail light.” Uh huh.

There were other incidents not quite as scary, too, involving high-speed chases with up to six vehicles, and a series of break ins by men with walkie talkies. So I had every reason to be paranoid about cops in those times. If you want to know how I ended these problems, read my book set, Fatal Rebirth, which also explains why I had become targeted in the first place. But here is the part which directly relates, also in the book: you can imagine my surprise when, after all those threats, two local Sheriffs walked in my front door without so much as knocking.

Had I had a gun sitting on my sofa arm, I would likely have at the least leveled it on them and demand their hands up. Fortunately, there were extenuating circumstances and their purpose was no true threat, and I had no such gun to risk any undue complications. But I would certainly have considered my actions to have been in self defense had it been so. I surely could relate to the story being cited.

With that realization, the dialog between us started to examine the questions asked more carefully. What follows are some additional observations and conclusions which illuminate the matter more thoughtfully, some of which include references to appropriate quotes. Some were offered at the time, others are added here, by me.

1) The Bill of Rights has as its sole purpose the intent, beyond cementing the integrity of government’s covenant with We, The People, that all citizens should be able to pursue happiness, and enjoy life and liberty, and carefully spells out a series of interlocking safeguarding Amendments to insure it so. One has no liberty if kidnappable on demand, and no assurance to life when torture and murder are part of the kidnapper’s tools. While it does not specifically addresses self defense as topic, it was concluded that “the Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Amendments specifically assure us that the Man who would be King’s portion of NDAA has no force of Constitutional law behind it”, as it tramples on these rights in the worst possible ways. Me.

2) Seven people felt so terrorized by NDAA’s threat upon their lives as activists and journalists reporting on sins of government that they went to Court. These included Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Chris Hedges, MIT Professor Noam Chomsky, and Daniel Ellsberg who was a focal point in the Pentagon Papers and Watergate debacles in the 60s, both exposing the Federal government’s abuses of the day. Supporters of Wikileaks were also party to the suit. A lawyer for the group said “There’s a lot of activists who understand how serious this is, but it’s less well known to the general public.”

3) We concurred in commentary on the case that, “Because the ‘war on terror’ is a war on a tactic, not on a state, it has no parameters or timetable. Consequently, this law can be used by authorities to detain (forever) anyone the government considers a threat to national security and stability – potentially even demonstrators and protesters exercising their First Amendment rights.” Journalist, Brian J. Trautman.

4) A Federal Judge in the case ruled those provisions in NDAA of concern are indeed unconstitutional and issued an injunction against their use. However, there has been no acknowledgement or sign from any quarters in government that they will abide by the findings, and there is every indication that the Obama Administration intends to ignore the ruling in further lawless ‘off the books’ application of NDAA. In appealing the case, it was revealed in arguments by government Lawyer’s that government had been utilizing such methods all along. Indeed, the government refuses to discuss if it is being used or will be used on Citizens in the United States, and it is known for a fact it has already killed three American Citizens abroad, including a 16 year old, with a Drone Strike.

5) Worse, at request of Justice (per the above link), another Federal Judge has granted a ‘Emergency Stay’ against the former rendering it moot and the Justice Department has argued that NDAA is not even necessary, because the Authorization for Use of Military Force Act of 2001, as interpreted already for use in permanent detention in Guantanamo, already gives government like powers. Eric Holder, U.S. Attorney General, told Congress it would be legal to kill an American in America with a drone. Oh, what slippery slope…

6) An almost endless series of Acts from the Patriot Act forward have spelled out an almost unlimited list of ‘reasons’ which can be used to ‘define’ a given act as ‘terrorism,’ all such reasons generally described in nebulous and sweeping terms deliberately vague so as to allow the broadest possible interpretation to suit the needs of government at any given moment in time with any given individual. You can even be deemed a terrorist for illegally downloading or copying a song or movie — an ‘act of financial terrorism’ which de facto enjoins the teenager ripping a song in an imagined conspiracy to topple the music industry and harm American free enterprise. A Mother was recently jailed under the Patriot Act as a terrorist for spanking her children on an airline, and detained for three months before she could even enter a plea.

7) The rhetoric out of Washington and media spin doctors is all-too often such that almost anyone who disagrees with the official point of view is demonized and described as a mix of ‘dangerous,’ ‘mentally ill,’ and/or even (especially) as ‘terrorist,’ all in the name of political expedience. FBI has recently circulated to Police Departments and Community groups (a Hitler-like attempt at recruiting citizens to spy on citizens) a series of official lists of ‘indicators’ that a person is a potential terrorist to specifically include persons ‘overly concerned with the Constitution,’ or who ‘buy coffee with cash,’ or ‘use a hot spot.’ Ron Paul supporters are potential terrorists, according to FBI, which shows just how easily the label can be applied for political convenience. These lists actually ask you to call and report such persons to DHS/FBI. Indeed, not one person present in the conversation leading to this post remained free of such wholesale classifications. Such labeling establishes in the minds of the outspoken, real or imagined, an air of viable threat of loss of life and liberty and, thereby, sways the minds and mood of the public against them closer to becoming potential reality. It is, in my opinion, a form of calculated psyops mind control. “In a government bottomed on the will of all, the liberty of every individual citizen becomes interesting to all.” Thomas Jefferson.

8) All the talk of banning guns, and the U.N. Treaty which would, if signed by the man claiming to be President, and ratified, would force the end of the Second Amendment and the disarming of America, came into play simultaneous to a series of violations of Posse Comitatus so brazen as to make news in mainstream media. It has seemed in the minds of some as if these mock invasions of U.S. cities by military was in preparation for coming after the guns. Add to that the military’s ‘Shoot Americans’ questionnaire to troops, General Tommy Frank’s admission that we are headed for a military government, revelations of military manuals which dictate that protestors should be shot, the ordering of 1.4 billion rounds of ammunition by Homeland Security, the refusal of Obama’s candidate to head and actual atrocities already committed (Ruby Ridge, Waco, The Liebe Street Raid, Katrina, ICE ‘border stops’ checkpoints nowhere near the border, and similar TSA abuses, etc.), there is little reason for an informed thinker to see such fears as wholly baseless.

9) Every State in the Union recognizes exercise of deadly force in self-defense as a right, provided the acts were undertaken with a demonstrable reason to fear for their life or liberty (e.g., kidnapping, vanishing, torture, or murder, and in many cases, simply serious harm or significant casualty loss).

So, if someone ‘deemed’ a terrorist by loose rhetoric of manipulative minds or secret edicts of government machines because of unpopular political views… should such a person be approached by Men in Black, or Blue, or Army Green, the question remains valid: has Obama created a situation where even one such person might reasonably fear for their lives sufficient to arm themselves and proactively defend against the possibility?

We pray not, and yet, it is likely unavoidable that such will eventually come to pass one way or another, in time. It may indeed already have come to pass but simply not have made the news beyond statements that (the party) was ‘killed resisting arrest.’ What reason would authorities have to broadcast details suggesting otherwise?

When government embarks on a tyrannical course against its own citizens, some such confrontation is ABSOLUTELY ASSURED. How it turns out is a matter of happenstance no one can predict for certain, though it must result in a bad end for someone, or multiple someone’s. In truth, it is bad for us all, as it ratchets up the tension and increases the likelihood of a repeat scenario. In time, if we study history, we learn it must lead to armed rebellion. Thus we should be mindful to the tenth point we had concluded in our conversation:

10) If just one person’s rights can be trampled upon by government at will, than the rights of no one is respected and do not remain valid; they become mere political rhetoric, a lip service. If one of us lives in fear for cause, then we all ought be mindful; the fear is truly a threat to us all. If one of us must act in self defense, then ultimately, we might all be better off acting in mutual defense sooner than later. “Freedom and justice cannot be parceled out in pieces to suit political convenience. I don’t believe you can stand for freedom for one group of people and deny it to others.” — Coretta Scott King. “The rights of every man are diminished when the rights of one man are threatened.” ― John F. Kennedy

When is it a greater crime: to kill in self defense of others, or to allow others to die for lack of preempting their murder?

So, each of us must ask ourselves the following question: “Do I fear my government enough to consider the possibility that a confrontation may represent a kidnapping and life or death situation for me, if not at that moment, then as result of events which follow the moment? How can I, in good conscience, not consider to defend myself?

Indeed, for me, merely writing this makes me even more likely the target of NDAA. And I freely admit to qualifying to no fewer than a dozen ‘traits’ of a terrorist according to FBI’s little snitch lists. And, you know, with 85 terror tactics like ‘paying with cash’ on that list, SO ARE YOU. That’s exactly what I’m saying. If one of us… all of us.

And just as important, who has the most ultimate power: the individual with rights under just Law of the Land, or an unjust and illegal law in the hands of the corporate state? The answers SHOULD be, the former, especially when there is no individual, but a united collective of individuals with the same intent.

The United States of Sorento Corporation

My ultimatum to the Sorento Corporation:

So I’m putting government on notice: Dear U.S. Sorento Corporation, fictitious holding company DBA United States, as listed in Dun and Bradstreet, and now a wholly owned subsidiary of Monsanto Corporation: I have a reasonable fear for my safety by YOUR own assigned definitions under your illegal corporate bylaws, which relegate me to the class of client termed therein as a terrorist. This terrorist therefore reserves the right of self defense, by any available means, up to and including your discorporation, and that of your parent and holding company. This I do under the authority granted my by the Constitution of the United States, the Bill of Rights, and the license of being a Free Sovereign Man, and not your personal property or chattel.

Moreover, the weapons I have and will use in my defense are beyond your ability to overcome by drone, by stealthy assassins, or by overpowering forces. They are ideas, and you cannot kill an idea. It is truth, and you cannot imprisson a truth once it is revealed. It is a willingness to die for my country, and you cannot kidnap that fact. You may, in fact, only martyr me, at best — a thing more to my advantage than to yours.

Take your best shot, if you dare, for I am everyman, and what you do to one of us you do to all of us. And frankly, I don’t think you can afford very many more martyrs before you spark a revolution. Which leads me to the notion, with apologies to friends Anonymous…

Does Anonymous act in self defense given they fight tyranny?

We are all everyman. We are Legion. We do not forgive. We do not forget. Expect us!

State Of New Hampshire Votes To Nullify McCain’s NDAA Indefinite Detention Rule! (politicalvelcraft.org)
Montana votes 20-0 in favor of anti-NDAA bill (blacklistednews.com)
Resistance to NDAA Kidnapping Powers is our Duty (tenthamendmentcenter.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Government, military, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: kidnapping, Murder, National Defense Authorization Act, NDAA, posse comitatus, self defense, US Sorento Corporation, vanishing

Monsanto Protection Act Lights Fuse of Armed Insurrection

Mar 30

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Self Defense is the right of all Men regardless of any Law. When an illegal law deems to both make redress and self defense illegal, many will see it as time for a revolution. The Monsanto are coming. To Arms! To Arms!

by H. Michael Sweeney

Will Monsanto GMO spark a revolution?

Reading this post and its links, you will learn…

• Things so terrible that I will not bullet list them, lest you flee this page in fear of dark things;

• Things which may mean life or death to you, your family, and America as you know it;

• Things which, in the best of outcomes will undoubtedly mean thousands of lives taken by violence and/or a biowar intending depopulation.

Why does Monsanto have its own Police Force?

They keep perfecting mass murder. (click) From an interesting beforeitsnews.com piece

Many of us ‘prepers’ and ‘conspiracy buffs’ have warned for some time that government wants a showdown with YOU in their gunsights. Now we start to see proof there is a price to be paid for failing to heed, for those not prepared to face what apathy and inaction leads us all toward at speed. Got Bushmaster? No? Gave it up to Feinstan, Bloomberg, Sorento, et. al? Better put your affairs in order, then.

This latest tyrannical atrocity, The Farmer Assurance Provision Act of 2013, also dubbed the Monsanto Protection Act to reflect fascist provisions burried deep within it, is one line in the sand many will not likely let be crossed without a gunfight, or similar violence. Understand this: a fuse has been lit, and while the length of its burn is not known, the bang at the end could very well turn into a repeat of 1776.

Frankly, I don’t know whether to pray it does, or does not; it’s THAT SERIOUS a line in the sand, to me.

But it is not my opinion which matters as much as does YOURS. But do you even have one? If you do not, or don’t even know of and understand the nature of the threat from GMO corn, soy, and other bioengineered seed programs, and matters closely related, you will be happy to know Mother nature has a special place for you. It is called survival of the fittest, and destruction of the weakest, you being the latter in the equation; those who die from eating genocidal foods, a very real possibility in almost any proper review of facts.

We are talking about crops genetically modified to have built-in pesticide powers based on Monsanto’s Roundup, a known poisonous substance, and other ‘properties’ which make it even more dangerous. The Act gives Monsanto the power of life and death decisions with zero responsibility (impunity), and takes away the ONE THING which is designed by our Forefathers to PREVENT armed revolution; the means of the People to seek redress of grievances with government through the courts.

OK, then, if that’s how they want it… get ready to ‘pass the ammunition,’ instead.

Because why? Because there is so much resistance to labeling such foods at every turn, and because they are used to feed animals you eat in other foods, there is no way currently to avoid eating them, or know if you are or are not, save perhaps eating only organic produce. Even then, contamination is not impossible. The only solution left would be to stop Monsanto and friends DEAD in their tracks, and unfortunately, it appears they wish for force matters such that the only option available for us to do so may be to seek it in literal terms.

We would rather it be figurative. But if YOU otherwise make no collective effort to stop them peacefully, you will deserve your fate for being a dumbed-downed mind-controlled Sheeple. Your apathy and non participation will be causal to any escalation toward violence forced on those unable to make headway peacefully. Their failure will be because of your lack of support.

If you don’t get that, stop reading this until you’ve visited Oz to find some brain matter to replace the straw in your head. It’s all over the Internet, and from many, many viable sources (even the disinformation deliberately put out as a straw man tactic is based on ‘kernels’ of fearsome truth — and efforts to debunk this particular ‘conspiracy theory’ themselves lack credibility and tend to follow the 25 Rules of Disinformation, such as employing straw men, vanishing evidence, and so forth).

Is self defense justified if GMO threatens the lives of you and your family?

Things to know for your survival:

What Farmers have to say of their general concerns;
What Organic Farmers say about GMO contaminating non GMO crops, 270,000 sue Monanto;
Why 5 million famers are suing Monsanto over GMO for monopolistic practices;
Why 17,000 Famers in India committed suicide over GMO (due those practices);
How Monsanto in turn sues farmers when crops are contaminated with GMO, claiming ‘patent infringement;’
What Monsanto is doing to establish a private police force to use against farmers;
Why Monsanto spent $4.2 Million to defeat a GM food labeling law in just ONE State;
What Lawyers have to say about why the legislation to protect Monsanto from lawsuits is needed;
What Third-World nations have to say about GMO as a threat to their national security;
What Huff Post has to say about GMO causing infertility and infant mortality;
What UK news is saying about GMO causing cancers and birth defects;
German Law Suite for GMO corn killing 65 Cows, causing infertility in others;
About White House interference through Justice Department to prevent Monsanto investigation;
On Sorento’s incestuous appointment of Monsanto Chief to Senior Advisor to the FDA, the only agency with authority over Monsanto;
On Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas’ rise to absolute power after four years as Monsanto attorney;
On Monsanto Employees in Congress and elsewhere in government;
On Monsanto Protection Act introduced by Monsanto pocket Congressman, worded by Monsanto advisors;
What Monsanto says internally about liability;
Peaceful Protest Groups like OccupyMonsanto are undoubtedly now or soon to be labeled ‘terrorists.’
OccupyMonsanto leadership is arrested at the White House though there on legitimate business and behaving according to protocol;

GMO is tied to the Doomsday Vault, Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, depopulation

Doomsday Vault, Agenda 21, Codex Alimentarius, = depopulation

If the above still does not convince you, ask yourself why GMO crop makers, Bill Gates, and Rockefeller have funded, along with Bilderberger leaders, a ‘Doomsday Seed Vault’ protected by the highest of security on a private Island in frozen wastelands owned by a Bilderberger. There, non GMO seeds are being stored for some future use, accessible ONLY by the Globalist Elite — while at the same time we see from the above that these same people are taking steps to insure non GMO seed cannot even be purchased, much less used, without violating law. We are talking about billionaires who have private chefs, often having them travel with them on trips, and NEVER eat anything we eat, except on a rare lark.

Part of that story requires us to add to this complex mix of topics some equally scary things outside of, but tangent to GMO: Agenda 21 and Codex Alimentarius, for instance, and the concept of depopulation, long a known goal of Globalists to reduce us to a half million souls. Consider all these things collectively, and you realize that violence may be the only recourse, sooner or later, unless we can unify and find a quick way to avoid it. But the fuse, having been lit, makes sooner more urgent, and later less tenable.

Now, Sorento and Congress show their true colors as traitors to all Americans and the American way of life… even life itself, in fact, the hallmark of Satanic thinking in the Illuminati Plan to create a one-World government that they might seat the Antichrist. It’s O.K. if you don’t want to subscribe to that ‘theory,’ but I’ve written books with over 1,500 footnotes to make that very case.

But it is just a Congressional Bill we are talking about, and, after all, Congressmen will simply excuse themselves, saying they ‘didn’t read the Bill’ before they voted it. Sorry, but if things erupt with violence (and to a lesser degree if it does not), they will still be held accountable if they voted for it, as will the Great Pretender who signed it. Consider the full measure of risk they undertake by their crime against humanity, which is also treasonous. There can be no greater penalty than those common in such crimes, especially if during a war (revolution).

And for the matter, therein (Sorento’s signature) lies the problem for Monsanto. Even if Monsanto is not razed to the ground by angry citizens… even if their poisonous ‘product,’ which is nothing more than a tool designed to give them a global monopoly on farming and to depopulate the World with a soft kill is not destroyed in grain stores and warehouses before it is planted… even if they survive attacks against them and their evil seed… the Act does not afford the protection they presume by its signing into ‘law’. It is a fictional belief… not Law at all, but a fictional ‘law’ which is at best temporarily useful while government pretends it legitimate.

Any Bill signed by Mr. Sorento under a false identity will eventually be ruled null and void as will be all ‘law’ of the last four plus years of his charade; his pretense cannot long last, even if it requires a number of years after his final term in office expires to force the Courts to admit it. He has no power, and neither does anything he signs. There has been zero Law enacted since he took Office. He, and all who helped in the charade will be jailed or worse, and of no power whatsoever to help Monsanto (Oh, happy day!)

There will be no protections if the ‘law’ thought affording them was found illegal. Nor if collusion between Monsanto and politicians writing the Bill, and the White House are established as criminal in nature (as is already seeming to be the case in the links above). Even if the Courts were so foolish as to overlook such reasons for nullification, perhaps due to bribes or threats, or the influence of Clarence Thomas, the court of Public Opinion and a little thing called self defense will still afford a final ruling which will be enforced.

Can self defense ever be peaceful?

PEOPLE HAVE THE RIGHT TO DEFEND THEMSELVES FROM HARM

This ACT, I fear, is the final spark which has at last lit a fuse which cannot easily be put out; a fuse leading to armed insurrection. I’ve tried to warn government and citizens in my earlier posts that every time politicians elect a criminal or unconstitutional choice, they put a gun to their own heads in a game of Russian Roulette, a game which decides if armed revolt breaks out.

Given the levels of frustration that I feel in this matter, I can only imagine how famers feel, and picture them raiding grain stores and destroying Monsanto product wholesale, if not marching on Monsanto properties with guns and torches to level them and drag corporate bosses into the streets. I fear hanging in effigy may not be seen sufficient. Hopefully I am wrong, and mere alarmist. But if I thought it would actually end the matter usefully, I’d be tempted myself. But would it be useful, really?

I wonder. I wonder because I also fear this is exactly the situation intended by Globalist leaders who seem to control our government. I fear it why DHS has placed bid requests for 1.4 billion rounds of munitions, including 9 million sniper rounds, none of it for normal military operations. In fact, I fear it related to a long list of other curious purchases and moves by government over the last few years, especially those since Sorento took office.

They collectively point to an intent to light such a fuse, I fear. Such pointers include, for instance, a steady stream of military mock raids on American cities with armed helicopters discharging gattling guns, soldiers repelling from or landed from the choppers to blow the doors off of buildings and engage in combat with ‘resistance,’ of some imagined sort.

Who will stop GMO crops from killing you or your family?

WE ARE THAT RESISTANCE

Confrontation is exactly what I and many others have feared all along was intended at some point in the future, and now, with the Act — it seems absolutely unavoidable and on the near horizon. Now that they see they cannot arrange to ban guns which approximate military grade, thereby effecting a de facto gun seizure, indications are now that they are going to instead foment a wave of violence in the heartlands and cities to justify labeling gun owners as a threat to national security, and come after them by force.

I even worry they may even foment that violence themselves and blame it on us (false flag operations) to justify their heavy hand to passive onlookers, the Sheeple at large. For this Act will undoubtedly result in such outrage and frustration as to move those most concerned to violence, even if it takes some entrapment or priming of the pump of anger and concern. If not shooting, then arson or bombing, from which must eventually evolve shooting by on side or the other. The fuse has been lit.

While there are only a few million rural persons who’s livelihoods still depend on farming success, almost all are quite well armed. There are tens of millions more who truly understand GMA enough to side with Farmers, a large number of them also armed, and some number of them are surely angry enough to say, “Pass the ammunition!”

But even if only 1% of farmers dared take a militant stand and resist with forceful action to protect their way of life, and the lives of all us… to save us from domination and ruination by Monsanto and a truly insane and clearly fascist government (defined, in part, as a government which makes oppressive laws to the benefit of corporate profits and the power elite to the detriment of the citizens)… even 1/tenth that number is more than enough people to start a full-scale armed revolution (statistically proven through history).

The mechanics of revolution, as I have pointed out in above linked post, clearly require only two things: a handful of angry people willing to do something which cannot be ignored by government, something which is seen to strike a blow for freedom; and a government willing to use a heavy hand to quash them for their trouble. In every instance, instead of quashing them, they make martyrs and fuel the anger in those previously asleep in their inaction. As result, those who survived the start of matters are joined by many millions more, and a full-scale revolution is born. “Pass the ammunition!”

This time, I fear government has indeed gone to far, and I urge everyone who is angered and moved to action to please stop, think, and act responsibly. Do not react carelessly out of emotion. Violence on your part is likely expected, and desired. Do not give in. Instead, organize and resist in every legal way you can muster (there are ways to do that). As part of the protest, I beg you make clear, as this post attempts to warn, that escalation will be the consequence of inaction by government and the criminal corporations.

They must be shown we will not let them continue to consider humans as mere objects they may move about on a financial and political chessboards, and knock off the board as pawns to suffer death or a life of misery or servitude. We will not idly stand by and let them win the game in which only they, Globalists all, deem to be onlyplayers with any chance at winning. We pawns must become our own self-guided army, and change the rule of the game so that we… we mere avatars of their avarice, are the ones who win.

How can GMO crops be stopped?

WE DARE NOT LET THE GAME CONTINUE AS IS

The fuse is lit. Who will help extinguish it by right action? Who will fan it to burn faster? Only YOU can decide. YOU are what you’ve been waiting for. Either way, I’m looking forward to ruining their game. But I can do nothing without YOU, be it words or bullets that eventually do the talking.

Enough talking. It’s all made me hungry. Let’s get something to eat…

On second thought, I’m not so sure there’s anything good to eat any more. Perhaps I’ll just share this post with some friends, instead, and start a dialog about what we might be able to do change that little problem.

What can we do to stop Monsanto madness?\\\\\\\\\\\

Monsanto Required (Nutrition Optional) (factgammon.wordpress.com)
Top 10 excuses for Obama signing the Monsanto Protection Act (thedailysheeple.com)
Monsanto = GMO? ~ Oh HELL No! (conservativeread.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Government, Health, News Events, Political Commentary

Leave a comment

Tags: Genetically modified food, Genetically modified organism, GMO, Monsanto, Organic farming, revolution, self defense

Don’t Ban Guns, Ban Magic Bullets

Mar 21

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Whenever you get a magic bullet explanation, you know there is a cover up. A cover up is proof of a conspiracy; a hidden agenda or dark plot. Why is that so hard for most of us to grasp that we accept without question the claim that it is, instead, mere conspiracy theory?

by H. Michael Sweeney

What is a magic bullet explanation?

What you will learn reading this post:

• Magic Bullet explanations are commonly used as a cover up tool;

• Such explanations do not always involve bullets, but use the same methodology;

• To make explanations stick, it is necessary for media or government to label any who question as ‘conspiracy theorists;’

• Magic bullets, when unquestioned and excused by labeling, are themselves proof a conspiracy exists;

• There are many dark bumps-in-the-night in our recent history which so illustrate (several included).

Promo artwork for Play, The Magic Bullet Theory, which perfectly addresses the problem (click)

Despite the fact that there is a dramatic and continual reduction in gun violence in America over many decades… part of the national experience involves an increase in traumatic mass shootings which are seemingly random and without cause… and we have media to point out every shooting event as though it somehow relates directly to the mass shooting madness, presumably in hopes we will say, ‘Please, won’t someone take our guns away?’

If everything were as it is presented on the surface, I might not be so upset with those who so conclude. The idiocy of a Piers Morgan and others suffering from Feinsteinian mental incapacitation would seem tolerable and understandable. But is everything as it is presented on the surface? Cleary it is not, if you pay the least bit of attention and are not dumbed down by TV Psyops News technology. I speak of magic bullets being used in the guns they want to ban, and similar use of failed logic in ‘factual presentations’.

I’m talking about JFK assassination quality explanations and related tactics employed in cover ups, even beyond shooting events.

Where do we get the expression, “magic bullet”?

What is a Magic Bullet?

The first Magic Bullet, the definitive illustration, arose out of the conspiracy to conceal the truth behind the murder of President, John Kennedy. In review, the Warren Commission investigating the matter had a big problem in two parts. The first was, the number of shots fired in a narrow interval of time from an obsolete bolt-action rifle in poor repair could not possibly account for the number of wounds of the two men the shots struck — unless there were two or more shooters… or unless there was some magic involved. FBI’s best sharpshooters could not duplicate the number of shots and hits fired in the space of time allotted and came nowhere close to the magical performance alleged of the designated patsy, Lee Harvy Oswald.

The second problem was that they dare not rule a conspiracy of multiple shooters.

In fact, Supreme Court Justice, Earl Warren had privately been both warned and threatened by President Lyndon Johnson that it MUST be ruled a ‘lone gunman,’ because there was a significant fear that the truth would require the U.S. go to war with either Cuba and/or Russia, as there was anecdotal (staged) evidence pointing in those directions. Too, there were early conspiracy theories evolving putting the blame on, variously, the Department of Defense, the CIA, and the Mob. But the later (Mob) included ties yet again to the former (CIA and elements of Defense), and so there could certainly be no conspiracy allowed if one were to skillfully avoid detection of skeletons in the national closet.

In the end, the conspiracy theorists would be proven right, of course — but even today, no one in media or government will so admit. It HAS been proven by sworn courtroom testimony of CIA agents involved (Marita Lorenz, E. Howard Hunt; Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby), and more recently, a Mob shooter involved , and additional evidences over time, all of which has been addressed in earlier blog posts and most of which was covered in detail in my book set, Fatal Rebirth. The Warren Commission had Marita’s testimony, but chose to ignore it.

The solution to prevent any such discovery was, like the problem, in two main parts, plus a third supplemental component. The first was a lie, and the second was to seal the records to conceal the lie. The lie was in the form of a bullet which defied multiple laws of physics and over 100 years of ballistics forensic science. It was first dubbed the ‘Magic Bullet,’ by New Orleans District Attorney, Jim Garrison in the trial for murder of JFK of CIA operative, Clay Bertrand Shaw… who indeed also had significant ties to the military and the Mob, not to mention an international assassination ring using both military and CIA resources (what Lyndon Johnson later called ‘Murder Inc.’), to include persons involved in the Dallas shooting.

From Jim Garrison’s trial of Clay Shaw

The Magic Bullet did the impossible: it inflicted two non-fatal wounds in Kennedy (entrance/exit), and four wounds in Texas Governor, John Connally, hardly any two of which lay in a straight path with a former point of origin. It traversed through 15 layers of clothing as well as the knot in the President’s tie (say, another 8 dense layers), 7 layers of skin, 15 inches of body tissue, destroyed 4 inches of a rib bone, shattered a radius bone, and came to rest in the Governor’s thigh, whereupon it elected to fall out onto his stretcher so it could be discovered at Parkland Hospital.

There it was found in near pristine condition with no signs whatsoever of having struck anything other than, say, a swimming pool filled with Jello. Such a bullet, copper jacketed, should have not only been significantly deformed by impact with the bodies, but also, shattered or splintered by the bones. But this was indeed a bullet with magical properties…

To have done as claimed, the bullet would have had to changed directions in mid air multiple times, and, according to Garrison, paused briefly in flight if to match the wound reactions in Conally seen in the Zapruder film. You can see why Garrison called it a magic bullet. So problematic was the conclusion, that the Warren Commission arranged for (bought) the testimony of a physics professor that all of the above was possible through a series of incredulous existential explanations using scientific theory (techno-babble). The cover up was begun, and much of America knew it, but could do nothing about it.

And if that were not bad enough… to make the Magic Bullet theory stick, Walter Cronkite, ex military intelligence turned CBS news anchor, thought to be acting under CIA’s Operation Mockingbird (media infiltration and manipulation), effected the supplemental component and coined the term: ‘Conspiracy Theorist.’ This he used skillfully to make anyone who dared question the Warren Commission’s findings seem ‘crazy,’ and ‘unpatriotic.’ That tactic (labeling) is one of the 25 Rules of disinformation, and dovetails nicely with the Official Formula for Conspiracy Coverups. It was so successful that it is still used, today, and in Spades.

Who uses magic bullet explanations, and why?

More Magic Bullets…

Not all magic bullet explanations are directly tied to shooting bullets, though some, as used in Sandy Hook and Aurora, do — as we see, below. They can instead be any key evidencial matter which simply does not make sense, but which is fully embraced and remains unquestioned by government and media, as if nothing were amiss. So let us go down the Rabbit Hole of our more immediate history and find some more magic bullets.

Oklahoma City domestic ~~state sponsored (false flag)~~ home-grown terrorist bombing: there are many magic bullet explanations we might discuss regarding the devastating blast at the Murrah Building that took 168 lives, including 19 young children at a day care facility on site. The most glaring is the nature of the bomb, itself. The official explanation is the use of a traditional home-made ANSFO (oil and fertilizer) explosive. The problem with that explanation is that the blast damage was such that ANSFO was impossible, a matter which forced FBI to continually upgrade the estimated size of (number of containers) the explosives used until they were forced to stop because they would exceed the capacity of the truck used.

The real problem was that the forensic evidence did not quite properly match ANSFO with respect to explosive residue, and, in point of fact, included pointers to a new type of explosive developed at a CIA proprietary which had earlier reported the equipment used to make the devices as having been ‘stolen.’ Additionally, the specific damage to the structure and nearby objects were unique and in opposition to the nature of the relatively low pressure blast waves associated with ANSFO, but sympathetic to the high pressure blast waves created by the CIA device, called METC, which produced forces of nuclear blast caliber on a small scale using an incredibly small bomb construct.

This is fully documented at my Web site, which, unfortunately, the IRS has effectively shut down as I can no longer afford to operate Web sites pending payment of an unexpected tax claim arising out of loosing our home in the Mortgage crunch (contributions via paypal using proparanoid at century link net would help get me back online). But I was not alone in this realization.

Brigadere General, Ben Partin, Ret, was the military’s foremost authority on explosives, and he essentially said much the same thing, and so, while I can’t link to my own Web site, you can hear him explain it in his own words, here. I’d rather you go to my Web site because it additionally contains condemning evidence that the bomb factory, complete with the appropriate Ryder truck used to deliver and detonate the bomb, had been photographed from the air by a hang glider pilot. He appears to have been shot down for the effort… at a secret facility constructed by the National Guard and protected on the roads by Marines with machine gun-mounted jeeps and in the surrounding woods by Men in Black — identically dressed in suits, sunglasses, and sporting shoulder-holstered weapons. You know… your typical National Guard facility built in a STATE PARK, complete with a cover story they were ‘testing Humvees’.

True to the above magic bullet explanation in multiple parts, even Partin was labeled a mere ‘conspiracy theorist,’ despite his credentials — or media failed to tell you he even existed. However, both he and I, among others, were invited by Willis Carto, former Editor of The Spotlight, a defunct Washington, D.C. newspaper — to participate in a round table review of OKC and Flight 800. That event, which I was unable to attend, also failed to make the news despite Carto’s best efforts to insure it.

Robert Kennedy’s murder by ~~CIA’s Thane Ceasar and patsy~~ Sirhan Sirhan: OK, just because a CIA mind control shrink was murdered after bragging to a prostitute that he programmed Sirhan… and because the woman in the Polka Dot dress that shouted ‘We killed Kennedy!’ in glee was seen with Sirhan, earlier… and because the cop in command on the radio that day told the cop that overheard the woman not to investigate because ‘We don’t want any conspiracy theories,’ was himself ex CIA… or because the man that ordered all RFK murder evidence relating to bullets fired destroyed was ex CIA, too…

That does not mean CIA had anything to do with RFK’s death, unless you are a wild conspiracy theorist. But there were some actual magic bullets to deal with, like the ones found in the woodwork destroyed as evidence, which exceeded the number of bullets in Sirhan’s gun… and the fact that the only shots which hit RFK were from immediately behind and fired upward (Sirhan was an appreciable distance in front of Kennedy). These bullets sound pretty magical, to me.

Thane Ceasar, an armed security guard on loan from a CIA proprietary was the person standing immediately behind Robert, that day, but of course, Police never thought to check his gun, lest THEY become conspiracy theorists. Amen.

The Vince Foster ~~murder~~ suicide: A key staff member of the Bill Clinton Whitehouse, Vince Foster, was found dead in a park at a precise location known in some circles for frequent use by spys in clandestine meets (e.g., a KGB meet with CIA). There was a conspiracy coverup at the time suspected (first revealed in The Spotlight) in the Clinton Administration, a matter in which Foster was a key player, and there were expectations he might spill the beans. No chance of that.

Instead, the official story is that he used an antique gun to shoot himself in the mouth at the park. Only problem was, it was indeed a magic bullet; in addition to the gun being inoperable, there was magically an absence of a pool of blood and splatterings at the scene, where his body was neatly laid out completely prone as if falling backward while remaining perfectly rigid. There were also no powder burns, another magical property. Charges of conspiracy theorists would abound at the slightest questioning of these inconsistencies.

Flight 800 ~~friendly fire shoot down~~ fuel tank explosion: Again, the best evidence I would normally point you to exists at my own Web site, where I reveal use the actual information from the official NTSB Crash Report to prove the NTSB altered, concealed, and manufactured evidence in support of the their conclusion that frayed wiring caused the center wing fuel tank to explode, killing 230 persons. Again, there are many magic bullets, but the primary fuel tank explanation is the most glaring — never mind many confirming eye witness reports (including military observers), radar tracks, and other proofs that a missile fired from a warship participating in war games brought down the plane.

There were many magic bullet issues with the fuel tank, the most glaring of which was the absence of soot on the appropriate surfaces of the fuel tank components, sooting which instead existed on surfaces inconsistent with the explanation (sooting on the outside, but not the inside where the explosion was claimed to have initiated). In like manner, the sequence of destruction described did not account for select (ignored) damages, specifically including two holes in the fuselage which were claimed not to exist, but which are visible in photographs if knowing where to look — which if taken as an entrance and exit point for a non exploding (war game) missile, would perfectly account for the sequence of destruction, both cited and ignored. Thirdly, the flight recorder data itself clearly reflected the effects of the missile strike and was sympathetic to the fuller destruction sequence, but was ignored and simply dismissed as ‘faulty data’ by NTSB.

But we who opposed the official story were mere conspiracy theorists, right? Never mind I have some experience in crash investigations while in the USAF, even reporting to Congress as part of a Weapon Systems Acceptance and Evaluation Team where crashes were reviewed and analyzed. Having credentials just means you are extra crazy to disbelieve the official line, it seems.

The Aurora theater ~~false flag shooting team~~ lone gunman event: once more, there are many magic bullets. Here, I’ve already outlined 25 key questions, thankfully NOT at my Web site, but in blog form. Most of these, or at least in combinations, represent magic bullet issues. So many questions, in fact, it took three blog posts to review them all, the last perhaps being key-most. Just a few to pique your interest in summary:

‘Who opened the OUTER door for James Holmes?’

‘Who were the two people who entered the adjacent theaters on either side to warn patrons not to use the exits to the parking lots, and why did they do so, since there was no possible way anyone inside the theater could have known it unwise, and the only logical thing making it unwise would be preventing witnesses from seeing something in the parking lot they could not be allowed to report.’

‘How was it that patrons in the adjacent theater saw flashes of light and heard associated bangs from their theater entrances (the hallway/lobby area) unless someone ALSO threw flash-bang devices there while James threw ONE inside the theater while all doors were closed?’

I’m a damn conspiracy theorist, that’s how!

Sandy Hook ~~false flag~~ lone shooter event: I would hope by now it would not be required to point out that you can’t claim there were only four pistols found inside the school plus a rifle locked in the trunk and then claim the rifle was used to shoot everyone. But it is equally important to question how it would be possible for nearly every bullet to find its mark and to stay inside the bodies of a child as claimed if it was indeed the rifle that was used. Never mind that the Police audio transcripts would seem to describe someone taking an AR-15 out of inventory (“shorting” is the word they use), perhaps that it could be claimed to have been ‘found.’

Surely don’t disbelieve or question the ever changing stories about kids and a bus driver who escaped the shooting by walking past a Fire Station where they could have both taken true safe shelter and reported the shooting to first responders immediately, and instead walked another two blocks to sit on the grass and await discovery by a strange little man with a Masonic emblem cut into the lawn in his back yard. There is more you might ought ignore, but to pay attention and object would make you, too, a conspiracy therorist.

Collection of politically incorrect comic artwork (click)

The election of ~~foreign-born CIA operative Barry Sorento~~ President Obama: I really have to laugh if you don’t already know this one, and won’t even waste my time explaining another crazy conspiracy theory to you. Just go watch that new TV series, The Bible, instead, and you will feel better almost immediately… at least by the time you get to the scene where Christ is tempted by the Devil. LOL.

Sept. 11 ~~false flag~~ precision-crafted terror attack by a man living in a cave: Ditto.

Why are magic bullet explanations used?

Guns or magic bullets?

So, in conclusion, I’d prefer we don’t ban guns, but instead pray we ban magic bullet explanations, and banish news sources that never quite seem to notice their existence or address them, but are quick to label anyone who does. Use your brain, pay attention, and avoid accepting on faith the content of dumbing down TV news shows and, especially, spin-control talking-head commentaries; those sources with mottos like ‘fair and balanced,’ and ‘spin-free zone’ are clear warning signs.

Think for yourself. Question government, question media, question inconsistencies, and be vocal about it, loud and frequently. And simply don’t give a damn if someone calls you a conspiracy theorist for your trouble; you can’t confuse them with the facts, their mind has already been made up for them.

Me, I take the label as a badge of honor. I rather imagine Diogenese would be proud of all who quest for truth over lies. Got lamp?

Does mainstream media tell the truth?

Psyops TV: How They Dumb You Down to Set You Up (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Official Formula for Conspiracy Coverups (proparanoid.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, Journalism, News Events, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Psyops TV: How They Dumb You Down to Set You Up

Mar 20

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

You are being indoctrinated and conditioned to accept the Orwellian nightmare. Cancel that. You have been, and here is how.

by H. Michael Sweeney

How can you spot psyops on television? Easy. Just turn it on!

Update: April 20, 2013 Made correction to heading numbering, and to add this commentary based on media coverage of the Boston Marathon bombing:

Hillary Clinton’s worries about loosing the information war to the Internet were most clearly mandated in the Sandy Hook matter when manipulated media was never more obvious. They made so many mistakes in presenting ‘facts’ that it is no wonder that conspiracy theories were popping up faster than for JFK’s murder.

Then came the Boston attack by two Brothers, and it is suddenly a 180 degree shift, almost as if CBS, the only network I was able to observe (but perhaps others) had actually read this blog page and fixed everything I’ve cited, as well as repaired the flawed methods employed in Sandy Hook for getting out the official falsehoods. No more conflicting facts, replaced instead on continual source checking and self correction, and plenty of differentiation between solid sources and conjecture.

They also dumped the psyops special viewing effects described herein, making it very possible for the most dumbed down of us to follow along and not get confused. It was 1950’s quality newscasts, all over again, but in living color. If all of media would follow this model, and do their job to question questionable government reports, there would be no reason for we conspiracy theorists (their term for questioning contradictions in what we are told) to worry the likes of Clinton.

This does not, of course, prove there was no false flag event involved, or a broader conspiracy yet to be uncovered, but the point is, there is no set of conflicting statements to fuel speculation of any such conspiracy. I don’t see conspiracy being the case, though there are some things which bother me about the affair which I’ll save for another blog well after the dust has settled.

I’d like to offer three cheers to all of law enforcement at all levels for a hard-won effort, and to media for doing their job the way they are supposed to, per the best tenants of Journalism. Keep it up, and you can put people like me out of business, and me happier for it! End of update.

Was the Boston Marathon bombing false flag?

What you will learn reading this blog:

• Documented CIA and similar covert media psyops programs have been run on us as far back as 1914, and likely, before;
• Media disinfo and conditioning is a form of Political Control Technology, a polite term for mind control;
• TV programming is designed to make us fearful enough to accept military rule and violation of Constitutional rights;
• TV news employs psyops science in visual presentation as a key tool for dumbing down;
• TV ‘entertainment’ is often a dumbing down tool and/or conditions us for dark things to come;
• One small group controls and insures that school textbooks jump-start young people toward the dumbed-down state.

Can TV be used in mind control? Yes!

In 1968 you got a simple, direct presentation of news. Still images in the background, moving images filled the screen replacing the reporter. Simple, informative.

In defense of Television executives, media moguls, and producers everywhere, they have largely been duped into cooperating in TV psyops unknowingly… well, yes there are quite a few very eager to go along, too. After all, Fascists exist in every industry sector, especially when the New World Order crowd deems media control a priority; one of the key steps in the Illuminait’s original 1776 plan to establish a New World Order (they coined the phrase); a long-term plan to establish a one-World government that they might seat the Antichrist.

But here and now in contemporary times, the tools of psyops are all powerful, and the Illuminati would seem well and alive in the Globalist ’round table’ enclaves such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderbergers, the Skull and Bones, Rhodes Scholarships, and on and on. But we are talking here about their operatives, not their leadership; the ones who effect psyops in support of such agenda.

That means we are talking about CIA, military, and military-industrial-complex infiltration and manipulation of media, which is why in my books on abuse of power by and crimes of the New World Order, I call it the Military Industrial Intelligence Media Complex (MIIM). We start this examination by going back a little bit in time, as what has come before has been in building block fashion…

Does the military industrial complex use psyops to make us want a war? Yes!

Stage 1: Operation Mockingbird

Actually, stage 1 predated Mockingbird, and yet was its archetype. It took place pre WWI, when the Powder Interests (arms industry, predecessors to the military industrial complex) bought control of 26 newspapers to change public opinion about entering into the war.

Note of whimpering: I would normally send you to a link at my own Web site with the full Congressional Record proof of the matter, but the IRS has effectively shut down my income producing sites leaving me to live on about $530 a month after paying them $150 against some $6,000 of the National Debt seemingly engineered for the purpose. So the link illustrating the matter will take you elsewhere. Any contributions via PayPal using proparanoid at century link net would help put me back online. End of whimpering, for now.

America was, at the time, quite Pacifist in view, until the bought media began reporting in unison the lie that German soldiers were regularly raping and then cutting off the breasts of Belgium women, especially Nuns. That, and like reported crimes never happened, at least not as claimed, though you still find citations that it did based on the original reports even today. Post war research verifies NO SUCH CLAIMS.

There was one oft cited incident as ‘proof’ of such. The victim was not a Nun, as reported by a Belgian soldier’s commentaries published in a book by the American Defense Society in 1918. That group was formed in 1915 with ex military, arms merchants, and others and was quite militant, led by non other than Theodore Roosevelt, who had lost the 1912 election against Pacifist Wilson. This was AFTER media reports about the atrocities and seems an attempt to ‘prove’ the matter after the fact. They hardly needed bother, as anyone who questioned such reports was decried as un-American, unpatriotic, and a Socialist traitor. ADS believed in enforcing Sedition policies (criticizing or questioning government was treated as a crime).

Such tactics changed our mood as a nation. So when they also illegally secreted munitions aboard the cargo holds of the Luxury Liner RMS Lucitania, and then let the Germans know about it… the Germans did the predictable thing and sank the ship, sparking enough outrage that we finally went to war. Now, while we are wanting to talk TV, here, and a bit perhaps about the film industry, closely related — what they learned in 1917 would apply once TV had gotten its foothold in the American landscape.

The National Security Act of 1947 saw the birth of CIA, Department of Defence, the National Security Council, and all resulting sins, including mind control projects. The lesser known story, as revealed in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, is that the Act was sponsored by the evolving Powder Industry, as well. In fact, they threatened to establish a civilian operated equivalent of CIA if Truman did not move Congress to do so.

As it happens, a relative on my Wife’s side was right in the middle of that, serving both directly in the Truman White House as State Department liaison, and later, a like role for the Secretary of Defense. I had access to a trunk load of his papers going back to WWI, where he was Army Intelligence. ‘Uncle’ George Bernard Nobel was also a Rhodes Scholar who later helped establish Pacific Rim Globalist round table groups while professor at Reed College, to whom we donated his papers — save the WWII code books disguised as Masonic lodge codebooks (a different one every 90 days), which I retained.

One of the earliest projects undertaken by CIA, of course, was to attack United States citizenry with the same exact covert war tools it would later apply against other countries they wanted to topple: disinformation through media infiltration and control. Called Operation Mockingbird, CIA put thousands of agents to work in all forms of news media, and bribed or intimidated, blackmailed, or misled legitimate reporters, producers, and moguls to cooperate. Don’t take my word for it, it, too, is in the Congressional Record.

It continues today in many ways, though Mockingbird was ‘discontinued,’ after it was revealed in the 1970s through Congressional investigation… after nearly 30 years of disinformation damage. One early example of particular note close to my heart was the coining of the phrase ‘conspiracy theorist’ by ex Army intelligence officer, Walter Cronkite. This was used to discredit and quell the many questions arising in the public’s mind over ties between JFK’s murder and CIA and the military, and the Mob partnership behind the plot, as eventually proven in courtroom testimony by ex CIA Agents involved (Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby).

Another close to my heart was the deliberate and methodical placement of jokes in comedy shows regarding tin foil hats (continues today there, and on the Web), implying anyone/anything relating to the possibility of mind control was ‘loony.’ In truth, the joke were sparked because a particular man in NYC entered a Police Precinct wearing a tin foil hat claiming he was being mind controlled by CIA experiments.

Totally ignored and shoved out the door with suggestions he see a shrink, his body was later found… minus tin foil hat, where there were dozens of electrodes implanted in his brain. This made the newspapers, and within weeks TV sitcoms began having jokes about tin foil hats here, there, and everywhere. There is no Web link regarding that unfortunate victim’s news accounts now that my sites are shut down, but I have also documented it in my book, MC Realities.

Here is another look at Mockingbird by one of America’s last true investigative journalists, Carl Bernstien, of Watergate fame. But the important part is that television played an important role in early Mockingbird, a role which would eventually prove key to getting Bush and Nixon into the White House, the start of the Bush Dynasty. That, and CIA ‘adapted’ software used to ‘count’ votes in America (the book Votescam, by James and Kenneth Collier, is a good place to review, the very first chapter).

How does TV dumb us down?

Stage 2: Indoctrination to set you up

50s & 60s TV: Broderick Crawford's Highway Patrol, and The Man From U.N.C.L.E. featuring Robert Vaughn and David McCallum of NCIS fame as Soviet Illya Kuryakin

50s & 60s TV: Broderick Crawford’s Highway Patrol, and The Man From U.N.C.L.E. featuring Robert Vaughn and David McCallum of NCIS fame as Soviet born Illya Kuryakin

Coincidental with Mockingbird was infiltration of Hollywood and TV programming with propaganda which continues at a heightened pace, today. I’m talking about the early use of documentary-style portrayals of real-world, and later, fictional events involving ‘white hat’ Agencies. The first of note was I Led Three Lives, a dramatization of the true-life story of an advertising executive who was actually a covert undercover FBI double agent within the Communist Party, where he was involved in aiding and yet subverting plots to overthrow the United States. It taught us to fear the Reds all over again after McCarthyism. Then came FBI, staring Efram Zimbalist, Jr., which overtly went after the Communists as well as bank robbers, kidnappers, and other nasties — in an America where the only car maker was apparently Ford, as the streets were filled with the sponsor’s product; an early product placement strategy where even the bad guys drove them.

The purpose of these shows was: a) to make you glad we had such agencies by; b) portraying evil everywhere, and c) always getting the best of the bad guys by being good guys, upright, moral, and always operating legally. It worked. I loved those shows as a kid, as did my parents. As consequence, a whole generation of young grew up wanting to join the FBI, CIA, Police, and so forth. CIA had shows like Robert Culp/Bill Cosby (in a serious role!) in I Spy and Patrick McGoohan as Secret Agent, not to mention The Man From U.N.C.L.E. (a secret United Nations version of CIA that taught us to trust the U.N. to watch out for us) and interest in law enforcement was fueled by endless Cop shows, of which there were so many over the years as to be pointless in naming, except perhaps for Jack Webb’s Dragnet, and Broderick Crawford’s Highway Patrol, two of the earliest successes.

Fast forward to recent times, and they’ve refined the tactic to condition us to military dominion. But also with a mental switch being thrown… as they now want us to think that its OK for the good guys to not be so legally upright. You know… ‘the ends justifies the means’ thinking (a Fascist’s motto). It started with shows like JAG (Judge Advocate General), where the military justice and investigation system was quite well presented that we should think it as good as civilian justice, coincidentally more or less synchronous with A Few Good Men, a major motion picture equivalent with Jack Nicholson and Tom Cruise. Well, they at least obeyed military law and procedure, but the next wave was a bit more ‘loose’ about it, spin offs from JAG, mostly.

That would be NCIS and a flood of sister/spinoff/parent shows where you are guaranteed in each and every episode to see someone’s privacy illegally invaded at the touch of a computer or other act (but it is OK, it is the military/government, after all, and they would certainly watch out for us innocent folks who have nothing to hide, right? Besides, the bad guys don’t deserve the same treatment as we would want for ourselves, do they?) Rights should be contingent upon government’s judgment, we are to believe, and they seem pretty free to make instant judgements in these shows… “Already done, Boss,” as McGee (Sean Murry) says so frequently in NCIS.

Note: Indeed this is exactly what the Constitution of the NewStates of America spells out. The document is intended to replace the current Constitution after Martial Law and military rule, according to former Naval Intelligence Officer, William Cooper, who discovered the document had been prepared at a cost of $25 million by a NWO think tank. In Fatal Rebirth, the entire document is analyzed verse by verse to reveal that there are no guaranteed rights. All are conditional, and all are subject to retroactive cancellation, and more than one authority may so decree. Anyone may be ruled an enemy of the State at any time for any reason.

Such shows also tend to have advanced alien-caliber technological capabilities which work instantaneously to provide, in the nick of time for both the plot and the next commercial break, the critical evidence. This aspect is also present in many of the crime fighting counterparts such as Numbers (where they in each show attempt to present, but I have yet to see, a scientifically correct presentation of their questionable methodology), Profiler (gets us used to the idea that profiling, normally a negative term, is a bit like pre-crime thought police, and a good thing — we need more cops on our streets, and a few more in our heads), CSI, and so forth, proving to us Citizens that we ought be good and fully obedient, because like Santa, the cops and the Federales can always find out who’s’ naughty and nice, no matter what. Obey, or they will get you.

The truth is, though you may yet still doubt it, you are being set up for military control. More on that notion in the summary. And yet, it is a double whammy, because everything the TV moguls have learned about how TV can be used to manipulate you for the purposes outlined, can also be applied in marketing to boost advertiser sales. So while you are being dumbed down and set up, you are also being convinced you need (everything). So don’t just obey, but also, order yours today, and be sure to borrow heavily to do it! Remember, debt is the ultimate form of non violent control, and the last thing you want is to force them to resort to violence (which is inevitable, anyway, because they have to get the guns, you know – another reason for needing to stage an event worthy of Martial Law).

Does news deliberately dumb us down? Absolutely!

Stage 3: News Manipulation to dumb you down

We will talk about a number of things here, and a bit later, we will look at some specific technical methods employed. This section sets the stage. I’d send you to my Web site for the 25 Rules of Disinformation, all of which are easy to see illustrated in news in general. But I can’t (still whimpering and hoping for your kind contribution), so here is one of the many dozens of sites which have reproduced it, my most popular piece ever, with many tens of millions of downloads. You will find that each ploy is used on you every day, either directly by media, or by those they are interviewing without doing their job of asking hard questions when things don’t make sense as result of the ploy(s) elected.

So when they tell us there were four pistols ONLY found in Sandy Hook, and the Rifle was locked in the car, but all the kids were shot with a Bushmaster, and moreover, virtually every round fired by the 3,000 foot per second high powered bullets not only hit a target (almost no misses), but also stayed in the bodies… we tend to accept it as ‘factual.’ No wonder there are so many conspiracy theories afoot about that, and other news stories of our time. And this is proof of dumbing down, because more than half the people are NOT questioning the ‘facts,’ all effectively turned into Ozzian Scarecrows in search of a brain; straw-stuffed Sheeple.

Used to be, Newsmen listened to what sources were telling them, reported that, and when finding inconsistencies, pursued them until they had an answer, and told us that, too, wether it was a good or bad answer. They also used ‘redactions’ or other correction notices to update us when things became clearer. Now you get the official line, and on to the next story before you think something was amiss. Heaven forbid we should dare ask about the man behind the curtain.

Got a war? Imbed the journalists with psyops media warriors to insure news cameras see only what they are supposed to see, and report what is allowed to be reported (patriotic pro war). Those not willing to be embedded, get shot up by helicopter gunships and tanks just to make sure they might ought prefer to be embedded. And yet, there is even disinfo and psyops taking place in such friendly fire incidents…

Who is most often central to those reports? Reuters, an original CIA Operation Mockingbird front which was (at one time, at) owned outright by CIA, though you won’t find that in a Google Search (you used to be able to do so). It is listed in my books, and of course, at my sites (whimper). My favorite photograph (also at my Web site) is a news crew in Africa interviewing some Nigerians about terrorist activities in the region, and the guy holding the sound boom has a T-shirt which reads, “NOT CIA.” Really?

Which brings us to some more dumbing down/setting up. Remember that series of ‘bin Laden’ videos we kept seeing after 9-11 ‘obtained’ with messages for the World? If you are not afraid of terrorists, you won’t put up with oppressive Constitutionally neutering laws and atrocities by TSA, unconstitutional border checks 60 miles inland on highways not even going to the Border, and military gunships letting go with their Gattlings near your kid’s school. Internationally (but not in America), experts on bin Laden, on the Arabic language, and in governments far and wide were stating publicly on THEIR news that the videos were fake (eventually admitted to by CIA), not bin Laden, but a look-alike, and not saying what was claimed, at all.

Keep in mind every news outlet in America of any clout ALWAYS keeps tabs on what other nation’s media are talking about. That’s one way they learn about newsworthy events around the World, and about how other nation’s see events in America, which is often an element of the ongoing story, here. So it isn’t just experts in America they were deliberately ignoring, they were also pretending no one else in the World was talking about it. Deliberate psyops by concealment. That’s willful malfeasance, and as such disinformation has effectively cost American lives, makes them complicit in murder,should anyone wish to file a lawsuit.

But, thanks to the Internet, we eventually as a collective consciousness began to realize the tapes were phony, and we also began picking up on stories which revealed that the Iraqi troops bayonetting of babies in Kuwaiti hospitals in order to steal their incubators was, like the Belgium women’s breast story… an official CIA hoax. Now here is where we see yet another manipulation of media, this time the Internet. As recent as two years ago (last time I did it, anyway), you could find mainstream coverage on the Web of the revelation that this was a lie fostered by a Public Relations firm that is listed as a CIA front. Not now. Now you can only find blogger, Youtube, my closed Web site, and foreign media reports. One of the Rules of Disinformation is, after all, ‘If you don’t print it (or hide it, later), it didn’t happen.’

It was roughly in this time frame, in my opinion, that America began to realize that we hardly EVER got the truth from Washington, or for the matter, the Washington Post, New York Times, Time Magazine, CNN, MSNBC, ABC, et. al. The led to…

What is the information war? Disinformation at its finest.

Stage 4: The Information War

The information war was officially on between the Internet via outspoken activists, investigative writers, and indeed, conspiracy theorists who sought only the truth, and the MIIM complex and their minions of control, mainstream media. This was recently officially acknowledged in a recent remark to Congress by Hillary Clinton as Head of the U.S. State Department, obliquely referencing the Internet in and among a larger collective of ‘alternative media’:

“We are in an information war and we are loosing that war.”

Of course, you only got the sanitized version from the Washington Post and other mainstream outlets. They would have you believe she was only worried about foreign news networks such as Al Jazeera, and RT (Russian Television) News. Both of these outlets offer English speaking versions and are enjoying American viewing attention at up to 100 times greater than failing american media giants. And where are they getting all the attention? Not via TV sets, but the Internet, a little detail omitted in the telling of her story by those media giants.

But who can blame us for wanting to hear what other countries say when we find out our own country is lying to us? And I mean BIG TIME. Did you know the Pentagon knew the date of the Afghan invasion and was sending Colin Powel and top US Generals around to our allies to arrange for multinational support well before Sept. 11 attacks? What? You thought we only went to war when there was a just cause? Would it help you to know that Australian, Indian, UK, and Russian news sources were talking about this before Sept. 11 and wondering how we were going to justify war with a backward non technological country rich with oil, gas, and illegal drug growing operations?

Clearly, someone in the military knew in advance there was going to be a ‘Big Wedding’ (al Qaeda’s alleged codename for 9-11) event, and was sending out guest invitations. But American media dare not report that fact before the event, or you would realize 9-11 was an inside job. Truthers exist everywhere, as result of the endless conflicting facts, but are belittled by media in self defense; if they admitted the truth, they would be confessing complicity to a conspiracy to mass murder.

And yet they continue to loose ground, making it an urgent matter for the Globalsist to more quickly move toward Martial Law, because THAT will also enable…

Stage 5: Internet 3.0, the Kill Switch, and political censorship

Congress has repeatedly attempted to redefine the Internet towards political censorship, a matter which deserves its own blog, and indeed, many good articles already abound. Take a look at SOPA, PIPA, and CISPA, for instance (Congressional Bill nicknames). But if there is a Martial Law, the Web will be shut down, as will be phones, mail service, and radio/TV as we know it. The only communications allowed will be government to you, and mostly unpleasant in nature. Moreover, it will be illegal to criticize government publicly.

Eventually, services will be restored, but at that point, you will not be able to rely upon the Web for ANYTHING short of government and corporate approved content. A total Police State will have been achieved, and we will be dealing with the NewStates of America, which will move to form (as enabled by the new Constitution) the North American Union in support of the march to a one-World government, and the Antichrist’s End Game.

Fortunately, we are not there, yet. But they are preparing us for that day, conditioning us daily in our TV news feeds. And to help us get the right message, they use clever visual tricks to go with the information they want us to come away with (and minus that they are unwilling to reveal). That brings us to the most interesting section, in my view…

How does TV dumb us down?

The psyops science behind TV News

CNN has so much going on visually you cannot possibly avoid dumbing down to the story presented

CNN has so much visual clutter you cannot possibly avoid dumbing down to the story

A seldom noticed tool for dumbing down is right in front of your eyes when watching modern network (and to a degree, local) news programs. It is the methodology (psyops science) of visual presentation. Compare today’s methods as we examine them to the image at page top from a 1968 newscast. Which one is likely to better insure your attention is focused on the words you hear and the key photos or moving images representing the actual news topic under discussion? The answer MUST be, the old way. A mind’s attention divided against itself by distractions cannot be whole in thought. It’s how accidents happen in the real World. It’s how dumbing down happens in the news world.

First Example: CNN; the sample images are divided into zones for discussion purposes. I have additionally outlined areas in red which represent special effects being applied in unique ways with respect to transparency. When things are transparent, and especially when the background is indiscernible, it allow the subconscious mind to be confused; something solid seems real and factual, that which is nebulous is less real or concrete, and more implied than factual.

Zone 1, a and b parts — is showing a moving graphical pattern promoting the news program, which in this case really is not a news program at all, but a news spin mechanism to take a select news story and make sure you get the official slant in a way that interfaces well with the greater Globalist agenda (i.e., gun control is good, OWS and Internet activists are bad, etc.). You literally see it in her eyes; ‘You have to believe me!’ There is no synchronicity in the movement of the background pattern between the zones, giving your mind a kind of subconscious mental puzzle to resolve… is it the same pattern, or isn’t it?

Zone 2 is also in two parts. The official CNN Logo (b) is animated over a separately animated background (a), to create a mental 3-D puzzle of sorts. An element of the puzzle is that the background is nebulous and hard to grasp, with just enough detail to imply there should be something there recognizable, and yet, just as you think you understand what it is, it is not. There is actually a 3rd unmarked zone I failed to note at first… the blackened rectangle at the lower-right corner. It also contains the same CNN image machinations, but the color has been removed, creating yet another puzzle for the subconscious to resolve.

Zone 3 in two parts — is yet another play on the name of the show, with things in motion. The name scrolls to the left in (a), competing with and drawing your eye away from any other text which appears, and then vanishing with transparency into part (b), which is where they want your attention to go (nothingness). So when the text changes and your eye darts to it (distracts you from the spoken word or other video present), you are additionally distracted subconsciously by the scrolling text adjacent; two tiers of distraction, one distracting you from the other.

Zone 4 in four parts — four different text sections, each able to change for various reasons, which may be synchronous as with a complete change of presentation topic, or asynchronous within a presentation to provide additional timed distractions. The worse offenders would be those texts which scroll endlessly. Your eyes dart back and forth endlessly, unless one thing seems more important momentarily. Regardless, you mind has been divided repeatedly.

What you are left with in most such shows, is no fewer than a half dozen moving images and as many textual elements, all competing for attention to subtly make it less likely that you will remember much more than the most basic of details — such that most Americans STILL TODAY, (of those who favor TV as their news source) are not even aware of the conflicting facts about guns at Sandy Hook, much less any of the other controversies. They simply were unable to absorb the needed level of detail to say “Wait a minute. Yesterday you said one thing, and now you are saying another?” Naturally, they also don’t realize they’ve been fed yet another magic bullet story (several, actually).

It is a Globalist’s tactic, so we find it in news Globally

Second Example: Univision; every network, indeed, every show, has to have a different ‘skin’ to make it visually identifiable. So a second example gives us a look at other ways to do the same thing within such skin changes. Here we see Zone 1 — a giant moving graphic element in four parts of the screen, all of which employs color cycling to further divide the parts. Color cycling is a psychotic technique which relaxes and subdues the conscious mind. Within it words are alive with motion, another layer of distraction. It is pervasive but cleverly segmented by other elements such that it is as if four separate, but synchronous sections, each competing for attention subconsciously.

Zone 2 in two parts — the primary (a) is the Reporter or first talking head. Multiple talking heads with their own window is a popular skin construct, one which especially becomes a great distractionary tool when you allow each person to speak over the other in heated manner which never seems to let but one side make their point fully… but the viewer, conditioned over time to side with the presenter’s viewpoint, simply sees ‘them winning the argument,’ and not them manipulating the flow of dialog. Else how do you explain ANY popularity for the likes of Torry turned ‘American Pontificator’ Piers Morgan, and the countless talking heads of like ilk?

Part (b) — is supplemental text information for labeling window content, and can change to other information for distractionary purposes. The question is, why is it important to tell us it is the Studio when we know that? Or to name the party just introduced or the newsperson we are used to seeing? We already know these things; they are simply there as a decisive distractionary tool. Every time they change, our eyes and attention are tempted to be diverted.

Zone 3 — in two parts is the second window for alternate video or added talking heads. This reduced viewing area will LIMIT the detail we are allowed in the news presentation. They might allow us the luxury of full screen video for things where they want us to absorb something (i.e., the full scope of violence by protestors), or elect the minimal viewing window when they’d rather we not so easily see something (i.e., police violence). Sure, sometimes it does not matter, and sometimes there may be no deliberate intent inherent in such changes. But the tool is there if they need it.

Zone 4 — is a replay of CNN’s, with an additional 5th part. There is no intrinsic difference in strategy or use. Again we find special effects using transparency along with motion (red outlined area near lower right corner). In this case, text is scrolling which is not quite readable without great effort, the same text (I think) as used in the main background (Zone 1), but scrolling the opposite direction. How distracting is that? It has to be intentional.

Worse, if there is any actual verbal content in all that scrolling background text, it is being absorbed by the subconscious. There is therefore the potential for subliminal programming, an early CIA developed mind control trick — but I do not know it is present, nor can I make such a determination as I do not read Spanish, and the original image is not clear enough to support translation efforts. I would defer to anyone with more direct specific analysis.

So, tell me again, Hillary, Piers, et.al, about Sandy Hook, 9-11, and why you don’t believe there is a conspiracy afoot somewhere in those engineered tragedies, and other controversies which flood the evil Internet? Oh… because people believe what you tell them to believe. I should have known better, since the public all went to school using text books approved by a handful of people in Texas appointed by George Bush to globalist standards… and most other States will not approve books unless the Texas group has first approved them.

Yes, I’m talking about the same people that insured text books sent to Afghani schools a decade before September 11 used pictures of bombs and guns and grenades for counting exercises… just in time to create a generation of terrorists… and then replaced them with pictures of wholesome things once we invaded. How could anyone believe anything else than the official message, given the running start on dumbing down such programming gives them? But you know, that’s yet another news story that’s vanished from the Web, of late, so why do I waste my time arguing with you?

Its the people who think for themselves I’m really concerned with reaching.

Who is winning the information war? YOU — if you pay attention!

The disaster of manufactured consent in the Matrix (usahitman.com)
Illuminati Mind Control & the Report from Iron Mountain (fromthetrenchesworldreport.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, History, Journalism, military, News Events, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

2 Comments

Tags: 25 rules of disinformation, American Defense Society, Central Intelligence Agency, dumbed down, information war, Martial law, New World Order, Psychological warfare, psyops, Television

1776 2.0 Cometh: What Price Treason, and Who Pays?

Feb 26

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Gun Control Laws and other Constitutional/Bill of Rights erosions by government are TREASON. Ultimately, YOU decide who is going to pay, and how.

1776 2.0 Cometh

by H. Michael Sweeney

Compare 1776 to 2012 and tell me where you live

What is the price of treason, and who pays?

Historically, the price of Treason can be unbearably high. If caught and convicted, the price can be as high as death, typically by hanging or by firing squad. In time of war, especially, and if that war be a revolution to throw off a tyranny born of such treason, the death penalty is more oft employed. Therefore, only a fool undertakes treason lightly; those who accept such risk must have great personal gains as their motive, else why the gamble?

But the cost is also high if such tyranny is not overthrown. If one is subservient to it without protest, or resistance is beaten down by it, the cost is loss of all Freedom, and often, again… the loss of life itself. For when government gives unto itself absolute power, it is corrupted absolutely, and free to deem any person at will as unworthy of life simply because they are seen as an inconvenience to whatever drives their tyrannical agenda. Yes. An example is called for:

Today, the person acting as President, through the NDAA Act, has, in conspiracy with those who voted for the Bill, usurped the power to take life and liberty with just a word; the tyrannical power of a 12^th century King. When any one man establishes by manipulative means the power of life and death over fellow men in deference to all existing law, it is a crime. Treason.

Alex Jones was right, gun control means 1776 all over again

A line in the sand: when is 1776, 2.0?

SOON, thanks to the push for gun control, when each of us must decide if we are subservient and wiling to be the ones to pay the price by giving up our rights as well as the means to insure them… or if we will instead assert our rights and throw off the yoke of fascist rule of the New World Order by defending our guns in resolute defiance BY RULE OF LAW; the Constitution’s Second Amendment. That’s what it is there, for — it is not there for Duck hunting rights. It is that we might always have available Minutemen, and all who are able ought serve.

Heed my words, for I have been warning of this moment in time for more than ten years, starting with my bookset, Fatal Rebirth.

Note: Fatal Rebirth predicted Sept. 11 events in sponsorship of Middle East wars for oil. It predicted assassination plots against Ross Perot to kill the third party movement (indeed, mailed anthrax attack on his family would cause him to withdraw from the election the very night he would have won a place on the ballot and legitimized a third Populist political party). It predicted many things, including a series of mass shootings to enable gun control legislation.

It also predicted the next wave of terror attacks, including likely locations and methods, as false flag ruse to declare Martial Law, suspend the Constitution, and go door-to-door to collect ‘contraband’ and discover ‘terrorists’ (after our guns, mostly). But it also predicted how to resist and overcome such tactics, with specific advice to the Militia and others wishing to resist. You can get a free copy of volume I ebook by email to pppress at century link net.

I’ve written many posts about the coming moment, too, best described as that critical moment when each of us must decide if a line in the sand has been crossed which cannot be tolerated. Some of these posts are listed below, others are linked within this text. In one, I put it this way: government plays Russian Roulette and puts a gun to their head every time they undertake an oppressive or unconstitutional act, and pulls the trigger at its signing into law.

Eventually, they will go too far, and it will be yet another shot heard around the World; 1776, once more. It is, after all, how revolutions are started. An attempt to seize and restrict gun ownership is that line in the sand which must not be crossed, even at risk of escalation to armed rebellion. It guarantees not just one shot, but many, many, many more immediately thereafter. Only a fool would fail to realize that if any such revolution comes, those who are deemed as traitors will find it was as if there was a de facto bounty upon their head.

And from the very beginning, at the time the Constitution was penned, and the Amendments thereof brought into being, Thomas Jefferson and his patriot fellows warned this would be so: “The beauty of the second amendment is that it will not be needed until they try to take it.”

That Jeffersonian comment underscores the reason for its existence, which has NOTHING to do with the right to hunt or protect us from criminals, but everything to do with being able to protect us from government run amok. Our government runs AMOK, NOW, and has for some time. Shame on YOU for allowing it to go this far! Shame on me and you if we do not at last toe that line in the sand, standing firmly, side by side.

Are mass shootings simply false flag operations to take guns?

Let us be clear: what defines treason?

Treason defined on the fly by Mobs: Fascist Government Leaders (including Police officials) hung by the mobs when Mussolini was overthrown

Those in power define the answer, the wording of law not withstanding. I am likely now, or soon to be, like all dissenters, activists, and Constitutionalists, gun owners, and the like, as a single class targeted by a fascist coupe marching toward their New World Order, to be declared guilty of treason for daring to write these words. That’s the way Fascism works, and why no one is safe when it rules. But should 1776 revisit, and the People and Constitution win, WE will be the ones who define Treason. Here is my view of what that definition should be:

a) It is treason to swear an oath to uphold the Constitution while at the same time being a member of a New World Order institution which has their own oath to give up sovereignty in favor of a unified World government (which, ultimately, enables seating of the Antichrist). Therefore, a long list of governmentals are de facto traitors by virtue of lying when they gave their oath of office — while being members of the Tri-Lateral Commission, the Bilderbergers, the Council on Foreign Relations, Skull and Bones, or being a Rhodes Scholar, or similar.

These groups all require agreement to such contrary oaths or with stated globalist agenda, all of which is nothing less than rewording which conforms with the Illuminati formula for World domination, for which it was they who coined the term, New World Order. It is, today, very hard to find a Congressmen or other governmental who is not such a traitor, and the remainder look upon such groups as if wiser than their own ability to think for themselves, even to the point of accepting and acting upon their Globalist ‘reports’ as if Congressional findings. Treason.

b) It is treason to knowingly propose and vote for, and sign a Bill into law which is unconstitutional, or any Bill you have NOT READ and debated properly. Any act to subvert the Constitution, be it willful or by negligence, justifies the charge of treason, and let the defendant prove otherwise. Given that all such persons are educated in the law as a rule, one may safely presume there are no fools unaware of the significance, and the due seriousness with which their duties under their oaths of Office require of them to be diligent.

They undertook such acts at their own peril, and in full awareness of the responsibility to take care. So be it, when it comes time to answer for it. The list of such Bills is long, and many shall be held accountable. In fact, I can only think of two or three Congressionals who may be completely innocent, but there may, hopefully, be others. If not, perhaps the time for revolution is now.

c) To the point, here and now, today: ALL governmentals who support gun control laws which take away the right of the citizen to own military grade weapons are guilty of Treason. The Dick Act of 1902 made clear that the UNREGULATED MILITIA (that’s ANY citizen with a gun who stands to serve) shall NOT be denied the right to have military grade weapons. And yet, Congress has subverted this law time and again, by clever rewording of definitions, and the trickery of ‘dual oaths’ of service.

Therefore, all prior gun control laws which so inhibit access, or which create registration lists, are de facto null and void, and treasonous. Any attempt to collect weapons against the wishes of owners constitutes theft of private property on the one hand, and an attempted coupe on the other (treason), as does any attempt to prohibit or limit access, or to ‘register,’ anything with a Federal agency.

Personally, I want my own SAM and Apache gunship, thank you. I want all gun control laws repealed. The only law which I would approve is that to purchase a weapon, you would need be an adult of sound mind, and with no criminal record, to be determined by a blanket background check where the purpose of application was unstated, but authorized by the person being checked, as all background checks should be.

I only registration process should be to register guns, not owners: a registration process managed by the States which collects sample slugs from fired guns from sellers (the Registrars) for forensic comparisons in criminal matters. The State would not know who owned the gun, but if used in a crime, could obtain a warrant to get that information from the seller of the weapon. I further want colleges to offer firearms safety training courses as an alternative to ROTC, and as part of ROTC.

I want every State to have at least one citizen militia not subject to State control, and I want the State to provide them with access to military training facilities and expertise. I want every citizen who is qualified to own to be able to open carry or conceal carry. In short, I want to reduce the likelihood of criminal use of guns by means of practical and immediate (real and clearly visible) deterrence.

There are clearly other topics to be decided by law, such as matters of keeping guns away from unsupervised access by children, but I’m not taking up more space, here and now to totally define my views. If you want full details of how such a law could work, please request it directly and it will be made available by email.

d) All governmentals who supported NDAA are guilty of treason as well, for that law not only strips away whole sections of the Constitution, it even defeats the Magna Carta and gives the President the power of a 12^th Century King to put citizens to death by mere say so (or torture or imprison them indefinitely without trial or evidence). Is that why DHS ordered 9,000,000 sniper rounds not for military use? That’s about how many dissidents there are in this country with a loud voice, such as myself, if I may be so bold.

e) All governmentals who support the DOD sending National Guard troops to war overseas without an Act of War and Congressional declaration of War are guilty of Treason. The Dick Act, again clearly denies the President or anyone else the power to order National Guard to active duty in any other fashion. They are NOT part of the regular Army subject to DOD. We have been fools to not be aware and hold both our STATE and Federal representatives accountable under the law their wiser forefathers set for them to follow.

f) All governmentals who support the endless spying and abuse of privacy of citizens at large in the name of fighting terrorism are guilty of treason, as are those involved in seeking the development and deployment of Political Control Technology (PCT) in like guise. Not only do they, and the 30,000 drones they want to put into our skies erode Constitutional rights and safeguards long cherished under the law, they make such protections meaningless. The very nature of PCT reveals their lust for totalitarian control.

Worse, they these things are a sham: they are not there because government fears a few thousand terrorists, but because government fears 360 million citizens, which is its RIGHTFUL state; the government is there to serve us at our pleasure, and be vanquished at our displeasure, not there to rule us at theirs, and subject to suffering their displeasure. Treason.

g) Any governmental who writes a law is also subject to the law, and thus any who violate the law and evade punishment by virtue of their power of office are guilty of treason. A government which violates its own law, as ours is so often guilty of doing, has no right to demand we obey their laws, doubly so when oppressive and unconstitutional. And doubly again when the person signing them into law cannot even prove citizenship to the simplest of standards. Such people make of The Law, something less, ‘the law,’ a mockery of no value whatsoever. I refuse to obey the law, but accept and follow only the Law of the Land (The Constitution)!

And let us not forget their oft cited caveat: we have recourse through the courts if we think a law unconstitutional. What recourse is that, really? When it can take a decade to work a suit through to the Supreme Court and cost millions of dollars, there is no recourse of practical meaning. When they can write new unconstitutional laws of like purpose ten times faster than we can negate an old one, there is is no recourse which excuses their writing them, and act of pure lust for power. Treason.

h) Media should never be allowed to be under control of the military-industrial-intelligence complex. It is so much under control, today, that I term it the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media (MIIM) Complex. When CIA puts thousands of operatives into media… when the top three TV networks are owned by military contractors (during the Flight 800 time frame, they were)… when a newspaper publishes the names of all gun owners and deliberately places their family, homes and the guns in danger… when ‘unafraid’ and ‘fair and balanced’ means ‘the truth is whatever government and globalists say happened, facts be damned,’ then those involved are guilty of Treason.

This list could be (should be) longer, but this is a blog and people don’t like them to be too long. So if they come for the guns and shooting breaks out, heaven help virtually any governmental captured, should the Constitutionalists and Patriots win out over ‘the law.’ So. Congress, and Mr. Obama, usurper King… spin the cylinder, put the gun to your head, and pull the trigger by signing that Bill. Let’s see who pays, and what the price shall be.

You know where I live, and many more like me. You have lists of gun owners through previously written gun laws which should never have been allowed. But every citizen knows where all of you are, too. You don’t have enough Men in Black to get the 9 million activists before the rest of us come after you in numbers you can’t stop. You certainly don’t have enough to go after all 300,000,000 guns we possess… or is that why DHS also ordered 4.2 billion rounds or regular bullets?

What will you do when they come to your door to search for guns?

Who controls gun rights?

It is not lawmakers in Washington, D.C., who write illegal (unconstitutional laws) on purpose. They control only their own fascist rhetoric. The framers of the Constitution, and that document, are the ONLY authority we need obey. Even if you do not own a gun, the weapon Washington fears is in your hands; they fear a united WE, the PEOPLE.

Ergo; to lawmakers and other power usurpers and their minions of enforcers who disobey their oaths of office: I dare you to try to take that weapon from our hands. Bring on 1776 2.0, if you must. Clint said it best. “Do you feel lucky, Punk?”

Well, do you, Punk?

Note: the current proposed (Fascist Feinstein) gun law (clear analysis, here), will essentially force gun owners to give up the bulk of all pistols, rifles, and shotguns in a manner not unlike already undertaken in Australia. Those efforts resulted in a huge spike in gun violence as criminals were given a blank check knowing no citizen was protected by the likes of Mr. Smith and Wesson. We lost what? Well under 100 lives this last year to gun violence of the type the legislation claims to be defeating? Australia lost 93,000 lives to gun violence after confiscation, and their population is a mere fraction of our own. Yeah. Gun control works. It works for fascists and criminals (same thing, different levels of prowess and evil goals).

Do not obey illegal laws. Challenge authority. Stand on your rights.

Petition to charge Sen. Feinstein with treason soars past White House threshold (rawstory.com)
Gun control: The right to commit treason (richarddawkins.net)
Gilberton Police Chief: Disarming Americans is Treason (sgtreport.com)
No, ma’am (ireport.cnn.com) INCLUDES CNN’s inappropriate anti-gun commentary effort to defeat the impact of this Marine’s letter.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Government, History, Political Commentary

3 Comments

Tags: Constitution, Council on Foreign Relations, Feinstein's bill, gun control, gun registration, New World Order, Thomas Jefferson

Collateral Damage: A Web Experiment in Which You Judge and Impact Social Policy

Feb 23

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Should a line be drawn? When the claimed benefit is thought to outweigh concern for deaths of innocents, what is the difference between a nuclear strike against a city and using a drone or a car bomb to kill everyone in a car where only one person was the target?

Permission to duplicate online hereby granted provided it is reproduced in full with all links and text colors in tact and unaltered, including this notice.

When is collateral damage acceptable?

Is collateral damage ever acceptable?

Revealing article on Drone Attacks (more than we hear about) from Der Spiegel (CLICK).

With Obama ordering 30,000 Drones into American skies, and the military regularly conducting raids against American cities, and Police shooting at anyone on two feet to get one Cop Killer in California… we should perhaps come to a clear and concise understanding of what constitutes acceptable collateral damage, if anything at all. Perhaps “Thou shalt not kill,” is all we need to know. But…

If you could save 100 lives by killing one innocent person, would you elect their execution? If the only way you could prevent a Sept. 11 style attack threatening thousands was by shooting down a hijacked jetliner, would you so elect? Would you order someone sniped because of a significant chance they were about to kill the President, with no way to prevent it otherwise, but also no way to know for certain if they were the right person because all you had was circumstantial evidence? Where do you, personally, draw the line?

We hear those two words more and more in our news, even when there is no actual war going on. Drone diplomacy and policing has turned the taking of life into a video game, where decisions about who lives and dies is frequently being decided by a stranger in a darkened room half-way around the World. Murder is still murder, is it not? Or is it? What madness is this, that anyone ever has the authority for reasons of political expediency to decide life-or-death fate of innocent persons? Or is it silliness to even dare ask?

If a murderer deliberately sets out to kill you, or any person sets into motion events which accidentally kill you, that’s God’s domain to decide. His Will be done. But if your government or another wants to kill you simply to insure that someone else dies, or to insure some important political outcome for which you are not involved with or perhaps even aware of, who decides if the reason is good enough? I doubt they ask God before they sign off on the act. But what if YOU were the one to decide?

The answer is not simple, of course. For instance, for each unintended casualty, the blowback can be quite damaging and unexpected. Each becomes a martyred victim of US Imperialism (or something similar, depending on the target, of course) and literally strengthens the enemy. Governments and media in all nations involved, including our own, tend to roast (the President, or whomever) over a slow fire; it weakens relations with allies and foes alike internationally, and erodes political integrity at home. Collateral Damage can end up being to a tactical mission and the politics and politicians behind the mission the same as a total crash and burn, the burn often worse than the evil being attacked in the first place.

Is it OK to kill an innocent person if it will save the lives of many other people?

Where would you draw the line?

The answer may indeed be yours to decide — by means of the simple poll herein, which you are invited to use, which may very well give us a public concensus which can be used to help shape public policy by agencies, and the military, and those who empower them and wield them as political tools. Results of the poll may spark more officious study or even be cited directly in activist and legislative quarters. But only if you participate will it have such value. Answers are anonymous, and not traceable to individuals.

Lets look at a few examples in history which will give you practice for the Poll.

Deliberately sinking a passenger liner: During WWI the passenger steamship RMS Lusitania was headed for England from New York with nearly 2,000 souls on board. Two people decided its fate, but ultimately, one was responsible, correctly predicting the other’s response to their provocation.

A torpedo was fired by a U-Boat, sinking the luxury liner, a horrific event which turned the tide of public and Congressional opinion in the United States and brought America into the war; nearly 10% of the 1,198 persons who died were Americans, many of them prominent. Who was really to blame?

It was not the U-Boat Captain, because the German High Command had already given the order that the Lusitania, if sighted, was to be considered a combatant because intelligence had revealed it was carrying munitions for England acquired from America, a violation of international law. This decision weighed 2,000 against the loss of life such munitions would inflict upon the German Army to the detriment of their war effort. But their decision it is not the one you are asked to judge.

Some other, unknown person, an American, also made a decision. Not just to illegally put munitions on a passenger ship without informing the steamship company, who would have objected and refused. No, that was by far a more innocent decision. The real decision that we are asking you to judge is this: that person also decided to deliberately allow the Germans to learn of the munition shipment specifically in hopes that they would dare sink the Liner, because that person, and their counsel, wanted the United States to go to war for political expedience.

Would you deem the Lusitania’s passengers as acceptible collateral damage for such a ‘noble political aim’ as rescuing Europe from domination by Germany, the argument they relied upon in their decision? Would it help to know that among those counseling for the move were shareholders and Board Members in the Powder Industry, makers of weapons and munitions?

This later aspect, the Powder Industry, highlights the importance of questioning such decisions. Often the decision makers have ulterior motives which are not part of the official consideration, or justification. The Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex, and the New World Order crowd (often one and the same people), are more often than not the decision makers. So choose wisely, your answers.

Dropping the Atomic Bomb: In WWII we decided to use the Atom bomb to try to force Japan to surrender. While the US Government was unwilling to cite the true facts and figures used in their decision, the argument to bomb was simple: using the bomb could speed the end of the war and save more lives on both sides than would be lost by dropping the bomb. Just like the Germans and the Lusitania.

President Truman rightly saw no difference in terms of moral choice between Atomics and fire bombing, already authorized in the bombing of Dresden, a like horrific act of war against civilian populations. Of course, we were also regularly firebombing Japan, a nation where homes were literally made of paper, burning to death up to 100,000 civilians in a single city. Indeed, we might should be arguing the bombing of any city by any kind of bomb should undergo the same scrutiny. But we need to focus on a singular incident.

In excusing the use of Atomic weapons, the military claimed they had at the time estimated it would save 500,000 to 1,000,000 lives of US military, and 1.7 to 4 million Japanese by avoiding invasion. We now know that the actual estimates were far less than the propoganda those larger numbers represent, numbers which continue to be used even today.

In like manner, the number of deaths predicted for the Japanese were minimized beyond reality. It was argued that by dropping warning leaflets ahead of the attack, citizens could be evacuated and limit their losses to mere tens of thousands, refusing the advice that such leaflets would be ignored as a scare tactic, which was indeed the case. Very few people fled the cities as result; most who could flee had already done so when non atomic bombing started taking its toll.

In all, more than a quarter million Japanese perished because of the two bombs dropped (it originally being argued a single bomb would do the job). The actual number of American lives estimated to have been saved from invasion was 60-190,000, and perhaps twice that number of Japanese. So let us presume the estimated loss by bombing was only 50,000 Japanese, and that it would save up to 200,000 combatants on each side by conventional invasion (50K vs. 400K). What would your decision be?

When the actual loss of life was later known, how would you feel? I think I would feel like confessing and suicide. Indeed, our first Secretary of Defense, James Forestall, who was one of the decision makers, may have taken that path, or he may have been assassinated for threatening to do so. He, or someone, put a cord around his neck before his body left the second story room via a window… in a government detention facility with barred windows, where he was being kept against his will after walking off the job without explanation.

Lets reduce the scale a bit — are Janitors acceptable collateral damage? Based on a real-World decision to bomb Lybia in retaliation for terrorist attacks backed by the Lybian government… dialog in the screenplay The American President (title role played by Michael Douglas) detailed what is thought to have been part of the actual decision making process by Presidents Reagan and, later, GW Bush… though in fact, the terrorism itself was seen by many as reprisal for attempts to kill Muammar Gaddafi already undertaken by America. I doubt the dialog took place in real life, but let’s use it, anyway…

The President (Shepard) is having a late-night emergency dialog with military and staff about the decision to order a B-1 Bomber attack in a ‘retaliation’ scenario. He is under intense political pressure by the other Party in a hotly contested bid for reelection against a man named Rumson (a ‘Defense Hawk’ rather a lot like Donald Rumsfeld), Shepard’s lack of military experience and seeming timidity in the face of affronts by other nations and terrorism being used against him. Keep in mind, that a large building would not have a single janitor, but a team of many, as well as the likelihood of citizens at large being on the streets nearby:

A.J.

Robin, as soon as our planes have cleared Libyan airspace, you can call the press…

LEWIS

General Rork says around O-Eight Hundred.

ROBIN

Sir, what do you think about a national address?

SHEPHERD

The last thing I want to do is put the Lybians center stage.

KODAK

I think it’s a great idea, sir. You know Rumson’s gonna be talking about your lack of military service.

SHEPHERD

This isn’t about Rumson. What I did tonight was not about political gain.

KODAK

But it can be, sir. What you did tonight was very presidential.

SHEPHERD

Leon, somewhere in Libya right now there’s a janitor working the night shift at the Libyan Intelligence Headquarters. He’s going about his job ’cause he has no idea that in about an hour he’s gonna die in a massive explosion. He’s just going about his job ’cause he has no idea that an hour ago I gave an order to have him killed. You just saw me do the least presidential thing I do.

So what would your verdict be? Would the international strategic political value of such an attack justify the collateral damage of a few janitors? On the assumption you genuinely feared the opposition would take America into an unwise war for the benefit of the military-industrial complex if they won the election, would the political gains at the voting booth change your answer?

Final example: Drone attack. It happens more than we hear about in media. I highly urge you to watch the Matt Damon/George Clooney film, Syriana (sorry for the multiple film references, but such things are part of media’s overall impact on our belief structures, and often the best ways of illustrating visually a gritty reality otherwise limited to mere words). Syriana is an insightful look at the intrigues of Middle East politics and oil-industry machinations rarely gained from the headlines. It also shows you exactly how a Drone attack is carried out in terms of command and control. But you need not see the film, or read the non fiction book it was based upon, See No Evil, by Robert Baer.

The question is, a CIA informant has provided fast-breaking intelligence that a known terrorist has, by unusual circumstances, been spotted hitchhiking and picked up by a car now driving along a deserted roadway in the desert. Presume there is a terror plot in works that will take perhaps hundreds of lives if you do not find a way to stop him. But it is also known that the other occupants, the driver, a woman and a child, do not know who their passenger is. Do you order a Drone to strike, or do you pass for a better opportunity, which are few and far between?

These are hard questions our leaders face all-too often. They do what they think is right for you, perhaps at times for political gain or for corporate profits, but always doing so in your name regardless of reason. So let’s take the poll, and see what you think should or should not be done in your name.

Poll on collateral damage

The Polls

Poll assumptions: Assume you are Commander in Chief or some other person for whom the decision is yours and yours alone. You’ve already asked advice, but it was 50-50 in weight results, and of no help, or there is no one to ask. The answers are incremental in nature, and as it is multiple choice, you only get one answer — each prior answer is considered inclusive in subsequent answers.

You should take the poll before finishing this article, because the remainder of the article might change your answers in the first section. Part of the experiment is to gauge just that: did additional considerations change your answer, as covered later.

But remember: how you answer about the value of the lives of others may impact how government thinks about the value of your life, or a loved one. A casual answer could be costly, considering the 30,000 Drones, military raids on American Cities, and trigger happy Cops in many American cities.

A poll on acceptable collateraldamage

Now that you’ve taken the first section. Lets ask the question in two more case studies. Bear in mind this time, however, how you’ve already answered on the Poll. That means you will need to weigh your answer to the following questions based on decisions you’ve already made. Its about body count, and justification. The context will be different, but it should not change your answers if your logic remains true to form.

The first regarding the Death Penalty for capital crime. We know for a fact that some percentage of persons sent to Death Row turn out to be innocent, in the end. Shockingly, there are at least 39 instances where there was overwhelming evidence of innocence but the stay of execution was refused out of fear it would cause turmoil or harm to the general function of the courts and penal system. For example, a single incident might force the verdict in hundreds of cases to be thrown out and require new trials. Is that acceptable collateral damage, or should the death penalty simply be abolished and the system be forced to clean up its own mistakes?

Take that same reasoning, now, and apply it to NDAA, the National Defense Authorization Act, which gives the President and Military the power and authority to assassinate any American merely suspected of being involved in terrorism (or simply kidnap and vanish and/or torture them). No due process. No trial. Is there any difference in the likelihood of collateral damage being present in such an act as there is in the Death Penalty scenario? That, too, is being done in your name.

Is it acceptable collateral damage to execute a death row prisoner who is really innocent?

The second is more complex. It will require you to suspend your current belief structure and to take on the mindset of someone quite different than you (hopefully). If you were of a political mindset that truly believed that the only good future course for the World was a one-World government… and understood that the only way such a government could exist was if, among other things, the United States, Mexico, and Canada formed the North American Union… and that the only way to establish that was to stage a military coup and suspend the Constitution that it could be replaced with a new Constitution which enables the NAU. Consider further that you believe (correctly), that the 2^nd Amendment makes the outcome of such a coup highly unpredictable.

Note: the Constitution of the NewStates of America has already been written, as reproduced with analysis as such a document in my bookset, Fatal Rebirth. Please see special offer on free copy of Volume I by email.

If you believed the above to be true, and you believed that if there a one-World government was not established, dire consequences such as World-wide famine and wars over shortages of oil and food would result costing billions of lives (the kinds of arguments sometimes used to recruit for Globalists agenda)… and given HOW YOU RESPONDED TO THE POLL, could you justify in your mind a given number of innocent lives to help insure repeal of the 2^nd Amendment?

Would you be willing, for instance, to authorize staging mass shootings to heat up the gun control debate, knowing that eventually, it would force a confrontation with gun owners and result in Martial Law, etc.? Would it be better to kill a few hundred people to save billions, or not? Would it matter if whole bunches of them were school kids, or wouldn’t it make it better for the purpose? Regardless of your own personal answer, look at the Poll results to see how others voted.

If just ONE person voted in the first section in a manner which implies they might also decide in favor of collateral damage in this matter, then does that change how you view of conspiracy theories regarding Comumbine, Aurora, Sandy Hook, and the many other mass shootings where such charges have been levied by critics? Does it change your previous opinion as to the likelihood or possibility that such a conspiracy might exist?

Is a false flag event ever excused as acceptable collateral damage?

How can collateral damage be anything but murder?

Summary commentary

Just asking? Just saying? No. It’s more important than curiosity, or what I believe is true. As a nation, we make public policy and law, in part, by virtue of battles between varied agenda and beliefs present in our collective body of decision makers, and prior policy and law.

Leaders make collateral damage decisions based on the limitations of law and public policy, and their willingness to violate either. But also, any willingness to violate the law or policy is, in part, determined by public outcry and expression of citizen beliefs. God save us were the no such thing as an activist, conspiracy theorist, honest and diligent reporters, or letters to the Editor and to Congressmen.

Unfortunately, where a conspiracy exists by those with an agenda, it is easy to manipulate emotions to impact that public expression. The purpose in asking these questions, was to help you reevaluate the mechanisms and basis for your viewpoints, and to stir you to express any changes in opinion or beliefs which result, or to at least be more open to considering the arguments of others that such change is warranted.

If you do not understand the reality of decisions made in your name, your opinion about them is incorrect, and the decisions are not being made correctly to your true wishes. You are de facto victim even if you are completely unaware, and by your ignorance, others suffer more seriously, including paying the ultimate price.

Those who have full understanding also know that conspiracy theories only exist when reported facts do not make sense. Conspiracies are hard to prove without proper investigation, which is all ‘conspiracy theorists’ seek to sponsor when they propose their alternative explanations or explore the evidence publicly. If enough people say “Yeah… what about that, Mr. Congressman? I want an honest investigation with no white wash,” truth stands a chance. Conspiracies cannot otherwise prove themselves except by two means, one rare, and the other all-too common, but completely ignored.

They rarely are proven by confession or smoking gun evidence, because theorists do not have the authority or means to acquire them, as a rule. But whenever there is any evidence of a cover up, or disinformation tactics used against the theories, that alone proves there is a conspiracy afoot. So when media and government responds to theories by name calling or lies instead of explaining away the charges with useful facts… you know there is fire beneath the smoke.

Please question government, always, lest you be fooled again. All governments lie, and all-too often, for reasons just as questionable as collateral damage, which is almost always part and parcel of any conspiracy. They do so in your name, and only you can prevent that deception, that collateral damage. Your mind is yours to control, not theirs to manipulate with lies, just as your life is yours to live, and not theirs to dispose of as collateral damage for political gain.

Neither is there any difference between your life or that of a loved one, and the life of some nameless person in another nation on the other side of the planet. If they deem any individual acceptable collateral damage, then every individual can be so deemed just as easily, regardless of nationality or political beliefs. If you have rights, all have rights, or non have rights. There is no insurance for you, alone, but that which you make true for all by voicing your mind.

There is no difference, so use your mind, think for yourself, and voice your opinions loudly, lest you loose your life, or someone else does in your stead… and in your name.

Kirsten Powers Tears Into Conservative On Fox After He Dismisses Concerns Over Innocents Killed By Drones (mediaite.com)
France hides “collateral damage” caused by its airstrikes in Mali (willyloman.wordpress.com)
COLLATERAL DAMAGE: US Has Killed 100s Of Afghan Children Since 2008 (secretsofthefed.com)
Thinking Our Anger (c4ss.org)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Government, military, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

2 Comments

Tags: Collateral damage, death penalty, drones, NDAA, New World Order

Statistics Prove Gun Control No Solution; a Political Ruse

Dec 27

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Statistics prove gun control is no solution; gun violence is a political ruse.

Taking away guns does not stop psychiatric care-sponsored killings: pseudo science and drug industry profits are the real killer

by H. Michael Sweeney, copyright © 2012, all rights reserved. Permissions to duplicate in full with all links and credits in tact hereby granted, provided they point to proparanoid.wordpress.com and include this notice.

Was Sandy Hook Shooting a multiple shooter conspiracy?

Updated 4/10/13: Proof media and government don’t want you to know the truth and employ disinfo tactics instead, re ‘gun control.’ Changes and pointers to related material indicated with RED TEXT.

Reading this post you will learn

1) Statistics show the worst shooters are victims of mind altering drugs given under ‘psychiatric care’ with poor or no supervision;

2) They also show that when denied access to guns, people find more gruesome means to kill, even in mass murder;

3) That such drugs have a history tied to CIA mind control research in a class I call mind control enabling psychotropics;

5) That the ONLY winner in gun control is tyranny.

Who is lying about the guns used in Sandy Hook, and why?

Official portrait of George H. W. Bush, former President of the United States of America. (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

USAF portrait of Vice President J. Danforth Quayle (Wikipedia photo)

Update: The mass murder attempt in Texas yesterday employing a knife and response by media proves a couple of key points regarding the validity and reasons behind gun control efforts. Additionally, Mr. Sorento, Presidential pretender, is blindsiding Congress and the public when he gives speeches on gun control.

1) There are a rash of ‘copy me’ mainstream news articles using the same exact text/images/headline claiming that mass knife attacks are RARE according to experts. Other media have at least reworded the same message, but remain parroting an official line. This is blatantly false as the statistics show, below, marked now in Red. This blog has cited more than 20 examples of mass murders or attempts using weapons other than guns, specifically to point out that taking away guns does not stop murderers.

2) Other articles and news sources (TV/Radio) are trying to spin the knife attacks in support of gun control by offhand remarks such as ‘If he had used a gun, there would have been more deaths.” Perhaps so, but who is to say his intent was to actually kill — else he would have chosen a weapon with a longer blade. More to the point, if students had been allowed to conceal carry, HE would have been dead with reduced bloodshed of innocents.

3) Sorento gives his speeches before a 100% manufactured crowd of supporters with absolutely no opposing viewpoints allowed, This gives the illusion that NO ONE in their right mind could possibly disagree. This is result of his illegal quashing of 1st Amendment Rights by signing the so-called Federal Buildings and Grounds Restrictive Act. This Law allows Police to eject, even arrest anyone who protests on government property or anywhere near events where government officials are appearing publicly. This is nothing less than subtle disinfo blind siding. End update.

Arguing to take away guns ‘that have no use to a hunter’ is to ignore the fact that the 2^nd Amendment has nothing to do with hunting, and everything to do with insuring government does not abuse their power over the people. It is intended to be a form of checks and balances to tyranny, and nothing less.

We clearly need it now more than ever, given the rapid loss of freedoms to government’s paranoiac response to ‘terrorism,’ a crime of questionable attribute, at best, and one which kills fewer Americans than results from wrongful deaths at the hands of law enforcement.

My idea of gun legislation, therefore, is to give me the right to pack a government provided SAM missile launcher and Apache helicopter, not merely some bolt-action rifle I pay for at my own expense — in part because pistols and single shot rifles do little to deter soldiers able to pick you off from a distance with their sniper rifles… and DHS is spending billions to stockpile enough ammunition to kill everyone in North America, including some 9 million rounds of sniper bullets. I have to ask why, and fear the answer is the T-word.

Why does the government want to take your guns away? Martial Law is why.

Lets be clear

No one wants to take away from the legitimate concerns of victims of senseless murders of innocents as underscored so horribly in the recent rash of mass shootings. It is right to be angry and to grieve with introspective analysis and to seek a solution to prevent such heinous acts as so painfully evident in the massacre of children and adults in Connecticut. And all Americans and people elsewhere in the World are victims, too… we all are forced to suffer some lesser anguish in our compassion for those who lost family members and friends in these events.

But please, do not become yet another kind of victim by taking the bait and blaming guns, not even a particular kind of gun, especially when inconsistencies and the very nature of official statements of evidence suggest either a conspiracy of shooters is being foisted upon us as yet another ‘crazed lone gunman,’ or lies are offered in a conspiracy within government to force gun control upon us… or both.

How, for instance, in Sandy Hook, is it possible for the Coroner to cite to media with law enforcement at his side that everyone was killed by a rifle, when State and local Police had already stated that only handguns were found in the school with the shooter’s body (first, two, then four pistols), and the only rifle found was in the shooter’s locked trunk?

There are other questions, but not as many as found in Aurora’s theater shooting. These kind of nagging ‘conspiracy theory’ questions for which the public deserves to have answers are always ignored, of course, because, ‘they are merely conspiracy theorists’ doing the asking… even when persons of credentials ask. Thus the truth, including the real cause of ‘gun violence,’ is never explained.

Why are there so many ties between Sandy Hook and Aurora?

Right in front of our eyes all along

And yet, the real cause has been right before your eyes the whole time, but deliberately veiled by corporate and government forces allied for varied agenda. I first wrote about the problem in my book, Fatal Rebirth (a four volume look at crimes of the New World Order which predicted Sept. 11 attacks, an assassination attempt which took place, and mass shootings of the kind we face, now, and so much more). I also wrote about it in my books on Political Control Technology, such as MC Realities.

A ten-year research effort for these books, as well as personal family experiences, made it all-too-clear. It is subsequently verified by statistics and other information you can easily verify for yourself: the real culprit is a thirst for power and control, both financial and political. Their weapon is disinformation, and chemicals. As such, then, it is imperative that we look both at mass shooting events as well as political assassination events; both being used to effect political change against the natural will of the people and course of governments. It is, after all, yet another form of mind control for the masses: change the mood and the will of the people with lies.

Are mass shootings sponsored by the CIA or military?

Start with the Congressional Record

If you are closed-minded about the possibility of mind control and see it as mere tin-foil hat nonsense, then you are already a victim of CIA’s Operation Mockingbird, and should skip this section because you will not wish to be confused by the facts. It might even be harmful to your psyche to learn you have been manipulated by a form of mind control called disinformation, aka propaganda. Mockingbird put thousands of CIA agents directly into media at all levels from management to reporters and anchor persons… to make sure you got all the news that’s fit to distort.

The Church and Rockefeller Commission findings of the 1970s regarding CIA mind control research further revealed all manner of inhumane MC research and non consensual testing on unwitting human subjects. It is clear that among even worse atrocities, CIA was keen to develop drugs that could control a person’s mind to the point that they would do anything commanded, even to kill themselves or others; the Manchurian Candidate, or ‘programmable person.’

There is much more I could write on this topic, but I do not wish to cause readers not open to the notion to stop reading, for there are more important things yet to discuss. I suggest Alex Constantine’s book, Psychic Dictatorship in the USA, for those wanting the gory details, and my book, MC Realities, to learn about the development of psychotropic mind altering drugs (mind control enabling drugs) by Eli Lilly under ex CIA director George Herbert Walker Bush and Dan Quayle as company executives… the very drugs we are about to see quite tied to the type of gun violence of which this article speaks.

When media controls what you think, you are a victim of mind control

Gun violence: Look at the Statistics

The first mass shooting of note in America was the Texas Tower sniper murder of 13 at the University of Texas, Austin, in 1966. From that time forward there have been countless incidents, so many, in fact, that media hardly thinks to look at the big picture, all-too preoccupied with the gory details of the most recent events. Convenient for them and government, perhaps…

…as it does not serve hidden agenda if you compare today with yesterday and learn that there is a pattern of significant relevance which is clearly being withheld from you. You make your decisions based on the colored view of blood-red tinted glasses fitted with blinders of ‘current news.’ There is a reason I call it the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex. What makes you think ‘free press’ has anything to do with American media, a media largely controlled by less than a dozen people, exactly as the Congressional Record cited to be all that was needed to control the press. The statistics will reveal it all…

SSRI medication was developed by CIA as a mind control enabling drug

What mass shootings and assassination events have in common:

It is so rare to find otherwise, that I dare say every such shooting has many, if not all, of the same key ingredients in place: a) prior psychiatric care involving the use of prescribed mind-altering drugs (pscyhotropics, generally of the SSRI variety — Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors such as Prozac, Zoloft, Paxil, and dozens of others); b) a triggering event based on emotional stress or trauma or the curtailing of or failure in treatment processes, such as failing to take medication or overdosing; and in all-too-many cases, c) the otherwise ‘coincidental’ peripheral presence in their lives of military, CIA, or other persons, firms, or organizations associated in some way with mind control technology.

Note: there is another kind of triggering event for the Machurian Candidate style of programmed shooter, the kind of person used as a disposable patsy, because they tend not to be very effective as actual killers. The best example is, perhaps, Sirhan Sirhan, who emptied his gun at Robert Kennedy but hit him, not, according to modern forensic review: Kennedy was shot from behind, and upward. Such persons are programmed in advance to do a specific thing upon hearing or reading a select unusual triggering phrase.

Such phrases are offered once to cause them to pay attention (throws a mental switch). It is then subsequently repeated twice close together to cause them to carry out the instructions (initiates a command sequence). Interesting, then, that in Sandy Hook, that a particular Web set published the following phrase three times, once as title, and twice in the text: “Sandy Hook Lingerie Party Massacre.”

This was published on the same day as the Aurora shooting, in which the film, The Dark Knight Rises, shows a map of the villain’s attack plans with Sandy Hook (a district of Gotham City renamed to Sandy Hook for the film, for some unknown reason) as the place next to be struck. And yet, it is strange things like this which get us conspiracy theorists labeled as ‘nuts’ by media that you might be more comfortable in ignoring us, instead of thinking for yourself. How comfortable are you, right now?

The rush to gun control serves the NWO agenda for a one World government

SSRI drugs cause violent thoughts and deeds as side effects

SSRI drugs are killers, both by suicide and by murderous acts committed by those taking them. There is a remarkable summary of this phenomenon at ssristories.com, a Web site which just a few years ago listed perhaps only 50 or 60 examples, but today cites about 5,000 cases which illustrate the problem. The link sorts them by the general nature of the case, but you can sort by date or location, or any other heading.

A quick review reveals some startling examples, which I shall first outline in terms of the dangerous aspects of the drug class and its propensity for sponsoring unchecked violence in patients, and then more specifically relate to mass murders and assassinations, gun violence ahead of other forms of murder.

Why do ‘scientists’ and ‘doctors’ of excellent educational qualifications fail to realize, in light of these known side effects: every physical person has a unique physiology, DNA, and dietary makeup, and thus, it is impossible to predict the results of a given infusion of chemicals into a body where, especially in the brain, the EXISTING balance of chemical makeup is not prepared to suffer alterations with kindly result. Why then, do they persist on guessing at initial dosage levels, and then upping the ante when results are not deemed adequate, until side effects make it clear the med will not help, and then switch them to another med, and start all over again? It is witchcraft-level insanity, and it is guaranteed to have negative outcome.

It is NOT science, nor is it MEDICINE.

It is important to realize even this massive list is only a tip of the iceberg. It ONLY represents reports by family members, doctors, organizations, and other select researchers who were examining and reporting purely from the medical viewpoint. Further, as many of the reports are voluntary contributions, it represents only reports from people who happened to learn of the Web site’s existence and who were moved to report, and, moreover, is limited to reports from people who came to realize the relationship of events to the drug. For this reason, you will not find mentions of assassinations of note, such as my research indicates should be included (name ANY assassination attempt in modern American history, and you will likely find it true).

Among the reports (and a couple of details from my own research) we find court rulings and law enforcement investigative findings which frequently place the blame squarely on the drugs, and not the violent person, in some cases causing the courts not to elect punishment — even for capital crimes involving death. Here is your summary of drug induced violence:

Suicides are very convenient in a conspiracy

Let’s talk suicides:

1) Over 250 reports involve suicides only, and many times that number include suicide as aftermath to other violence, such as arson, murder, and so forth. Suicide is almost the norm after such drug-caused violence;

2) One attorney reports he has had a total of 73 calls about suicides from just one specific SSRI;

3) Indiana county study shows 41% of all suicides involved SSRIs

4) Wisconsin study shows 54% of teen suicides involved SSRIs

5) Sweden study shows 52% of women suicides involved SSRIs

6) Report shows US military suffers 18 suicides a day, 40% on SSRIs

7) Multiple reports of suicide pacts where all participants were on SSRIs

8) Another 200 questionable deaths listed which may have been suicides.

9) EVERY SSRI lists suicidal thoughts as a side effect

10) Suicide attempts often involve the most painful and horrific, and least effective means, such as blow torch, grinders, etc., or the most illogical, such as trying to jump out of an airliner, or stripping naked and wandering off into a winter wilderness. Suicide by Cop is quite popular, as are head-on and other fatal car crashes, for which statistics are likely quite under reported.

Manchurian candidate murderers are always ruled as acting alone

Let’s talk murders:

1) Over 1,200 reports of murder attempts, about one fourth of them followed by suicide or attempts;

2) Within one week of returning home, nearly a dozen soldiers on SSRIs killed their wives;

3) Methods vary widely: when guns were not available, almost any means might be employed, including additional reports under other categories, such as vehicular homicide, arson, and so forth (roughly another 100 cases). Details follow.

Conspiracy must exist if there is a cover up in place

Of interest (or no interest, really) to TSA and FAA:

1) Nearly two dozen incidents involving violence on an airplane or at an airport;

2) Individual reports of eleven private plane crashes killing 24 people blamed on SSRIs;

3) Airline Industry study reveals 100 crash pilots using SSRIs;

4) At least one hijacking was initiated by an SSRI user.

No one goes ‘crazy’ without some triggering event – contrived or coincidental

How about kidnapping and hostage taking?

1) About twenty instances linked to SSRIs;

2) Seven instances involve schools and students as victims.

When you hear ‘lone shooter,’ think ‘conspiracy cover up.’

How about arson and bombing?

1) 80 arson events, three involving schools, two events where school administrators on SSRI set fires at home;

2) 35 bombing instances, two involving schools.

CIA lies to put their own men in post of Chief, Spokesperson, and head of Internal Affairs

Other Killing Sprees?

1) Remember the rash of US Postal Worker rage shootings? Most were SSRI;

2) About two dozen instances of fast food chains, trains and busses, churches, banks and other offices, and even a country club and a nursing home;

3) More than 30 incidents at schools, about 1/3^rd of which were SSRI, including virtually every event which made national or international news;

Gun control is a codeword for police state control

And when there is no gun available?

1) One 17 year old holds 20 children and teacher hostage at point of a sword. So if you take all the guns, better get all the swords, too;

2) A Mother attacks her son with a sword. See what I mean?

3) School day care center looses two children and an adult to a knife attack. After all, knives are just short swords, right? So, if you are going to take away larger gun clips, but not small, then we presume you would take swords, but no knives. What did you gain?

4) A woman laughs as she uses her car to chase down three kids at an elementary school. Alright, so now no one can own a car, right?

5) Man attacks 11 kids and 3 teachers with a machete. See what I mean?

6) Numerous fires started with intent to kill people in apartments, stores, offices, and schools. Starting to get the idea?

7) The johnstonsarchieve.net Web site lists these additional incidents (scroll to events with ‘criminal’ cited instead or ‘terrorism’) with no known tie to SSRI drugs, but are cited here because the killers had no guns:

1. Bath Michigan man uses dynamite to kill 40 children, himself, and the School Superintendant over inability to pay school taxes causing foreclosure of his farm. So if you take all the guns, better also take all the materials used to make explosives;
2. Poe Elementary playground attacked by man with bomb in suitcase killing himself, his son, the Principal, a custodian, two other students, and injuring 17 other children. See what I mean?
3. 63 students and adults were burned to death by an angry student at a school dance in Goteborg, Sweden (gun control in Sweden is strict). So if you take all the guns, better take all the gasoline and matches;
4. 67 teen students died from an arson attack on the dorm at Kyanguli Secondary School in Machakos, Kenya, injuring 19 others. See what I mean?
5. The Elementary School of Ikeda, Japan, lost 8 students and another 13, including two teachers, were injured by a man with a kitchen knife (there is total gun control in Japan);
6. 72 kindergarten students and teachers at Zhanjiang City, China, became dangerously ill from rat poison put in their salt by a competing school operator (there is total gun control in China). So now there can be no household poisons?
7. That same year, 2002, two men upset with contract provisions with Number One High School in Changed, China, put rat poison in breakfast food making 195 children and teachers seriously ill. See what I mean?
8. Two years later, Number Two High School in Ruzhou, China, suffers an attack by a man who kills 8 and injures 4 students with a knife while they sleep in three separate dormitories;
9. And yet the next year, a man who had lost his job, again in Zhanjiang, attacks several Nansoon Middle School students with a kitchen knife, injuring 8;
10. In Jikari High School, Yamaguchi, Japan, a student threw a homemade bomb made from nails and emptied firecrackers into a classroom, injuring 58 students and the teacher. Might as well do away with the 4th of July celebration, anyway, since you are getting rid of the Constitution and Bill of Rights;
11. In 2010, a man killed three students, and a teacher, and injured 20 other children and staff at the kindergarten of Zibo, China, once more with a knife;
12. Another machete attack took place in the 5^th grade class of the Talisayan Elementary School, Xamboanga City, Philippines, killing one student, a teacher, and a grandfather of a student, and injuring 4 more students and two teachers (gun control in the Philippines is near total);
13. If you wish more examples, there are thirty more at the bottom of this wikipedia link on list of rampage killers, including at least two alleged deliberate crashing of passenger jets. So let’s put TSA and the FAA out of work and ban aircraft. After all, you do want to protect people from violence, right? That really IS your motive for taking away guns, RIGHT? Sorry… I didn’t hear your answer.

If you do not own a gun, you do not own your government

And what about when other citizens nearby ALSO have guns…

…the guns they want to take away from you and me? The news of such events that does not make endless headlines because it does little to support gun control wishes of those who seek total control over an unarmed public? A mention the day it happens is as good as it gets, as a rule. Thanks for much of this compilation by gunwatch.blogspot.com:

1) A 1995 mass murder for drug effort was spoiled in Muskegon, MI, when the store owner, despite being shot four times in the back, managed to use his own gun to scare off druggies who had planned to kill everyone in his store;

2) A 1997 high school shooting in Pearl, Miss., was halted by the school’s vice principal after he retrieved a pistol he kept in his truck;

3) A 1998 school dance for Parker Middle School (Edinboro, PA) shooting saw one teacher killed, and anther teacher and two students wounded before a man living next door forced the shooter to surrender by getting the drop on him with his shotgun;

4) A 1999 gun shop owner with concealed pistol shot a gunman to the ground who had brought 100 rounds of ammo with him to ‘go out in a blaze of glory’ at, of all places, a shooting range in California (a guarantee he would get his wish);

5) A 2002 shooting at Appalachian School of Law in Grundy, Va., came to an abrupt conclusion after three had been killed and three more wounded —when two students, unbeknownst one to the other, ran to their cars to retrieve firearms and confront the shooter with threat of crossfire;

6) A 2005 shooting which started at the Smith County Courthouse in Tyler, TX, and involved high-speed pursuit, was ended because of the intervention of Mark Allen Wilson, who had a legal concealed carry weapon. This one did not end as well as the others cited, herein, as Wilson was himself killed by the shooter, who was wearing a bullet-proof vest. However, the exchange of fire allowed Police who had been kept at bay to end the matter with fatal shots of their own. This was after the shooter had already killed his ex-wife and wounded his own son, and wounded three lawmen in the melee;

7) A 2007 gunman attempting to kill parishioners of the New Life Church in Colorado Springs was only able to kill two before being shot by an armed retired Policeman who had changed his mind about going to church that day because of a previous like attack on a church in Ogden the prior week;

8) A 2007 mall shooter in Utah, after killing five and wounding four, was shot dead by an armed off-duty police officer;

9) A 2008 shooting in an Israeli School (the Mercaz HaRav massacre) was ended by shots from a student and off-duty policeman using personal weapons, who entered the school with such intent after hearing shots which killed 7 teens and one teacher, and wounded ten other students;

10) A 2008 Winnemucca tavern shooting was ended after two deaths when the shooter, while reloading, was shot dead by a patron with a concealed carry permit;

11) A 2009 workplace shooting in Houston, Texas, was halted by two coworkers who carried concealed handguns;

12) A 2009 College Park party was interrupted by two gunmen who counted ten guests and then counted bullets to insure they had enough. After separating the Men and Women one of them started to rape one of the women, but was ‘coitus interruptus’ by shots from her boyfriend, who killed one and drove off the other gunman;

13) A 2009 restaurant robbery attempt by two gunmen Anniston, AL, was thwarted when one of them threatened the life of a patron who was hiding, only to be shot dead by the customer, who had also prepared his concealed pistol for possible use. A few shots were then exchanged with the second gunman, who was critically wounded;

14) That same year, a convenience store in Richmond, VA, was robbed at gunpoint, the clerk being shot and wounded, and other patrons being shot at before the robber was shot dead by a patron with concealed carry permit.

15) A 2010 Mills, N.Y., shooting incident where the gunman, an angry customer, intended to kill six employees (he had a ‘death list’ of their names) of a cell phone store was, after opening fire on his first victim, himself shot dead by an armed off duty policeman with concealed weapon.

16) A 2012 RV park shooting incident in Early, Texas, was ended by a resident with his pistol as the gunman, after killing two people and their dogs, then held Police at bay with his scope equipped rifle;

17) A 2012 church shooting in Aurora, Colo., was stopped by a member of the congregation carrying a gun.

I leave you with two things, the first being: In Australia, where total gun control has been enacted (confiscation to establish an almost completely unarmed public), in 2011 there were STILL 94,000 shootings that took 29,000 lives… with not one civilian able to defend themselves. In America, the one spot where gun violence is rated worst, oddly enough, is the District of Columbia. Let’s compare:

There, the 2011 death rate by firearms was 12 deaths per 100,000 population, and that’s in a country where gun ownership is 89 guns per 100 adults. Compare that to Australia where it is now roughly 6 guns per 100 (est. by using UK provided figures), where deaths are 131 per 100,000. Does that sound like gun control works as proponents claim?

To get that information in media, of course, I had to go to England, because the American press won’t tell you the truth about such things. They got their information from FBI, which any US paper or news network could just as easily have done… but actual investigative reporting would not help government take away your gun, would it?

The second is this: Out of 10,650 murders by gunmen in Virginia, only 4 were by persons who had legally registered with concealed carry permits. Criminals don’t need or seek permits, of course. These four deaths by legitimate ‘gun toters’ would seem somewhat balanced by the fact that there are about as many instances, the most recent being the Clackamas Mall shooting… where persons with concealed weapons elected NOT to use their gun to shoot at gunmen engaged in murder because they did not feel they could safely do so without risking hitting innocent persons in the line of fire, or return fire hitting such persons behind them. That is part and parcel of good gun handling safety training, which all firearms owners should be required to have: my idea of a ‘gun control law’ that might actually work some good.

But personally, I’d rather have open carry… I’d even be moved to wear a six gun and cowboy hat if the 1875 Colt .45 hadn’t been stolen from my family some years back (when I did wear it in public on occasion). Open carry is a silent and untold deterrent to gun violence. In Cuba, there is no standing army, because every capable citizen serves in the Defense Force (like the National Guard), and is issued an AK-47, side arms (many people pack), and even grenades. Result: LOW CRIME, and very few murders by these weapons. The same is true in Switzerland (different weapons, of course), so it has nothing to do with Communism, that it works.

Statistically, in the Old Wild West where wearing a gun was the norm, gun violence was also relatively low… (e.g., the murder rate per capita in Abilene was lower than any modern US city, today). There have probably been more shooting victims in TV and movie westerns than in real life in the old West. When almost everyone has a gun, politeness rules; even when confronting someone in an unpleasant situation, it was done with carefully chosen words.

“SIR, I believe that Ace up your sleeve proves you are a card cheat — and the pot is therefore mine, unless you wish to object?” Given the choice, most villains would back down unless the odds were significantly in their favor… which gun control laws will surely provide them, one 2^nd Amendment-eroding law at a time.

MK-ULTRA Links To The Sandy Hook Assault (minddefensecoach.wordpress.com)
Guns Save Lives (personalliberty.com)
America: Ban False Flags, Not Guns (disquietreservations.blogspot.com)
Gun sales up, gun violence drops (wtvr.com)
Gun control? We need medication control! (hangthebankers.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Government, News Events, Political Commentary

2 Comments

Tags: adam lanza, aurora, CIA, Conspiracy, DHS, james holmes, lone gunman, Martial law, mass murder, NWO, sandy hook

The Clackamas Town Center Shooter… me, my family, and friends

Dec 15

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

This one came closer than I’d like to those I love… and requires we make comparisons to Aurora.

Permission to repost if in entirety with all links in tact and credit to author H. Michael Sweeney, and the original blog at proparanoid.wordpress.com

Clackamas shooting compared to aurora shooting

Reading this post you will learn:

a) How the Clackamas shooting relates to me and people I love, personally

b) How it relates to the Aurora Century 21 shooting

c) That like Aurora, there are still mysteries and questions to be resolved

When the Mall finally reopened after the Police investigation, our family all went to the Mall and expressed our moral support. They had a nice Candle light vigil, and there was a group singing Christmas Carols. A lot of people had tears in their eyes, including me. We hung a Star on the tree in Memorial for victims and their families. I wrote simply, “Hope, Love, Faith, Life.”

I also recorded a music segment and sent it as a text message to a dozen people I thought would appreciate it. It ‘spoke’ volumes about coming together as a community and going forward under duress. But as it happens, this event was a bit closer to home, and some of my tears were not just for those reasons, but because of more personal details.

As an author and consultant on privacy and security matters, as well as abuse of power issues including crimes of the New World Order, I should be used to such nastiness by now. I’ve been involved with investigations or other direct confrontations resulting in capture and prosecution a whole range of bad guys, including going head-to-head with terrorists and dirty cops, with three and perhaps five attempts on my life for my trouble. Read about it.

But no. I’m not used to it.

My wife has come home to find Men in Black fleeing our home using walkie talkies. People have tried to break into our home while we slept three nights in a row, and they did eventually gain entrance while we were away and ‘did things.’ I could spend an hour telling you about one man (a Parole Officer) who, with his coworkers and Bounty Hunter friends regular followed us… followed us to a birthing class where we observed him covertly meet with a member of the class who tried to get friendly with us… later identified as a Naval Intelligence Officer.

I was investigating the Flight 800 shoot down at the time. I could go on like that for some time, actually, with endless tales of Men in Black, FBI, CiA, Secret Service, and even one confirmed NSA and MI-5/6 spook. Even today there is the odd event, because I often cross swords with client opponents, often some of those same players. Despite all that, I’m still not used to it.

Aurora shooting compared to clackamas shooting

About Clackamas Town Center

Clackamas Town Center, a few feet from where shooter entered complex (from their site – click)

One of our twins currently works at Sears at one end of the Mall, as did her husband until recently. The other twin works at Penny’s, at the opposite end of the Mall. In the center of the Mall on one side we find the Century 21 theater and its adjacent food court where the shooting is said to have taken place. Opposing this, is Macey’s. Both my Wife and I used to work there… and my Sister-in-law subsequently works there, now.

The story goes this way: on Tuesday, Dec. 11, a young man whom I will not honor by naming, hurriedly left his car in the parking lot and rushed to the Macy’s exterior entrance, dropping at least one ammunition clip as he went. He was carrying an AR-15 .223 rifle almost identical to the one used by James Holmes, and wearing a ‘white mask.’ Once inside, he ran through the store attracting much attention and causing some due concern. About four seconds after running past my Sister-in-law at the Cosmetic’s Department, he opened fire. It was 3:27 PM, according to a cash register transaction at the same instant. Police say there were easily 10,000 people in the Mall at that moment. Shudder.

At 3:27 on the day before, I had been at the Mall, myself. I was in the food court where I struck up a conversation with the young woman who ran a cupcake kiosk at the edge of the food court closest to Macy’s interior entrance… where the shooter would be appearing the next day. Had I had that conversation on Tuesday instead of Monday, I would have observed first-hand the shooter as he skid to a halt and prepared his weapon, and opened fire:

He shot a woman in the chest and killed her, likely instantly. She was Cindy Yuille, a Mother of 54 years who looks very much like my Sister-in-law, and is about the same age. I shudder. He also shot in that same instant a 15 year-old teenage girl, Kristina Chevchenko, who suffered serious injury but is thankfully now recovering. She looks like a neighbor girl, and actually lives within a healthy walk’s distance from us. I shudder. He then turned the weapon on the cupcake lady, and fired but missed. As I could have been there, and had spoken to her the day before, I shudder.

Other shots fatally took down Steven Forsythe, age 45, and Father of two. He was one of those dynamic and widely admired and loved individuals who seemed to be involved in everything good, including being a high school football coach. He also lived a walk away, and was a personal friend and business colleague to one of my own friends and business colleagues. I shudder.

The shooter, it is estimated, fired some 60 rounds before fleeing and, perhaps at seeing Police were closing in, took his own life. Early in the shooting, just as in Colorado, his gun jammed. By the time he could clear it, most everyone had taken shelter, many into stores where employees were herding them into secure back rooms and locking everyone behind steel grates and heavy fire doors. Kudos, Clackamas TC!

Had their quick thinking and selflessness not been so… had the gun not jammed… had the shooter been better prepared or not been wearing a mask to partially restrict his view… had some people been confused by the echoes and run toward the shooter instead of away… I shudder.

Now, please allow me to change directions for making a couple of points. It was not that many weeks ago that one of my most popular blogs was on the Aurora shooting. I wrote it to raise 25 questions no one has asked, any one of which point to James Holmes as a patsy in a false flag terror event. I also revealed specific potential motives for outside parties to be responsible, with proofs of viability.

Aurora and Clackamas shootings compared.

Clackamas and Aurora Have Troubling Similarities

a) both alleged shooters were young troubled men with psychiatric problems (which we now hear again in the even more tragic shooting of 27 in Connecticut). This is a very tired refrain heard time and again in mass shootings, and there are reasons for concern associated with CIA’s MK Ultra and related mind control experiments;

b) both wore all black. One wore a gas mask and, sans mask, was ‘made up’ to more or less look like ‘The Joker,’ while in Clackamas, it was merely a ‘white mask.’ But there is a problem there, too: conflicting reports describe it as three distinctly different kinds of masks, and for some troubling reason, Police decline to confirm WHICH ~ a Michael Meyer’s Halloween Mask; a Jason’s style Hockey player’s mask; or a Guy Fawkes (We are Anonymous… expect us!) mask;

c) both used the same weapon, and AR-15 .223 variant. The weapon jammed and prevented more carnage;

d) both fled to no avail, which begs the question, why bother? Holmes just sat in his car and waited to be captured without resistance, while in Clackamas, the shooter took his own life. Police found him dead, sans reports of hearing or seeing him shoot himself, but why? Why wear a mask, and why run if you were going to kill yourself?

e) both incidents suffered conflicting reports as to the number of shooters seen and their whereabouts at any given point in time, implying a possible coordinated assault. In Aurora, there is considerable evidence this is so, but in Clackamas, at least thus far, we might presume it to be normal confusion causing misconception and mistaken accounts.

f) both took place in or at the virtual doorstep of a Century 21 theater. On first reports on Clackamas, I was very concerned about this particular coincidence, but am less certain it matters, now ~ because the actual shooting began in the area central to the mall at the edge of the food court, and the shooter entered from the opposite side of the complex from the theater. Had he intended to target Century 21, there was an entrance right there.

g) both enjoyed remarkably prompt Police response. In Clackamas, the shooter was not very bright. The Mall is located about one block away from the Sheriff’s Office, which also has a secondary presence right on the Mall lot with about a half dozen cars. In Aurora, the nearest facility was several miles distant and quite away from common arterials.

h) in both, Police were not terribly forthcoming with facts early on (SOP). However, mistakes made by Aurora Police in their public statements (see my post) were not present in Clackamas.

Still, with all these coincidences, I shudder. Doubly so because of the horror in Connecticut, a murderous rampage of which I cannot bring myself to write… except to say that I shudder to consider that three such shootings… four if you count the Sheik Temple shooting in Michigan… all within a window of a few weeks of the same Season… and all on the heels of a United Nations Treaty attempt to ban all firearms in civilian ownership.

Clackamas is a community of people with whom I share a happy existence in a beautiful and generally peaceful setting. Good people. So I shudder at the closeness and ‘what if’ nature of the Mall shooting as it indeed came all-too close to impacting my own family in even more personal and tragic ways. We were lucky. Others families and friends were not.

But I shudder also because all the communities where these shootings took place are like that… and in a country where government seems to be preparing itself for war with its own citizens and, in local preparation, would find any such effort a lot easier if there was some way they could ban all weapons and collect them, first. It is for my me and my family that I shudder, yes. But also, for my country and a thing called the Constitution.

Many people died when those shootings took place. But I fear the Second Ammendment may also be a casualty given the explosion of talk about gun bans as result, especially because of Connecticut… and in thinking it possible…

I do indeed shudder!

Mind Controlled Mass Shootings Won’t Change My Mind (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Clackamas Town Center shooting: Cupcake kiosk employee watches shooter take aim (oregonlive.com)
Initial tweets, reports from Clackamas Town Center shooting (oregonlive.com)
Who Was The Oregon Mall Shooter? 4 Shot, 3 dead At Clackamas Town Center (americanlivewire.com)

Posted in Conspiracy, Crime, Government, Political Commentary

1 Comment

Tags: 2nd Ammendment, aurora shooting, Clackamas, clackamas town center', Constitution, False flag, Jacob Roberts, james holmes, Men in Black, shooting

SPQR, PAX Amerikana: the Failing Roman Empire of the NWO

Sep 16

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

And why they must keep you afraid of (something) and distract you from the simple truth.

by H. Michael Sweeney

permission to reproduce granted if in full and with all links and credits in tact, and linking back to proparanoid.wordpress.com

SPQR, PAX Amerikana: the Failing Roman Empire of the NWO

SPQR. Design: Philippe Remacle. (Photo: Wikipedia)

At a root level, the United States governmental model is not that much different than that of the Roman Empire — especially today. Yes, I will be found to be generalizing in ways which take some liberties to make the point, but would hope the reader is intelligent enough to understand the reasoning for cause. Compare and consider:

• Both were/are based upon a Senate form of government (in Rome, they said ‘SPQR,’ which stands for Senätus Populusque Römänus — the Senate and People of Rome) headed by a supreme, all-powerful dictator with the ability to make his own laws regardless of basis in legality. We call them Executive Orders, they called them edicts from the Emperor who, in the declining years of the Empire, thought himself God. Hmm… you don’t suppose Obama… ?

• Both were/are expansionist in nature based on superior military prowess applied in an endless series of wars to ‘insure peace.’ In Rome, they said ‘Pax Romana,’ which translates as ‘Roman Peace.’ For the Romans, conquest was early on territorial in nature and garnered slaves to build and maintain the Empire and establish a comfortable standard of living for citizens. For the U.S., early conquest was territorial in nature and garnered resources to do the same — over 140 military campaigns between 1776 and 1900, and more to come. Sure. Some were and would be righteous and just, but many were and would be contrived and questionable.

• In Rome, they declared neighboring peoples as ‘warlike’ and ‘barbarians’ to justify conflicts to subdue them. In America we declared the Indians and others in the same way, and even took land Canada had claimed by threat of war (54-40 or Fight!).

But it is the declining years where the similarities are more useful to the purpose of this missive, because America is clearly in decline, too. Let’s therefore go more slowly…

• Rome’s military was a fearsome beast which cost a lot to maintain, and which could easily overthrow the government if given a reason. For that cause, it was important to insure they were kept busy and constantly rewarded. In America, the same is true. In point of fact, there was an early New World Order sponsored (the same powerful Fascist business elite as drive the NWO movement, today) attempt at a military Coup in 1934 which was thwarted largely by one man, Major General Smedley Buttler, USMC. More recently, four-star General Tommy Franks has stated that the next major terror event would result in a military form of government.

• Rome sponsored wars (‘Let loose the dogs of war!’) and allowed soldiers the reward of ‘Cry havoc!,’ a policy which let soldiers rape and pillage the conquered and keep a share in the spoils of war. In the U.S., the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex is rewarded by huge profits in the manufacture and sale of armaments and arms technology. The high ranking soldiers, themselves, reap their fortunes by taking seats on the Boards of Directors once they retire ‘with honors.’ Unlike the Roman military where one served until no longer able, most soldiers of today are short-term liabilities replaced every four years or so. Therefore, they reap no reward but that of medals for their valor, and perhaps a skill useful in seeking employment.

• In both cases, the taxes upon the people had/has become a great burden and the standard of living began to slip (brother, ain’t that the truth), and because money was harder to come by, less was spent in maintaining other important governmental responsibilities, the quality and operation of societal infrastructure began to decay, including the physical aspects made of stone, wood, and metal. That’s one reason why aspects of America’s transportation (bridges, mostly), water and sewer, and rail systems are in many cases on the verge of total collapse.

• In both cases, the people began to express dissatisfactions with high taxes and poor upkeep of civilization itself, and related woes, including the wars and the price of the military. Distraction was needed to keep the people happy. In Rome, they built coliseums and offered up gory gladiatorial massacres and theatrical entertainments. In America, they employed film and television technology to offer up unlimited access to pornography and artistic entertainments, and Grid Iron and other sports to replace bloodlust contests.

• And, in both cases, these distractions were not considered enough. The government saw that they needed to find a way to make the people see some outside threat as a greater threat than concerns over a failing governmental system. The only way power could be maintained was to instill a great fear, one so great as to justify a tighter Police State grip on the people. In Rome, it was the Huns of Germanic culture, and the Cicilian and Turkish Pirates of the Mediterranean. In truth, it was largely a non threat; the Huns couldn’t cross the the rivers and mountains which protected Rome, but the people weren’t told that.

Truth or Scare TV Show ‘poster’ (click)

In America, it has been a long list of like things… longer than you know (refer to this list of military actions which is from whence the counts are derived, herein):

a) In the 40’s and 50’s it was the Red Scare of McCarthyism and the Bomb which drove Nazi-style inquisitions and empowered Hoover and the FBI to become perhaps ten times as powerful as it had been before, and fostered the creation of CIA, the Department of Defense, the National Security Council, and the birth of mind control projects. We had WWII and Korea, and 24 other military actions. Television took root to keep us distracted with the likes of Lucile Ball, Bob Hope, Howdy Doody, the Mickey Mouse Club, and other mindless offerings (which I dearly miss).

b) In the 60’s and 70’s it was the Domino Theory and the Bomb (especially the Cuban Missile Crises), and ‘campus radicals’ which allowed the Military Industrial Complex to mushroom via Vietnam and 18 other military actions, plus a phony Drug War to allow CIA to profiteer, while at home the FBI and CIA ran COINTEL and COINTELPRO operations and gave us Watergate. We also learned about CIA’s infiltration and control of media via Operation Mockingbird, and how perversely they had sought after and employed mind control research. The Free Sex and drug culture kept many distracted, while the film industry began pumping out pornography to keep the less liberated distracted, and Television sold us consumerism for like cause on a scale no one would have thought possible. “Buy today, be happy (hold up box of soap next to smiling face)!”

c) In the 80’s and 90’s it was the ‘Evil Empire’ and off-shore and distant Dictators we had to fear, countered with an endless series of some 60 spats and more exotic entanglements like Iran Contra, Marcos, and Panama. The NSA made ECHELON a household word and we learned about FISA (actually a 1978 Act) secret courts that rubber stamped warrants to make political spying effectively legal — and trading of illegal political spy files by Police departments, CIA, and the Anti Defamation League/B’nai B’rith/Mossad (note: I was a victim of this!). It also brought us HAARP, the project born by a proposal ‘to control a billion minds’ by a Presidential Science advisor. Pornography escalated to video markets and strip bars are so commonplace that only live sex shows seem the unusual. But they’ve also learned they can distract us with news stories about celebrity sins such as skater knee whacking, football player knife slashing, and Royal weddings and the death of a Princess.

d) And that brings us to current history, where the idea of an endless war which can never be won was fostered; the terrorism ploy. Now this they are milking for all its worth. Police and Federal Agents are indoctrinated to the point of paranoia seeing ordinary acts as signs of terrorist behavior: you cannot take a photograph, pay for something with cash, write a school report or possess a bumper sticker which mentions Ron Paul, or cite the Constitution without being suspect of terrorism. You cannot go to the Airport (and soon, to a sporting event, theater, or public building) without being sexually molested by TSA. No remnant of the Constitution remains in tact, save perhaps the 2^nd Amendment, which hangs on just enough to prevent total take over — the whole REASON it exists in the first place. And now pornography comes in over cable television, and live sex shows are becoming commonplace, and for the less prurient, reality television and the spread of lotteries and gaming casinos.

None of this makes real sense. Why should you fear a terrorist when excessive Police violence injures and kills more citizens in any given year than do terrorists in their best year (9-11 attack)? It is a bill of goods used to control you and keep you docile in order that the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex can continue on its New World Order agenda, reaping in huge profits as they usurp more and more political control over you. They want us to fear terrorists. I say, let’s show them a form of terrorism they SHOULD fear; a free people who control their own government, as the Founding Fathers intended.

Unless you believe in and support PAX Amerikana, SPQR-style (are a Fascist), just say NO! Boycott the system at every level (be a financial terrorist): avoid banks, don’t use credit, buy used instead of new, repair instead of replace, refuse and resist GMO foods and grow your own, rely upon barter and cottage industry. Actually, there is an endless list of concerns similar to GMO. It would behoove you to learn about and resist conspiratorial NWO agenda projects like Codex Alimentarius, Agenda 21, Carbon Tax/Carbon Credits/Carbon Currency, United Nations Biospheres (and an endless array of other UN mandates), and the Canamex Highway and the North American Union via the Security and Prosperity Partnership.

Disobey government (be a political terrorist): insist on your Constitutional rights (for many of you, you must first LEARN what your rights actually are, especially with respect to dealings with Police and investigative agencies, and the court system) and go out of your way (be an activist) to do so; video Police (even if… especially if they pass a law against); employ civil disobedience and support Occupy and similar movements; write everybody in power and speak your mind; vote for no one who is not a Constitutionalist, a Libertarian, or an Independent (kill the Democratic and Republican Party Dog and Pony Show); write every media outlet to express your views and flood them with complaints over bias reporting, and write their advertisers threatening or actually seeking to boycott.

Please deem to review the 24 Planks post which attempts to highlight the changes needed in America to restore it to the strong and free country it once was. If you agree (or disagree) with any one of them, SO COMMENT on the page, tweet, share, reblog, and rate. THAT POWER is a right you should AT ALL TIMES exercise when you see something you like or dislike anywhere along these lines. How else will those who spy on us and those who (pretend to) serve us have good meter of our pulse and realize they had better back off a notch or two? If you do not express yourself, you have not learned the one simply truth: YOU are the one you’ve been waiting for to change what is wrong. Get busy, because they have an endless supply of Obamas and Romneys to take us further down that SPQR path to destruction.

Compare 1776 to 2012, and see where you really live, and decide if you are willing to accept that, or not.

The Fall of the American Republic? (reflectionandchoice.wordpress.com)
America and Rome: Legends of the Fall (reflectionandchoice.wordpress.com)
Rome’s 9/11 (reflectionandchoice.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Crime, Government, History, military, News Events, Political Commentary

8 Comments

Tags: distraction, iran contra, mind control, New World Order, Operation Mockingbird, Roman Empire, United States, watergate

Proof Repeal of Posse Comitatus Will Establish Police State

Sep 2

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

A victim’s first-hand accounting of an actual illegal military assault on an American neighborhood with terror and abuse of rights

THIS IS INDEED A WARNING YOU SHOULD HEED!

Updated Feb. 21, 2013 Recent events cited below reveal the incident depicted here is currently being experienced wholesale fashion around the nation. There is little difference in neighborhood impact between the events described here and those which have been routinely put into action in major cities across America. And media tells us not. Local media, yes, but national media, almost always no. Ask yourself why that is, and then see if you think your news ‘fair and balanced,’ or if it more closely resembles the propaganda we always accused Russia of using in the Cold War era?

The only difference is that the current events are ‘military raids,’ not ‘police raids with military help,’ (some exceptions may exist) and the raids are not targeting individuals, but whole neighborhoods, and instead of having a warrant and a crime for which the warrant was approved, they have no warrant, and simply attack because they can. Fear and panic spread from the neighborhoods all the way to City and County officials, who in almost every instance were in no way warned or notified the attacks were to take place:

Helicopters swept in low between hi-rise office and apartment buildings, often discharging gattling guns, troops repelled to rooftops, streets, and parking lots, and went door-to-door through target buildings engaging in gun battles and tossing grenades as needed. Mock drills using blanks and flash-bang grenades, they claimed, but tell that to the citizens who, in some cases, grabbed their guns thinking they might need them any minute… to parents and teachers who feared for the lives of their kids as they put their schools into lockdown… to the city officials who’s 911 switchboards lit up and resulted in countless cars being dispatched, only to be repelled by armed soldiers.

The entire city thought war had broken out, or that Obama had decided to try to take the guns by force. And though neither was the case, that did not improve the safety of citizens at large. Any of those helicopters could have crashed, it being true that there are many such crashes in training exercises, as well as when on real missions. Anyone might have fired live rounds at the soldiers misunderstanding their purpose, including any illegal drug dealers unfortunate enough to be nearby. Anyone could have crashed their car in distraction, or had a heart attack in their panic. And for what? A practice at what? Raiding a U.S. city?

How dare the United States Military deem us a target, even in mock!

How is it they have the right to bear arms against us this way? The whole purpose of the second amendment is that we bear arms to protect ourselves against them, or a government gone mad and employing them against us. The military and White House has forgotten who they are, who we are, forgotten the Law of the Land, and thereby so dare. They have forgotten their oaths of Office each and every member has sworn, and have moved forward the date and time when the second amendment will become our duty to defend by force of arms, thereby validating our Forefather’s concerns which drove its penning. Shame on them for allowing it to happen.

This scenario played out in various forms in Chicago, Houston, Miami, Boston, Minneapolis, Los Angeles, and elsewhere. So as you read this review of a real raid where people were shot, consider carefully, for your city may be next. And, regardless of any foreknowledge that such raids exist and take place, you, too, will be forced to wonder: is this merely a drill, or is the government coming for the guns. Just another reason to fear your government, another reason to cower and let them get away with oppressive laws. Shame on you if you allow it to continue.

End update

There is no copyright or author to be concerned about citing as source associated with this article. I would appreciate any reproduction include all links in tact and point back to proparanoid.wordpress.com as it was I who obtained the material as part of my investigations and interviews with victims. The original author and his neighbors rightly feared for their safety (death threats had been delivered) and thus asked that I redact things which identify any who were not already named in news stories of the event. The material, which I have also included in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, was prepared for use as a public notice and warning posted on doors of homes and public places in a Portland, Oregon, neighborhood in August, 1993:

military police state repeal of posse comitatus

Background and relevance to today’s militarization of Police methods:

This is almost exactly what businessman Johnny Senteno saw on a Portland Oregon neighborhood street seconds before being shot point-blank twice for the unpardonable offense of lighting a cigarette in front of his company truck. No one knows if it was Police or Oregon National Guard who shot him, as they dressed identically with no front-facing identification. Portland paid him $100,000 in a settlement.

(This introduction, and inserted notes are provided by me, author H. Michael Sweeney) In August of 1993 there had already been nearly two-dozen violations of the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878 taking place in various forms around America as the Bush Administration, through Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney, were testing to see what could be gotten away with with respect to Posse Comitatus. Most such events were singular violations of a given aspect of military use in Police actions, such as outlined briefly in another of my blog posts. This post will also reveal other forms of criminality used to fund black operations such as CIA drug running in America, and political graft.

In Portland, Oregon, the Chief of Police at the time was one Charles Moose, who had a background in Military Intelligence in the National Guard, and who was being groomed to be Police Chief in Washington, D.C., where crime was so rampant that the current Mayor was pushing for legalizing military use in Police actions in the city… and he would indeed get that post in time to be boosted to international attention as the Cop in charge of hunting down the D.C. Sniper, which this author feels was part and parcel of the DOD plan called Operation Northwoods, the blueprint for fomenting our false-flag war on terrorism. This is all documented in my book set, Fatal Rebirth.

Therefore, this ‘raid’ was a building-block tool for Chief Moose and quite tied in several ways to the ‘terrorist’ events to unfold on Sept. 11, 2001. More than this, it was a training exercise in general for the intended Police State future envisioned by the Bush/Clinton/Bush/Obama regime. I state it as a single regime because Bush programs aimed at achieving a Police State were continued and augmented under Clinton, and his under Bush, and his under Obama. It matters not who you vote for if in mainstream elections, they are all the same conspiratorial NWO players pretending to have varied political agenda worthy of providing distraction from their unified hidden agenda.

Posse Comitatus is not currently repealed. This is NOT a Police state under siege by revolutionaries… not quite yet. If and when that happens, government will have ONLY ITSELF to blame. Yet the government has taken steps to establish a de facto repeal to bypass the law (this Senate link details section 1031 of the National Defense Authorization Act signed by Mr. Obama, and there are other Acts and Executive orders which play to the matter). I fear it will eventually lead to armed rebellion if things get out of hand such as exemplified herein; if you allow our outlaw government to continue to ignore the Constitution and Bill of rights to undo Posse Comitatus, this is what you can look forward to on a regular basis… if not worse:

military police state repeal of posse comitatus

Public Notice and Warning (posted on neighborhood doors)

My name is [REDACTED], and I’ve been living here since 1967. A few months ago, the Police served a warrant on our house in what they said was a drug raid. Since we don’t use drugs we thought they had the wrong house — the people across the street were known Police informants and drug users, but they were not raided.

Even worse was how the warrant was served, and the aftermath. Part of it has to do with the fact that they used the National Guard in the raid — which I am told was done illegally, and in direct violation of a judge’s ruling. The cops dressed like soldiers but had permanently sewn Police patches, and the soldiers wore temporary strap-on license plates for Police markings — making it impossible to know who you were dealing with in the confusion — especially since they didn’t announce the raid or say they were cops. Everyone in the neighborhood at first thought war had broken out, since these Police markings were only visible on their backs.

Note: Chief Moose had already used the National Guard and military APC units in several Police matters in violation of Posse Comitatus. This had prompted a judge to issue a ruling in favor of The Posse comitatus Act of 1878 (which stipulates that the US military can-not be used in law enforcement duties except by declaration of Martial Law) — unless under direct order by the Governor under Martial Law.

Chief Moose continued in violation of the Court Order to cease and desist, citing ‘public safety concerns.’ But as you read this material, the reverse is shown to be true — the military put the public safety in greater danger. I wrote Governor Barbara Roberts about this and was given a copy of a ‘blanket authorization’ issued to Charles Moose (no Martial Law involved) to use National Guard… dated AFTER they had been used, and AFTER the judges order had been violated, but claimed to authorize the prior events, as well. Moose, by the way, several times on live TV agreed to meet with me for interview but in over a half dozen attempts to do so, I was informed he was ‘on vacation’ that day. So was the City Attorney, the Mayor, the Police Public Relations Officer, and anyone else I attempted to interview in his stead.

The first thing we knew, soldiers burst into our bedroom and pulled us naked from our bed. Instead of identifying themselves or why they were there, they only cursed and called us foul names, telling us to shut up. They forced us to cower nude for a good part of an hour, not letting us ask even for our clothes or covers. Eventually, they told us they had a warrant, but they also made lewd comments about my wife’s nudity as if trying to provoke me to fight. I worried it was to justify shooting me, and held firm.

They repeatedly ran a drug dog onto the waterbed, records and electronics, and delicate items on shelving, running him back and forth to maximize damage. They trashed the house so bad you couldn’t even walk through some rooms from the overturned furniture. Even though they had access to the whole house and keys to all doors, they continued to smash windows and locks. They threw birth certificates and personal papers into the wet sink and trash, and spilled solvents and paints on expensive automotive manuals for my work. They took live ammunition out of its box, took it outside the building, and threw it into deep grass. I hate to think what could have happened if I had mowed the lawn without noticing.

They found no drugs, but they opened and took mail. They took cash from a recently cashed pay check, and an uncashed check from a relative. They took all sorts of contractual documents about our finances, as well as property titles and all of our personal ID. They didn’t even offer us a receipt. When I later tried to get our things back, they said I had to obtain a notarized statement which, because they had our ID, was impossible. When I pointed this out, they just laughed at me and said, ‘Tough luck.’

But that’s still not the worst. In serving the warrant, the soldiers surrounded the entire neighborhood and went into yards everywhere, also arriving in an armored personnel carrier and with an Army helicopter overhead. They shot my dog in the eye and fired shots over the head of a woman opening her back door to see why a neighbor child had burst into her house screaming in fear. They also fired shots at a neighbor who was simply walking in the street, and forced him to the ground and cuffed him. Another neighbor, his wife, and an infant where held at gunpoint on their own porch while their property was illegally searched — they were not listed on the warrant.

A Hispanic businessman standing by his truck with both hands already raised to light his smoke was shot twice without a word of warning. When he asked for help, they shouted racial slurs, and told him to shut up as they cuffed him. Everything described so far took place before the Police drove up to announce “Police” and “warrant.” No one mentioned thus far, except for our home, was listed on the warrant or even near property on the warrant.

Few heard the announcement of “Police” or “warrant” because of the noise from the Army helicopter and Armored tank-like vehicle. Despite many witnesses, Police denied shootings took place. It was later discovered they had used a new kind of “non-lethal” gun outlawed in Europe by every major law enforcement agency as being too dangerous for general use.

Note: The businessman, Johnny Senteno, eventually won a $100K cash settlement against Portland Police for the shooting, which was proven in court to have taken place. In my investigation, the head of the SWAT Team involved first agreed to speak with me but terminated the interview when I raised the point about the weapon involved, which fired a dense compressed pepper-spray-based compound intended to ‘disintegrate’ on impact to engulf one with pepper spray at distance. However, fired at near point-blank range, they fractured bones and left bruises which took weeks to heal.

Many people, including several bystanders having nothing to do with the raid, and a pregnant woman, were cuffed and held at gunpoint for hours but never arrested or told why they were being held. Only after the TV crews had left, were these people released. They were instead warned to “keep quiet about this” if they didn’t want any “future problems.”

Cops told media our neighborhood was a drug haven where you could get anything you want, but several independent investigators say only a Police informant ignored by the raid was ever seen dealing. One private investigator made several connections between the raid and the murder of Anthony Duane Shaw by Police — thought to be blackmailing dirty cops, as was the other person named on the raid warrant. One connection led to my house, and two to the other house raided.

Note: Myself and at least four independent filmmakers and radio or cable TV show producers spent an estimated 400 hours between us investigating the matter, resulting in more than 12 hours of radio and TV presentations. This was on the heels of a like investigation of Shaw being shot 13 times by Police (his family won a $100K wrongful death award). My part was the least of the effort, but my methods allowed me to get closer to the identity of background players and their motives, uncovering profitable leads resulting in the more interesting discoveries.

Their experience was much like ours, but there, Cops took even stranger stuff — a guitar, a video tape of an episode of a real-life Cops TV show, and absolutely everything in the yard and a garage which they promptly declared as junk and a nuisance — even though the items in the garage were neatly boxed. This was true because the occupants had just moved in — those named on the warrant no longer lived there. This was done outside of due process, and investigators believe it was not taken to the dump, but rather to a convenient place for detailed search conducted out of the eyes of all authority.

But the Police did make an arrest — despite admitting to the press that no drugs were found. In fact, they left some rooms unsearched, almost as if they had found what they were really looking for. They later said one marijuana joint was found. This was then changed to drug distribution on court documents, but by the time they went to court, it had become drug manufacturing. The person charged was the fellow with connections to Shaw, and who, like Shaw, had himself claimed to be blackmailing dirty cops to leave them out of their drug dealing. He was railroaded. He was such a dangerous felon, by the way, that he turned himself in when he learned of the raid on the news, driving back to Portland from out of town to do it.

Note: All charges were eventually dropped since there really had been no discoveries made in the raid. The entire matter seems to have been orchestrated to obtain blackmail evidence against bad cops and sanctioned CIA drug smuggling operations, a matter in which I would later witness first hand a known CIA front’s involvement.

They later did much the same to my wife, eventually arresting and prosecuting her on minor charges equally false: after the raid they followed us everywhere we went, even into restaurants; they repeatedly made awful, insulting comments in public about us; they stopped us for phony traffic violations all the time, illegally searching our car without probable cause; they eventually planted and “found” a small quantity of drugs in the car.

Should you not believe that, consider how likely you would be to carry drugs in your car knowing the Police continually followed and stopped you, and searched your car. Unbelievably, at least one person on the jury turned out to be connected to participants in the raid by virtue of real estate deals mentioned below. The State-provided lawyer did not protest an obviously rigged jury once notified, nor did he provide good defense in court, hardly opening his mouth unless the Judge spoke to him.

Note: These matters were heating up on Public TV cable shows and though the woman was found ‘guilty,’ before sentencing could take place, the matter started to unravel; Maj. General Gene Katke, head of the Oregon National Guard resigned his post amid an investigation described as regarding financial mismanagement. I was subsequently told the Judge declined to sentence her to jail time and instead elected community service/probation.

Another thing uncovered in private investigation is that the raid, continual Police harassment after the raid, and perhaps even the reason behind the murder — had to do with some sort of land grab by a mysterious series of dummy corporations operated by law enforcement and government officials involved in the raid. Someone representing [REDACTED] Mortgage offered us half of market value for our house “so we could walk away from all the trouble.” He told me that “powerful law enforcement and government people were in the company,” so I “should sell to them if I didn’t want any more trouble.”

I also know there are direct ties between this man, the Police, and between the company and the houses where the raid and harassment took place — where the families recently moved out after things got too scary. Men shattered the windows and beat one of the tenants with baseball bats, and threatened them with shotguns — the one who did the beating was a cop named [REDACTED] who, despite being from another county, was also involved in the raid.

Note: that cop eventually tracked me down because of my investigation of this aspect of the matter, and took action; he approached me with a gun in a folded newspaper while I napped during my lunch hour in my car at work one day. But my Guardian Angel woke me and I saw him in the rearview, and quickly exited to face him. Seeing the gun and the look on his face, I motioned with my head to inform him I had been (deliberately) parked under our companies security camera. He did an about face and I had no more trouble with him.

He wound up being the new landlord, suddenly owning a large number of houses in the area. He only accepts cash for his rent, refuses to give receipts, and will not sign a lease or rental agreement. He continually evicts people suddenly in the middle of the night by ‘Police orders’ and then keeps all their possessions they were unable to take with them. If anyone complains or takes legal actions, they get the same treatment we got.

The neighborhood continues to be harassed. Cops follow and stop most of us who have not yet sold our homes, drive by at all hours shining lights in windows, or they just sit and endlessly watch. They make us afraid to go outside. Some neighbors have been beaten by Police, had threats of arrest “to teach you a lesson,” and even threats of death. After beating one man in his front yard for mouthing back at the cops, they dragged his wife by her hair on the gravel roadway while she was wearing only a bathing suit — all in front of their kids. Despite the beating and the rough treatment, they made no arrests — underscoring that it was not “in the line of duty” or because they “resisted arrest,” though they were threatened with jail time.

Our house has been bugged, confirmed by the fact that arguments between me and my wife were being picked up on neighborhood short-wave radios, and covert entry was made to leave things, probably planted evidence for the next time. I’ve only told you a small part of the problem — I could go on for pages. Something is very wrong, and we worry that they will do something even worse. We have been tipped by friends close to Police sources to expect another raid, soon.

We are very afraid. Someone needs to expose what’s going on. Even though my wife and I have never had a history of problems with Police, they are now there every time we turn around. Our Police files were nonexistent before the raid, but now, they are inches thick with all the Police reports executed through the many harassment efforts. Not one entry has been legitimately made, but they make sure there are never witnesses, so we can’t prove it or file charges.

Rush Limbaugh mentioned the illegal use of the Guard on his show, but he didn’t know about the rest. You do, so be careful. If they want my house, they might want yours, too, since you are my neighbor. The cop has gotten at least seven houses in the neighborhood so far. You might be next…

End of original material

military police state repeal of posse comitatus

Summary Notes

I eventually managed to speak to the man representing the Mortgage company and learned that he himself was coerced and beaten (lost two front teeth) if refusing to help, and NOT an employee of the firm. He was, in fact, the ‘Police drug informant’ beaten with bats. When he did what he was told, he said, he was provided with drugs as reward.

He indicated that Governors of at least two states (he mentioned Arizona, California), city officials, and various law enforcement people had set up a company to purchase properties as silent partners (illegally concealing their identities). He told me houses were painted in a particular combinations of various two-tone colors to indicate who ‘owned’ and got the income from a given acquired property. Indeed, I found more than two dozen homes in the greater neighborhood with these identical paint combinations, in under thirty minutes time.

He also provided me with a copy of an ad used to secure renters for the homes. It had a phone number which went directly to Clackamas County Corrections, the very place where I had already identified a CIA asset working as a corrections officer, along with several bounty hunters trained at a CIA school in California. The phone number was an answering machine which simply asked you to leave your own phone number. I left mine, and it was shortly after that that I was visited by the Sheriff with the gun in a newspaper.

I later followed up with the Mortgage company and clues there led me to a CIA front involved in each transaction. That investigation led to discovery of a murder in the State Capital which seemed to be tied to acquisition of businesses in like manner as the homes. The more public the affair became on Public Access TV, the more things began to unravel, and the hotter it got.

There were more attempts on my life, including a ‘traffic stop for a burned out tail light’ by no fewer than nine local, county, state, and federal cars. Fortunately, my Wife was driving in her car with me, and stopped, thwarting what was presumed to be an intended replay of the referenced broad daylight murder of Shaw by a similar stop. Unarmed, he was shot to death by nine officers as he sat in his car with both hands on his steering wheel as commanded. He had allegedly tried to run down a Police officer between his car and one of the two cop cars which were literally bumper to bumper with his (their story), which conflicted with eye witness statements.

Before it was over, not only had the General resigned, but also, but the elected Clackamas County Sheriff Ris Bradshaw. The CIA fronts went under ground, and $12M worth of ‘confiscated homes’ were sold by the city to fund Police operations. I sent a letter of inquiry to Governor Evan Mecham of Arizona, and he also resigned that same month after being convicted on unrelated felony charges before that lead could be pursued. Naturally, there was no response to my inquiry.

I was just a citizen acting as a investigative writer for my book (Fatal Rebirth) on abuse of power issues. Don’t let anyone tell you a single individual cannot stand against the machine and make a difference by speaking out — and especially by joining with others of like mind. One General, one Sheriff, one Governor resigned, CIA fronts shut down, stolen houses converted from graft to public revenue, and more… thanks to our efforts to get at and tell the truth. Yes, it was risky, but why live a life in fear of living it to the fullest of potential? If they can cower you that way, you are not as free as they wish you to believe.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Government, History, Journalism, military, Political Commentary

2 Comments

Tags: 104th St. and Liebe Raid, Anthony Duane Shaw, Bill Clinton, Charles Moose, D.C. Sniper, Dick Cheney, False Flag terrorism, George Bush, Governor Barbera Roberts, Governor Evan Mecham, Johnny Senteno, Maj. General Gene Katke, National Defense Authorization Act, Obama, Operation Northwoods, Police state, posse comitatus act

What of Early, of Late?

Sep 2

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

How vastly different life turns out for one friend compared the next… and yet how much so alike as to be frightening

Permission to reproduce for non profit use granted provided it is reproduced in full and links back to proparanoid.wordpress.com. This article was written for the Oregonian, but the Editor notified me that they no longer wanted my Op-Ed submissions because they generated too many responses critical of government. So I added the Oregonian stings and published it instead in my book set, Fatal Rebirth.

posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control

From the local news: A Portland man was arrested today for shooting two State Troopers in the back after being stopped for a traffic infraction. Neither officer was seriously wounded, thanks to bullet proof vests. Arrested at the scene on charges of attempted murder was Phil Early, of Portland, Oregon…

As it happens with many news stories, there is more to the story than meets the eye. Sometimes, there is a story behind the story.

I knew Phil Early in a more innocent time. I knew him as well as anyone, both teenagers attending Jefferson High School. He was a very different person then, certainly exhibiting no characteristic that might lead to his shooting a female State Trooper and young man wearing a State Trooper uniform* in the back. His worst offenses in those school days were being suspended for playing hooky.

Having lost track of Phil after I went into the military, and having often thought about him over the years and the many good experiences we had shared together, I must wonder what could have brought him to this unlikely end. Having heard that he had joined the Army and was killed in Vietnam, it is a shame that it took this tragic news event to reveal the error in that information and open the possibility of our meeting again. Perhaps, under the right circumstances, I might even have made a difference in his fate. This haunts me.

posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control

But that is not all that haunts

Despite the outwardly heinous act and the many negative stories of Phil in the local media, there still seems much good about Phil in tact from when I knew him. He still is a caring and giving person, according to those who knew and worked with him in his last days as a free man. It is said that he helped anyone who asked and gave of himself freely, without judgment. I even understand that he had fallen victim to con artists who took advantage of his giving nature, but he had not let their greed dim his caring for or trusting of other strangers in need.

This was the Phil I knew, who would volunteer to loan his best blazer to a casual acquaintance (I had known him all of fifteen minutes when he offered it to me), or a Phil who would give his last two bucks for gas to a stranger stuck in front of the local grocery store. And that memory does not tally with the news reports of a man who supposedly, by association with Posse comitatus, has a hatred for other races. The stranger he had helped to buy gas in the early 60’s was a black man. In those times, equality was a mere dream in Martin Luther’s sermons, but already reality in Phil’s heart.

And speaking of Posse comitatus, I try not to automatically think harshly at the sounding of the name. It was the Posse comitatus Act of 1864 which protects citizens from abusive application of military against civilians in police actions, unless under martial law. This, perhaps, is why the current group by that same name does not recognize the State Police as a duly authorized Police agency.

Rather, they feel that any armed force under direct authority of State rule, regardless of the name it uses, regardless of the document of law or charter which empowers it, and regardless of its stated mission or rules of procedure, is nothing more than a state militia — a military body. As such, just like the National Guard, it is seen as a military unit subject to the Posse comitatus Act.

It was originally reported that Phil, like many Posse members, had an arsenal of weapons and ammunition. The Posse apparently believes, like many groups, that it is up to the citizens to protect themselves from the possibility of a military overthrow of the government — a thinking which, in exercise, requires a well armed and well trained civilian population. I now understand that Phil’s arsenal has turned out to be closer to the number of guns owned by the average farming family in Kansas. The description of many of these weapons apparently better matches that of “collector items” than of “arsenal.” This is closer to the Phil I remember, who liked to collect a variety of many like things, as would please his eye. In blazer’s for instance, he had nearly a dozen. He had many fewer guns.

There is one disturbing thought, however. As different as our lives must have been, and as different as our current situations seem, there is much about Phil’s late history that matches my own life. I, too, have grown suspicious of many in law enforcement, and have had my share of confrontations with them, including multiple attempts on my life by assassination.

Phil’s negative experiences might be deemed politically shaped by Posse comitatus. Mine have been as a result of investigating illegal activities of those within law enforcement — coincidentally involving illegal application of National Guard and other Federal agencies by or within police — the very thing feared by Posse comitatus.

posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control

The nature of fate?

In realizing this commonality, I ask what might bring us so tenuously close in our thinking and experiences, despite the many years and miles between us? I go back to the innocent times, and a possible answer seems apparent. It was the time of Camelot. We, the youth of the nation, had a man in the White House we could love and look up to, regardless of any political realities perceived by our elders. And then, he was gone, taken away in violence under questionable circumstances.

I remember well the weighty discussions with my peers at the time, including Phil, of course. Even then, the theories were abundant. As more was learned, the doubts grew about the lone gunman theory. Perhaps this dashed our innocence and planted a seed of mistrust of an armed government and its secret minions of intelligencia – a mistrust which ultimately led us each along separate but similar paths, once we parted ways at the end of high school.

Now of course, there are more facts pointing to CIA assassination than to Oswald. Despite CIA Operative testimony under oath in court that CIA was directly involved in the murder and a cover up, which necessarily and demonstrably began before the murder, media still chooses to label anyone who questions such things as “conspiracy buffs” — despite the fact that major media was present in the court at the time to hear that critical testimony.

That the CIA-Operative witness had, within weeks of the assassination, come forward to FBI with the same material, and later, also testified to the Warren Commission — and all ignored the truth, does not make us “conspiracy buffs” feel any better about media or government. Apparently media prefers to continue to publish fiction as fact rather than admitting they were blinded to the truth from day one. Perhaps government simply finds cover up the only acceptable way of life.

Come to think of it, local media and government did the same with local murders undertaken by Portland Police. Despite abundant witnesses to the contrary, media blithely published verbatim as fact, Police accounts of the shooting of a young man named Shaw — an event which I have researched to conclusions contrary to their version of the story, as documented elsewhere. There was a similar conspiracy of silence with respect to the 104th and Liebe Street Raid.

There, National Guard, including a helicopter and an Armored Personnel Carrier (APC), was illegally used in an alleged drug raid, but this author has discovered was more likely connected to the murder of Shaw. Local TV station KATU was the only station covering the raid, a matter itself perhaps telling since their former anchorman was also a former Police Commissioner and current City Councilman. Civic-minded KATU edited in new questions to field interviews of the neighbors of Liebe Street, in effect reversing their answers to make them sound supportive of Police actions, instead of condemning… everyone on Liebe Street was outraged at Police, the Guard, and KATU, but media would not air their grievances, nor would any government agency.

Surely, this angered the Posse. It angered many people, especially because of the abuse of power exhibited by Police. That summer saw Portland host the Guns and Hoses Olympics, where police and firemen from around the nation came to visit. With competitions in sniper shooting and police dog attacks, there was also likely an effort to show off Portland as a modern and well-equipped Police Department. Perhaps, but some would point to statistics to show it one of the more deadly departments, with the best way to die of gunfire by Police was to call 911 and threaten to kill yourself. They usually finished the job that those less dedicated to the deed could not. Perhaps it was such things, both old and new, that drove Phil’s anger.

Perhaps there are many from my generation who cannot let go of our misgivings and outrage from such things as the murder and cover up of our President by our own government agents. Perhaps there are many who, at least secretly within, believe in their heart that that terrible act in Dallas was the first of many dark chapters — chapters sufficiently dark to suggest a fearsome future at the hands of their authors.

That we see and deal with seemingly endless supply of similar Federal abuses and lesser version on a more local scale, does not help. Some of our generation are moved to action, while others prefer the safety of quiet contemplation. For those of us moved to act, some choose the pen, as have I, and some of us choose the gun, as apparently did Phil. Phil himself deeply regrets his actions, which he says were driven by the dominating and abusive attitude of the officer. Something, he says, just snapped within him.

posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control

How do we judge such matters?

I cannot condone what Phil as apparently done. I can, perhaps, understand its root cause. Society must condemn his actions. In friendship, however, I am moved to point out that this is not a simple case of gun violence, as many in media have promoted with gusto. Indeed, there is no such thing. Gun violence is not a living thing which happens of its own volition. Gun violence is the result of a given set of life experiences and circumstances. In fact, those things would conspire to vent violent action even in the absence of a gun — such as stabbings or other assaults.

Those that believe the guns are the evil root should therefore also seek to take away all the knives, baseball bats, pillows with which to smother, stockings and ties with which to strangle, etc. Each case of gun violence deserves some degree of calm analysis towards possible prevention of future shootings — not a knee jerk call for seizure of arms. In analysis of Phil’s case, I suggest his actions were driven by something which those very actions themselves could not possibly well serve.

Could Phil have thought through the emotions that drove the instant, and looked beyond in some considered philosophical light, he might have come to the same conclusion. I would suggest to Phil that his enemy was not present when he opened fire. It was not present in the persons he shot, except perhaps by some misapplication of mere symbolism. They were most likely doing a tough job in a just cause. Nor was his enemy their leaders or those that worked to create agencies so troublesome to the Posse.

No, not these things, but far less tangible things. An unhappy history with no suitable answers of blame. A docile public apathy with unconscionable surrender of power to an increasingly errant and abusive government. A growing frustration with no means of proper release. A gradual loss of freedoms to a New World Order. A reasonable fear allowed unreasonable control.

Looking back, and talking to others, I wonder: how many of my generation have traveled so perilously close to Phil’s path? How many more of us are near the line he has crossed? Too many, I fear. A legacy, perhaps, of Dallas? A signpost, perhaps, of our future path?

~~~

posse comitatus act posse comitatus group gun control

* The second person shot was, of all things, an Explorer Scout.

Under some extremely inappropriate reasoning, the State of Oregon and the Boy Scouts of America have decided that it is appropriate to dress Explorer Scouts in full State Police uniforms, sans weapons, and put them on the streets and in patrol cars — on the front line against crime, unarmed, untrained, and often, unsupervised.

This deserves another article of its own, as yet another example of the growing Police State in Portland, Oregon. Here, in Portland, highway workers, Explorer Scouts, firemen, private security firms, the National Guard, and even gang members, have all been inducted into the general law enforcement umbrella in one way or the other. One has to ask, why?

I only wish that Phil had thought to ask such questions first, and not have shot, at all.

New Effort To Curtail Posse Comitatus After Colorado Massacre (mountainrepublic.net)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Crime, Government, History, military, People, Political Commentary, Writing

Leave a comment

Tags: gun control, gun violence, JFK assassination, martin luther king, phil early, posse comitatus, posse comitatus act

25 Questions No One Has Asked About Aurora Shooting (pt. 2)

Aug 26

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

You can always spot a conspiracy at work… was james holmes a patsy by DOD or CIA? whenever you see evidence of a cover up in play

In review: This in-depth series of posts will reveal startling new investigative issues for the first time, anywhere. The detail required to make concise arguments on a long list of critical elements forces it to be offered in installments. You may wish to subscribe to be sure you do not miss one along the way. Doing so, you will discover:

Three motives for making James Holmes a Patsy with Fascism as benefactor, and two possible motives for targeting Century Theaters
Easy link access to the key-most videos and images for each critical point of evidence presented in a logical, easy to follow order.
Reasoning there were at least three additional helpers involved in a professional black operation backed up by even more supporting players
Introduction of an actual political REASON for targeting The Dark Knight Rises (TDKR), a reason which fits one of the proposed motives
25 key questions missed by almost everyone, the answer to any one of which could easily provide reasonable doubt that it was a lone gunman event
A walk-through narrative portraying an alternate scenario which fits all conflicting facts into a workable reality.

James Holmes was a patsy Part Two

James Holmes was a patsy

second gas mask and gun in aurora prove holmes a patsy

If you missed part one, click here

QUESTION 8: Who warned people not to use the EXIT in theater 8, and why? Tim McGrath mentions it, and I’ve seen but lost track of one other witness who confirmed the same point. Tim says the people in 8 were panicking and trying to leave. Toward the end of the clip he states someone entered the theater from the Lobby area and warned everyone not to go outside because the shooter was outside. Excuse me? How would they know this? If there was, WHO was it, because according to this witness, shooting was still going on in theater 9? Could this be misinterpretation or misunderstanding? I’d be open to the suggest except that it also happened in theater 10…

QUESTION 9: Who warned people not to use the EXIT in theater 10, and why? At 2:50 AM Channel 9 coverage has a witness from (by deduction) theater 10 who describes events while the shooting was going on in theater 9. We really need to pin down if it was theater 10, so here is the deductive logic thread: Someone came into the theater from the left entrance, and warned them not to go outside, again while shooting was still taking place. Theater 9 would be to the left of theater 10, and theater 7 would be the left of theater 8. It would not be logical to presume someone further away from events (nearer to theater 7) to either be criminally involved or otherwise inclined or able to perceive a need for a warning. Any such person would need be closer, so it had to be theater 10. So again, who and why… would someone issue a warning without basis for such knowledge?

QUESTION 10: Why were bullets going through the walls into both theater 8 and 10? A look at the theater diagram from the Denver Post reveals that it would be logical for some rounds to pass through into 8, but there are only two ways it could have happened in theater 10. Either there was a second shooter unseen because people were attempting to hide or flee with their backs to the screen, or James deliberately turned his weapon on the wall. It is also possible any second shooter went behind the screen to appear in the dark on the far side, making them hard to see, but only if they used a silencer to completely suppress flash. This would create a distinctive sound witnesses did not report, as far as we know. Only in a cross fire situation should bullets logically enter 10, as shooting the wall is illogical. Why would James waste rounds to shoot the wall, especially since his shooting spree was ended prematurely when his gun jammed? Has anyone counted the bullet holes and compared to the half-empty magazine?

QUESTION 11: Who wore the second gas mask and used the second rifle found behind the theater? We have multiple Police statements which confirm James was found in his car and had with him in his car, a gas mask, and three guns: an AR-15 rifle, a Remington 870 shotgun, and a Glock handgun, with a second handgun and the high-capacity drum canister for the AR-15 discarded inside the theater.

Yet we have photographic evidence, Police radio traffic (18 minutes in), and additional statements to the press which prove a second mask and weapon were found lying on the ground behind the theater. The gun was at the threshold of the EXIT door, and the gas mask was found all the way at the end of the building, some 150 feet away from the EXIT and Jame’s car, where ‘the shooter’ is first reported being seen. The gas mask is part of a whole other series of questions which are the most troubling, of all. So why did James bring but not use two rifles, and two gas masks? And why does that weapon show a standard magazine (the light gray forward appendage). We were led to believe he quit shooting because his drum magazine jammed (which he left inside). Curious, as I would have thought the gun would be sans clip of any kind.

: 2nd gun with standard clip, girls shoes at outer exit leading to theater 9 & 10
2nd gas mask at far corner of building well away from where James waited

QUESTION 12: Why did the shooter not shoot the first and most logical victim? Jennifer Seeger clearly describes on ABC, a rifle being the first gun used to shoot into the air, and then it was leveled at her, but the shooter paused and did not shoot. She dropped to the ground and he instead opened fire on the crowd behind her. The clues to the answer as to why may lay in the next few questions.

QUESTION 13: Why does one witness says the first gun used was a rifle, and another a shotgun? We know he had both a Remington 870 shotgun and an AR-15 rifle with him. Both witnesses state the gun used was aimed directly at them, and both were within a couple of yard’s distance of the shooter and near to each other, and both took cover quickly. There are several other questions regarding these accounts, but the bottom line is that there is both a visual difference in the appearance of such weapons, and a stark difference between them their sound when fired. It is inconceivable that one can misidentify a shotgun as a rifle some mere feet away, especially once fired. Does the 870 shown at right look like a rifle, to you? Does the rifle look like a shotgun?

: Which is which? Is it that hard to tell? What about the sound difference?

We have already examined Jenifer Seegar’s account. Here is the shotgun account by witness, Pierce O’Farrell, in a Channel 9 report, In point of fact, he was immediately shot at and wounded by shotgun, twice — once before being able to gain cover, and the second while he lay low. All witnesses seem quite believable taken on their own, but I find a shooting victim with medical treatment confirming their story more credible than someone unscathed. Why two distinctly different accounts? Again, other questions may hold the answers…

QUESTION 14: Why did several witnesses stick around for more than a day and well into the night and even the next day after the shooting to be interviewed endlessly by local and national media, to include multiple appearances on a given media outlet? I raise this question because they both tended to use the same individualized phrases and hand gestures over and over, and both emphasize a lone gunman. In some cases, the cameras seem rather far back to insure we see the gestures. In fact, one of them goes overboard in his efforts, consistently waxing emotional to the point of tears. More to the point, the conflicting facts cited above play into the matter, and may be why more than one ‘conspiracy theorist’ has suggested these are paid actors intending to Wag-the-Dog.

Here is the man, Chris Ramos, on CNN. This is him on ABC. The others are Jenifer Seegar and her friend from the ‘rifle’ account just spoken of. She is seen here on ABC, and here on CNN. Her companion who frequently appears with her but who hardly speaks, becomes a kind of ‘silent confirmation’ to cement the reality of her statements. If these habitual appearances are not a Wag-the-Dog plot element, I’d like to know what they really are? Seegar’s not being shot and not knowing which weapon first was used suggests she was not actually present — but if that’s true, then the only way she could have known about the first shot being in the air would be if she was a participant with prior knowledge of the plan. There are yet other clues of Wag-the-Dog forces in play, as seen next.

QUESTION 15: How did CNN’s Wolf Blitzer manage to so quickly have available a slick 3-D computer-rendered, fully touch-screen interactive replay of the crime, and why was it altered between airings? His show, some 12 hours after the shooting, but only a few hours after witness accounts and Police statements useful for the purpose were known, provided the most comprehensive report yet available, and put EVERYTHING from the OFFICIAL STORY into clear context. Find it here, the third video down in the group of smaller videos toward page bottom. How did they mange to have this super sophisticated technology ready to go so quickly, unless prepared in advance?

I am additionally concerned because subsequent use of the same presentation in a later program is altered. The first presentation shows only James’ entry via the EXIT and the aftermath (e.g., the kicking in the door first impression). The second shows someone going to the EXIT from within the theater to the EXIT door, depicting them LEAVING, which NO WITNESS HAS DESCRIBED, followed shortly by the shooter’s entrance (as if not expecting someone would end up recounting the man opening the door, and thus it does NOT show him returning from the door, but vanishing). Witnesses specifically describe the man from inside as NOT leaving the theater by the EXIT and a significant delay before the shooter arrives.

You see the altered version here at one minute into the CNN video. This change took place after challenges to the ‘kick the door’ claims were taking hold on the Web, perhaps best exemplified by Alex Jones’ special report to that end earlier in the day. Yet the witness reports about the man opening the door (and NOT leaving) were known to media before even the first airing. Why was it not included in the first place if not Wag-the-Dog? Why was it subsequently altered to an INCORRECT depiction, later? Yet one more possible clue follows…

Was Aurora shooting a DOD or CIA operation?

The next installment asks these important questions:

James Holmes • How did CBS News know to describe ‘buckets of ammunition’ before anyone had seen inside Jame’s apartment?

James Holmes • Why did the shoot try to get into theater 10 after leaving 9 when his gun was jammed?

James Holmes • Why was James so calm when arrested when the official reason is impossible?

James Holmes • Why did James allegedly mail his attack plan to arrive well before the attack?

James Holmes • Why did his Psychiatrist call Police when it was not delivered to insure they found it anyway?

James Holmes • Why was almost everyone in James’ life connected directly or indirectly with Mind Control technology?

James Holmes • And more…

PLEASE: Comment (page bottom, or contact me), Rate (at page top), Share/Tweet this article. Visit my Reader Forum to promote your own cause or URL.

Mind-Controlled Mass Shootings Don’t Change My Mind (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Lion Dance (a screenplay): How China Invades the U.S. via the Canamex Highway (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Six Dumb Arguments We’re Hearing About the Aurora Shooting [America’s Screaming Conscience] (gawker.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Government, Journalism, military, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: Anschutz, aurora shooting, Century Theater, Conspiracy, Dark Knight Rises, Denver, james holmes, lone gunman, patsy

Raw Numbers Prove DHS Gearing up for Revolution, Martial Law, or Chinese Invasion

Aug 25

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

215 FEMA camps, 1.4 billion bullets, including 9 million sniper rounds…

30,000 drones, 3,000 drone operators, and 50 drone control sites…

and still counting threats…

See also new companion post which analyzes orders to discover they consistently use Satanic ‘magic’ numbers in the order quantities, in which decoding indicates their purpose.

Updated Aug 30 2012 This post continues to be subject of disinformation tactics at third-party sites, and a link to this page at the official National Republican Convention Web site for use by Delegates and Media was taken down (censored). A prior update reflected two commentaries. In twenty-four hours, the number of disinfo commentaries has doubled. I have to ask why they fear this article being read. Prior updates below marked in red.

Why does DHS want to go to war with US citizens?

by H. Michael Sweeney

Copyright © 2012, all rights reserved. Permissions to reproduce by request only. This restriction will be lifted once it is clear there are no corrections or major updates required. The topic is too important to have multiple versions all over the Web, but there needs to be multiple copies that all may be informed and forewarned. If you see an error please report it IMMEDIATELY, thank you.

Militia take heed, militia take warning, militia remain alert, militia be ready

Update Aug 26: Day One, and already breaking news requires an update!

DHS seeking sniper rifles DHS has a sniper school DHS Sniper Nest at Super Bowl

One of many images (click)

Update: Aug. 29: Some critical commentary on this article outside of this site dictates some additional clarification regarding hollow point ammo. Nothing on that topic changes the importance, relevance, or thrust of this post, and is a small technical matter of importance to people who live and breath in the World of firearms. If this post has inferred that I claim to be an expert at such a level, that was not its intent.

The question on my credentials as such an expert has no bearing on the larger question as to why so many rounds should be ordered, and related issues. To choose to focus on that as a reason to ignore or discount this post is to avoid discussing the issue by switching topic, and by attacking the messenger, both being known disinformation tactics found in the 25 Rules of Disinformation. The update is reflected in the appropriate section with red highlight.

Is DHS engaging in disinformation and concealment of information?

Reading this article you will learn:

revolution • That DHS has ordered more bullets than the Pentagon uses in a war… many times over.

revolution • That DHS is employing disinformation (cover up stories) and censorship (pulling files) to hide the truth

revolution • You will learn things about the various munitions no one else has bothered to discuss (new clues)

revolution • You will see in table form the grand totals for all such orders (a first)

revolution • You will see a collective of associative depictions for weapons using specified ammo (a first)

revolution • You will see where Drone aircraft are operated from and learn about their use

DHS plans war with americans

If you are a Web Walleroo, you can stop reading right now and find something shorter and less scary and more fun to read, here. Really, you will like it rather lot; its pretty funny, and I’m not kidding (well, I was when I wrote it). But what follows is for concerned citizens who believe in the Constitution and fear it is in danger of extinction… or things worse than even that. Come back here when ready to be serious. I assure you it is very interesting and highly informative, even if you’ve already been exposed to the general topics involved.

Let’s start with the ammunition. If you didn’t know it, DHS (and if you don’t know that acronym then stop reading right now and go back to sleep because you will be impossible to wake up, anyway) has placed orders for 450 million rounds of .40 cal. hollow-point ammunition, more than enough to kill every man, woman, and child in the U.S. and Canada. The story, like all matters which reveal the scary side of a government out of control, is ignored in mainstream media, and not well understood in Web accounts. You will mostly find alarmists (like myself, I suppose) making dire predictions and quoting some other alarmist site as THEIR source. That’s no better than circular references or a reference from a chat room message. Some guy said some guy said, and so on.

I at least try to do better than that; to give you actual documents where possible, and find better ways to put it into context, or quote sources I’d hope you find acceptable. But hurry: the primary document resource cited for most of these (FedBizOps.gov) will sometimes let you access the needed details, but it seems that someone is selectively turning off the feature for the more controversial documents and requiring ‘membership’ to get the good stuff.

Let’s start with the raw combined totals in table form, and then dissect it looking for clues as to meaning, including clues NO ONE ELSE has yet discovered, as far as I am able to determine. The following table is of my own devise, a summary of all known bid requests to date for the years cited. It should not be considered without reading the textual explanations which follow it:

Combined DHS Munition Orders 2012 – 2015 (that we know of so far)

Munition	2012	2013	2014	2015	Total
.223 Assault Rifle	35,635,000	35,069,000	728,582,000	35,503,000	834,789,000
.223 Sniper	2,188,000	2,134,000	2,147,000	2,162,000	8,631,000
30-06 Sniper	12,000	7,000	8,000	8,000	35,000
.308 Sniper	116,000	67,000	67,000	81,000	331,000
10mm Auto (e.g. Machine Pistol)	23,000	14,000	74,000	16,000	127,000
12 GA target	284,000	266,000	293,000	322,000	1,165,000
12 GA slug	143,000	82,000	90,000	99,000	414,000
12 Ga buck	802,000	462,000	497,000	558,000	2,319,000
.357 Magnum	24,661,000	22,663,000	20,928,000	23,222,000	91,474,000
.38 Special	1,279,000	736,000	809,000	890,000	3,714,000
.380 (9mm)	49,000	28,000	5,473,000	34,000	5,584,000
.40 (10mm) Auto (e.g Glock)	8,857,000	19,499,238	398,351,227	25,302,189	452,009,654
.45 Auto (pistol)	477,000	274,000	302,000	332,000	1,385,000
7.62×39 SOVIET	93,000	53,000	59,000	65,000	270,000
9mm German Luger	1,008,000	580,000	638,000	702,000	2,928,000
Totals	75,627,000	81,934,238	1,158,318,227	89,296,189	1,405,175,654

To gain useful context and meaning, we need review both the history and detail of such orders:

DHS plans war with americans

200,000,000 rounds .40

Go back to 2009 and we find DHS through its ICE Division (What? You don’t know what that is, either? Zzzz) ordered 200,000,000 rounds of munitions (not reflected in the table). That’s enough to invade Mexico and shoot everyone within 100 miles or more of the border several times (the ones not shot already by the Mexican drug cartels using ICE supplied weapons). That certainly ought to end the illegal immigration problem (perhaps that was ICE’s intention in Operation Fast and Furious?), but it’s thankfully not been used for that, has it? This story was originally made public on line through a Press Release from the Winchester Firearms company who received the contract, though both Winchester and Market Watch (Dow Jones site) where the notice had first appeared have both pulled the notice in light of the recent fervor (furiousness?) caused by such as Alex Jones who was perhaps first and hardest hitting on the story as it unfolded.

That deliberate obfuscation serves as a warning flag that there is something unusual or morally improper involved; something fowl and unsavory is afoot. You don’t start backtracking and covering up public information unless there is something much bigger you need to hide, and when it comes to government, it is usually criminal, unconstitutional, or malfeasance in nature — if not all of the above. Remember, you only have a cover up when there is a conspiracy afoot. That’s not conspiracy theory, its criminal fact, because cover up itself requires conspiratorial participation of multiple persons across multiple entities. And the more you look at it, the more that’s exactly what seems to be the case, here…

DHS plans war with americans

450,000,000 rounds .40 — it starts to get scary

It wasn’t that much of a story until DHS requested bids for an additional contract for 450M more rounds. It was actually the announcement of an extension to the order which caught the attention of we ‘alarmists’, but in trying to track it down, all you get is… yet another Press Release which has been pulled by the contractor and Market Watch. But pulling public files did not take place with either the 450M or 200M order until word spread on the Web and questions as to why kept popping up. And WHY indeed? It is so many rounds that it had to be scheduled for delivery over several years, but because the order has been ‘censored,’ I can’t tell you how many years, and not found other sources yet who have so indicated.

Therefore, in the table above, they are included over the same number of years as each of other large orders have been for, which is always four years — perhaps because that is the number of years served by a President, who directs the Agency, and the orders coincide with an elections for some reason. So that’s what I used in the table, and as the .223 is the most common rifle round, and the .40 is the most common pistol round, I apportioned the 450M (.40) order the same as if the .223 ammo as found in yet another mammoth order (750M rounds) to be discussed shortly. Thus while the totals for rounds over all four years should be correct, the totals in any one year may be off. No matter how you divide it up, however, its still a hell of lot of bullets.

DHS plans war with americans

175,000,000 .223 rounds for ICE

This one is an earlier item (April 2012) only recently revisited and discussed because of the uproar over the 450M order. All of it is .223 rifle ammunition to be delivered over four years in equal installments of 2M rounds of target practice ammo, and 33M rounds of standard duty ammo, each year. We will take a closer look at the significance of .223 ammo, shortly. The order is included in the table, above. But because this order was relatively small, and a bit older, it has garnered less coverage on the Web and may be news to many readers. DHS was apparently hoping that to be the case, because even though it had already been cited on the Web (how I found it), the official documents have once more been censored, and here they are. This kind of ad-hoc censorship violates law according to restrictionist.wordpress.com, where I found it.

Yet another censorship fail by DHS

DHS plans war with americans

20,000,000 rounds .357 pistol

DHS next used the TSA (keep sleeping) as the vehicle for its next buying binge. They are seeking bids to supply 20,000,000 rounds per year of .357 (remember Dirty Harry? We were all pretty awake, then). It is stated as being for ‘target practice.’ This ammo is included in the table.

Well, that’s a nice thing, isn’t it? We shouldn’t worry because it’s only target practice after all. Except for two things: 1) TSA agents do not have guns, and DHS has not put out a bid request for weapons to match; 2) there are only 58,000 TSA agents nation-wide, with only a small fraction of those actually front-line ‘Officers’. So that would mean each employee would be firing off a minimum of 344 rounds each, if every one of them were so required. If you’ve ever done much target practice, you know that’s rather a lot of practice when you don’t have a gun in the first place, and most agencies only require one annual shooting exercise. So this appears to me to be a cover up disinformation ‘purchase of target ammunition’ to imply by association that the other (larger) orders are also for target practice, a notion some ‘pro DHS’ commentaries have already stated in conjecture.

DHS plans war with americans

More orders for Agencies with no logical need

And DHS is still not through, getting the Weather Service (NOAA) and Social Security Administration into the act with orders (included in the table) for 46,000 and 174,000 rounds of .40, respectively, as again reported less widely on the Web. In fact, by the time I post this or you read it, it will probably be out of date with yet more orders being placed for any Agency you ever heard of, to include Highway Dept. Workers, Firemen, and Postal workers. (I cite those three because in prior years, officials and commentators here in Oregon have specifically mentioned the possibility).

Again, we find target practice as the official reason for this request. But there’s a problem with that in that the one and only order which included targets was the order for 46,000 bullets… but only 500 targets. And, if you dig, you can find an actual order of ammo for target practice, such as this one (not in the table) for the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, for roughly 3,500 rounds. And that’s a place where people shoot all the time. There is absolutely no comparison to any of the other orders cited herein. There’s a slogan: ‘You can’t tell the players without a program.’ Well, you can’t tell your Agencies in a Police State without a Program, and that Program (policy) is ‘the arming of the agency.’ Unfortunately, that only hints at the game they are playing, and finding out what that game is, and what the rules are, could mean the difference between life and death, between America restored and the end of it. Because they just upped the ante:

DHS plans war with americans

750,000,000 rounds all types

We next find from an official .pdf file that DHS is seeking to buy even more ammo. Someone got wise to the government swallowing up evidence, and went to the trouble to obtain the actual document quickly. I’m not sure, but I think we owe Alex Jones or one of his followers for that. This time, the order is so large that it is 91 pages long, and totals more than 750M rounds over four years. Most people reading the .pdf make the mistake of assuming it five years, because it is in five parts. However, Parts I and II are for the first year, and thus the above table combines them under 2012. The cover story is indeed ‘target practice,’ and when you look at any one line item on the first page or so of the .pdf, a glance makes it seem fairly plausible, especially if not prone to suspicion, like me.

But as you investigate the specifications more carefully, you see that is only possible for select line items which turn out to be the proper choices for target practice and which appear in appropriately small numbers (e.g., 2,000 rounds vs. tens or hundreds of thousands for the same ammo in non target practice versions). Regardless: there are about 200,000 DHS employees, most of whom are office workers. But even were each one armed, that would be 7 thousand rounds per employee for target practice. Bang, bang, away, Baby, bang bang.

: Glock .40 Automatic

: Armalite M15 .223 Assault Rifle

: Ruger .357 Magnum

: Rossi .38 Special

: Remington 870 12 GA Tactical Shotgun

: Remington 700 .308 Sniper Riffle

: Colt .380 Automatic

: Heckler & Kosh MP5 10mm SMG

: Cobb MCR300 30.06 Assault Rifle

: Beretta 92 9mm Automatic

: Colt .45 Automatic

: AK-47 7.62×39 Assault Rifle

: What they didn’t want you to see

: FEMA Camps Map from mindfully.org (click)

: Locations where drones are operated from

: Yet another censorship fail by DHS

Images example types of firearms supported by all ammo on all orders (the largest order also covers all weapons by itself)

Click to enlarge in Gallery View

DHS plans war with americans

Specification of hollow point ammo problematic

The totals and specifics of all these orders is very disturbing for many reasons. The reason most noted by others is the specification of hollow point rounds. There are a lot of misconceptions about what that means, however, so I’d like to make clear the truth. Hollow point, when jacketed with an outer hard metal coat, has only one purpose: to penetrate armor vests. When not wearing a vest, jacketed or not, it will insure a kill by ripping out literal lbs. of flesh instead of making a clean hole. A bullet hole going in, a fist-sized hole coming out if not stopped internally; no surgery can save you if hit amid the body cavity with a hollow point, presuming a clean hit at sufficiently close range, and that is why it has been illegal internationally for use by military since 1868.

Update to above paragraph: ONE person implying expertise has faulted this post based on the above paragraph, without providing particulars. I only respond to the criticism because the point of review in question does enjoy some traffic and results in referrals to this URL. The only reason the above paragraph is in the article is because many other articles on topic have claimed that ALL hollow point rounds are for penetrating body armor, and THAT IS NOT TRUE. That, and the fact that many such posts also state hollow points ammo is illegal and that is only true by exception in a few locations. The remaining statements are intended to be general in nature and reflect comments of gun store staff and general review of Web content. If someone would care to point out any specific inaccuracy with some basis, I’d be happy to make a correction. I urge readers to judge any criticism in tone and detail and decide if their purpose is to dissuade the reader from reading, or to show a specific fault in some key and important way which truly invalidates the greater message. I stand by my work.

But hollow point is standard issue to Police and even required for hunting under various laws, and generally legal in most States for civilian purchase because it helps cut down on fragmentation. It thus not only better insures a hunted animal will not escape with a painful long-term wound, but die a more humane quick death (I’m compelled here to say I’d rather hunt with Crossbow if hunting at all, but I don’t see killing such noble creatures for pleasure as sport), but it also prevents nearby persons from suffering wounds in ricochet fashion in urban shooting incidents.

The part which is troubling is this: only people who traditionally have body armor are the military and Police. Almost all the rifle and pistol rounds specified are hollow point, and most of those are jacketed. So the question many are asking on the Web is still valid: is DHS preparing for combat with members of these forces who perhaps understand and actually intend to abide by their Oaths of Office and uphold the Constitution? Perhaps if you are a member of an LEA (Law Enforcement Agency), you should be figuring out if that means you — and what you are going to do if that is indeed the unfortunate case. And think about this:. There are enough jacketed rounds to allow more than ten shots for every law enforcement officer in America. Remember how they wiped out the Jedi? A troubling thought, it is, my young Padawan.

DHS plans war with americans

NATO/Soviet munitions

I do believe that I am the first to point out this particular slant: the larger order includes ammo for a weapons or at least descriptors which make little sense, as they are not common to any US Agency. There are lots of German Luger rounds, for instance, and bullets more common to European use such as the Russia’s Cold War era favorite, 7.62x39mm (the .pdf itself says ‘Soviet’). That is reminiscent of a strange bid proposal for 7000 5.56x45mm NATO assault rifles (that look like machine pistols) ‘for personal defense’. That order was even more unusual in the absence of any order for ammunition, then or now. In considering NATO, we need also to consider the .223, which is used by the U.S. Military in AR-15 rifles like that used by James Holmes, and which is also a NATO standard.

An aside: The Luger rounds are curious because the Luger company of WWII fame is no longer in business, and antiques guns are all which remain. They employed various special munitions of unusual shape, though all were 9mm in ‘size.’ Today, there are many modern guns made around the World which employ 9mm of the same size but of differing, incompatible (with Luger) design. It is common that users of today’s weapons specify their ammo simply as ‘9 mm’ along with any variant specifications such as also included in the DHS order. There is, however (IMO), a tendency in older fascist war dogs to employ the German term ‘Luger’ when talking about 9mm ammo for non Luger guns of today — a kind of sad, nostalgic romance of sorts. Some ammo makers tend to play to this by making the word Luger larger on the ammo box than the company name, but most respected makers don’t label it as such, at all. So the inclusion of the unnecessary and non defining word in a technical description of an official government purchase document carries with it a subtly implied psychological marker as to their political beliefs and agenda.

For at least four decades, select militia, FEMA Camp and NWO related conspiracy theorists have long predicted that when the S**t hit the fan, it would be NATO forces, or ex Soviets disguised as such, who enforced Martial law against U.S. Citizens. As I reveal in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, CIA is known to have ‘imported’ tens of thousands of ex KGB and other soviets, most of whom are thought to now work for CIA fronts. I’ve spoken with more than one such person working for one such front. So if foreigners were to be so employed, real or otherwise, some among their total may already have weapons, and some may be in need of being supplied with weapons, but have access to munitions from the hands of those who brought their own guns… or they will need to get their ‘NATO’ ammo from DHS.

The basis of this theory is that we would be less likely to shoot at (real or pretend) NATO troops, and is based in part on comments to that effect by NWO kingpins such as Henry Kissenger, who said at a Bilderberger (Zzzz) meeting, “Today Americans would be outraged if U.N. troops entered Los Angeles to restore order; tomorrow they will be grateful! … When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well being granted to them by their world government.” There has been a bit of proof of the theory, as well, in the form of endless trains and convoys or storage areas full of NATO vehicles, often WWII Army surplus or surplus Soviet gear, right here in America. This has been described in another of my posts, including the fact that NATO has denied any vehicles are located here, and that they employ no U.S. or Soviet vehicles anywhere in the World, save those we might bring with us when participating in partnership efforts.

DHS plans war with americans

Sniper rounds are included

I’m pretty certain I’m the first to point this out, as well: roughly 9,000,000 rounds of rifle ammo in the large bid request are sniper ammunition. Sniper rounds feature larger, heavier slugs and employ a special hollow point design for better trajectory, as detailed in the technical specifications in select line items for .223, 30-06, and .308 rifle rounds (red tinted in table). Why would any of the agencies thus far mentioned have any need for sniper ammunition? Who do they intend to snipe, and why, and under what circumstance, and under whose authority? What Congressman is willing to demand an answer to these questions, and the many other issues these troubling orders raise in the minds of the public? I don’t even hear Ron Paul daring to ask. Why not? Why don’t you ask YOUR Congressman, this very minute. (link offers voice/mail/email contact for all elected officials via usa.gov). I again urge you to ask, because 9,000,000 is more than ten rounds per Policeman, and likewise enough to take out every politically incorrect activist in the country that’s ever been identified by an Agency as such. Agenda and expediency defines who is in the crosshairs.

DHS plans war with americans

835,000,000 rounds for .223 assault rifle

I finish the ammo section with a look at this ammo because they’ve not only ordered roughly 2M rounds per year (like I said, reasonable for target practice), but a whopping 694,000,000 rounds (694M) in year three (page 15 of the .pdf) of the largest order. That’s more than enough ammo to kill the entire population of North America and have nearly 300M rounds left over. Put another way, its about 210 shots for every assault rifle in civilian hands, which can also be expressed as about 26 shots per member of an assault team sent after that rifle. Now you know what your gun is worth., and what it will take to defend it; dodge 210 rounds, and you might just make it. Really, you can: the GAO says the military is firing off as many as 250,000 rounds per insurgent killed in Iraq/Afghanistan, and in WWII the number was 10,000 for every German killed. But for the French Resistance, the number was in the hundreds of rounds.

Citizens tend to have the edge if it comes down to it, doing more with less. Che Guevara says as much in his booklet, Guerrilla Warfare, available online. Between that and the ideas in my book, Fatal Rebirth, you actually stand a decent chance (you can get my book free – info at article end). My other book series, The Professional Paranoid, can even help deal with intelligence agencies and general security and privacy issues. Helping folks who are targeted is what I do, and its based on successes in my personal battles with rogue operatives from multiple agencies and law enforcement. That included several attempts on my life, but also included helps from righteous members of some of the same Agencies involved.

DHS plans war with americans

1.4 billion rounds of ammo total

The Army expends about 8M rounds per month in Iran and Afghanistan according to the Pentagon. So from this we might logically deduce that something really nasty is planned for 2015, when DHS will have enough ammo from purchases made just that year to wage a war somewhere for roughly twelve years at those levels. But they are not somewhere, they are RIGHT HERE (Everywhere, USA). If Red China wants to invade the US, I suggest their timetable should preempt that date. But of course, we civilians and military and Law Enforcement already have enough ammo for that eventuality, I trust. So Chinese invasion does not seem to be DHS’ concern, though I have written a screen play called Lion Dance depicting how such an invasion MIGHT work. Frankly, I think you and I are the real DHS concern. Which brings us to…

DHS plans war with americans

30,000 drones, 3,000 operators, and 50 control centers

Not just surveillance drones, but armed drones. They are talking Predators. A Predator can be armed with all manner of cameras to include IR and ground penetrating radar capable of seeing in the dark and seeing through walls, ceilings, and dirt (small systems such as might be used on a Predator could probably see at least 20 feet deep or more). But they can also carry almost any single shot or rapid fire rifle or machine gun, including sniper weapons capable of delivering explosive rounds resembling small cannon fire in terms of damage.

Some of these larger weapons feature laser targeting guidance allowing expended-round trajectory adjustments all the way to target. Then, of course, there are a larger laser guided munitions, the most popular of which are air to surface missiles the military has already used to kill U.S. Citizens abroad. Now they want to do it here in the U.S., it seems. Probably for a good reason though, so we can all sleep well, right? Why four were here in Portland just the other day. One flew right over my home at about 200 feet. I slept REAL well.

The Predators are going to be made available (and already have) to law enforcement as well. But wait. It’s not the Police who will operate the Drones, it is the military, which makes it a violation of the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878. Darn. I forgot. Congress decided they wanted a Military Police State, after all. So now, the military cannot only surveil you, but they can detain you (without arrest) indefinitely (vanish you), or even assassinate you, no warrant, no questions, done deal. That’s the Obama way per the National Defense Authorization Act, which effectively removes the Constitution, Bill of Rights, all prior case law, the Supreme Court, and even the Magna Carta from having legal usefulness. YOU HAVE ZERO RIGHTS! The President has the same power under NDAA as did any King of the Dark Ages.

Drone use is even more reassuring given the rise of police violence of late. At least four instances of outright murder in broad daylight in recent months, even on camera, and they still seem to get away with it as ‘justified’ once they finish with their ‘investigation.’ But Anaheim tells us that the people are starting to refuse the legitimacy of such investigations, and THAT is perhaps why Police might at some point wish they could unleash a missile on an unsuspecting crowd. Its only a matter of time, convenience, and one stupid fascist psychopath in charge.

Thanks to the Electronic Frontier Foundation (a kind of Civil Rights group for the digital world), we now know that there are already 63 authorized drone flight control locations (see map below, visit link to see individual locations) in the US. This includes the military, ICE, FBI, NASA, 25 universities, and towns as small as 2,500 population. There are three thousand licensed ‘pilots’ of drones, which according to statistics, means about 750 psychopathic personalities have buttons of destruction under their fingertips.

Locations where drones are operated from

The thing to take away is this: while not all these drone sites employ Predators, and not all drones have the capabilities of Predators. That there are 2,500 operators means that there are nearly that many drones in use any day of the week, say 2,500, of mixed types and capabilities. Many drones are quite portable and can be launched from anywhere you can get to in a car, and can be operated from a laptop. What is also true is that certain operators do not need disclose either their control points or launch points, or pilot count. These include the Military, NOAA, DHS, and Dept. of Agriculture — and despite the unhappy picture all of this presents for Constitutionalists, the bright side is that DARPA was disapproved to operate them, as well as some cities and county law enforcement agencies. One thing is certain. This picture will change for the worse with great frequency.

Do not feel too intimidated by all this doom and gloom. Do not fear being sniped or hit with a swarm of Men in Black. Do not fret over constant surveillance. You can simply volunteer yourself for arrest at the first opportunity. That comforting notion, in turn, leads us to the topic of the number of FEMA detention camps. Excuse me, ‘emergency housing centers.’ I’ve been shown one specification for such ‘housing’ center, and it clearly indicated 8 square feet per person, bars, barbed wire, high security doors, and lots of cameras, no windows, and nothing whatsoever like family accommodations: men away from women, and children not even mentioned. But that was years before I started to actually believe it possible. What about today?

DHS plans war with americans

215 FEMA camps — myth or reality?

This is another decades-old ‘conspiracy theory,’ but one rapidly proving true, unfortunately. Actually, the number is unknown, and unverifiable — and whatever it really is, it likely changes almost monthly. Many people have attempted to ID a given suspect camp, but at best, all they can usually manage is to verify the location looks like a concentration camp in ready state. For example, barbed wire pointing in, high security turnstiles, windowless buildings in row-like arrays (think Stalag layout), internal security barriers, rail access, signs of military markings, high perimeter towers, radio towers — and no sign of life until you try get too close, when security forces race up to urge you to leave NOW. Type in FEMA camps in YouTube and you will be amazed at all the hits, some stupid, some disinformation to make you think it unreal, some well done and convincing.

No one of universally respectable credentials is overseeing such research for quality and mapping results. Videos can be good as proofs to a point, but video only hints at the experience of being there in person. The best organized effort we have to date is a Google Maps data file created by mindfully.org. Of course, as one nay sayer has said, ‘That’s probably just some conspiracy Dude citing other conspiracy Dudes.’ The proof of quality evidence ‘conspiracy Dudes’ can produce, fortunately, is likely within an hour or so drive of where you live, if in a major community. The image shown here is a screenshot, but I suggest using the cited link which lists all locations so you can check any near you out in person. Do so, and let me know what you find and your conclusions. We can destroy the Dude if a ‘dumb’ one, or validate him as ‘dependable.’

FEMA Camps Map from mindfully.org (click)

There are two facilities shown in Oregon which I can certify as fitting the description, as I’ve seen both locations in person. One is an existing Federal Prison with at least the ability to hold thousands of persons temporarily in makeshift quarters, and an unknown ability to house additional persons in constructed facilities already in place (empty beds are unknown, but public statements indicate it virtually full at about 2,000). The other is an old Army facility with many, many underground storage bunkers which could easily be made to house many dozens of persons, each. It is located in Boardman, Oregon, adjacent to the gargantuan Umatilla Chemical Weapons Destruction Facility. That fact requires a brief change of topic: I asked a decade ago why they were building plants like this with such massive capabilities…

Nine such facilities were built around the country with a total length of time allotted for eventual destruction of weapons of ten years, coincidentally ending in 2012 (so now those workers have nothing to do when they come back from vacation). However, any one of the plants could have handled the entire nation’s supply of all biochemical weapons (not just those slated for destruction) in three year’s time. This means a deliberate over engineered capacity of some 8000%. More to the point, at speeds suitable for weapons with metals in their construct, it can process (incinerate) more than a ton in weight every hour. But if burning something easier to burn, it can run many times faster. In fact, in my book Fatal Rebirth, I show how it could be used to dispose of dissidents and other undesirable persons in a Martial law scenario at rates of hundreds per hour, 24 hrs. a day. It is, after all, essentially a conveyor belt into a super heated furnace. Thus based on just these two Oregon camp locations, I have to give some credence to the Dude’s map, and to those crazy conspiracy theories about Martial Law I’ve been writing and warning about since 1994, or even wilder theories about population reduction. Pandemic false flag, anyone? Let’s not be dumbed down Dudes.

Aside: a few of my earlier blog posts related to topic:

fire on americans • On Being Prepared for Martial Law or Revolution

martial law military coup What activists, militia, gun owners, and EVERYBODY ELSE should expect

fire on americans • Portending Martial Law: Three Facts That Put You at Risk

martial law military coup Warning signposts from local media which mainstream media deems not to share.

fire on americans • Compare 1776 to 2012 and Tell Me Where You THINK You Live…

martial law military coup Congress and the President are pressing their luck just like King George

fire on americans • On Military Thinking: ‘The Best Defense’ and Your Future in Their Eyes

martial law military coup If you don’t know about the Revolution in Military Affairs… you had better read this

fire on americans • Military Viewpoint: We are SIX People Away from Revolution

martial law military coup High ranking military says Martial law likely, armed conflict with citizens on the horizon

fire on americans • Citizen’s Viewpoint: We are ONE Person Away from Revolution

martial law military coup We all draw lines in the sand, knowing or not, which if crossed, will see us engage in battle

fire on americans • Mind-Controlled Mass Shootings Don’t Change My Mind

martial law military coup The NWO can’t have my gun until I first get rid of the bullets

But regardless of whether you choose to think as I, or not, or already accept the FEMA camp notion as true or not, it is absolute fact government WANTS them, as proven in H.R. 645. Like the DHS ammunition, we have their official requests for bid proposals. And like DHS ammunition, such proofs tend to vanish in time so that disinformation artists can ‘debunk’ the ‘myth.’ By way of example, this empty URL is supposed to tell you about a government contract through Halliburton via KBR to establish a camp. The document they pulled from their site is shown below (censorship fail). The most condemning proof, perhaps, however, is this official US Army Regulation which clearly relates to administration of Civilian labor camps on military bases IN THE UNITED STATES, which are estimated to encompass a goodly number of all FEMA camps. In fact, if you look at Camp Ripley (ex Army base) in central Minnesota (the FEMA map), you will find it is already a ‘new prison facility.’ Dilligent Dude! But if you think THAT’s explosive…

What they didn’t want you to see

hard kill population reduction

Other numbers: 700 lb.s of Ammonium Nitrate (terrorist IED), 700 lbs. of RDX (military C-4)

DHS is not satisfied with little bangs and pops from firearms, they want more bang for the buck. Enough, in fact, to be real loud. This video shows what just 35 lb. of Ammonium Nitrate can do when confined in a hole in the ground. C-4 is even louder: this video is only 15 lbs. of C-4, taking out a bus, with minimal confinement. It’s OK, though, because this request for proposals is for training K-9 bomb sniffing dogs, they tell us. So let’s all go back to sleeping well at night, OK? Wait a minute… Doh!

Gee, Marge… that sounds just a bit like a cover story. You can train a dog with the merest essence of drugs , and the same is true for explosives and bomb dogs. The best part is, you get to use the same stuff over and over for the most part. So you could train endless dogs with a couple of lbs. of drugs or explosives. Moreover, there are many other forms of explosives, and just as you train a dog for all types of drugs, you train explosives dogs for all kinds of explosives. Where is the rest of DHS explosives order for things like Dynamite, Nitro Glycerin, raw powders, all the various primary and secondary explosives, propellants, fuses, and so forth?

Cover story. That’s just one reason some of us alarmists think there is another false flag terror event on the horizon, perhaps at the Republican National Convention. I guess that’s one way to insure Ron Paul does not make it to the Polls to have his chads hung out to dry, and to subsequently push through whatever sneaky legislation for loss of more rights they have in the wing waiting to be introduced ‘just in time,’ this time. Or, is it to foment the Martial Law for which they expect to use all that ammunition? All of the above?

If you have a more logical answer to these questions, please tell me — I’d really like to hear them. I’d especially like to hear it with a document that proves it… one that isn’t censored out of existence after being referenced, preferably. Frankly, as it sits right now, I’m making plans for how to defend myself and insure that Constitutionalists win out over fascist NWO dictators. I’m thinking I’d need to be dodging a hell of lot more than 210 opportunities to fail in the effort. In fact, I wrote a four volume book set about how it might go down. I think it so important that I’ll give you a free copy of Volume One of Fatal Rebirth just for the asking (ebook by email.)

I want you well informed, because you NEED to figure out which side you intend to stand with soon; if it really goes that direction, you may have less than a few moments warning before any given LATE answer could get you killed. Only being prepared in advance assures a right answer and affords a shot at survival… for you and your country… unless of course, this is all mere conspiracy theory. I’ve over 1.4 billion reasons to think it a little more solid than that, and 300 plus million reasons to yet hope I’m wrong. You are one of them, as is each person in your family and mine. Those reasons are what we all live and die for, are they not.

PLEASE: Comment (page bottom, or contact me), Rate (at page top), Share/Tweet this article. Visit my Reader Forum to promote your own cause or URL.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Government, military, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

8 Comments

Tags: Ammunition, china, chinese invasion, DHS, Hollow-point bullet, ICE, Martial law, Pentagon, Police state, revolution, sniper, Social Security Administration, TSA, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, United States Department of Homeland Security

What the Federal Reserve Has Cost You Personally

Jul 26

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

This article will help you estimate the (%#@!) huge number

by H. Michael Sweeney

Shut down the fed

Note: If you oppose the FED, you may wish to review the 24 Presidential Campaign Planks proposed to specifically cure the problem with respect to the FED, the National Debt, Tax, and how money should be printed.

Beginning of the End

The Federal Reserve Bank System (the FED) was established in 1913 by some serious international con artists who used deceit, lies, and disinformation to trick Congress into approving it. The FED is indeed a privately held corporation run for the significant benefit of the banks as well as some ‘tricky-dicky’ (a bribery, of sorts) benefits to legislators and the President, also at citizen expense. When I say ‘banks,’ I mean three kinds.

1) The big New York banks and big European International banks reap huge reward, as they were the ones who established the FED and thus get to be the first to feed at the trough. They control it, not Congress. Like any private corporation, they have a Board of Directors and a functional CEO. Sure, they listen to the President and Congress for input on what they are might SHOULD do, but in the end, they DICTATE what they will do and sell it to government as a ‘cure’ for whatever sparked their input.

2) Next comes the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and World Bank, which are creations of these same bankers, in partnership with other globalist interests from the likes of the Bilderbergers, Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission, the Club of Rome, modern Illuminati all say some (me included). Despite their flowery and sugar coated statements about what they do, they work no differently than the FED member banks to profit at the expense of everyone else.

They get a goodly go at the trough because Congress now allows the FED to print US currency for their exclusive and seemingly limitless use in addition to all the money Congress asks them to print. So, in effect, the U.S. Currency has become a de facto ‘world currency,’ but not to make the dollar stronger, because it actually weakens it through inflation over which Congress has little to say. And you and I pay the interest on it all. It’s called The National Debt, and your IRS tax payments largely go directly to the bankers to help repay it (but it will never be paid in full, as it is impossible to keep it from growing larger).

3) Finally comes all other American Banks, who get minimal benefit but who get all the regulation and dictates the FED chooses to supply, policies designed to stifle small bank growth while encouraging the New York/International banks of the first group to grow even bigger. THIS, by the way, is exactly the OPPOSITE of what the FED was originally created to do, the opposite of what they claimed it would do in order to gain Congressional approval. In short, they lied, and this post will tell you all about that.

Shut down the fed

Undue Banking Fees:

Because it is a Monopoly controlled by the heads of the various key banks who sit on the Board of the Federal Reserve, they make it less profitable for the lesser banks; forcing them to charge more for banking services, which in turn allows the big New York and International banks to do the same, the difference being the Fed banks enjoy a greater boost in profits under FED policy. But this is a mere annoying pittance compared to other costs, and we will not include it in your personal cost calculations. That said, there is this one instance I’d really like you to take a look at, because it is quite symptomatic of banking abuse, and because I’m hoping you will contribute to a fund to provide relief to the family the article discusses.

Shut down the fed

Usury Interest:

It is neither Federal, nor a Bank

Even when the FED sets extremely low interest rates, it translates to Usury (excessive) interest costs to those who borrow from the bank. Why? Under the same laws which set up the FED, banks were allowed to loan out more money than they had in the vaults, at a ratio of ten loaned dollars for every dollar they had. You deposit $100, and they loan $1000. The payment on that being $100 a month, lets say, meaning they then loan out yet another $1000 each month. But where did that extra $900 in money come from, and the $900 after that, and so forth?

This money, which keeps going like some grand pyramid scheme as long as borrowers keep coming forward and payments keep coming in… DOES NOT EXIST. It never existed, and will not exist until you pay it back over time from your income. It was created out of thin air out of nothing and becomes real only by the sweat of your brow (you are a ‘debt’ slave producing money for the banks). But it even gets better than that for the banks.

When you get the loan, they credit their books with the fake money, and debit your account with a charge of the value of the loan, and give you a check. You can’t easily use that check to buy a car or house, so you deposit back into the bank so you can write your own check for the purchase. The deposit of the loan money shows as a credit to both your account and theirs, at least until your check for the purchase clears, at which time they are effectively reversed. In the meantime, they can loan $10,000 more on your $1,000 loan, and yet again every time you make a payment, they can loan yet more to create another slave and a whole new pyramid of loans that will result. Pyramid upon pyramid.

So in essence, you and tens to hundreds or even thousands of other persons are paying interest on the same original $900 worth of money created out of nothing, and the money loaned, and the money paid back. The bank was never at risk of their own money (it was your $100), and yet will be earning tons of interest for nothing and nothing on nothing and nothing on nothing on nothing, again and again, and yet again. THAT is Usury, and some State Laws which forbid Usury have been successfully used to stop foreclosures because the banks were unable to prove they had any risk for which to justify interest charges or harm as defined by breach of agreement to pay. It is a hard case to win, but it has been done.

The upshot on Usury? For most folks about 17% of their income goes to such interest charges. We will be using that information later. No need to calculate anything, yet. S

Shut down the fed

Unemployment Costs:

Pickets protest unemployment policies in Scran...

1964 Scranton Jobless Protests

In my case, I’ve been unemployed because of financial chaos due to FED control (inflation/recession cycle, one begets the other) for a total of 8 years in my life. The use of the formulae herein compensates for that in terms of ‘would have beens,’ but the actual earnings computed thereby are in error by an incalculable sum due to the simplified methods employed.

If you are like me, you may therefore wish to add in an estimated ‘unemployment cost,’ at the end based on some other, arbitrary sum. There are two ways unemployment impacts the number you will wish to reflect upon. The obvious is lost wages, but if you use the math suggested, that will be compensated for automatically. But while unemployed, both you and your would-be employer were not paying into your retirement funds as required by the Social Security Act, and any special employer provisions for other retirement programs. You may wish to consider that when we get to the section on lost retirement income.

Shut down the fed

Inflation (a hidden tax):

The sneaky benefit to government of the FED is that they can print money anytime they want to fund anything they want without actually having to pay for it with a new Tax Bill. That’s why the same rats tend to get reelected, because unless they vote to raise a tax, voters tend to give them little mind and presume them doing their job. Of course of late, a lot of voters are realizing that the other reason to get upset is when Rats don’t read Bills and vote them in only to find them unconstitutional, taking away our freedoms, and bringing us closer to (fill in the blank and please review these links, here: communism, socialism, fascism, police state, martial law, armed revolution, etc.).

Start with the first year you were an independent citizen wage earner living on your own. Hopefully you remember your hourly wage or how much you made a year. Multiply your hourly wage by 2,200 (hrs. in a typical work year) to approximate a year’s earnings, or just jot down your annual wages. We won’t even bother with overtime wages, unless you wish to fudge on the 2,200 figure because you have always had a lot of overtime. An annual figure would naturally include it already.

Go to the inflation calculator and see what that wage equates to, today. Example: in 1971 I earned $3.25 hr., or $7150 a year, which equates to $38,056, today. Get your answers, and then continue…

But wait. In my most recent pay hike I earned $14.25 an hour, or $31,350 a year. For most of us, we are earning less today than we should compared to the information at the calculator. This is our clue something beyond mere inflation is afoot, and we need to compute and identify what it is.

So subtract the two and we get $6,706 — income lost this year in wages over what the inflation calculation indicates we should have been making. Multiply that times the number of intervening years and divide by two and you end up with the (approximate) total cost of inflation to your earnings capacity — because all those pay increases you got over the years were increasingly worth less and less than their face value. In my example, its $137,473, which I’ll refer to later as ‘lost income.’

Now if you were lucky, you managed to earn a heck of a lot more in pay hikes over the year, so you may end up with a negative number. Great for you, at least until we figure the rest of it out… because the more you earn, it seems, the more it costs you in the end. So run the calculation, anyway, and jot down the resulting negative number so you get an accurate final answer.

Next go to the gasoline historical price chart and see how much gas cost that first year you worked (use the blue line). In 1971 it was 36 cents a gallon(!) Now gasoline is not a true indicator of inflation because it is also subject to forces of supply and demand, and some of you may be protesting my wishing to use it. I have a reason:

Many things we purchase such as the real estate sector also do not see their pricing held to the inflation standard, either, and are less determined by supply and demand than they are by control of interest by the FED. Real Estate, especially, which is a major portion of one’s budget even if a renter, is a so impacted. As it happens, most sectors’ price fluctuations tend to follow that of the price of gasoline in at least a general way. So bear with me please, as gasoline is the only easy-to-use baseline indicator that allows us to address all inter-related phenomenon across multiple sectors. It is at least going to get us into the ballpark.

Subtract from that first year’s gas price from today’s price at the pump ($3.50 here) to get the inflated price of gas. Next, in order to use gas prices as an indicator and factor we can use to compute its impact, we need to normalize that figure based on $1 worth of gas in the starring year, which means we need to compute a multiplier, a ‘factor.’

To do that, divide the original price into one dollar to get your factor (.36 into 1.00 = 2.78 – you could have bought 2.78 gallons). If the original was greater than $1, your factor will be a fractional part (e.g., 1.75 into 1.00 = .57 gallons). Now, THAT figure is the cost in inflation for a single dollar spent on gas, at today’s price. I’m saying it also is generally representative of all money’s spent for anything. Since it also impacts the value of money in savings, it applies to pretty much everything you’ve ever earned, because every cent you’ve earned has been spent on something, even if just savings (you were buying future money).

So finish calculating how much you’ve earned, which generally will be quite well approximated by going back to our earlier calculations and adding the first years earnings to the last years earnings, multiplying by the number if years between, and dividing by two. For me that’s $7,150 + $31,350 = $38,500 x 41 = $1,578,500 divided by two = $789,250. Never made millionaire, did I? Few of us did, or will.

To this figure we should now add back in the ‘lost income’ figure from the earlier section. $789,250 + $137,473 = $926,723 in ‘inflation adjusted income.’ Damn. Still not a millionaire!

Now multiply that times the computed gasoline factor to see the inflation cost for goods and services (and savings) over the lifetime. $926,723 x 2.78 factor = $2,576,290. Well, looks like, thanks to the FED, that I SHOULD have been not just a millionaire, but a multi-millionaire!

Yes, I know… that figure is more than we earned, isn’t it? Don’t worry, it will make sense when we sum it all up, which follows our final calculations:

Shut down the fed

Back to Usury

Yes!

Now its time to add in the Usury figure (17% of our income); we multiply the above total by 1.17 to get $3,014,259. That difference between that number and your actual income of record is how much the banks have indirectly benefited by your gleeful participation in their little credit scam put over on the Federal government, and citizens, alike. That is what it actually cost you for your share of their profiteering.

In my case, I subtract the $789,250 (my actual life’s earnings), for a cost of $2,225,009. And 80 cents, but who’s counting. The FED certainly hopes YOU aren’t counting, and Congress, too, for the matter. Because if you did, you might feel like sparking some sort of major reform that started with getting rid of everyone in D.C., as well as the Fed. Occupy might end up being who sits in Congress, at least until the National Guard showed up.

Problems with my math?

If you were sharp, you probably have come up with an objection to my reasoning regarding the 17%. Sure you can argue that some of that money (interest on debt) did NOT go to banks at all, but went to other sources like oil companies, manufacturers and retailers who extended us credit, and even to taxes… but don’t forget each one of them in almost every case, to earn your purchases, borrowed from the bank to build their product, factories, and finance doing business.

Like you, they had to pay it back. Which is exactly what the taxes are for.

Regarding taxes, bear in mind that the bulk of all tax revenue goes directly back to the Federal Reserve to pay them interest on the money they print, which is nothing more than an I.O.U. from government to the FED. All of it remains Usury, and your 17% went to cover that one way or the other, as did that of businesses. Oh, excuse me. I forgot. The BIG corporations, the ones who tend to be run by Boards with financial officers who come from the banking industry… tend not to pay ANY taxes. So that’s another way you and I get the shaft by the FED, I suppose. But it does not change the equations or reasoning used herein, it simply makes it less possible to ever repay the National Debt.

Shut down the fed

Lost Purchase Power:

And, as stated, this huge total is not how much money you ‘spent,’ because it equals far greater than you even earned. But IT IS HOW MUCH VALUE IN TODAYS DOLLARS YOU’VE LOST IN PURCHASE POWER. If there had been no inflation, no Usury (and you did not borrow, but paid cash) and you continued to get those pay raises in an economy largely free of inflation and recession, your income would be the same as we adjusted for, and possibly higher (one can so argue, because in a healthy economy, raises are more frequent and tend to be bigger).

We need to restate that, because it can be confusing.

YOUR PURCHASE POWER for a given dollar would have remained more steady and be more like what it was way back when, which in TODAYS dollars, would buy you that larger figure in purchasing power. You would truly have an improved standard of living based on wealth (not merely improvements in technology), instead of what you really have, which is an illusion of a better standard wrought only by technological benefits, but dampened by a diminutive purchasing power.

Put yet another more pictorial way, you would be driving a sports car, a motor home, an SUV, and a pickup truck, have a nice boat and mooring, and a luxury home AND retirement home, both well furnished – instead of an apartment and a three-year-old family car. Everything would be paid for and you would have significant cash in the bank. There would be extremely low taxes by comparison, as well, because there would be no National Debt and therefore no interest for government to repay. There would be elected officials in government responsive to the people, not slaves under control of banks and corporations.

Shut down the fed

Lost Retirement Income

If you are currently retired, the math herein points to many ways you are likely enjoying a smaller monthly retirement income than you would be enjoying otherwise. If not yet retired, you have that to look forward to with displeasure. The topic is far too complex to include in the formulation as there are too many kinds of retirement incomes, but the two which deserve our dialog.

are Social Security and Stock investment plans as part of a corporate retirement package over and above Social Security (IRA and Investment Funds, etc.).

Investment funds because, in the FED induced cycles of inflation/recession, all these forms of investment have suffered significant stock valuation losses. In a way, these in turn actually drive the cycle to wilder extremes and amplify the problem (e.g., a large institutional investor in the education sector may be forced to raise tuition, or a manufacturer to lay off employees and close a plant). So this form of investment is significantly impacted, especially in this last financial meltdown and the FED’s response to print trillions to give to banks ‘too big to fail.’

As for SS, had not the FED increased the National Debt so much beyond any hope of repayment, Congress would never have had need to dip into the SS reserves you and I paid into the fund for our retirement, and it would therefore now actually have money sitting there WITH EARNED INTEREST, and our checks would be significantly larger than they are now. As it stands, we will already earn less than we put in, unless we live well beyond the expected lifetime and they don’t pull the plug on payments altogether, as they keep discussing as a ‘viable option.’ Yeah, do that and find out how many senior citizens own guns, me thinks.

So feel free to compute a number by whatever means you wish for your losses to retirement income, if you like, and add it in, as well.

Shut down the fed

Add it all up

THAT is your cost for the FED. The only think perhaps missing is the medical bills you will pay from the Coronary you have reading this, or the repairs to your car and your body from the bullet holes gathered trying to crash into the nearest Federal Reserve Bank to get your money back. Uh… don’t try that unless perhaps filming for the next Jackass movie.

You now work nearly half the year to pay your fair share in taxes. It won’t be long before you work year ‘round’ and still lose ground. Tennessee Ernie Ford, a famous Country star of decades gone by had a number one hit song about financial slavery born of the early coal industry in the Appalachians. It seems like the best way to end this piece; Sixteen Tons:

You load sixteen tons what do you get

Another day older and deeper in debt

Saint Peter don’t you call me ’cause I can’t go

I owe my soul to the company store

Shut down the fed

Oops! One last cost, not financial

If, like me, you choose to go public with your protest of the Fed, you will be joining the ranks of an elite group of troublemakers who pay yet another price: You will get on a list of people to be watched by the FED Cyber Police. They don’t really have a ‘Police,’ but they apparently feel themselves above the Law and have sought to establish a Cyber unit to track the doings on line of people who criticize the Fed. Here is their actual Request for Proposals on how to do this.

Presumably, at some point, they will have Congress deem us terrorists (too late, actually… they’ve already done that). So perhaps instead they will expand the NDAA powers and allow not only the Military to vanish or assassinate us, but also the FED. Come on, Obama, your banking friends need just a little more of your (unlawful, tyrannical, fascist police state) power.

But what am I saying? The FED has more money than… well, even exists, it seems. They don’t need Congressional empowerment. They can afford to pay contract hit men, cyber thugs or gun totting variety. The Mafia does it and gets away with it, mostly. The CIA does it and gets away with it, entirely. The Military now does it and gets away with it, Obamaly. I’ve even heard accusations that the FBI has, empirically.

All I have to say is (expletive deleted) FED, your days are numbered shorter than mine. Take your best shot.

NOTE: If you enjoyed this post, you may also like the test you can take to see if you are a Concerned Web Citizen or just another Web Walleroo?

The Federal Reserve, an Appearance of the Fourth Kind (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
How Fed Banks Rob from the Poor and their Dead (proparanoid.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Education, Entertainment, History, Political Commentary, Unemployment

2 Comments

Tags: audit the fed, banks, Bilderberger, Club of Rome, communism, Congress, Council on Foreign Relations, end the fed, Fascism, Federal Reserve System, gas price chart, inflation, inflation calculator, International Monetary Fund, Martial law, real estate prices, recession, revolution, Rockefeller, Ron Paul, Rothchildes, round table groups, socialism, taxes, Trilateral Commission, Unemployment, United States Congress, Usury

USAF Command Solo: Airborne Mind Control for the Masses

Jul 22

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Not even the aircrew knows what they are telling you to think

by H. Michael Sweeney

Note: in preparation of this article, which updates and corrects some prior material I’ve posted in the past, I had intended to copy material already posted at my proparanoid.net Website, only to discover it appears to have been hacked (my host service stopped using Macintosh, it seems). The entire article relating to Command Solo has vanished, links and all. I wonder who would have a motive for excising only Command Solo information? No matter, it is also in my book, M.C. Realities: Understanding, Detecting, and Defeating Electronic Weapons and Methodologies of Political Control Technology.

A plane like no other, an admitted weapon against free-will thought

It’s a specially modified Hercules C-130 called Command Solo, and the U.S.A.F. currently operates a fleet of 7 of them (predecessors, Coronet Solo, entered service as early as 1978). They are based out of the 193^rd Special Operations Wing stationed at what used to be Olmstead AFB, now part of the Harrisburg International Airport at Middletown, PA. Costing up to $110M each, they are the ultimate tool in government’s arsenal of Political Control Technology (PCT) used to subvert God’s gift of self determination. Official USAF info, here. Notice my photo is better than theirs.

Assigned to the Air National Guard, they frequently fly training missions over U.S. Soil, and no one who might feel a twinge of guilt, not even the aircrew, knows what messages they beam down to the ground. It’s all a super sophisticated programmed system with nothing but indicators and meters to show how things are operating. See inset picture.

Officially, it ‘intercepts and blocks existing broadcasts and replaces them with whatever information is deemed necessary to achieve mission goals,’ and operates in the ‘AM, FM, and UHF/VHF TV bands employing medium and high frequency, very high frequency, and ultra high frequency.’ The problem with these statements is that they avoid discussing yet two other capabilities, one being subliminal message embedding, and the other being the use of low frequency and extra low frequency, ELF. This is the darker potential of Command Solo:

All such psyops methodology is based on principles of mind control developed by CIA and the DOD, and even research by NASA, many of the same technologies used selectively on Targeted Individuals by operatives on the ground to make them seem Schizophrenic, though victims of that level of mind control also ‘enjoy’ other special PCT treatments as well, to include low-tech methods such as organized stalking, sometimes called dogging, or street theater.

It is not simply conspiracy theory or conjecture. The Air Force has admitted Command Solo’s use of such tech with startling results in sanctioned operations abroad, and further admits they are allowed to use it here in America in certain circumstances. But the problem is, there is no way to police or monitor its use, detect it in use, nor know what the content may be.

How it works

I used official USAF images for annotating as seen. Subsequently, they have been removed from USAF sites, all remaining images with less useful clarity or detail. My image was also deleted from search engine results after being among the first to show in a search.

Overt messaging: The least offensive possible use, whereby simple and direct propaganda is broadcast. The plane can even fly low altitude missions of this type and use loudspeakers capable of overcoming the plane’s engine noise by use of sound canceling technology. But this does not bother me in the least.

Subliminal messaging: The aircraft flies at altitude, loitering in large circles for endless hours, perhaps even employing in-flight refueling to increase time on station. There it picks up citizen broadcast radio and TV signals, and replaces or rebroadcasts them at amplified levels. It can work on select, whole groups, or even all locally available signals. How nice of them to provide improved reception quality for those listeners and viewers lucky enough to be below.

But there is a price to pay for the audience. The broadcast signals contain a few added elements of information embedded within the audio tracks. It is not known to be the case, but it is also presumed additional subliminals could be contained within the video. Subliminals are simple, brief, and repeated messages in a form not consciously discernible by the listener/viewer, but which, by repetition, are perceived and communicated subconsciously.

To my knowledge, the first known use that made the news about visual subliminals was in the motion picture industry when one frame in 24 (one frame every second) would have superimposed upon the image a single word, such as ‘popcorn,’ usually just before the intermission. This could also be achieved by the use of a second projector with all black film save the ‘word’ frames where the word was clear and transmitted white light in superimposition.

Alfred Hitchcock had the word ‘fear’ added directly to the film Psycho just before the scary parts. That was the use which became public, and revealed the fuller use to the public’s dismay, and soon enough sparked laws prohibiting its use altogether. We must suppose such laws are adhered to, as there is no easy way to know, for sure. All TV and film is candidate for suspect, and only frame-by-frame review would prove anything useful.

In audio subliminal messaging, a method known as ‘back tracking’ or ‘back masking’ gets a lot of attention in media, today… where the sound played backwards has a ‘secret message’, usually dark or evil. In some cases, the audio content may mirror the same information both forwards and backwards, such as is claimed for the famous ‘That’s one small step for man…’ moon-walk line, which backwards, says, ‘Man will space walk.’

The subconscious mind is said to ‘hear’ these messages quite well, but the phenomenon tends to happen naturally without engineering. While it is possible to engineer it, and many songs employ it for special effect, in my opinion, employing it for mind control purposes is less useful and less practical than employing a much more common method.

The simpler and earlier known method is to simply embed the message directly into the audio at inaudible levels and at frequencies or pitches sympathetic to the existing audio such that it seems part of the intended content. This method allows complex messages to be absorbed, and is well known as a means of teaching topical information or improving mental performance or even physiological attributes of people while awake or sleep. As long as the user of such content is informed of the existence and nature of subliminals, it is legal. Command Solo employs this later technology, but of course, there is no content warning.

EEG entrainment: There is currently no hard proof Command Solo employs EEG entrainment, though photographs (see image) of the plane reveal design elements which indicate the needed transmitters are installed. I’ve had the example photograph with annotations on line for nearly two decades and to date no one has protested the allegations with technical proofs or basis (or at all, for the matter, save possibly the protest inherent in the hacking thereof, which strangely left the image in tact — through removal of the image would have more quickly revealed the hack had taken place.)

The brain operates at extremely low frequencies (ELF) below 15 cycles per second (15 Hz). EEG (ElectroEncephaloGram) readings at multiple locations on the skull can be used to monitor brain activity by capturing these signals and converting them to printed readouts of squiggly lines for medical review. However, a given type of thought or mood, or even general physiological state (e.g. headaches, nausea, pain) will result in specifically unique EEG patterns as a collective. The EEG squigglies are indeed a de facto brain wave frequency map of such states.

Where such a frequency map is rebroadcast by traditional radio in the same frequencies but at stronger levels than the brain itself generates, the brain will adopt them as its own. This is called entrainment. Command Solo employs what I claim are special ELF transmitters to broadcast such frequency maps to a broad area to impact the thoughts of people below. Like the subliminals, this is presumed to impact anyone within several hundreds, perhaps thousands of square miles, though it must fade in potency as distance from the plane increases.

Therefore, by broadcasting subliminals such as ‘I should surrender if I get the chance…’ along with EEG states of mind such as ‘fear’ and ‘nausea,’ it is possible to perform quite a mind f*** of anyone unfortunate enough to be in the plane’s range of operation.

Follows is are excerpts from an article by Judy Wall, who was publisher of Resonance, a newsletter for members of MENSA (the high-IQ society) who specifically are involved in bioelectromagnetics study or research; a scientific paper. She also wrote investigative material for the magazine, Nexus, an international magazine covering technology as well as social phenomenon and their impact on mental and physical health. From Issue 7, volume 5 of Nexus, we find:

According to the (USAF provided) fact sheet: Missions are flown at maximum altitudes possible to ensure optimum propagation patterns… A typical mission consists of a single ship orbit which is offset from the desired target audience. The targets may be either military or civilian personnel…

In a phone call to the USAF Special Operations Command Public Affairs Office, I questioned the legitimacy of using these subliminal broadcasts against civilian populations. I was told that it was all perfectly legal, having been approved by the U.S. Congress (!) …the Air National Guard of the individual states in the U.S. can also operate Commando Solo aircraft, should the Governor of a state request assistance. That means the PsyOps mind control technology can be directed against U.S. citizens.

…On July 21, 1994, the US Department of Defense proposed that non lethal weapons be used not only against declared enemies, but against anyone engaged in activities that the DOD opposed. That could include almost anybody and anything. Note that the mind control technology is classified under non lethal weapons.

USAF General John Jumper ‘predicts that the military will have the tools to make potential enemies see, hear, and believe things that do not exist’ and that ‘The same idea was contained in a 15 volume study by the USAF Scientific Advisory Board, issued in 1996, on how to maintain US air and space superiority on the battlefields of the 21st century.’

Wall went on to report confirmation that Command Solo was employed in Iraq and specifically to sway Bosnian elections. The U.S.A.F. admitted to her that Command Solo played a significant role in getting Iraqi troops to surrender en mass, even sometimes to model airplanes (UAV – Unmanned Ariel Vehicles), and to sway elections in Bosnia to insure a Coalition approved leader was installed for the purpose of maintaining political control and stability of the region.

Additional thoughts (mine, not theirs)

This technology was first deployed in 1978. What happened in 1978? The World’s first mind control cult mass suicide: 909 persons at Johnstown, a CIA established cult started called The People’s Temple, led by Jim Jones. The cult, located in Guyana, was frequently overflown at surveillance distances by C-130 aircraft.

The significantly upgraded (EEG) version was introduced in 1980. What happened in 1980? Iranians stormed the Russian Embassy in Teheran; 63 religious Zealots seize the Grand Mosque in Mecca and are beheaded; Bani Sadr, the most pro American of candidates is elected as President of the new government in Iran (this is at the time Iran held 6 American hostages); unarmed farmers storm, occupy, and burn the Spanish Embassy in Guatamala, a key event to Democracy being established a few years later.

These events prove nothing concretely, but themes appear with a frequency to cause one to wonder, ‘what if?’

A logical question arises:

How do we know what information is contained in Command Solo when over U.S. soil? The answer is, we don’t. The aircrews do not, either. Nor does Congress, or perhaps even those who should know at the Pentagon. Perhaps only the preparer of the preprogrammed digital tapes used to modify and retransmit knows, and it is conceivable even that person does not know, likely ordering it by a code number which does not reveal content. It may simply be marked ‘Training Use Only.’ But somewhere, someone knows, and they won’t be talking about it honestly if it contains messages to sway our political opinions and social viewpoints, or our votes and other key actions.

Now, does that sound like a democracy in action, or more like a military police state growing its power? You know my answer, best summed up by the wish that the right to bear arms might ought to include Stinger missiles. I’d like to see these aircraft permanently grounded, along with the 30,000 Global Hawk drones they want to fly over U.S. soil to ‘protect us from terrorists.’

WE are the terrorists, because our ability to think for ourselves is threat to the security of the 1% who seek total control; we strike terror into their hearts every time someone like me makes public the truth, and someone like you chooses to read, share, like, and rate (page top) that message. We know this fear to be true for many reasons, as cited in my other posts on related topics.

That’s why its called PCT in the first place, an abomination before God in defiance and subversion of His gift of Free Will and self determination we were promised by the Constitution as ‘the pursuit of happiness.’ Where, exactly, do you live, again?

Buy now, be happy. Trust government, vote for X, and be safe. Spend money, be happy. Believe TV news, fear terrorism. Borrow money, be happy. Fear terrorism, Vote for X, and be safe. Watch TV, be happy. Ban guns, be safe. Buy now, be happy. Trust government, vote for X, and be safe. Spend money, be happy. Believe TV news, fear terrorism. Borrow money, be happy. Fear terrorism, Vote for X, and be safe. Watch TV, be happy. Ban guns, be safe.

Real Scientific Evidence for Subliminal Messaging: A Rising Tide (whatispsychology.biz)
Timeline of Masonic/Illuminati/Mind Control Evolutions (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Can subliminal messages in movies be used to manipulate you? Like in FIGHT CLUB? (businessinsider.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, History, News Events, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Technology, Uncategorized

8 Comments

Tags: brain wave, command solo, EEG, Electroencephalography, entrainment, military, mind control, Political Control Technology, subliminal, USAF

Updated: Mind-Controlled Mass Shootings Don’t Change My Mind

Jul 20

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

The NWO can’t have my gun until I first get rid of the bullets

Update March 7 2013: Did the FBI undertake a covert ops to check out my gun collection (see image below, which I’ve posted both here and at my Facebook pages). Today and a few days ago, five individuals claiming to be insurance company employees entered a) my apartment; b) my daughter’s apartment; c) her husband’s father’s and brother’s apartment… claiming to do an insurance evaluation for the Landlord. They seemed to be focused on wanting to find and check out the water heater…

And so they looked in my bedroom (my office)… and then the closet… my (other) daughter’s bedroom and then the closet… the kitchen/dining area… the living room… and the master bedroom… and then the closet (where they FOUND the water heater)… and then continued looking for it in the other bathroom, the deck, and the deck closet… and then the attic storage area. It was OK, though, because they asked permission before opening any door, just like a law enforcement Officer would do when they had no warrant.

Having found the water heater behind a wall of stored items in the closet, all they could see of it was that it existed, as evidenced by about 12 square inches of tank wall and a couple of water pipes. I’m sure that was all they needed to answer their important insurance questions, because they didn’t ask anything about it, take pictures of it, or move anything to get a closer look. Yep. Insurance work is getting easier all the time thanks to the marvels of digital photography…

which, while they did not use it on the water heater, it being so important to them, and all, they did use it take pictures of other important things, mostly with deft hand-movements that concealed the camera from view. When I said something about the deck rotting after catching one of them using the camera, he even took a picture of the deck! Very important to water heater evaluations, yes?

Now would be a good time to mention that the woman looked very much like a known FBI agent from the Portland Office. Only the last time I saw her was when I was targeted by FBI for writing about Flight 800 friendly fire shoot down. I got visits from ONI, as well, and even one MI-6 chap who issued a death threat, and indeed over the next couple of months there were attempts on my life (not by him, but by local LEA, one of whom had been driving a car with license plates blocked out of Langley with DVM).

But I might be wrong. Might not be her. Kind of hard to tell because she had PUT ON SO MUCH WEIGHT! Any more and she would have a hard time passing the physical requirements. Kind of weird seeing someone who used to have a waist line now shaped more like a kite, and thinking them FBI. Kind of makes you loose confidence in government’s management capabilities, does it not?

Now is also a good time to mention that one of the men was seen wearing an old T-shirt from a known local CIA front… the one with all the technical toys hanging on his tool belt, and a clipboard. Anyone with the old T-shirt (the new ones are different) is usually an EX employee turned private contractor for hire. That front’s specialty is covert surveillance and eavesdropping. So if they left anything here, they had better real quick find a way to come and collect it before I can find it (I CAN VERY LIKELY find it), and end up filing a law suit, or at the very least go public with documentation of it.

The kicker? The image is NOT even mine, though I wish it was. It is a random image pulled from the Web for whom no original owner is evident (probably their wish). But FBI would rather do the knee-jerk, fear-based, jump-to-conclusion elaborate covert ops thing than bother to do a little research. Obama does not have enough money to pay for (anything we citizens need) but can spend $20,000 to convince the Landlord to go along with a phony insurance inspection ploy instead of $2 for a Google search? LMAO.

End of update – though I’d like you to know there are a series of companion posts which happen to also be my most popular posts (use My Posts menu item and select Top Ten).

Is FBI targeting people who have gun collections?

by H. Michael Sweeney

I may not speak for all gun owners, but i’m betting my sentiments are not at all isolated nor inconsequential. Look up the word consequence, to fully understand my meaning.

I hope the bluntness and inflammatory nature of my remarks are not lost on anyone. I deeply regret any need to write this, and in such tone, in the face of the unimaginable grief and wounds to the heart and soul of those who lost loved ones in Aurora. And though I’m sure they will not appreciate my remarks in the least, I cannot remain silent: I am incensed by the tragedy, doubly so because I see the darkness which surely drove it, and thrice so because it just happened to be within minutes of what is believed by many to be the intended new Capitol of the NewStates of America, also of that same darkness.

The shock value is for the Sheeple who need to listen up for a change and actually notice what’s happening around them outside of the sound bites they are fed daily. The NWO cares not for 71, 7,100, or 71,000,000 of us, if our loss will further their cause. We are but mere pawns who are allowed to pay for our own victimization that they may remain the 1% in power.

It’s also a warning to the governments of the World, including the United Nations and United States, that gun owners are the last people who give a damn about false flag terrorism as impacting our decisions on gun ownership. So if you want our guns, get yours, and come and try to get ours, if you can. A piece of paper, no matter whos’ signature is on it, or what flowery, tear jerking, politically correct words appear above it, will be of zero meaning to most of us, because we know why you want the guns, which brings us to the last reason for my blunt words.

Because it’s also battle cry for the rest of us, because we are so fed up with the BS that you spew forth so endlessly as if yours was the only side of the coin. We suffer from what I call too many Fascists Syndrome. You folks in power can have your Police State, but a piece of paper won’t get our guns, FIRST. You will have to take your chances after the fact, and we will see what happens when you try to go for it. You will have to get the answer to the age old question you’ve been afraid to openly ask, the hard way. And that question is…

Will we resist you, or won’t we?

Your actions dictate the form of debate: the power of words, or of bullets.
Either way, Citizens remain ready to open dialog. (wall photo – click)

You have feared the answer for decades, ever since the military Coupe your elders failed to make good on in 1933. The fear of what the answer might be to that question is all that has slowed you down, isn’t it? YOU, by the way, define the answer to that question, yourself. You define it by your actions. You would have no fear and not even need ask the question in that ‘kinder and gentler government’ you promised a few years ago, but woe unto you for the kind of government you are intent upon building, today. You risk much with every step closer to goal you take.

The Camel has a weight limit, and even we know not the final straw

What do I know that I should dare confront you so firmly? Because for decades I have researched you, and have written seven books about you. In particular, I’ve studied your preoccupation with Political Control Technology, that evil originally called mind control. There is one aspect of that, the Manchurian Candidate being a suitable (though technically incorrect) descriptor; a programmable killer, or agent, one capable of executing any foul instruction and being unable to later recall the deed, much less the instructions. MPD/DID through RSA torture is the proper term, along with hypnosis and chemical catalysts. Psychological magic mixed with Satanic methods of ancient times.

Words that should scare even you: Aritchoke, MK-Ultra, Often, Chikwit, NAOMI, and on and on. Patsies and real killers created by assembly line, rendered sleepers into society for activation on need, and often targeted with other forms of PCT to make them seem conveniently crazy should you need to call them into play. Am I crazy to say these things, or too close to the truth for you to dare even acknowledge I said them?

That is modus operandi, is it not? Ignore accusations as it tends to make people think there is nothing to them, and make the accuser go away once they get tired? Sorry, it’s been twenty years and I’m still talking, still accusing, and I am in no way alone. As result of our persistence, more and more Sheeple wake up each day, especially among the programmed sleepers. Fear us, for we are Legion! And guess what? We don’t even fear you enough to be anonymous about it.

Down to cases: to be specific, I accuse…

…that virtually every mass shooting incident has been a programmed shooter since the Texas Tower sniper felled 48 people, killing 16, in over an hour and a half of terror in 1966. And, as if some CIA operation gone wrong, media just magically stopped talking about it and kind of swept it under the carpet. Examine as many of this kind of incident as you wish, and please, by all means, lets include assassination attempts.

It is almost impossible to find an exception where the shooter was not under psychiatric care, commonly involving hypnosis and or drugs associated with CIA mind control research. At times, actual ties to CIA MC scientists or similar clues are found. Can you say, ‘Catcher in the Rye?’ How about Dr. William J. Bryan. Ring a bell? Manchurian, indeed!

It is almost impossible to find such an event where, if the shooter was captured alive, they were able to recall the incident. Why? Because of complete dissociation and honest lack of memory of the event, a known CIA methodology associated with mind control of the type in question.

It is ludicrous to the point of absurdity that any Sheeple remain unaware of the consistent ‘coincidence’ that Congress always seems to have legislation in hand ready to vote upon which ‘protects us’ from just such events as quickly as they happen, and quickly ‘strengthening gun laws.’ Gee, I have not noticed much improvement.

It was by this means that you have gotten us to register our weapons, which is something we should never have done, because now you know who and where we are, for that day when you come to collect our bullets. And you know, things still have not improved much with that law, have they?

It was by this means that you banned whole categories of weapons which would make any such effort more difficult for you, because you might end up collecting the bullets too quickly for your taste. And still no improvement in sight. Imagine that.

It was by this means that you made the good name of the NRA, of which I am not a member, and do not represent or speak for, but whom I respect, to seem to many Sheeple some dark kind of conspiracy, when in fact, it is YOU who conspire, and you who deceives. Still no improvement. Do you really think these laws through when you write them? Ever heard of logic?

And, it was by this means that you used even greater terrors to establish whole new agencies to spy upon us and to assault us with little dirty tricks in hopes of guiding us to the Sheeple category, but — SURPRISE! You instead created more of us and made us more adamant than ever. As I said, it is YOU that determines your fate, your actions which dictate the answer to your rightly asked question.

So, especially those of you in Congress, please keep that age-old question in mind when it comes time to consider outrageous gun or ammo taxes, and especially the U.N. sponsored international gun grab that gives up some more national sovereignty to the New World Order at the expense of the Constitution. Set the stage for a one World government and leader… who is that, again? The Antichrist? You really think we will allow that, do you?

Remember theses questions, and remember this: you can fool some of the people all of the time (the Sheeple), but you can’t fool the rest of us at any time, because Fascists are to us a known entity, and we do not listen to anything they say, except to hold it against them at their tribunal!

But what am I saying? I don’t even own a gun. But I assure you that I will, and millions more with me, if you force the matter to a head. Act wisely, for no one can easily stop what you might unleash through unbridled arrogance and lust for power.

Your move.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, History, News Events, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals

2 Comments

Tags: Central Intelligence Agency, chinese invasion, Constitution, Fascism, gun control, gun grabbing, manchurian candidate, Martial law, New World Order, Police state, Project MKULTRA, revolution, Sheeple, United Nations

In the Rearview Mirror: When You Think You’re Followed

Jul 20

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

How to know, what to do about it

by H. Michael Sweeney

This is an updated summary review of information (not excerpted) from my book, The Professional Paranoid: How to Fight Back When Investigated, Stalked, Targeted, or Harassed by Any Agency, Organization, or Individual (available in ebook, CDR, and hard copy)

No longer proparanoid.com
Men in Black hijacked that
Now it’s proparanoid.net (click)

This post is a companion to a post on cell phone security made just hours earlier. Unless you want me to repeat that introduction, you should quick like a bunny hop over to and read it, first, as it sets the stage. I’ll wait right here…

Good. Now that we are on the same page, it seems pretty clear that if a person is being monitored in their phone calls, then there is a good chance they are under what’s called a full surveillance net. That means that in addition to your phones, everything from your mail and computer communications, and your travels away from home, not to mention everything you do in your home, including sex, are likely being monitored.

Only a Police State is paranoid enough to watch people like that… and perhaps voyeurs. One could argue then, I suppose, that sexually repressed people tend to be the ones who apply for and take these kinds of jobs with the intelligence agencies. Take a look at CIA spooks David Ferrie and Clay Shaw of JFK assassination fame, for instance. That may be why TSA has so many perverts groping people. I don’t know. Sorry, couldn’t resist.

Methods of being followed

Cover of Enemy of the State

Watch the Will Smith/Gene Hackman movie, Enemy of the State, and you quickly learn there are all kinds of ways: satellite surveillance, tracking devices, helicopters, cars, on foot, and even by microphone relay and telephone calls (where we left off). Now, with all that sophistication comes an associated cost factor, which tends to favor use of low tech except for the greatest of national security risks or fears. So you, as mere ‘suspect’ in some government imagined conspiracy to blow up your underware because you think for yourself and talk openly in an attempt to get others to use their minds, are more likely to be followed by car or tracking device than the more exotic means available.

Funny thing about tracking devices, though, is there is almost always a car following that signal. You won’t see it, but it’s almost certainly there. The purpose of the device CAN be simply to make and keep a record of your travels for later consideration, but usually, they prefer to be close enough at hand so that once you stop at a location, they can show up and see WHY you stopped… since the satellite isn’t going to be watching for them. So for my purposes, it’s the same as being followed by car.

The only difference is, you won’t see them in the rearview, but like the folks you do find there repeatedly, you will see them at destination if you are alert and can find a good observation post you can use with some useful patience. I’ve even found them there waiting for me. That was a fun story, just part of a five year running war with the paranoids, but I’ll save it for another time, perhaps. But other than them showing up like that, we need another way to know for sure.

How to detect being followed

First, how NOT too, would be more in order. Don’t keep looking for it, and don’t assume a car you see with great frequency is a bad guy. You are by and large a creature of habit taking the same routes to get to any given repeat location at roughly repeat times of day. So is everyone else. So I don’t get nervous because a certain rusty Chevy is within a few cars of me several times a week. Actually, I don’t get nervous even if I do think them following me, because I don’t want it known that I know. So I don’t spend all my time looking up at the mirror. If you insist on that, get a rearview camera ‘so you don’t back up over some kids,’ and glance at that furiously.

Just be aware of cars around you all the time, with NORMAL use of mirrors and glances out windows. Don’t be looking like you are on the lookout. Trust your instincts, and if you ‘feel’ like you are being followed, you may just be. At such times, or when you THINK perhaps a given car is just a little too familiar (or a driver), find something about the vehicle or driver you can identify later, and make a mental note, or a verbal note to a VOX (voice activated) pocket recorder, or a written note to a memo pad, or even a photograph. Note time, place, and descriptor.

The descriptor is going to be whatever thing is easy to recall. It might be a dent or rust spot, an odd paint job, a bumper sticker, or, where nothing else works, the license plate. Now there is a trick to remembering plates (more correctly, making them memorable) that I like to use when part of the sequence is alphabetic. RTU 035 is the plate of a vehicle associated with a CIA operative (more correctly, a retired Marine Forward Observer hired to ‘observe’ me by CIA). I glanced at that plate and forever now can recall it by my memory trick.

Simply make up some nonsense acronym out of the alpha portion and repeat it to yourself a few times while looking at the vehicle, not the plate – you want to associate the plate with the color, make, model, etc., not some rectangular piece of metal that might be replaced at some point. So in my example, I said ‘Rat-Tailed U-boat 035, Rat-Tailed U-boat 035, Rat-Tailed U-boat 035.’ Done deal. Next vehicle, please.

You can do the same with drivers. I enjoyed making up names for them, too: Pug Face (looked like a boxer who didn’t retire soon enough); The Professor (very dignified); The Liddy Man (wore a Liddy mustache and similar hair line; The Cuban (you get the idea). You will often see these people in multiple vehicles over time. It really gets interesting when you see the same groups of people in the same cars others of the group had earlier driven. And above all else, the most important clue… when you see the same people or cars at differing parts of town on the same day… especially if in those groups. Been there, done that.

But I did also employ both audio and paper, and photographs, as situations allowed or required (such as when there is not a lot of time and the situation is fluid). At days end, I would compile these all into a database, and once a week, for those repeat offenders (that’s the important clue), I’d go down to the Department of Motor Vehicles and run the plates to see who owned them.

Can’t do that any more here in Oregon, they made it illegal. Most states won’t allow it unless you are law enforcement. No problem. Lots of friends and relatives in law enforcement. Don’t have any? Make it happen, but you need to become GOOD friends because to help, they risk getting into trouble. It’s very helpful if you are both politically incorrect, at least privately (cops don’t get very vocal about that in public, it tends to cause unemployment).

Benefits and reasons for detection

There are some serious reasons beyond merely confirming suspicions. Example: Amazing thing about the DMV reports was, for me, that more than half the plates were reported either as stolen, non existent, or blocked by law enforcement. Actually, they didn’t tell me the later part, they just said non existent. But all I had to do was lean a bit and read it for myself on their CRT screen. Point is, such reports give you a clue as to who is involved. If you don’t get a lot of stolen/non existing plates, then you are probably dealing with private investigators, corporate goons, or some kind of group of idiot citizens thinking themselves above the law. Else, its government of some kind.

In my book I go into a lot more depth with some intermediate steps designed to better identify your players, and to give yourself tactical advantages. In fact, overall, its one of the larger sections of the book, and its followed by whole sections on offensive and defensive actions that fit into any knowledge gained about who is involved. That’s because, when you know who, you know why, and when you know all that, you know their limitations and what to expect from them when you do X. You start to control events forcing them to react to you instead of you being a mere bug under an unseen microscope subject to their manipulations.

And, it talks about their manipulations, and how to deal with them. They will attempt manipulations, mostly to see your reactions as part of establishing a psychological profile (another reason for cameras in the bedroom, I suppose). So one trick I talk a lot about, is ACT, don’t REACT. Learn to control responses: consider if the situation might be observed and a reaction expected or hoped for, and then decide if you want to confuse their profile by acting differently, or not. Then ACT in the decided upon manner, forcing them to react to YOU (incorrectly react, at that).

The other tactic I discuss at length worth mentioning, here, is that sometimes it is valuable to deliberately blow their tail by letting them know you know they are there, and who they are. They have to report that to their superior and they and/or their vehicle need to be replaced. Very embarrassing and a great chuckle to be had by all. It should cause escalation of methods used to follow you to levels harder to detect, at least by the time you’ve blown two or three tails in a row. Ideally, you do not want to escalate to that point where you can no longer detect the next level, so you would stop using this ploy when you felt that point was near (for most people, that’s going to be the first level, so this will be a moot dialog).

But for others, it has great advantage, because the book tells you how to use that information to better determine just who is following you. For example, at one point I was able to determine it included bounty hunters working with Clackamas County Corrections, and was able to thereby identify the Corrections Officers involved, as well as eventually find the high Sheriff himself (some decades back, of course — the current Sheriff is not a known CIA in-place asset) was involved.

I happened to catch him unaware on video following me on foot near where I worked, and that allowed me to identify him from a coincidentally convenient interview conducted on TV that very week. Subsequently, I openly took pictures of him when he drove past me in a car with Federal plates (neat trick for a County guy, eh?). Never had much trouble with HIM after blowing his invisibility, and in point of fact, after filing a complaint, he ‘retired’ from his elected post. The bounty hunters relocated, too.

The escalation which followed (that was the purpose, recall)? They advanced to use of trucks and vehicles belonging to and driven by employees of an electrical contractor which was later identified as a CIA front operating under 17 names in four States. So that told me my problem was NOT with the Sheriff’s department, but a much bigger fish. The whole story came out well in the end, as I was able to gain enough proofs to force them to stop bothering me, and even to pay me for damages.

Those proofs included not just my own problems with them, but documenting their spying on local government and high tech industry here in the Silicon Forest… letting themselves in wee hours of the morning past high security locks, using flashlights, and presumably, collecting and replacing recorded tapes. It’s all in my book, as well as another book, Fatal Rebirth, which better explains their growing paranoia since 1947 and on into the future. Ever heard of the Unified Conspiracy Theory? Check it out.

Then you will know why I make them so paranoid. Seriously, though; email me if you are having these kinds of issue: proparanoid at century link net.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Crime, How to Get Help, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Technology

Leave a comment

Tags: being followed, Big Brother, professional paranoid, surveillance, targeted individual

Your Cell Phone is a Government Agent Spying on You

Jul 20

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

How to prevent gross violations of your privacy by the Police State

by H. Michael Sweeney

Updated 6/17: two changes in red

Note: This is a complex topic and thus is a lengthy post of a somewhat technical nature, and though it is based on knowledge of the U.S. communications network, most things found here generally apply World Wide. Given the complexity, it will not be useful to undertake reading it unless you have time to devote free of distraction, as it is too important for hit-and-miss reading. It is an updated summary review of information (not excerpted) from my book, The Professional Paranoid: How to Fight Back When Investigated, Stalked, Targeted, or Harassed by Any Agency, Organization, or Individual (available in ebook, CDR, and hard copy)

English: A cell phone tower in Palatine, Illin...

Yikes! They’re everywhere!

I’ll start with an inflammatory statement, which I’m fond of doing if it criticizes our errant government. We live in a Corporate Police State. This, I’m arbitrarily defining for the purpose of this article, is a form of government which partners with corporations against the clients of both. As Citizen, you are client to Government (you pay them taxes, they sell you societal infrastructure), and in this case, you are also client to your cell phone service provider. No client should be ever stand for being abused by those with whom they do business; they should stop doing business with them, or find ways to fight back and neutralize the abuse.

The Police State part arises whenever you have a government which applies surveillance and perhaps targeting with Political Control Technology (PCT) of citizens over political issues due to government’s paranoia; they fear the power of individual free thinkers who dare to have and express opinions contrary to their own. And, frankly, they should fear it, because the more Police State-like a government waxes, the more such persons they create, and the more likely such persons will become active in working to replace government. As other posts on my blog site reveal, when governments defeat traditional forms of redress, that could mean outright armed rebellion, if they persist and grow worse over time. Governments get what they create for themselves.

What has your government earned for themselves from you? Acceptance of abuse or defiance and protest against it? Your answer then defines you as being either a common dumb and obedient Sheeple or being someone who is more aware and thus deemed politically incorrect, and therefore liable to being spied upon by government through your cell phone. Here’s how they do it, how to detect it (when possible), and what to do about it.

Threat One: Listening in

A cell phone can be listened in upon by several means with varying degrees of usefulness, and in ways which almost make irrelevant any dialog about warrants, roving, blanket, or otherwise. Dialog on warrants would justify is own blog because as a topic, it is its own area of political spying abuse. So there will only be brief references, here.

While the information below talks about detection methods, most are not detectible usefully. At best, you may need to rely on situational evidence, such as people seeming to know things only possible by having overheard a conversation, or habitually ‘coincidentally’ showing up while you travel. It is all about being alert to your situation and surroundings. That is the price of politically incorrect (in a Police State). Here are the means:

a) If covert access to your phone was possible, it could have been cloned. Not all phones can be easily cloned, and some older phones may resist altogether, depending on who is doing the cloning (their sophistication). That means any use of the phone will be ‘duplicated’ on another phone somewhere as if the user thereof were inside your own head. This cannot be detected by you (assuming the user has set to mute) and, while the phone company could detect it in real time, they don’t try. It cannot be detected after the fact. Anyone using the tech would not likely rely upon a warrant, but it is possible that one could be involved. The technology to clone is hobby grade and above and thus almost anyone can construct the means to clone most phones.

b) Some cell phones have an undocumented diagnostics mode accessed by a keystroke sequence which lets the user hear all cell phone calls going on near to the tower at the moment, in random rotation. Since the number of users at a given instant could be just a handful, that often allows sensitive information to be gleaned, especially if one recognizes a voice. These codes are generally available on the Web, so anyone can use them, and no warrant is required. There is no means to detect its use.

NSA: No Such Agency, larger than CIA

c) The NSA (National Security Agency) worked with the phone industry to develop the modern digital telephone system which includes cellular technology as well as land-line phones. This has become a de facto World standard. The design incorporates command codes sent at ultra high-speed along the network mixed in amongst other call signal data. Phones generally cannot detect these codes (with some exception), but they do respond to them, and that is how they can be manipulated. The range of capabilities (and thus, the threat level) is broad:

1) Calls can be remotely listened to by NSA by computerized systems looking for keywords, in which case the call is escalated (see next). This cannot be detected and NSA routinely listens into almost all call traffic regardless of who the caller or recipient might be. This is under the umbrella of Operation Echelon, one of the earliest paranoiac efforts of the Cold War era intelligence community. Its been going on for decades.

2) Calls can be rerouted to a secondary location for recording and live listen-in capability. This allows thoughtful analysis of call content. This feature can be ‘preset’ so that all calls to or from a given number are recorded, which is exactly how they would choose to target the politically incorrect or a criminal suspect. A warrant is required by the phone company to set it up but anyone who knows the codes can bypass asking the phone company to do it. Virtually the entire military-industrial-intelligence complex knows the codes, and therefore, so do many individuals. It requires special black boxes anyone could build from scratch.

There is a subtle way to detect this form of eavesdropping on inbound calls, but it requires happenstance or deliberate query. If anyone mentions that it took a long time for you to answer the phone but at your end it only rang a few times, the call was rerouted and the caller heard extra rings while the secondary phone system took time to answer, initiate the recording process, and then pass the call along to you. This does not tell you if it is you or the caller who’s the target of the listen in, but you can query on outbound calls as to how many rings they heard at their end, and if calling several numbers at random with consistent results, you have your answer.

Another clue (very rare) can be when a call seems not to hang up and you continue to hear what is going on at the other end. That is a malfunction at the recording site which causes the call not to be released, and the line is held open. It is usually true that the other phone in the conversation was a land line. This brings us to the next threat:

3) The microphone of the phone can be turned on without the need of a phone call being placed or answered. The phone is then a ‘bug’ you carry with you. This can be detected in many cases by paying attention to battery consumption. If your battery life on a charge is normally many hours to days even with general use of the phone, but suddenly it dies or nears death within significantly fewer hours with the same level or less usage, it is being listened in, upon. This happens to me whenever I’ve announced I’m leaving the house, especially if to meet someone. Funny that the battery which normally lasts 2-3 days will crap out in six hours with a fresh charge, but return to the normal performance the following day.

4) I’ll mention as an additional capability less commonly employed is the ability to spoof a destination or point of origin call. You could dial, for instance, the Police to call for help, and someone else could intercept the call and pretend to be Police and sending help. Very useful when their own people are breaking into your home to cause you harm. The reverse is also possible, a call could come in from someone you know but be someone pretending to be calling from that number for some strategic value.

5) The original design did not anticipate the introduction of cameras into the system, but it is widely believed that it has been modified and may therefore allow the camera of the phone to be remotely activated with no means of detection. This has (since the original post) been verified as easy to achieve on all phones other than iPhones, and even iPhones are susceptible to more sophisticated conversions for the purpose.

There is no way to detect these spoofs at the time unless there is a flaw in their verbal dialog which triggers your suspicion and you are able to quickly devise a test question. This function generally relies upon black boxes, again, but are of hobby grade. I’ve received such a call as part of a break-in incident, the proof of it in the after-the-fact means of detecting the spoof, which is that such calls do not show up on the phone bill. That also means, of course, you have no proof for any legal recourse.

d) A more exotic use of the system as a dirty trick is that such systems can play tricks on you with respect to radio shows, where you are a guest speaker. These are often detectible as there will be a call to you just prior to (turns it on), and just after the show (turns it off) which entails an obnoxious squeal of digital codes which are similar to a Fax tone, yet clearly NOT a fax tone. I’ve been hit with this three times, and in each instance the effect was different, as was the tone set employed.

The first time was when I was one of the top three on-line civilian investigators (as media and government would prefer, ‘conspiracy theorist’) who was revealing new information never before known that served as proof of a missile bringing down Flight 800. I was guesting on Coast to Coast with George Noorey. The moment I announced I had this new information and began to speak of it, the show was sabotaged in the entire region of New York and Long Island where Flight 800 went down. It was a hot topic there moreso than elsewhere, because there were so many eye witnesses, not to mention investigators which we would presume government would prefer did not hear something that might redirect their investigation. The sabotage was truly clever; listeners in that area stopped hearing Art Bell’s show, and instead got an old recorded Art Linkletter show, ‘Kids Say the Darndest Things’, as confirmed to me by listeners afterward. As soon as the topic changed back off of Flight 800, the got Art Bell again.

On another show hosted by the late Michael Corbin, the effect was different. Callers were complaining that they could hear the host, but not me. The Engineer confirmed everything was correct, and the prior guest had been heard just fine with no changes in the set up, as was true of the next guest. More interestingly, my voice also did not record and so the show could not be offered on-line via download. An effective censorship. A similar third instance rendered the entire audio dead to listeners. The digital system is very powerful, it seems, especially when other digital equipment such as found at radio stations, is involved.

Threat Two: tracking you by cell phone

Your cell phone is constantly saying to the phone network, more or less, ‘Here I am, anything for me?’ Each cell phone tower nearby relays it to the phone company to find out. If anyone wanted to know your location, all they need do is figure out which tower(s) have your signal. This is supposed to require a warrant, or permission of the phone account owner (i.e., a parent trying to find a child), depending on company policy and service features (some do not allow owner access). But as the ACLU informs us, they often freely give this information out to law enforcement without a warrant. You see TV show cops and the folks at NCIS get at it all the time, as media is trying to train you to think it’s a good thing that should be allowed.

The above is true for all cell phones regardless of age or features, and provides an accuracy of varying usefulness dependant upon the number of towers and other factors. It can be as broad as a 4-6 mile radius, or as narrow as a few hundred feet when circumstances are right. The new GPS equipped phones will rat on you automatically to within about 50-200 feet in most cases. No way to detect any of this, of course, and a phone call does not need to be in progress. It merely needs to be turned on.

Threat Three: EEG functions

Cell phones are based on low wattage microwave signals in a relatively high frequency bands in the range of hundreds of Megaherz (millions of cycles per second) to several Gigaherz (billions). The human brain operates at ELF frequencies below 15 Herz (15 cyles). The difference does not deter those intending the need from using the phone in unique ways against their target.

A cell phone, like any other phone, can be used with voice-stress analysis to detect lies almost as usefully as if an EEG monitor were attached to the user’s head for the purpose. Anyone can buy the gear needed for a few hundred bucks, which lights up when you lie. They can be as small as and made to look like an ordinary deluxe ball-point pen, but are more commonly larger as size tends to relate to accuracy.

But a worst threat exists for Targeted Individuals (TI’s). These are persons who are commonly assaulted daily by a wide-range of Political Control Technology (PCT) in order to render them social, financial, and political zeros, usually by trying to make them seem delusional Schizophrenics. It is a form of mental, and in some cases, actual painful physical torture, as many forms of electronic weapons can be involved. The cell phone can easily become such a weapon.

In addition to all the other potential cell-phone abuses, which will be in constant use on the typical TI, they must worry about EEG manipulation. Signal processing methods used by the kinds of sophisticated agencies or firms (most commonly the intelligence community, military, and their corporat contractors) who employ PCT, can allow a cell phone’s signal to be embedded with a modulated signal in the same range as the brain’s own EEG.

When the phone is placed to the ear, it is close enough that the weak microwave signal with the embedded ELF signal, is still stronger than the normal EEG signal put out by the brain. When the brain is subjected to any signal simulating a given EEG signal that is stronger than its own, it adopts the external signal as its own. This is called ‘entrainment,’ and it is instantaneous.

This technology allows mood manipulation as well as manipulation of select physiological sensations such as feeling fatigued and in need of sleep, nausea, and headaches. Generally, such signals are mixed and alternate between extremes to emotionally and physically exhaust the victim, making them irritable and less than fully functional.

This threat is not normally detectible except by extremely expensive and sophisticated signal analysis by experts using costly special equipment. However, one very alert to how they feel before, during, and after use of a cell phone may detect or have a sense that this kind of abuse is being used against them. The threat also applies to cordless land-line phones, by the way.

Now, while the method is quite workable when the phone is at the ear, it can have a gradual, lessened effect if a few feet away. It is thought, by the way, that the use of an earpiece does not deter the method because the earpiece is also communicating with the phone at Gigaherz levels (Bluetooth).

Note: Another way Targeted Individuals are threatened by cell phones is Mob Flash. The victim’s picture and suggested things to do (called Street Theater) or say if they see them (usually described as a harmless joke associated with a birthday or similar) are sent to everyone in the same cell phone tower’s range. When you see people looking at a cell phone and then doing the same sort of thing, that evidences the practice. I suggest you have fun with them at their own expense and formulate an unexpected nonsense response. Booga booga!

Threat Four: the Software Mod threat

All of the above threats to one degree or another, including remotely activating its camera, can also come from yet another source; software mods to your phone. Even very old cell phones with seemingly no programability can be modded. It can be achieved by covert access to your phone, or by a phone call to the phone using a black box (which tend to show very odd phone numbers as the calling source), or even by a virus attached to a text message. Most phones do, after all, use Microsoft OS, which is quite prone to virus catching.

The obvious exception is iPhone, which wile not susceptible to such virus attacks, can still be modded by the other means. Regardless of the phone, unless a technician, you cannot detect the mod’s presence, and even technicians have doubtful capabilities. The only safe solution is to periodically have your carrier wipe your phone’s memory and download your approved apps and phone lists, etc., fresh.

Threat defenses

For all but the Mod threat, above, simply deny them their signals, and limit the phone’s usefulness as a weapon against you. Most people use the phone for relatively infrequent inbound or outbound calls. Anyone who uses it more frequently should also read up on the threat of cancer, which is so significant, that I refuse to put one to my head, and use speaker phone, only, unless absolute privacy is required, in which case I defer the call to another time and place, if possible. Frankly, the cellular industry is headed toward that time when class action lawsuits threaten to bankrupt them, as happened in the Asbestos and Tobacco industries. It’s exactly that bad.

Therefore, the simple solution is to turn the phone off when not in use. Power it up once in a while to see if you missed a call, and call them back. Your threat of tracking is limited to quite narrow windows of opportunity and tells them at best where you are the time of the call, which does not tell them how you got there or where you will be going next. Some newer phones ignore the power switch for tracking purposes, and it is thought they also allow listen in even when turned off.

This feature is not documented so we can’t say a specific phone is or is not a threat, but you should presume it so if built after 2005, and instead of turning it off, remove the battery. One indicator it may be an issue is if the phone stays lit up briefly after full completion of the power down (where it normally would not), or briefly lights up for no reason at all when not in use (someone has polled the phone with some sort of signal).

There are some who say that phones after 2009 also ignore battery removal. I have no confirmation, but you can also avoid power off and battery removal, as well as this added potential worry by simply placing the phone in a foil wrapper, even if just an empty foil-lined potato chip bag. And, by the way, put your credit cards in there to prevent people from using black boxes to steal your credit by cloning your card’s smart card chip. I use a foil lined oversized phone case to keep everything, including cash, and do not even own a wallet.

Deterring a listen-in threat is a different matter. Obviously, if you are using the phone, it is at risk. If you have a reason to suspect listen-in, it is likely because of a specific topic of sensitivity. Simply arrange in advance with persons with whom you likely need to speak openly about such topics to employ a simple code in conversations. A simple key word or phrase might mean ‘watch what you say,’ and then additional keywords might be translated as key sensitive elements of conversation. For example, you might agree that a given person’s name will simply be ‘Mr. Smith’ when, in fact, its not.

But don’t forget that there are two kinds of things one can say over the phone: things which are true, and things which are not. Thus if you suspect or know your phone is being used against you, try to avoid letting on that you so believe. That will give you the luxury of providing deliberate disinformation to any listening in. I’ll leave the usefulness of that up to your imagination, and suggest only that the person on the phone with you should likely have a means of knowing when you are using the ploy. Again, a keyword or phrase might help.

Where defense against listen-in seems impractical, simply avoid talking in specifics altogether, or offer to call them back later when you can do so from a phone thought more secure, such as a pay phone. Of course, the problem there, is, that government may be looking for your voiceprint with NSA’s help, so that any call you make is listened into. But land lines and topics like that will have to wait for another post… or you could get my book.

Seriously – email me if you have these kinds of issue: proparanoidgroup at gmail com.

Next post in this series: In the Rearview Mirror: When You Think You’re Followed

Posted in Abuse of Power, How to Get Help, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Technology, Uncategorized

8 Comments

Tags: bluetooth, cancer, cell phone, cordless phone, EEG, ELF, microwave, National Security Agency, Police state, surveillance, tracking, warrant

The NWO’s Dirtiest Secrets and How They Saved the World

Jul 19

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

All the King’s Horses and all the King’s Men, couldn’t put them into power again. Long live the NWO.

A modern fairytale with a chance at becoming true…

by H. Michael Sweeney

Permissions to reproduce granted provided credits and links remain in tact, and cite this blog as original source.

The revolution called ‘NOW!’

{revolution} (Photo credit: stargardener)

When the Sheeple finally started to wake up and realize the false flag terror campaign that had by then cost nearly a billion souls to perish, the surge of angry humanity was more than the militaries of North America, Europe, Asia, and elsewhere, could contain. As the deaths were largely from the pandemics of race-specific pathogens targeting Asians, blacks, and Hispanics abroad, the ‘fear factor’ in America and Europe proved not to be strong enough to suppress the truth about who was really responsible.

“NOW!” they chanted, at every confrontation. “NOW” read their flags of many colors as found in their respective national flags. They didn’t have to say what it meant. Everyone understood, and it struck fear in the minds of those in power, and gave strength to those opposing them. NOW was indeed the time for their action, as well as the basis of their urgent need, the source of their power, and the effect they would have by it. NOW was the movement, and it was the goal, and yet it may as well have been an acronym, as some insisted; ‘No Ordered World.’

In Europe, it was the Bilderbergers, and in the United States, the Council on Foreign Relations, and related groups of the so-called Round Tables and the think tanks, and the globalist foundations. It was they who were ruthlessly targeted by angry citizens who held them accountable in general for the rise of Fascism which drove the engines of the march toward a One-World Corporate State government controlled by the banks. Naturally, the minions such groups controlled to do their bidding by various means, such high persons as found in the military, intelligence communities, and governmental seats of power, were also declared enemies of humanity. The Boards of many corporations of the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex were also on their list of enemies. After all, these were the only ones capable of engineering the false flag operations, of willfully concealing the truth, and the ones giving and obeying orders which drove vicious oppression.

The final straw and Agenda 21

The clues, or perhaps better described as the mistake… that thing which triggered this ‘understanding,’ it seems, was the move to form the North American Union and a World Currency based on the Central Bank model able to print what was claimed to be a replacement for fiat currency. This was oft referred to on the street as the Carbon Credits System, and these steps were deemed lines in the sand that, now being crossed, sparked a tide of revolt.

Somehow, the people realized it was still just another fiat currency printed at will, and not only represented more financial slavery through debt, but also, that it mainly served the interests of corporations, especially those in energy and finance, above all else. Coupled with the notion that sustainability should drive all political decisions, and discovery that the power-elite, pushing Agenda 21, believed that people were ‘not a sustainable product’ and thus had to be forced to sacrifice lifestyle and ownership of property, and be relocated to cubicle living near factories and farms ‘as the only way to usefully fit them into the new Carbon model’… caused international revolt on a scale not thought possible even by those who had long hoped for it to happen.

Bang, bang, too late, bang, bang, seals your fate

Militaries and Police the World over were overwhelmed, in part because huge portions of their ranks joined with the people. In some nations, the Air Force turned against the Army when the Army continued to fight the people. In others, the heads of militaries elected to resign, and in still others, to seize control of government, only to then be ousted by the people who wanted non of that nonsense, either. They sought only rule by the people of the people, and not to the benefit of persons, powers, or principalities.

Yet remarkably, most of the violence remained one sided. Despite their anger, most civil unrest was aimed at destroying the infrastructure of the power elite and going after individuals, and not directed at people in uniform who stood staunchly in the way with smoking weapons. Select individuals known to be chief among Globalists did not always fare well at the hands of crowds who managed to corner them, but by and large, Ghandi would have been proud that, despite the fact that citizens often had more guns, whole confrontations were resolved with gunfire originating almost exclusively from governmental forces.

Those in uniform, it seemed, did not understand the power of martyrdom or the true cost of tyrannical behavior. But then, they were the same people who did not understand their Oath of office, or they would have changed sides early on. They were the dumbest of Sheeple, of all, and did not have enough bullets to bridge their lack of understanding.

The truth that finally set men free

When it was over, vast stores of Globalist documents in print and digital form were acquired and pieced together to reveal that the people had entirely underestimated the depth of depravity and deceits, and the breadth of injustice and treachery, that the NWO had secretly undertaken. It was found to be, as many had claimed, a centuries old plot with an international tangle of conspiratorial Webs unimaginable. Among the many plots, one above all else was deemed the most insidious, more so than even the pandemics and false flag operations which had taken so many lives. It was the development of technologies to control men’s minds, and deprive them of God’s gift of Free Will; Political Control Technology.

The array of such technology was immense. Beyond the ability to imagine for most people, it encompassed almost every aspect of the functioning of the brain, from motor control and matters of the subconscious, to thought, reason and logic of the conscious mind, to simple mood and emotions, and much, much more. By the time this had been made public, and the magnitude of its use was revealed, some 400,000 key Globalists and their henchmen were in custody, and much of the technology itself. Thus, an international tribunal was being called for to weed out the true Globalists from those merely guilty of greed without understanding and perhaps duped or blackmailed into participation. Someone came up with an idea on how to best deal with the guilty.

They would construct a large ‘city’ on a preserve set aside in the middle of the Amazon’s deforested area (a practice quickly ended by the revolution) to serve as a prison for those who were convicted of crimes against humanity. It would be constructed in the manner of ancient pre Bronz civilizations without any modern facilities available, and only those tools and supplies needed to farm the land. For all practical purposes, inhabitants would be living in a single megalopolis circa 3,000 B.C., effectively in the Stone Age, sans great predatory beasts, that they might remake their small little World as they saw fit… from scratch.

That would be the façade, but concealed deep within all the stone and clay walls and the bare ground, hidden beneath steel plates to prevent discovery and access, would be the very mechanisms of political control these people had developed, to include surveillance. This would be used to cause them to suffer reduced mental effectiveness in ways similar to that endured by victims of the technology at their own hands. However, limitations would be put in place lest it be deemed inhumane punishment, because like any other technology, it could easily be abused. The difference was, that the Globalist designed it for such abuse, not realizing that it could also be used to prevent them from growing in power with less harshness in application.

Because almost all such Globalists had been of what were defined as ‘bloodline families’ for many generations, some going back for centuries in what was described as a Satanic plot to eventually seat the Antichrist, it was felt that they should be thrust together and allowed to live for generations amongst themselves. They would be free to wreck whatever havoc among themselves as might arise by so many ‘A type personalities’ being confined in one place and having only each other to victimize or overcome.

As they were almost exclusively Godless men who above all else hated the God of Abraham and those who worshiped Him, the Jews, Christians, and Muslims, the only literature they were to be provided, was the writings of those three faiths. Only if and when they were able to form a society which functioned free of conflict and competition for control through oppression, and forsake Satanic beliefs and fostered religious freedom, would there be any chance for leaving their prison, which was otherwise surrounded by significant security barriers.

The Illuminati lives

The name of the place was to be called Illumin, that those within its confines might rightly be called by the name they secretly coveted, the Illuminati. This was intended to be their Hell on Earth, the just reward for their crimes short of death. All the King’s Horses, and all the King’s Men, couldn’t put them into power again.

Note: While many elements of this pipe dream could certainly come to pass, and select of them are actually in works by the NWO, at best Men on Earth can only hope to deter that final Judgement Day which truly ends the war between Good and Evil. We cannot of our own volition earn such freedom as described here, as it would be in defiance of God’s plan, but that does not mean we must go like Sheeple to our doom. The Day of the Antichrist will come at is appointed time, but I believe Man is able to take part in the determination of when that time should be.

It is simply a matter of righteousness (right use ness) of power through God’s gifts of Grace and Free Will. At the moment, more and more power is being usurped to evil around the Globe. Grace is being subverted by temptations and deceits designed to keep us from thinking clearly and acting righteously. Free Will is under assault by Political Control Technology from disinformation to outright electronic manipulation of brain waves.

Very few people are daring to resist these forces or point them out, and far too many refuse to even see it when it is right under their noses, even in their heads daily. We need to change that if we don’t want the End Times upon us. The choice is YOURS to make, and no other’s. THAT is what Free Will is about more than anything else. And I believe that irrespective of the notion of forgiveness inherent within the principles of Grace, good use of Free Will is what helps us maintain any useful collective presence within His Grace. That is the key to how much time and how much freedom we might enjoy before End Times. It is so many grains of sand in an hour glass, and we determine the number thereof by our actions. The choice is your’s to make, and no other’s.

We are all John Gault. We are each that leader we’ve been waiting for. No one can save you but yourself, short of Judgement day.

This is why I write. I hope that is why you read and why you will share, “NOW!”

Citizen’s Viewpoint: We are ONE Person Away From Revolution (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Mass MindKontrol – Final NWO Assault (pakalertpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Entertainment, News Events, People, Political Commentary, Uncategorized, Writing

Leave a comment

Tags: Agenda 21, Bilderberg Group, Council on Foreign Relations, False flag, intelligence community, military, North American Union, NWO, Police state, revolution, round tables, Sheeple, Stone Age, Terrorism, United State, World Currency

What Does the Voice of the Flag Say to YOU?

Jul 15

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

THE VOICE OF THE FLAG

I am not the flag. I am but its shadow. I am whatever you make me; nothing more. I am your belief in yourself, your dream of what a people may become.

Betsy Ross flag (Photo credit: David Robert Wright)

I am all that you hope to be and have the courage to try for. I am the Constitution and the Courts, the statutes and the statute makers.

I am no more than what you believe me to be. I swing before your eyes, a bright gleam of color, a symbol of yourself, the pictured suggestion of that big thing which makes this nation.

My stars and stripes are your dream and your labors. They are bright with cheer, brilliant with courage, firm with faith, because you have made them so out of your own hearts; for you are the makers of the flag, and it is well that you glory in the making.

Behold it! Listen to it! It’s voice is a command. Every star has a tongue; every stripe is articulate. There is magic in the web of it. It has an answer for every question of duty. It has a solution for every doubt and perplexity. It has a word of good cheer for every hour of gloom or despondency.

It speaks of earlier and later struggles. It speaks of victories, and sometimes of reverses, on the sea and on the land. It speaks of patriots and heroes among the living and the dead.

But before all and above all other associations and memories, whether of glorious deeds, or glorious places, its voice is ever of Constitution and the Laws, of Union and Liberty.

Author unknown, circa 1926.

Note: This is the first post I’ve ever made which brought a tear to my eye as I worked.

It is a shame we do not know to whom we owe thanks for it.

Posted in Political Commentary, Writing

Leave a comment

Tags: american flag, stars and strips

Compare 1776 to 2013 and Tell Me Where You Think You Live

Jul 15

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Congress and the President are pressing their luck just like King George.

Do you even know where you live? This review will help you figure it out. In 1776 the colonists were upset about quite a few serious matters, though the one the history books tend to focus on is taxation without representation. That was just the tip of the iceberg, of course, as any scholarly review would reveal. I’m not all that scholarly (though the information here comes largely from a ten-year research effort in the writing of my four-volume book set, Fatal Rebirth, which fully documents the more key claims herein). On that basis, here goes…

Power of King George vs. Individual Rights

King George III

In 1776 King George held the power of life-or-death warrant over citizens without a need for illustrating just cause. Because of the Magna Carta, there was at least the requirement for a trial, but near indefinite detention was possible by delay in setting a court date; a useful tool for dealing with dissidents.

In 2012, King Obama has unlimited powers of life-or-death warrant which have reversed even the Magna Carta, not to mention the Constitution and Bill of Rights, and without illustrating cause, he may order a citizen to be covertly vanished by Military with indefinite suspension, or have them assassinated, tortured, or turned over to foreign powers for same; the ultimate tool for dealing with dissidents, called vanishing.

Freedom of Speech

In 1776 Sedition laws forbad anyone from criticizing the Crown, leaving one subject to arrest for so doing. This included books, newspapers, and public forums in town squares, where it was common for people to stand on soap boxes or provided stages and speak to whatever crowd might gather. Soldiers were always nearby.

In 2012, King Obama enjoys control of Media as benefactor of CIA’s infiltration of Media in Operation Mockingbird as well as centralized ownership of Media outlets by the Military-Industial-Intelligence-Media complex (MIIM). There is a continuous concerted effort in Congress to neuter our ‘soap box’ called the Internet, and a recently passed Bill bans effective public gatherings for protest of government actions. It is virtually guaranteed that when you do attempt public speech you will be hassled over permits by Police, and be videoed by FBI if enough people show up, and be at risk of agent provocateur tactics and Police assault and arrest. While full control of media access tends to neuter free speech, actual Sedition Bills have non-the-less been openly discussed as ‘a need’ in Congress. That is coming, and could end up in book bans and book burnings.

High Cost of Goods and Taxation

In 1776 the East Indian Trading Company, a kind of corporate partnership between the Crown and the monopolistic firm, was almost the sole provider of transportation of goods to America. As result, the cost of goods were already burdened with excessively high shipping costs, upon which the Crown imposed high tariffs. Goods from America to Europe also had to endure these charges. Ergo, Boston Tea Party.

In 2012 King Obama in de facto corporate partnerships with monopolistic banks, insurance, medical care, and pharma industries to covertly levy the largest tax hikeseen in the history of the World. The cost of all goods and services if further raised by additional hidden taxes in the form of inflation from printing of trillions of dollars of money in yet another corporate partnership with the banking sector. This form of massive partnerships in another time was called Fascism, a descriptor of Nazism. We merely call it Socialism, today, a subset of Communism. Ergo, the

The Destruction of Tea at Boston Harbor

Tea Party.

Taxation Without Representation

In 1776 King George’s taxation upon the Colonies afforded no voice for American citizens in the King’s Court.

In 2012 there are only a small handful of Congressmen such as Rand and Ron Paul who have dared to vote according to their constituents wishes. All others are too preoccupied in their paranoiac fear of ‘terrorism’ to care what We The People think. Tell me then, who represents you in Congress? Really?

Freedom of Religion

In 1776 King George required that the Church of England was the only valid faith. This one fact caused a tidal wave of emigration to America, where it was hoped that one could worship as they would choose. In the colonies, however, attempting to exercise contrary faith anywhere but in your own home could result in court charges of both sedition and heresy against the Minister.

In 2012 King Obama is not quite there, yet. While the government has a history of persecuting and destroying (to include mass murder of Davidians) radical faiths, and there has been a consistent CIA and military backed effort to establish a ‘one-world’ religion which is more favorable to government needs, the worst Obama seems to be guilty of is favoring Islam, and false claims of Christianity to which he has repeatedly turned his back. His religious claims are, at best, as useful as his claim of citizenship.

Note: In my Book MC Realities I document the movement more closely than the overview shown here, which fails to mention the details (as are in my book) regarding the role of the D.O.D. (Army Psyops) and CIA (mind control) in forming such a religious organization, all of it undertaken, as it happens, at the U.S. Marine facilities at 29 Palms and The Presidio. And that’s exactly where it is unfolding, today, but now in ‘civilian’ operation by fronts established for the purpose, the military reservations ‘given’ to them for same. More interesting is the fact that key efforts in the project were managed by avowed Satanist (his religion a known fact at the Pentagon) Michael Aquino.

Authority of Rule

In 1776 the claimed basis of Rule for King George in the Colonies was that he was first Christian Ruler to have caused the land to be settled, the authority given him by God to evangelize the heathen natives by the spread of Christianity. This was a charter given by the Church of England derived in turn from Rome. In order to legitimize colonies, the territories were to be purchased from the Indians in legal contract, and in turn, evangelism was to be undertaken. However, many colonies did not make such purchases, and the Church seldom undertook evangelism, and many Indian wars or massacres took place instead. The Crown did not obey its own charter or law, and thus had no legal claim of Rule other than by force of arms.

In 2012, the charter of power is the Constitution and the Bill of Rights, all of which King Obama has thrown out the window with the signing of a barrage of unconstitutional Acts. Moreover, since before Sept. 11 attacks, the United States government is continually guilty of violating its own laws, time and again. At best they band-aid the law with a new Executive Order or legislation after the fact, but often fail even to bother with that. The Federal Government therefore has no legal claim of Rule beyond the fact that the DOD on down to law enforcement still acts as if it does in complete ignorance of their Oaths of Office. In other words, by force of arms.

Right to Bear Arms, Troop Billiting

British foot soldier of the era

In 1776 King George billeted troops in the homes of Colonists without reimbursement for food and lodging expenses. While those living away from communities tended to be well armed, it was more common in communities to have an Armory where guns could be dispensed to residents in times of need against Indians, and then collected back afterwards. This was not gun control, as such, but practical logistics which tended to disarm many residents by convenience, since a musket cost a year’s wages.

In 2012, King Obama has no need to billet. Guns are required to be registered and it is clear that he intends to endorse the United Nations ban on guns and give up American Sovereignty in deference to a one-world government. This will require seizing of guns and the shooting of Americans who resist giving them up. This is one line in the sand which, if allowed to be crossed, will forever render all citizens subject to the whim of the King and those who control him (the New World Order). This IS TOTAL GUN CONTROL.

Military Occupation

In 1776, there were no Police in the Colonies, as such, but King George occupied communities through billeting and enforced the Crowns laws. Soldiers were everywhere.

In 2012, King Obama’s military is prepared to execute Martial Law (the means by which door-t0-door gun seizure would be facilitated) in guise of a Declared National Emergency (e.g., terrorism, pandemic). The Declared Emergency has already been issued, and thus we are only six persons away from Martial Law. Soldiers will be everywhere, and you will not be able to obtain food, water, power, gas, or travel or work except from or by the approval of Military.

Patriots Considered Traitors

In 1776, King George considered our Founding Fathers and those who followed them to be traitors and held them liable to the Death Penalty. Why? Because he feared loss of power and income to the Crown and East India Trading Company.

In 2012, King Obama, the Congress, and the Military and Intelligence apparat all consider those who support the Constitution, activists, patriots, and the poor and disenfranchised as enemies of the state, often outright calling them terrorists and targeting them as such with surveillance, dirty tricks, and violation of rights to include targeting with electronic weapons of Political Control Technology. These people would today consider the Founding Fathers traitors as well. Why? Because government fears loss of power and income to its corporate sponsors.

Now, with the above in mind, tell me… WHERE do you live?

Relocation per Agenda 21 Sustainability Rules

One question sums it up, along with a sentence and factoid. Do you live in the United States of America, the nation established and protected by the Constitution and Bill of Rights, or in a covertly established (de facto) NewStates of America ruled by King Obama in tyranny not unlike that of King George? If you say the former, you are a huge fool, and if the later, doubly so for doing nothing about it. The Constitution of the NewStates of America has already been written for such fools as we.

Enjoy

Is America more exceptional today than in 1776? (salon.com)
24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Do We Need and Should We Start a Second American Revolution? (godfatherpolitics.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Crime, History, military, Political Commentary

5 Comments

Tags: 1776, 2012, billeting of troops, Boston Tea Party, East India Trading Company, freedom of religion, Freedom of speech, gun control, King Obama, Magna Carta, taxation without representation, Thirteen Colonies

Testimony to Mass. State Legislature on Bill Restricting Electronic Weapons

Jul 14

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Included list of 250 terms and technologies of Political Control Technology

Edited excerpt from book MC Realities: Understanding, Detecting, and Defeating Political Control Technologies

reproduction by request and approval only, to pppbooks at century link net

H. Michael Sweeney

I write to the honorable legislative committees as a friend of the State and of all its citizens, volunteering the material contained herein as an expert witness on electronic weapons, electronic harassment and related technologies of political control. It is hoped that this material will be entered into the public record at your hearings and become useful in your final determinations…

Because of my knowledge on topic after a decade of helping victims of such technology, I must protest at the committee’s choice of language in the bill with respect to the first sentence… referencing control of these weapons only in the hands of the public by means of the phrase ‘no person’. This is to miss the entire purpose and intent of these weapons, and to fail to address the virtually sole possessor and users of the worst of the technology, which is government itself. The public does not need legislation to protect itself from itself, but from its own government. Language must specifically and clearly include government agencies and government personnel of all manner, Federal, State, and local…

In like manner, your definition of weapons is far too simple and narrow to avoid legal confusions. For example, the very same technology which is found in radar guns and FLIR can be used as a weapon of political control or harassment by mere abuse thereof. How will you protect against such abuses? How will anyone be able to determine by the wording of this Bill when the technology and application are legal and appropriate and when they are abusive and invasive?

The victim is not protected if the burden of proof rests on such simplistic language. The abuser, especially if governmentally authorized to access such technologies for normal uses, is not at risk where such loop holes exist. Your language must define and articulate to the complexities of the matter, which are illustrated by the technology reviewed in my (included) materials on topic. Merely adding ‘definitions’ section should address these concerns.

Finally, your legislation makes no provision for detection and enforcement. Can you imagine the local police arresting someone because a neighbor claims to have symptoms of attack? Without a means of detection, there can be no enforcement; all which remains is mere lip service, legislation not to protect the people from the weapons, but to protect the establishment from the people. The primary question is this: Is there anyone in our national or state governments who will stand up for the Constitution, support the Bill of Rights, live by the morally correct principles of humanity and of God, and resist the evil which stares you squarely in the face?

The challenge before your committee and, ultimately, for your entire legislative body, is not only formidable, but it is absolutely pivotal to determining the future of this nation…

Until one empowered sector of our own society, such as yourselves, makes an official protest and stand against this growing draconian onslaught, those things for which our nation stands come closer and closer to being silently crushed within a velvet totalitarian glove. Without such understanding… without laws to protect citizens from the dangers involved… and without any means of enforcing those laws… political control will be assured. The price for such control will be dear. It will be the surrender of that thing godly men call ‘free will’, and which the patriot calls ‘freedom and the pursuit of happiness.’

…May I propose three key concepts or points which should be a part of your deliberations?

1) The first is that any such legislation should be broadened to cover most, if not all non lethal weapons, not just electronic. The very same people who developed electronic weapons were responsible for the development of other non lethal weapons, and for the same unsavory reason: political control. All such weapons further have the same attendant risks to life and liberty and lend themselves to the same abuses and excessive draconian applications.

Perhaps just as important, a review of all such weapons makes the relationship between the weapon, the intended use, and the greater political control strategy which drove its development that much easier to grasp. In support of this notion, my report herein addresses the full spectrum of non lethal weapons, the greater portion of which are, perhaps surprisingly, the more hi-tech electronic variety.

2) The second point I would like to make is that your considerations and final findings must include and provide for public awareness. Only by educating the citizens of the realities of the existence and use of these technologies, can your efforts be well served. If the citizens do not understand the technology and the symptoms it generates, they cannot report the crime or well defend against it. In like manner, your law enforcement, the legal system, media, and the professional communities must also be educated, or the victims will have no place to turn without being labeled as insane.

Of even more value, such promotion and education will, more than any threat of punishments, deter actual use of the technology in the first place. All such technology is currently used in an extremely covert manner. The last thing an attacker using electronic weapons wants, is to be discovered. Such discovery puts not just the mission at risk, but also puts at risk the entire infrastructure of the non lethal weapons industry, and their leadership both in and out of government. Education will, in my opinion, prove to be your best weapon, in the end. But education in and of itself does not provide an adequate deterrence, because unless an attack can be proven, it is merely an accusation which, due to the sophisticated nature of the attack, can too easily be ignored by unconvinced authorities.

3) Therefore, the third and final point, perhaps the most important, is that if you are to have any true success in this matter, you must necessarily include funding for the exotic equipment required to detect and analyze the telltale electromagnetic fields, energy bursts, and radio frequency signatures which are the calling cards of these technologies. In fact, I remind you, it is precisely the output of these detectable indicators which makes this matter one of general concern to the population at large.

The leakage, overshoot, and reflection of these signals, energies, and fields created by these weapons have a great potential for harmful physical, mental and physiological effects on all citizens within a given radius of the intended principle target under attack. The collateral damage to these citizens is not now understood, nor can it be so understood until the actual weapons are captured and tested by independent laboratories. Even the most conservative estimates talk about dire health consequences associated with these weapons. If a particular cell phone can be found by scientists to cause a brain tumor, then what must we face when the signal strengths are many hundreds or even thousands of times stronger, and deliberately designed to cause physiological and mental effects?

If you fund the needed equipment, you will need to further fund appropriate training of technicians on how to use the equipment, as well as in general procedures and skills in the area of covert counterintelligence operations and general law enforcement procedures. This is exactly what will be required in order to be successful against those who use electronic weapons, and no less.

With the above in mind, I would propose the Bill provide for creation of a joint task force of specialists in the areas of law, communications, signal processing, electronics, bioethics, medicine, chemistry, psychology, counterintelligence, military, and law enforcement be created and managed by a carefully picked oversight body. In the absence of creating a new bureaucracy, I would suggest that such responsibility might best belong to any existing state environmental agency as opposed to general law enforcement.

One reason I say this, and it is intended as a general warning concerning the selection of specialist staffing as well, is that I can virtually guarantee that law enforcement of your state and major cities has already been infiltrated by members of the intelligence community, or would immediately so become upon passage of any such legislation. For this reason, the easiest way to assure failure of any mandate against electronic weapons is to simply hand responsibility for it over to law enforcement.

Keep in mind that the more exotic technologies are hardly used for their ultimate intended purposes at this time, but more typically used only in testing on unwitting guinea pigs, citizens at large, generally from among the underclasses, those persons least likely to be able to defend themselves or obtain the expensive helps required. Therefore, most victims are targeted not because of any actual political or intelligence value, but because of the value in learning how the technology works and how to best apply it without getting caught.

Now, regarding testimony from other parties, I might presume and certainly hope that many such victims will stand before you to offer testimony, and I beg of you not only to solicit for such witnesses, but to open your considerations to citizens beyond your state borders, that you may increase your chance at hearing the full truth.

Indeed, open your doors to Canadians, as well, for these weapons do not respect national borders, and are freely exported for testing and use abroad. And for every brave soul who dares stand before you in tortured fear of what will happen to them for their bravery, and an even greater fear of what will happen to them if they do not seek your help, there are likely tens of thousands of others on the continent which cannot or dare not testify. Regarding what they say, may I further advise of three additional points.

Regardless of how wild or bizarre may be the claims found in such testimony, there will be three absolute facts I can promise to be true regarding their claims:

1) among those testifying, you will hear persons who are:

a) legitimate victims of the technology and who are telling you the truth exactly as their ability to grasp and express it allows;

b) persons who are delusional and falsely believe they are victims, telling you of imagined things which have little or no basis in fact; and

c) intelligence community plants pretending to be victims in order to provide you with deliberate disinformation and, largely, to discredit the general value of all such testimony;

2) It will be impossible for you, short of elaborate investigation and expenditures of large sums of money, to make any useful determination of which category a given testimony falls within;

3) in light of the aforementioned difficulties, you should logically come away highly incredulous and doubting of the value of the entire collective of testimony, were it to stand alone.

This phenomenon (3) is a prime example of one of the chief purposes of political control technology, that of destroying the credibility of victims who dare tell others of their experiences. Think upon that, for a moment. Electronic weapons are designed to conceal their own use by making the victim seem incredulous. The testimony you hear will prove that it works exactly as intended. Do not discard the truth encircled by lies.

In light of these facts, I am moved to insure their testimony and my own presentation does not stand alone. I herein provide some meager proofs in the form of a technology review of some 250 terms and technologies of political control. A much more substantial body of such evidence is possible should it be required, which is why I have tried to include more valuable proofs in the form of references which are, by and large, easily obtained and verified.

This includes articles and scientific papers as well as actual patents on the technology itself. Patents are used only when other experts have already connected the technology to the claimed weapon. A reservoir of additional patents which could have been used, except for space and redundancy they represent, are included at report end. But understand that for reasons of national security, many more patents exist which were unavailable.

Also realize patent descriptions need not sound like weapons, partly as a natural result of the patent application process, and partly by design. Too, like many inventions intended for good, some patents having no apparent weapon’s application have been subverted to evil ends by someone who saw the potential…

In point of fact, the great bulk of evidential resources come from military documents, a matter which is deeply troubling to all right-thinking individuals because it paints a picture not of a military set on defending the United States from enemies who would threaten it, but a military which is the threat, itself… By the following materials, may you come to similar conclusions, and may you have the fortitude and resolve to do something about it, which is something we citizens cannot of our own accord achieve short of armed revolution. Please do not leave this the only remaining option for Americans, or that may be exactly what the next generations will need consider…

It was perhaps author Aldus Huxley, who first expressed concerns about political control technology, put into words within the fictional construct of Brave New World and Brave New World Revisited, Orwellian nightmares not unlike 1984. Based on 1958 technology, Huxley projected ahead a mere 40 years to describe exactly the kind of technology and social consequence which lays at the heart of our focus, here.

In point of fact, I hope to illustrate, we are well ahead of his projections. Welcome to the New World Order. Sheep, do not be alarmed at the slaughter of your fellow sheep. As it is for their own good, so will it be for you.

~ Sincerely, H. Michael Sweeney

Unfortunately, as with all such legislation efforts at both State and Federal levels, the Bill was not passed, nor was it amended to make it more likely to pass. It was simply dropped. Too many powerful people, firms, and groups benefit from Political Control Technology to allow a mere Congressional representative the luxury of a morally correct vote or opinion. The Cogs of government work beneath and behind the visible mechanism of floor debate, and are turned by the steam of the Military-Industrial-Inteligence-Media Complex. What you and I think, need, or desire in the pursuit of freedom and happiness is irrelevant, as is anything as trivial as the Constitution and Bill of Rights.

However, in 2004, a variation of the Bill WAS passed. It can be found here. A brief reading will find that not one of my suggestions was incorporated, and in fact, it specifically authorizes government to employ such weapons, the reverse of the need. All it does is makes it illegal for you and me. Like that was ever a threat. Yet the deem this legislation as an ‘Emergency Bill.’ Go figure.

Judy Wall (targetedindividualscanada.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Technology

2 Comments

Tags: Electromagnetic weapon, Electronic harassment, mind control, Non-lethal weapon, PCT, Political Control Technology

Timeline of Masonic/Illuminati/Mind Control Evolutions

Jul 13

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

From the Appendix of MC Realities: Understanding, Detecting, and Defeating Political Control Technologies

a book by H. Michael Sweeney – proparanoidpress.com

Sorry, there will be no links in the article, as it would take weeks to compile and make it harder to read (hundreds, closely spaced). Images are out, too, as visual formatting would be destroyed. Too bad, there are some really interesting ones.

As a research guide, the following references do not always represent direct cause and effect relationships, but (unless otherwise indicated) at least visible relationships and ties. The expression ‘Masonic constructs’ means that various aspects of the organization or their procedures, especially secrecy, follow Masonic structure. When it says ‘formed by Masons,’ it means members, not the cult. A given citation in this list is not concrete proof, but merely a guidepost of where to look for such ties. However, inclusion is based on suitable ties being found by Author for the purpose to so conclude. In some instances, the basis is noted, but space limitations prohibit detail. Nothing contained herein is terribly hard to verify.

NOTE: You will see in review of this why so many people think that it is Jewish Bankers who rule the World, but they were never Jews, but Templars, in my considered opinion (the Rothchildes).

1118-1313 Knights Templar exposed to Assassins, Baphomet , Ritual Sexual/Satanic Abuse;

1313-1600 Pope Discovers Satanism, Disbands Templars, Rosicrucians becomes hiding Place;

1390 Stone Masons Guild (like a Union) socially prominent – NOT an evil group;

1717 Templars convince Stone Masons to accept them as Speculative Masons, establish Visible 33 Degrees – no masonry skills;

1776 Illuminati NWO effort founded by Adam Weishaupt, Satanist Mason;

Late 1700s Rothschilds become International financial banking giants: The Rothschilds (several spellings) were Jews, and they became the ‘basis’ of ‘Jewish Cabal’ accusations. However, my research leaves open the possibility that the y were actually Rosicrucians and former Knights Templar, who deliberately took on the identity of Rosicrucians and then Jews in order to escape detection and death. They became dominant world financiers in the manner of the Knights Templar by having family members establish banks in the capital cities of every European nation (as did Templars). Instead of shipping money from one bank to another and risking highwaymen robberies and international taxes and tariffs from multiple nations, they simply traded letters of credit. They were the first to invent ‘debt’ as capital, and in more modern times, it was the Rothchilds and the Rockefellers, et. al., who invented a similar approach to currency itself, resulting in the Federal Reserve System, which is owned by the bankers, not the government;

1769 -1815 Jacobian Society founded with Illuminati ties, will spur French Revolution, Congress of Vienna;

1825-1830 Unitarianism (Protestants), Mormonism (Masonic construct), Universalists (Masonic construct, first-step toward one-World religion) formed by Masons, League of the Just, a German-French Christian cult formed with simplistic Communist ideology;

1847-1860 Karl Marx develops early Communist dogma, while in influence of Cecile Rhodes and other Masons;

1864-1868 Civil War between the North and South: Rothschilds send Col. T.W. House to advise Lincoln, and dictates North war actions resulting in ‘powder profits’ in Europe and the U.S. while Southern General Albert Pike, Satanist, helps dictate South war actions resulting in ‘powder profits’ in Europe and U.S;

1867 Pike former KKK (Masonic construct), becomes head of Masons, writes Morals and Dogma, the ‘Masonic Bible’ which clearly spells out Satanic underpinnings, and parallels Illuminati plans to establish NWO in many ways, including the division and dilution of Christian Churches and sponsoring of Wars, especially between Muslim, Christian, and Jewish States. Masonry is a subversive group at highest levels;

1870 Pike establishes Illuminized Freemasons, incorporates higher than 33 Degrees, all secret and for dark works. Mason Cecil Rhodes is at Oxford, influenced by Rothschilds and Wartburgs — as inventor of Dynamite, the Civil War made him almost as rich; ‘powder profits.’ Rhodes uses his wealth to fund Rhodes Scholarship in pursuit of the same goals as the Illuminati (One World Government). In this same time frame, the Jehovah’s Witnesses are formed (Masonic constructs) and the Hermetic Order of Golden Dawn (Masonic, Satanic), and the Christian Scientists (Masonic);

1884-1911 EuroAmerican Alliances of Masonic and financial influence form: Rhodes, Rothshilds, Wartburgs, Rockefeller, Carnegie, DuPont, Loeb, Harriman, Bush, JP Morgan, etc. (oft called the RockRoth Alliance);

1913 Federal Reserve Established Foundations Established by RockRoth, American Press Bought by the ‘powder interests;’

1914-1917 WW I, ‘War to end war’ used as platform to promote NWO concepts: Col. E.M. House (Son of T.W. House) sent to advise President Wilson by Wartburg, Rothschilds, impacts war actions for ‘powder profits’ in Europe and U.S. At close of war, RockRoth moves: Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) Established, League of Nations established, Theosophical Society (Masonic cult) established to introduce New Age concepts, including marrying of religious beliefs into one-World religion;

1920-1921 It continues: World Union established, Lucis Trust (Satanic New Age) Pantheism, Humanism. Masons now headed by Alestair Crowley, Satanist. RockRoth interests found Tavistock Institute (U.K.) for ‘Pain studies,’ and ‘invent’ Eugenics; MPD/DID RSA (ritual satanic/sexual abuse methods of original Assassins learned by Knights Templar) mind control research is pursued;

1933 Roosevelt Assassination and U.S. Military Coup attempt by (many members of) RothRock (DuPont, Singer at point, Rockefeller insulated), Rothchild/Wartburg’s Central Bank prints so much money for Germany, inflation sets up need for War. Masonic Satanic Thule Society set up in Germany (Hitler a member) with ‘sister’ cult in U.S. – Skull and Bones. DuPont, JP Morgon, Warburg, Rothchilds help establish Kaiser Wilhelm Institute studies along same lines as Tavistock, under Dr. Mengele, plus Leibensborn Project to breed purebred Arians out of Wedlock. Program would evolve to become the sexual rewards program for exclusive use by SS Officers, who had to pass the strictest of tests for pure Germanic bloodlines. The Oxford Group founded the same year by the same general group of players, and Rhodes, asks Rockefeller to fund Alcoholics Anonymous, father to all twelve-step programs, which are a form of mind control and which provide access to secrets useful for blackmail when power players seek the help (one of the steps is usually to confide secrets, also present in Skull and Bones, et. al.);

1939-1945 WWII: RockRoth brings in E. M. House again. Harriman, Bush, others align with Axis and fund, do business with Nazi partners during war, later convicted of Trading with Enemy. Post war, United Nations Established by RockRoth, Operation Paperclip Imports Nazi Scientists including Mengele;

1947-1948 National Security Act urged by RockRoth threats to create the agencies with their own money if Government did not. CIA, DOD, NSA created, MJ12 Project (mind control), World Council of Churches, Church of Scientology founded (Masonic construct), Bilderbergers first meet, American Committee on a United Europe founded (ACUE), UFOs appear (MJ12, aka Majestic), Psychological Strategy Board (DOD psyops), Liberalization of Church Dogma. The many MK mind control projects following MJ12 spread out over the next two decades;

1950 L. Ron Hubbard gets going (fan of Crowley);

1959-1961 World Constitution & Parliament Association founded (WCPA) Masonic Satanic Ordo Templis Orientis reformed along with Order of Temple of Asarte, First Mass Shootings start taking place now as first-fruits of CIA mind control research – Manchurian Candidate programing, Unitarian Universalist Association formed (first marriage in one-World Religion process), Club of Rome (to establish European Community, ACUE partner);

1966 Church of Satan formed by Mason Anton LaVe, U.S. Army’s Psyops Michael Aquino is founding member;

1970s CIA establishes Cult Awareness Network (CAN), UFO Abductions reported in large numbers (suspected faked by Army to create MC victims through MPD/DID). Michael Aquino involved in pedophilia (McMartin Preschool) and DOD Satansim after doing psyops in Vietnam, works on Revolution in Military Affairs (RMA), Trilateral Commission founded, Operation Pique (radio frequency mind control) launched (precursor to many more, including HAARP);

1983-1988 Johnstown Massacre (CIA MC project) with CAN influence, EEG entrainment Radio Broadcast Same year, The Finders, The Franklin Coverup, Command Solo USAF air-mobile EEG platform, Provisional World Government established (WCPA) via ACUE, World Constitution Written, quietly submitted to individual nations for ratification;

1991-1992 European parliament Founded, Europe United, USSR Falls, EEG system GWEN Operational Same year, Taos/Oregon Hum start to be heard, False Memory Symptom Foundation (MFSM) Founded to deny MC exists… by ex CIA MC Scientists;

1993-1997 MC project Branch Davidians vs. BATF, CAN, US Army Deltas, CIA, Solar Temple Suicide Cult (CIA and BCCI scandal ties, derivative of Order of Rosey Cross — Rosicrucians… bringing us full circle). Shoot Americans Questionnaire, Interfaith Initiative launched – DOD via Michael Acquino at The Presido attempting to organize all religions into one CIA sponsored Church. HAARP goes on line, Heaven’s Gate Suicide Cult dies, RAATs Bioimplants developed by DOD (tested on Islamic students just in time for a rash of suicide Islamic bombers), Scientologists take over CAN (cute – a cult owns a professed cult fighting tool), Verachip ‘Mark of the Beast’ ID tracking implant authorized, RFID chips hit U.S. retail products, Total Information Awareness Office established;

1999 Egypt Air 990 ‘suicides’ into Atlantic, thought possible test of Global Hawk remote control or RAATS;

2001 Sept.11 attacks, theory of Global Hawk control fully supportable in fact: Since Sept. 11 attacks, U.S. has gone on a binge of developing new Political Control Technology as ‘anti terror’ tools under Homeland Security mandates and funding. Any attempt to detail the volume of new developments from this date forward to date would take more space than it has taken to get to this point on the page. Also in this time frame, the number of people coming forward to complain about targeting by electronic weapons (radio frequency/microwave) has exploded, with all manner of new technology and devices in evidence. I therefore stop here, except to add the bulk of them seem to have evolved out of RMA;

Fundamentalists, the Illuminati, Freemasons, and the UN (leavingfundamentalism.wordpress.com)
The Mystery Of Illuminati (mysteryworlds.wordpress.com)
Meet the Ruling Faces of Evil (zengardner.com)
Politics & NWO – Rothchilds and Rockefellers Merge Financial Empires NWO (disclose.tv)
The Knights Templar today – who and where are they? (thetemplarknight.com)
History of the Skull & Crossbones and Poison Symbol (mysafetysign.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, History, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Technology, Uncategorized

5 Comments

Tags: Civil War, Colonel House, DuPont, Federal Reserve System, Freemasonry, French Revolution, Illuminati, Knights Templar, Rockefeller, Rothschild, Sept. 11, Wartbug, WWI, WWII

Top 10 Reasons to Order Your Mass Murder Kit, Today

Jul 11

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

The Acme, Inc. Mass Murder Kit: Your ticket to a better tomorrow

a Farce in parallel to the Real World by H. Michael Sweeney.

There is only one link on this post. It goes straight to the heart of topic as proof of the farce we call ‘Terrorism.’

Acme Inc, a Subsidiary of New World Order, Ltd., and in partnership globally with numerous firms such as Central Intelligence, the Insurance and Logistics Agency, are now offering an easy-to-use Kit for mass murder. Now, with very little in the way of cost or obligation, almost anyone can become a mass murderer for fun and profit in support of their favorite cause. Financing and other aids available. When you order our kit, you will enjoy all the benefits with very little risk, since the purchaser will be fully protected from any downside!

• It’s Fun! After all, we all like to watch people fall down. Imagine how much fun it will be knowing it’s their last time!

• It’s Profitable! Your minimal investment in travel costs to meet covertly with our friendly yet paranoid sales staff will be handsomely rewarded with huge sums of money from sources like the World Bank, the IMF, and off-the-book black budgets. Why just one Middle East Client alone enjoyed two $500M payments, one just before, and one just after Sept. 11, 2001. And, he didn’t even order our best kit! His testimony follows.

• Full Confidentiality! Your agreement with us will enjoy National Security-level secrecy so that your identity and details of our contract will never be disclosed without your permission. We won’t even answer to Congressional Investigations! And just as importantly, our employees would rather die than betray your confidences. In fact, many have already met with ‘accidents’ to avoid such concerns!

• Free Publicity for your cause! Remember, there’s no such thing as bad publicity, and you will get plenty of it, to be sure. Even the smallest of test uses of one of our kits will reap huge headlines, because we have thousands of people we call Mockingbirds, who are positioned in Media so you feel like you have your own private Public Relations firm!

• Make New Friends! We can discretely arrange introductions to powerful and influential contacts like Bonesmen, Bilderbergers, Bankers (The Three B’s), and other Terrorists and Arms Dealers, and lots of individuals just as useful. They will love you and your work, too, as your power and influence grows with theirs in symbiotic relationships we help establish! Remember our motto: Globalism needs Terrorism to foment Patriotism to allow growth of Capitalism in order to drive Globalism.

• More Say with your Followers! Use our kit and, if deciding to ‘go public’ about aiding your cause, we guarantee your followers will not only look up to you in admiration and heed your words, but will grow in number as your popularity increases in leaps and bounds. In fact, if you do it right, you can become as powerful as any one of your peers… except the Pope and the Man Behind the Curtain. Naturally, we wouldn’t want to upstage the popular Antichrist or the real one, either.

• Culturally Enriching! The more you use the kit, the more you cause fruitful culture growth and evolution. Why just look at the changes in the societies of America and the World in the wake of Sept. 11. Imagine being able look into a mirror and to say with pride, “I did that!”

• Supports Green Policies! Improved sustainability and reduction of pollution caused by overcrowded population is achieved with each use of the kit. Depending on which kit you order, the aftermath may create large tracts of uninhabitable land which will be returned to Mother Nature for perhaps a hundred years.

• Many Models to Choose From! We offer all manner of kits so that there will be one just perfect for your needs. Our most popular and easiest to use is the Pyrotechnic Kit with a broad range of delivery options (e.g., plane, truck, covert placement); our flashiest and most exciting Kit is the new Atomics Kit, which includes free sunglasses and lead-lined gloves; but we also offer our new and most ambitious line of kits ever, the Bio Series, of which there are three to choose from. We have the standard model which impacts targets without recourse but fades out of its own volition with time and distance; the deluxe Race-Specific Pathogen model which targets only select ethnic populations with zero recourse; and the economy Viral model, which impacts everyone equally, but which can sometimes eventually be redoubted with vaccinations. Something for every need!

• Spiritually Uplifting! We know you, like us, are basically good Devil fearing Satan worshipers at heart, regardless of any requirement to profess otherwise. Certainly in spirit if not fact. Just know that each use of the kit is a kind of ceremonial event (a ‘sacrifice’) that not only fulfills prophesy, but brings the Antichrist one step closer to seating! After all, just like him, we all want to destroy all creation and life, even our own! We can help with that final, last step too, of course.

An Unsolicited Testimonial:

Hello terrorist posers! Get with the program at Acme and get serious! My name is Osama. You don’t need to know my last name in this public venue, do you? Ha, ha, ha… we all know who we are, don’t we? I want to tell you these guys at Acme know their stuff. I was not much more than a hired thug shooting at Soviets in Afghanistan for target practice when they approached me. Cost me nada to get started.

They provided everything, gave me the Royal treatment (Saudi Royal treatment), even better service than Acme’s most famous early customer, W. Coyote. But hey, that hairy looking Dude was narrow sighted and set small goals, not at all like you or me. Besides, his biggest problem was he didn’t realize ‘speed kills.’ Not Acme’s fault he failed time and again. I assure you, not that way for me!

I got a personal representative named Amriki from one of the Logistics partners called U.S. Army, and he handled the whole thing. He got me set up with followers, arranged for publicity by blowing up some American surplus war ship and some third-world (disposable) Embassies, and some parked cars in the basement of the World Trade Center. It all worked out so well we eventually decided to have a big wedding in New York! You probably saw it on TV. It was highly publicized and used a lot of remotely flown airplanes and stuff like that. I didn’t say that. Big oops. Ignore building 7, too, please. Really.

But the service did not stop there. No. When the publicity got so great that I could hardly stand it any more (my health was not very good, mind you), I took a long vacation and they ran the whole thing for me in my absence. Pina Coladas every night! And when I got tired and no longer wanted to be involved at all, and I realized I couldn’t possibly top myself anyway, they arranged for my terminating the contract (and everything else, really). I went out with such style that lots of people, even those in America who hated me, couldn’t believe it, and some even felt sorry for me and wanted a better funeral service for me than the bitter-sweet burial at sea we asked for.

I love these guys. You will too!

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Entertainment, History, News Events, Political Commentary

Leave a comment

Tags: CIA, farce, funny, Osama, Terrorism

Hate Negative Political Campaign Ads? Why? They are PERFECT!

Jul 11

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Targeting Democrat & Republican Candidates leaves only GOOD Choices… Ron Paul and Populist or Independent Candidates… and Voters Win

by H. Michael Sweeney (opinion)

I used to Hate negative campaign ads, but have come to understand that if the 99% are ever going to get a fair break in the crooked elections, the big candidates being backed by the NWO (1%) crowd should go ahead and destroy each other. Take a look at the Presidential race, for example.

from brain shavings.com (click for more like this)

Negative on Obama bin Laden, the Demoncrat

You have to admit: negative ads against Mr. Obama are easy to come up with…

Not only has he failed to fulfill any campaign promises, literally doing the opposite in almost every case, but he has been the worst President we have ever had in select categories: he has passed the two largest tax hikes in our history, one the largest the World has ever seen (Health Care Bill), and the other the inflation (a form of unlevied tax) caused by the trillion plus dollar bailout of fat-cat Bankers. Why? So they can rape us yet again, we must presume. I’m sorry I voted for him, and I may never vote again in an election given the damage I’ve done, which led to this:

He has done more to destroy the Constitution and Bill of Rights than any other President in an endless series of Executive Orders and signing of unlawful Bills such as NDAA. NDAA alone literally gives him the literal life-and-death ‘Off with their heads! — assassination’ and ‘Throw them in the dungeon, — indefinite covert detention other countries call vanishing‘ or ‘Draw and quarter them, — torture’ powers of pre Magna Carta Kings. NDAA ended America as we know it since it bypasses the Constitution, Bill of Rights, and Magna Carta.

Revolution, anyone? Better check out the possibility, it may be nearer than you think according to the Military, for whom NDAA was passed (unlike the rest of this post, this sentence is written in deadly earnest).

Negative on Mit the $nit, Repulsivcrat

from political themes.blogspot.com (click)

But Obama can strike back with ease, too. Mit Romney just this morning is being hit by Obama backed ads criticizing Mit’s refusal to discuss his off-shore money accounts or release more tax records than just the last year’s. That’s a good call to the carpet, as Mit is defiantly (deliberate typo) a wealthy power broker who can in no way represent we the people without deferring to more Bankers, big Pharma, big Oil, and the Military Industrial Complex. Not just another cog in the NWO, he’s kind of cute in a beguiling Grimlinish sort of way. I’m talking about the movie, Gremlins.

x-entertainment.com

But notice no one is doing much to criticize Ron Paul? A Restorrepublicrat

from reporters.wordpress.com (click)

They largely ignore him in hopes he will just go away… almost like they did with Ross Perot. I think they figure the rigged election process and controlled media will do him in before the election even rolls around. That’s what they thought about Ross until it got up to the TV debates, where they actually had to admit he existed, and deal with him face to face. Shortly after that, when they realized he might upset both the Republican and Democrat parties, since negative ad options were next to zero, they did the only other thing they could to get him out of the race: they threatened his family with mailed Anthrax attacks, and he withdrew… just hours before he Won the Colorado Primary which would have put him on the Ballot. That’s how Fascism keeps checks and balances in a Free society!

So when candidates are squeaky clean and their Platform is based on what people want instead of artificial planks designed to polarize voters and make us think we have free-will choice based on (what they think we should think are the real issues) fluff… negative ads WORK WELL FOR YOU AND ME, and the good guys we should be voting for.

Hooray for negative Ads and more power to you, Republicrats and Democans! Keep it up!

The Case for Negative Campaign Ads (ideas.time.com)
Obama Campaign Ads: “Insanely Negative” (politics.blogs.foxnews.com)
Sliming Romney Won’t Re-elect Obama (commentarymagazine.com)
The Ron Paul Campaign is infiltrated, Sabotaged and Compromised Pointing out Nine Facts. (thelonestarwatchdog.com)
The Story of Ron Paul’s Presidential Candidacy as Told by His Supporters in Swampland’s Comments Section (swampland.time.com)
The Powerful, Essential Artistry Of Negative Campaigning (huffingtonpost.com)
Putting A Positive Spin On Negative Campaigning (wnyc.org)

Posted in Entertainment, News Events, People, Political Commentary

1 Comment

Tags: Ron Paul

Citizen’s Viewpoint: We are ONE Person Away From Revolution

Jul 10

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

We all draw lines in the sand, knowing or not,

which if crossed, will see us engage in battle

by H. Michael Sweeney

I do not call for revolution. But I warn of it, and the why of it is quite obvious to me; too many of us, and in all walks of life, are openly using terms like Fascist, Police State, Dictator, Hitlerian, New World Order, and so forth. This should tell you the water is starting to boil. That governmentals fail to understand this mystifies me. Unattended, it will boil over, but so far, the only attention government is giving is to turn up the heat is to madly develop more Political Control Technology and Draconian measures as if believing they can absorb the spillage. So it behooves you, the reader, to consider just what lines in the sand might be important to you, as well as what your role would be in any such revolt. After all, you have three possible positions: stand for freedom; stand under the yoke; and attempt to remain neutral, each considered below.

This is the third in a series of blog posts about the likelihood of armed conflict in the United States to regain control of government and restore the Constitution. Other supportive articles have also been written before the need to write had been sensed, and have become more relevant thereby. The first post, What Does it Take to Start a Revolution discussed how scary it is that it takes so very few people to start a revolution, and how low the cost in life tends to be, and the role of government in its own demise. The second, Military Viewpoint: We are SIX People Away from Revolution, revealed that such a revolution may be forced upon us by the Military itself by seizure of government in a de facto military coup, likely involving a massive terror event, be it false flag or otherwise.

Note: The war on terror is about control; fear is license for control. That’s why false flag operations are repeatedly found through history to be an all-too-common principal means of empowerment to evil men. Ask Hitler, for instance, the archetype of today’s modern Fascist. Do not be so foolish as to think there are no such men in our military and in government. And, know they are Fascists, and tend to occupy all high places in time.

This post, though perhaps the most important of the series, concerns only one small aspect of topic. It reviews the ONLY matter which defines the individual’s role in any success of a revolution, and as important, the ability for them and their family to well survive it. In other words, your very life and the future of your nation rest on this one small thing: how will you know when the day comes, that day the military thinks is inevitable (as do I), and people start to pick up their guns and say, ENOUGH! And, what will you do about it? Fortunately, guns are not the only answer.

That moment of decision can be different for each one of us; the defining moment when government crosses a line in the sand we have premeditated or which we may not have foreseen, an event which pushes us to that state of no return. When that happens, the individual starts working in full measure for the downfall of tyranny and restoration of freedom. Some have already reached that point. Hence, the phenomenon called Anonymous. Thankfully, there has yet to be any shooting or other violence of consequence from any quarter, certainly not Anonymous, who carefully points out the folly of it.

That could change overnight. It only takes one lone, frustrated individual to make a mistake… though history proves it could also be the right thing if the right circumstance, reason, place, time, personages, result, and consequence. But I for one, would hate to try and second guess that much risk and any ability to control it to predictable outcome. I have no bravado for foolishness, and would discourage others from presuming for themselves such a fearful and dangerous confidence. Yet I hold my breath because, as singer Phil Collins has so well sung, ‘I feel it in the air…’

On remaining neutral when it hits the fan…

From government’s viewpoint, you are either for them or against them. Those who are neutral (pacified or fearful to move) will be viewed with great suspicion and dealt with accordingly. The likelihood of being able to remain neutral without joining in the revolt is slim, because being neutral will mean targeting of the sort likely to cross a critical unstated or belated line in the sand (e.g., detainment and questioning most unpleasant, confiscation of property, denial of employment, etc.). There is even less a chance that you would ever be allowed to join government’s side, as you would not be trusted. The longer one waits to decide, the more dangerous their position becomes… neutral could be the worst place to be of all.

On standing under the yoke

Unless in an active support role (e.g., a Policeman, vocally supportive public person, etc.), your only value to government is that you are not an opponent, but it does not mean you are not in the way. On the one hand, you are acceptable collateral damage if unfortunate enough to be standing in-between them and the opposition in a conflict. When they cannot visually discern which you are with ease, they presume you guilty by the association of presence. This is a very dangerous role to undertake, because on the other hand, if you stand with government in opposition to the Constitution and openly support tyranny, those in revolt may deem you a viable target for retribution.

This results in a kind or risk of being caught in the cross fire, despite intentions of seeking a presumed safer position. I would not want to be in this category unless so high on the food chain that I was well protected by armed men… presuming I was so faulty in my thinking.

But then, high-powered crosshairs tend to easily bypass and render moot such protections, a cold hard fact.

On opposing villainy

This is the more enviable position in any logical review, and is in my opinion why successful revolutions tend to succeed with minimal loss of life. You know where you stand and it is not under the yoke. You know who you trust and you have allies you can count on solidly. But, of course, you have a clear and present danger against which you must steel yourself. If one would read my book set, Fatal Rebirth, there is advice to such persons on how to better defend and more wisely prosecute a successful effort of survival and victory. But do bear in mind it was written as fiction some two decades ago (predicting 9-11 and resulting Middle East oil wars) and was talking about a revolution forced upon the people… a bit like we are starting to face today. This is what makes knowing about lines in the sand so important.

The other reason this stand is more logical, is that in full-out revolution, the forces of the other side tend to switch sides as time passes. Elements and whole units of Police, military, and their supporting or directing resources start to see the light, either because they are being educated by what they hear and see happening, or because they start to see who is going to win. They bring real hardware assets with them for use against those still opposing. I seriously doubt, for instance, that many in the U.S. Air Force will stand by and let the U.S. Army use helicopter gunships and tanks on protestors, as indicated as likely according to Army manuals on dealing with civil unrest here in America. Clearly, that’s a crossed line.

Lines in the sand

For some citizens, such lines have already been crossed, perhaps again and again, and they are already actively working to destroy the corrupt government or prepare for the day when the point of no return comes. This even includes secret organizations operating covertly within the branches of the Military, for instance. Government is rightly paranoid, for they have made themselves enemy to their own. They have forgotten the most basic principle of their charter (the Constitution and Bill of Rights), which is that they are supposed to be a government of the people, by the people, for the people. Instead, they see themselves as a government over the people, and continue to usurp more and more power without regard to the rules of the charter (law of the land). A government which no longer obeys its own law is an outlaw awaiting a day of reckoning, and deserves no mercy.

We should perhaps review lines already crossed, because they happen so quickly and generally so quietly that most are unaware of at least some of them. There are, in fact, so many that rather than attempting to list them, I will instead simply cite other posts which are their own lists, as found in the Related Articles at page bottom).

For most of us, however, while we may grumble that a given action or law already upon us was criminal or unjust, it did not cross a line we had set, and only served to heighten our awareness (which this blog series also attempts). We sense something is intrinsically wrong and are starting to wonder what we should do about it. We are Sheeple starting to wake up, but yet dazed and confused, by and large. We are frogs who. though quite concerned, are not yet quite ready to jump out of the water as it nears boiling. Only those who do can have a chance to survive the experience, sadly.

Those of us less confused have already awakened and defined lines in the sand. I first stirred in 1961, when as a high-school Freshman, Eisenhower warned us about the Military-Industrial-Complex in his Farewell Address, now the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex. I was more rudely fully awaken when that very Complex killed John Kennedy, and later, his Brother, Robert, and then Martin Luther King, and thus I started formulating lines in sand. Others will not awake or realize such lines exist until it is too late to usefully do so, and they have been crossed to no good end. What a rude awakening that will prove to be!

My personal lines in the sand

Drawing a line in the sand (Photo credit: Lars Plougmann)

Martial Law and Suspension of the Constitution: There are variables in any such action which may or may not validate the event as worthy of sparking revolt. Read the prior post and the hesitancy will make a lot of sense. At the very least, however, any such event will force people who see the danger present to take steps to prepare for their defense and assure they retain an ability for offensive capabilities, because you can bet they will go door-t0-door to collect our guns.

Three key questions would be: are they relocating National Guard units to neighboring states, calling in the United Nations (real and/or bogus U.N. troops), or segregating units and sending some troops home and others abroad from the same units? Any of these three steps indicates an intent that there will be shooting of Americans who resist, per the prior article’s proof and the earlier cited proof from an Army manual.

Note to activists. You are already on a list of people to be watched. If Martial law is declared, there is an extremely high likelihood that all such persons will be rounded up and vanished. So THIS should DEFINITELY be one of your lines in the sand. Have an escape plan, as do I, and establish a network which will give you advance warning, because the roundup will take place BEFORE the actual announcement and commencement. The NDAA assures you of that.

Mandatory chipping: any order requiring a National ID Card, perhaps disguised as a driver’s license or health card, or actual implant of a biochip such as Digital Angel by Verachip, a CIA proprietary will set me off. These steps will allow unlimited tracking of individuals and are essentially THE Mark of the Beast or their forerunners, all of them based on RFID technology. When Biblic End-Time prophecy itself is fulfilled by government, the end is near, and the revolution which follows is not to save the nation from tyranny, but the World from the Antichrist and Armageddon. That kind of raises the stakes, does it not?

Calling for a CONCON and installing a new Constitution: A ConCon is a Congressional Constitutional rewrite effort whereby Congress can create whatever government they wish. As mentioned in the prior article, The Constitution of the NewStates of America has already written by a CIA think tank, so they need only ‘sign off’ on it and have it ratified. That’s why they have worked so hard to gain control of individual States in elections. If pressed, I could cite several examples where CIA sponsored candidates for Governor and State and Federal Congressional posts, and so forth, have been fielded. Bribery and blackmail work well on yet others. So if they hold a ConCon, you can bet the ratification is not far behind, no matter what you or I might say or do to argue against. Such a document will enable the North American Union, and be a stepping stone to a one-world government, which in turn enables the seating of the Antichrist. Really hot water, again.

A Pandemic and forced inoculations, or closing the borders: The topic is far too broad to be covered well, here. But my research into the 50 Dead Microbiologists as detailed in Fatal Rebirth, and a mountain of other material which has since become public, convince me that any such Pandemic is merely a tool to seize power, and it will very quickly escalate to include Martial Law, and all that goes with it. I fear that the inoculations will be a death sentence for the Politically incorrect, and a means for vanishing us. There is also a significant possibility it will allow covert injection of race-specific pathogens to target Muslims, Blacks, or Asians. Such terror bio weapons have been developed. Closure of borders is a sure warning sign that events akin to these concerns is about to come down. I have a contingency in place. Do you?

Sedition legislation or executive orders or other takeover or closure of the Internet: If they move to make it illegal for citizens to criticize government, or take away our ability to freely do so without penalty or censorship by decree or technical means, it is war. Period. For me, as an author and activist, that also means any assault on my personal ability to so outreach, such as shutting down or seizing my server or taking actions (e.g., dirty tricks) to destroy me financially.

Currently, for example, I’ve been hit with a huge tax bill out of the blue which I have no hope of paying off in the manner being demanded. While I have friends who have owed more than this for more than a decade, I’m being asked to pay it all off within a year. It’s only a few thousand dollars, but I’m unemployed more than two years, now, and, because of disability and my age, not likely to find a job. If they force the matter with garnishment of my Wife’s meager income, the hardship would likely foreclose on my ability to make myself heard. Anyone have about $6,000 they don’t need? I could handle the tax on that. I take PayPal, by the way 🙂

Any personal attacks against me or my family: This I suppose is a kind of catch all. Being arrested and subjected to TSA/HSA/FBI style abuses, for instance, might represent such a line. More likely, however, depending on outcome and steps employed, it will merely make me martyr and sponsor a growth in my following which makes me more dangerous to their tyranny than I am now. So I’m not expecting this to be a problem, though I have contingency plans in place. So should you, if activist.

What lines will you draw, how will you respond if crossed?

You are the one with the stick (Photo credit: onepercolated)

I cannot speak for you. I cannot tell you what to think, or what to do. I can only warn you that if you do not draw a line, have it in mind, and speak openly about it with others, you risk that line being crossed and catching you unawares. As stated earlier, that is not an enviable place to be. But by being open, you and others become aware, including government. They need the warning, you see, that they might understand that they are playing that game of Russian Roulette every time they elect a Draconian act. At some point, we might reasonably hope, they will see the error of their ways by our vocal protests, and recant. That’s what being a Citizen is all about; effect government by your voice — not just at the ballot box, but in polls and blogs and Facebook and Twitter and face-to-face with everyone you can.

In the face of tyranny, activism is not an option if you want freedom instead

So you see, none of this dialog, nor anything in my book, is calling for revolution. Instead they seek to avoid it by warning of it. Not warning just you, the reader, but those in government who need to hear it most. Also understand ONLY YOU can make that so, by in turn engaging in such dialog with others. Smokey the Bear might say, ‘Only YOU can prevent Fascism.’ He would be right. So be mindful, be active, and be prepared.

If a line is crossed, consider your method of resistance. Some will choose the gun. Others will find other ways to fight, many not involving combat at all. All will be aggressively targeted by government, but few will be easily defeated if they have contingency plans in place and networks of allies. PLEASE, if considering what you will do, especially if aggressive in nature, read Fatal Rebirth, because it contains logical rules of engagement intending to reduce loss of life and assure popular support. It covers both defensive and offensive considerations. Again, keep in mind it was written as fiction and not calling for revolt, but depicting what might happen if government forced it. Still, the great bulk of it is appropriate for tactical consideration in exactly such a case.

I hate that it should prove so.

The other side has blinked, their wall of deceit cracking

There are signs the edifice of tyranny is starting to crack under our constant cries of unjust an unconstitutional behavior. They blinked when the 99% took to the street, but then played Russian Roulette and passed a law making such protests illegal when inconvenient to government. The World-wide protests have made the NWO realize they cannot continue their power hungry course without opposition. This makes them exceptionally dangerous and unpredictable, perhaps forcing them to move their plans forward while their strength is still in tact. If you don’t know what lines in the sand you will not allow them to cross, you may fall victim if they do. Beware. Be informed. Be alert. Be ready.

And I’d like to help. I’ve lifted the copyright restrictions on Fatal Rebirth and reduced the price. I assure you there is a wealth of more solid, useful information there than in all my blogs and tweets combined. If buying the ebook set on CDR, the purchaser can copy and distribute it to others at no charge. There are stipulations. Learn more, in this post on Federal Reserve criminality.

Please comment with the lines in the sand you feel important!

Military Viewpoint: We are Six People Away From Revolution (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
What Does It Take to Start A Revolution? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Do We Need and Should We Start a Second American Revolution? (godfatherpolitics.com)
On Routine Political Assassination of U.S. Citizens; a Simple Remedy (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Guest Post: Americans Are Being Prepared For Full Spectrum Tyranny (zerohedge.com)
We Live in a Gestapo State (lewrockwell.com)
Stand Your Ground: Revolution of the Working-Class (fidlerten.com)
Obama’s DHS Monitors Liberty Loving “Terrorists” (freemadd.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, History, military, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Uncategorized

3 Comments

Tags: fatal rebirth, lines in the sand, Martial law, New World Order, Police state, United Nations, United States, United States Constitution

Military Viewpoint: We are Six People Away From Revolution

Jul 10

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

High Ranking Military Says Martial Law Likely,

Armed Conflict with Citizens On The Horizon

by H. Michael Sweeney

In an earlier article we reviewed just how easy it is to start a revolution, how few people it takes, and how remarkably little it can cost in lives. That was based on such a revolution being initiated by popular revolt of the people. In this article, we examine the possibility that such a revolution could be sponsored by military action, either an outright military coup against which the people rally in protest to restore the Constitution, or in which the government is indeed taken over and becomes a military police state without useful resistance. I sure hope neither path could be true, but there is a lot to make one wonder…

Image from New Internationalist Magazine (click)

In my book, Fatal Rebirth (proparanoidpress.com), I quote U.S. Army General Tommy Franks on this topic. You remember him? He’s the guy that commanded the flame throwing tank at WACO that first injected lethal gas into their underground bunkers where the children and women were, and then burned most of the rest of the Davidians alive.

You know BATF were pretty badly threatened by those darned Bible thumpers, because all the videos showed gunfire in only one direction… in. Not one bullet hitting a vehicle or the ground from which the ‘good guys’ that later bulldozed the place and concealed all possible evidence were shooting from. Here’s my footnote from Fatal Rebirth on what Franks had to say on topic.

4 Newsmax, Nov. 21, 3003: US Army General Tommy Franks, who led the coalition invasion of Iraq to oust Saddam Hussein, is reported to have described in an interview to be printed in the Dec. issue of Cigar Aficionado, that the results of another attack by terrorists with weapons of mass destruction would result in our Constitutional form of government being replaced by a Military government. Don’t cry for us, Argentina!

An aside about the tank at WACO. That tank came from the local national guard which had a number of units ready to go, and one unit that was in the shop. Why, do you suppose, did Franks, instead of having them get one of the tanks ready to go, to instead send a truck for the tank in the shop… which he then had trucked to a CIA/DOD contractor for ‘special work,’ and then sent directly to the Davidian farm? I hope you have nothing in your hand to throw at the computer screen when you read the answer…

You Have a Dog… I Have a Flame Throwing Tank poster from motifake.com (click)

Because the tank in the shop was the only one on the base that was a flame throwing variant. This was all reported by activist/lawyer Linda Thompson, who even acquired the serial number to prove it. She also reported that the few survivors were not taken into BATF custody, but to the same CIA proprietary where the tank was modified for ‘rigorous debriefing.’ That’s how you get the really good confessions!

Franks is not our only source. The above cited footnote was in a section talking about the military’s use of the “Shoot Americans questionnaire‘ given to various military units which I reproduced in my book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide. Of course, the military called it a ‘Combat Arms Survey,’ and claimed it was not official, used only once with a room full of guys from one unit, and intended only to help some Lieutenant write a thesis. Too bad GIs began popping up out of the woodwork at dozens of other units and multiple branches of the military to counter those claims, or we might actually believe the DOD tells the truth once in a while. Operation Northwoods had nothing to do with Sept. 11, right guys? ~~Right~~.

This ‘one time’ thingie was a ‘rating’ questionnaire, which means that answer choices were ‘Strongly Agree,’ ‘Agree,’ ‘Disagree,’ ‘Disagree Strongly,’ and ‘No Opinion.’ Check out some of the questions, some paraphrased or concatenated for space conservation. The first batch relate to use of military for illegal use against citizens in violation of Posse Comitatus:

Do you feel that U.S. combat troops should be used within the United States for (several things to be answered individually followed): Drug enforcement; Security at national events (e.g. Olympic Games, Super Bowl); Substitute teachers in public schools; Federal and State prison guards; National emergency police force; Advisors to SWAT units, FBI, BATF, etc.

A number of questions related to United Nations loyalty

U.N. Combat troops should be allowed to serve in U.S. military training exercises under U.S. command or vice versa? The President of the U.S. has the authority to pass his responsibilities as Commander-in-Chief to the U.N. Secretary General? I feel there is no conflict between my Oath to serve and serving as a U.N. soldier? U.S. units should be permanently assigned to the United Nations? I would swear to this oath: “I am a United Nations fighting person. I serve in the forces which maintain World peace and every nation’s way of life. I am prepared to give my life in their defense.”

This image is decades old: WWII trucks with UN markings on U.S. highway

An aside about United Nations involvement. For more than twenty years there has been an unending stream of concern that U.N. Troops might be called in to suppress U.S. Civilians in a civil unrest situation. We can thank, I suppose, Henry Kissinger for the fear, because it was he who said, “Today America would be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order. Tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told that there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all people of the world will plead to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well being granted to them by the World Government.”

He is frequently quoted as saying that at the 1991 Bilderberger meeting. If you don’t know who they are, stop reading and close your eyes some more. It will all be over before you know it. In part perhaps, because over the twenty years there have also been a steady stream of reports and photographs of fleets of U.N. vehicles on truck convoys, long trains of flatbed rail cars, and stored in massive lots behind guarded fences protected by Men in Black. The Spotlight newspaper in Washington, D.C., now defunct, was awash with them. The thing about these U.N. vehicles is that they were almost always WWII U.S. issue or Soviet surplus, neither of which are used by United Nations troops. So if and when you seen them deployed, know that whomever is driving them is NOT a U.N. Soldier. Hmmm… Such disguises in times of war (revolution is war) calls for a firing squad.

In all, there were 46 questions. The last was the big one:

The U.S. government declares a ban on possession, sale, transportation of firearms. After 30 days to turn in weapons to authorities, a number of citizen groups refuse. I would fire on U.S. citizens who refuse or resist confiscation of firearms?

The final tally?

The answers to the test (the original bunch of guys — 264 in all) were scary: 1 in four Marines would shoot you. Four out of five will Police you at Super Bowl or hassle you for drugs. And 85 percent of them would happily become a National Police force. Apparently very few had ever heard of the Posse comitatus Act of 1878 forbidding military use against citizens without declaration of Martial Law.

All of the above crap, from Franks to the questionnaire, evolves out of something called the Revolution in Military Affairs, or simply RMA; the notion that the mechanics and nature of warfare have changed so much because of advances in technology and societal change that it was time to examine the military belly button. What they came up with was scary as hell, and it is expressed in a whole new catalog of military terms never before used. I list rather a lot of them in the Defensive Field Guide as part of a list of 500 Political Control Technology terms and technologies. Here are just a few of the RMA terms which reveal military’s thinking about their role and yours in our near future. You won’t like it.

People’s War.This term first appeared in an article on RMA in Parameters, the Army War College publication. It was quoted in The Spotlight, now defunct. From memory I paraphrase with no liberties taken. None are needed. It stated that People’s War was one of the most likely kind of war on the immediate horizon that would be new and unique. It defined it specifically as combat with Constitutionalists, ex military, survivalists, the poor and disenfranchised, and patriots. Excuse the hell out of me? How does that jive with their oath of office? Why should we allow them to retain force of arms with that kind of fuzzy logic running around loose under their helmets?

Here’s another term. 21st Century Politico-Military Force Matrix. That means that there are a range of alternative ‘forces’ which can be applied by politicians against a target group (e.g., civilians) to effect and enforce ‘policy.’ Police, military, intelligence, lethal, non lethal, psyops, disinformation, and on and on, are elements which can be employed: He who uses the best and most appropriate choices wins. Yeah… like Franks won at WACO!

But what does this all have to do with six people, and who are they?

Simple. The five Joint Chiefs of Staff, and one other person are the six, and they are all that is needed to launch a takeover via martial law in this country. The sixth could be any one of several people. The President of the United States is the most logical sixth, but the Vice President and the Speaker of the House, and a finite list of others could also be the sixth depending on who is incapacitated in that list, be it intentionally arranged for convenience’s sake, or by happenstance. But that is not all.

There are numerous laws passed by Congress and Presidential Executive Orders which have been passed to create and activate FEMA, the Federal Emergency Management Agency. Currently, the United States still stands in a State of Emergency declared by President Bush for 9-11 which has never been rescinded. Technically, the head of FEMA could arbitrarily pick up the phone and arrange for martial law, but again, this would not likely take place without first eliminating the President. In fact, a terrorist event which eliminated the President might be just the things… allowing both Tommy Franks and FEMA to go marching along the same goose-step toward a Fascist police state. Of course, it could be FEMA which gets the phone call from someone in the Pentagon… “We are going ahead according to plan tomorrow morning at 0800 Zulu.”

Welcome to the NewStates of America. Oh, didn’t you know? The Constitution of the NewStates of America has already been written. Remember Bill Cooper, former Naval Intelligence Officer turned whistleblower. He uncovered it. You can find it in his book, Behold a Pale Horse, or in my book, Fatal Rebirth, where it is fully analyzed to reveal the Fascist tool it is. Bill said they spent $25M writing the document at an intelligence community (NWO) sponsored think tank. You don’t suppose they would go to all that trouble if they didn’t think they had a way to use it, do you?

Now take a look at the final post in this series: The Citizen’s Viewpoint.

U.N. ATT treaty, if ratified, would surrender U.S. sovereignty by shredding the 2nd amendment (illinoisreview.typepad.com)
What Does It Take to Start A Revolution? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
U.S. soliders forced to wear U.N. logo? (wnd.com)
‘Newly Leaked’ Army Manual Trains MP’s to Kill US Protestors – Without Firing Warning Shots (patriotsandpaulies.wordpress.com)
24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States? (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Army Begins Training MPs To Drive Tanks on U.S. Streets (zazenlife.com)
Russian Troops To Target Terrorists in America As Part of Drill…Joint U.S.-Russian anti-terror exercise stokes fears of martial law… (projectworldawareness.com)
Real Red Dawn? US Calls for Russian Troops To Take and Hold Denver Airport (survivalblogs.com)
Has the POTUS declared Martial Law in America? (greenreview.blogspot.com)
Media Promotes Troops On Streets to “Cut Down on Crime” (informationliberation.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, History, military, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

8 Comments

Tags: branch davidians, Martial law, posse commitatus, revolution, Tommy Franks, United Nations, waco

The Olympics and Political Control Technology; Formula for Control

Jul 8

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

A Method to Control Athletes as Well as You and Me

by H. Michael Sweeney

A contract Journalist named Terri Hansen recently published an article through Mother Earth Journal the deserves our attention. Titled Intentional Radiofrequency Targeting Affects Olympic Performance, Leaves No Trace, it cites insider information which reveals a serious threat no one has previously suspected. She cites the warning words of wisdom from insider to British military and intelligence community covert electronic weapons development and deployment, retired Physicist Barry Trower — from an interview for ICAACT, the International Center Against Abuse of Covert Technologies.

A former Cold Warrior, Barry has in recent months become quite outspoken about not only the dangers present in weaponized technology of this type, but also, civilian use of non weapon sister technologies, such as cell phones. Learn more about what he has to say along those lines in this transcript of an interview with a South African radio station.

I’m writing here to confirm the validity of this story and to add key detail

As published author with seven books generally on topic and two specifically on topic, it will be easy to do. In fact, in my book, The Professional Paranoid, 2nd Edition (2005 — proparanoidpress), a defensive handbook for targeted individuals, I wrote about a CIA/DOD contractor VSE Corp. which, according to Public Relations material provided by them on line, actually took an unmarked van to a Winter Olympics (in an unspecified year prior to 2001) for testing their newly developed LADS system on Athletes. I quote from their own information, below, which predates 2001, when I first mentioned it in my newsletter.

LADS stands for Life Assessment Detector System and is supposed to be used for finding signs of life in rubble (e.g., collapsed buildings) or locating villains behind walls for the benefit of SWAT or military sharpshooters. It is only one of several ‘see-through-the-wall’ (or other barrier) technologies developed in the last few decades. It is sophisticated enough that it can identify one human from another if needed, provided pre surveillance of the target subject has captured the needed data. This entire project had, since the publishing of my book, apparently gone dark as VSE deemed to remove all references to it from their Web site shortly thereafter. While, perhaps thanks to me, you can find lots of information about LADS from other sources on line, you won’t at their own Web site. Quote on:

LADS consists of a sensor, neural network, and control/ monitor modules. The sensor module is an x- band (10 GHz) microwave transceiver with a nominal output power of 15 mw, operating in the continuous wave (CW) mode. The neural network module device can store many complex patterns such as visual waveforms and speech templates, and can easily compare input patterns to previously “trained” or stored patterns. The control/monitor module provides the L A DS’ instrument controls, such as on-off switches, circuit breakers, and battery condition, as well as motion, heart- beat waveform, pulse strength, and pulse rate displays. End of VSE quote.

My book further states; They talk about a test, for instance, at the U.S. Olympics. What sense does that make, you ask? They parked an unmarked van near the Alpine Skiing and Shooting event’s shooting positions, and used LADS on the competitors. The goal was to measure and IDENTIFY each shooter by their own individual biometrics (i.e., EEG, breathing pattern, pulse rate, etc.,) WHILE SHOOTING. Thus they have both individual patterns to allow them to recognize specific shooters, but also, information useful to identify (based on the aggregate or average readings) anyone entering into an aim and shoot situations. In other words, they can tell when someone is about to use a weapon. End of quote from book — but clearly, this means EACH competitor had to have earlier been surveilled by this same technology well in advance of the test. Scary.

But there are things even scarier

In the broader view, I have variously written in my books and newsletters describing over 500 terms relating to Political Control Technology such as LADS, perhaps more than two dozen of which are related to LADS in design, capability, or purpose, at least as offshoots or predecessors, if not outright evolved supersets. The LADS tests at Olympics were harmless enough only because LADS was a ‘sense only’ technology. However, part and parcel of this kind of technology, which might be called ‘remote physical’ capability, which is to say, it senses things about the subject at distance as if hooked up directly to medical test gear… is EEG brainwave monitoring.

Note: for a free sample copy of my newsletter which features 250 such terms, including LADS, email proparanoid at century link net.

The interesting thing about EEG monitoring is that a ‘catalog’ of brainwave patterns can, in LADS-like fashion, be used not only to identify individuals and their specific physiological and mental states in select states of mind and body, or tasks undertaken, but to feed it back to them for instant adaptation, a phenomenon called ‘entrainment.’ All they need to is to rebroadcast the signals back at them at stronger levels than their own body would be able to generate. The human brain instantly entrains to such a signal. Of course, the brain’s state definitely impacts the remaining physiological functions of the body accordingly. Now that’s truly scary!

Such technology is quite frequently found to be in use against politically incorrect citizens, generally to cause yo-yo mood swings, and bounce them back and forth between sleepiness and wakefulness in ways which mimic general torture methods based on sleep deprivation and denial of self. I work with such people as consultant every day (you may also ask for a free Helps Kit if you fear you may be such a victim). If used by one country in an Olympics against foreign competitors, it would be quite simple to ‘throw their game off’ sufficiently to allow an easier victory. It could also be used on one’s own athletes to better insure ‘top game’ performance. It is, sadly, undetectable except by the most sophisticated of TSCM equipment (Techincal Security CounterMeasures), and so doing requires perhaps a million dollars worth of gear and well trained experts, generally costing many tens of thousands of dollars per deployment. Even then, given the covert development of this technology, there is a risk they would mistake it for something less insidious and give a thumb’s up.

This technology is currently down to the size of a cell phone for portability in applications where the subject is within close range, perhaps 50-200 feet or less, and powerful tripod systems can accurately target people where there is line-of-sight capability from many thousands of feet, and even miles away. It is perhaps important to mention that one reason this is so easy to employ is that the signals are highly directional and narrow in beam. Another is that the signals can be so highly matched to the target subject that even when accidentally hitting a bystander, they do not have the same effect. But the most important reason is that, except where the individual has been trained to sense the signals (I train my clients in such methods, where possible), or they are already hypersensitive to radio frequencies, they have no understanding the attacks are taking place. It all seems natural. Unpleasant or unwanted, but natural.

Political Control for the Masses

The real question is not ‘Is this technology being used at the Olympics?’ because it most likely is given the ease of deployment and the tremendous value placed on success in Olympic events by nations and corporations. This equipment is in the hands of almost every industrialized nation on Earth, and not just in government hands. Corporations and perhaps even criminal groups have access at least to older versions. Even technically skilled civilians using information available on line can build devices in this family. That kind of technology in the hands of a major betting parlor would be worth millions, and in in similar ways greatly amplifies the value of advertising dollars for corporate sponsorships.

No, the real question is, ‘Will the Olympic authorities choose to believe there is a Boogyman and do what it takes to defend against them, or not?’

This is a T-shirt from
funzotshirts.com (click)

To do so would fly in the face of over half a century of ‘logic’ by authorities of all manner who, when approached by persons targeted with such technology, preferred instead to simply deem them Paranoid or even Schizophrenic, and shove them aside and deny aid with jokes about ‘tin-foil hats.’ Sad, because such hats work, and that’s one reason such joke are so mainstream — to make anyone in need feel and look foolish using them. For any authority, it is far easier to let the Boogyman run free, than admit the possibility of existence. Besides, any public statement of detectible use of such technology would undermine the ‘notion of fair play’ expected in the Games. It is one thing to have rules for athletes to follow and tests to insure they do not abuse drugs for a competitive edge, but quite another to set rules and employ tests for government’s fairness in play.

Yet to do nothing may well eventually lead to the revelation that there is no purpose at all in watching or competing in the Olympics, because the entire affair was nothing short of a puppet show, more a colorful, scripted charade than a sports competition. But that thought brings us to another unpleasant notion. The real value of the Olympics in the first place is its power to distract and control the masses globally, and promote globalist corporate interests. Those of us glued to the TV will not be busy protesting the G-12 or WTO gatherings, or occupying more than our living rooms, closer to a functional zero than a potent 99%.

So what do the globalists care if the Games are on the up and up, or not? Zzzzzap! Score!

Effort to ‘read’ Hawking’s brain (bbc.co.uk)
How Sci-Fi Becomes Reality – Mental Manipulation (theurbn.com)
Synthetic Telepathy And The Early Mind Wars (powersthatbeat.wordpress.com)
Wes Moore ~ Television: Opiate of the Masses (Thanks, C) (shiftfrequency.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, History, Political Commentary, Science, Targeted Individuals, Technology, Uncategorized

4 Comments

Tags: Cold Warrior, EEG, entrainment, LADS, Life Assessment Detection System, mind control, PCT, Political Control Technology, Public Relations, Winter Olympic Games

How to Deal With Terrorism (How to Love Obama bin Laden)

Jul 6

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

A Privacy/Security Consultant’s Personal Advice in ten steps

farcical advice, that is, by H. Michael Sweeney

permission to duplicate in full with all links and credits in tact, and a link back to proparanoid.wordpress.com hereby granted

How to deal with terrorism by Obama bin Laden

Updated Sept. 16, 2012 to add 8th ~ 10th Steps, and supporting links and notes

In the face of the horror of September 11 and all the dire plots thwarted or predicted since that time, what can you do as an individual to best deal with and be prepared for terrorism? With seven books generally on topic, here is my considered professional advice in answer to that question:

1) Yawn. Even including the casualties of Sept. 11, you are statistically in far greater danger of being killed or seriously injured by a Policeman or National Guardsman than some crazed and largely imaginary terrorist. That is a fact. They would have to pretty much wipe out all of Los Angeles in order to have equal odds.

2) Prepare for the worst. Even though the Terrorist is not likely to get you, there is a growing threat to your personal security and longevity which is tied to the ‘terrorist threat.’ It’s called Fascism, variously described as a Police State, or Military Dictatorship, or the New World Order. If your prefer, think Martial Law, FEMA Camps, UN Occupation, Chinese Invasion, our next (overdue?) Revolution, intentionally Bankrupt Banks or, (gasp!) mass Walmart Closures. Regardless of manifestation or name (I prefer Shadow), and regardless of what you believe, such disaster is a more real threat. And regardless of final form, it is going to impact everyone, not just those attacked by Police, National Guard, Terrorists, and unemployed Wallmart staff.

3) Increase key supply reserves. You must presume in time of National emergency that water, foods, gasoline, weapons and munitions, and money will be very hard to come by. A smart man will stockpile. Warning. The government has defined that persons who stockpile are to be considered terror suspects, even Mormons. Weapons, especially, are a problem, as is being a member of NRA or talking about the Right to Bear Arms in public. Rural Texans, should especially beware, since they own more guns on average per family than some Swat Teams.

*note: while this is not specifically on FBI’s list, it is clear in the wake of the Aurora shooting that government is watching who buys weapons, and suspicious of anyone who collects. The WACO standoff and massacre was staged for just such cause; the ‘illegal’ weapons BATF claimed on their warrant included descriptions made up to include things which no one could possibly own because there was no such thing ever in existence.

4) Educate yourself. You must be alert to news around you from as many resources as possible. When the Sh** hits the fan, it won’t be NBC or your newspaper that gives advance warning, it will be something on the Internet or an email from someone on the front lines. Establish as many contacts in as broad an informational network as possible, especially to include Activists, who will be the first to feel the Iron Fist when it comes. Warning: The government has determined that persons who make any form of contact, subscription, or affiliation with such politically incorrect sources (like me), even when seemingly accidental, are to be considered terror suspects. Oops… too late for you, now!

•note: this is not exaggerated. As far back as COINTEL and COINTELPRO days under Nixon, government was tracking such matters, and Hoover’s FBI before that. In point of fact, illegal political spying was launched against people (including me — details of surveillance tails of my activities by up to five operatives at a time) who subscribed to select newspapers (i.e., the now defunct Washington D.C.Spotlight — the only newspaper in America to never be proven wrong in a story, and to which I subscribed), and such information was being freely traded between CIA, local Police, and the Anti Defamation League/B’nai B’rith/Mossad — and sold to anyone for a price.

5) Avoid credit, use cash. Credit creates obligations which in a time of disaster and an inability to work or access bank accounts could mean foreclosures and other negative financial harm before remedy could be managed. Warning: The government has determined that persons who pay with cash are to be considered terror suspects.

6) Form group defenses. Find others, be they family members, friends, or simply like-minded individuals to form mutual defensive relationships designed to cover each other’s back and increase the ability to withstand external threats. Warning: The government applies the principle of guilt by association and the notion that whenever two or more citizens get together a conspiracy is afoot, and must presume them a terror suspect.

*note: This exaggerated point is based on the fact that everyone on Facebook and other social media is being spied upon by a paranoid government to see who else they are in contact with, and what they are saying/doing.

7) Have a plan of escape. Consider getting out of the country to Canada or some other nation, or escaping into the countryside as a survivalist might do, or at the very least relocating to another community or staying on the road at length. A moving target is harder to hit. Warning: The government has determined that persons who travel extensively*, and especially survivalists, may be terrorists and should thus be put on watch lists.

*note: the couple arrested were told one reason they were being interrorgated (deliberate spelling) was because they were traveling so much. Another was, they were asking too many questions about why they were being questioned! But their actual arrest was ‘for threatening an agent’ by ASKING “Am I in danger, here?”

8) Document everything. There are many reasons you should photograph almost everything, and keep good records. Insurance claims you may need to file, for instance, and proofs of ownership. On the assumption terrorism might destroy public buildings and key infrastructure, it might be good for posterity’s sake, and art’s sake, to photograph key locations to ensure future generations will be able to remember. Wish I had that picture I took of the World Trade Center some years back. Warning: FBI has told police to target anyone taking pictures of public places as potential terrorists.

9) Educate your children. If our way of life is threatened, it will be more important than ever to insure our children will know what it means to be an American so they can carry on. Help them with homework to insure they understand the political processes and political choices, and are able to grasp concepts like Free Speech and the differences between Republicans, Democrats, and Ron Paul. Warning: FBI has visited and questioned school children who’s’ school report mentioned freedom of speech and Ron Paul, and subjected them to psychological profile questions to see if they or their parents were terrorists.

10) Buy Gold and Silver. If the money collapses because of massive bank closures under Martial Law or terrorism which kills the banking system, you will need a safe investment alternative. Warning: FBI has indicated people who buy precious metals should be considered terror suspects.

In summary, you would be far safer, rather than attempting the above defensive steps, to actually join Al Qaeda in the first place. The number of terrorists killed or arrested by government is, after all, practically non existent compared to the number of Policemen killed by criminals. Of course, that could change under NDAA, which makes murder of US Citizens legal if you are named Obama bin Laden. So at the same time, join the ACLU, as well as the patriotic Republican AND Democratic parties, and consider those memberships as insurance policies. The former to watch out for you if arrested, and the later to provide a kind of insulation against it regardless of which party is in control of the nation: they won’t want ‘one of their own’ to make the news as a terrorist, now, will they?

No. That’s when assassination is the better option. But don’t worry too much about that. Just watch the Matrix repeatedly until you can master all their defensive moves, especially the ones dodging bullets.

Sorry, but if I hadn’t misplaced my Al Qaeda membership application, I’d post it here for your convenience. That’s OK, I’m sure the CIA, who created the infamous group with the help of the U.S. Army, can provide you with a copy on request.

Al-Qaeda a tool for West’s political/military adventures (alethonews.wordpress.com)
Will insurance cover you if terrorists strike? (insurance.com)
DHS Characterizes Patriotic Americans as Terrorists (moonbattery.com)
Osama bin Laden and the 911 Illusion – Part I of 3 (vaticproject.blogspot.com)
Bin Laden realized the truth: Terrorism just doesn’t work (juneauempire.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, History, military, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals

2 Comments

Tags: Al-Qaeda, Martial law, New World Order, Obama, Osama bin Laden, Terrorism

How FED Conspirator Bank Robs the Poor, and Their Dead

Jul 5

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Bank of America Insults my Patriotism by Their Very Name

So does the Federal Reserve

by H. Michael Sweeney

I had just finished posting a blog about the fraudulent means and deceit employed by the founders of the Federal Reserve Banking System which has raked in trillions of dollars of profits at taxpayer expense since founded in 1910… when the very first reader of the post wrote something which set me aback. This is not just because of the injustice visible on the surface, but because the bank involved is a co conspirator with the FED to profit even further at taxpayer expense. That would be, as you by now rightly assume, the Bank of America.

From theburningplatform.com Good article: (click) BOA is a Burning Ticking Time Bomb

So… after screwing the Federal Government and every single citizen for a $25 billion share of the TARP bailout… and after that bailout money additionally profited them ten times the amount of the bailout (they can loan ten times their cash reserves)… and after they will earn obscene usury (meaning excessive, in that they have no money actually at risk in the loans as they are made out of thin air) interest on all those loans for decades to come… and yet are further conspiring with the FED to dump even more faulty (read bogus) derivatives from Bank liability sheets (and guess who will pay for that in a ‘round two TARP bailout‘?), they still want to steal $500 from a dead woman and her heirs?

If none of the above makes any sense, please see the earlier post, The Federal Reserve, an Appearance of the Fourth Kind, and this story (The Federal Reserve and Bank of America Initiate a Coup to Dump Billions of Dollars of Losses on the American Taxpayer). I think you will then find the following story doubly abhorrent:

This is a true accounting of an actual incident I’ve verified underway in Oregon with Bank of America, but it is presumed all large banks have similar policies and procedures in place. I am open to correction by anyone who knows otherwise regarding any specific bank. What follows is a description of various devious methods applied to siphon off extra money from the accounts of deceased persons when the survivors are of ultra-low income. Actually, the matter would also seem to include an almost conspiratorial partnership with County agencies, at least in this case, so this article could have been entitled, How Banks and Counties Conspire to Rob the Dead and the Poor.

To explain the rip off, we need first to have a basic grasp of how it things should transpire according to law. But to be clear, there is no violation of law yet visible, though violation of fiduciary responsibilities, user agreements, and moral ethics is still an issue. While laws vary in detail from State to State, the following simplified description is generally accurate.

When someone dies, there is either a Will which establishes an Executor of the Estate, or there is not. When there is not, the matter goes into Probate Court and the State determines the final resolution of the Estate. Where there is an Executor, that person is charged with closing all accounts of the deceased, liquidating any property not a specified gift in the Will, distribution of such inheritances, and paying of remaining debts. There will almost always be some funds involved, either from actual cash or bank deposits, or the sale of personal goods or property.

An Executor, often a family member who is also an heir, will be entitled to reasonable compensation for their services which comes from such funds. Such fees are commonly well over $1,000, plus expenses. This and any taxes owed are the only charges against such funds which have ultimate priority for ‘first-payee’ status. Next come creditors, who must be paid in full or, where there are insufficient funds, be paid a pro rated share according to the size of the individual debts involved. Any remaining funds become inheritance, and may be subject to income taxes after the fact.

In a large estate, which in most legal definitions involves Real Property (real estate) or other assets worth more than some specified sum (the lowest I’ve seen is $250,000, but the sum for the State of Oregon I’m told is $2.5M), there are some fairly stringent procedures involving the Court which must be followed. But this does not apply to the poor, does it?

Think of the millions of elderly in nursing homes, for instance. They tend to own no property of consequence, and upon their death, most personal possessions consist of brick-a-brack, polyester clothes from the 60s, a TV, and some personal things such as photos and keepsakes. They tend to have some money resources, but often quite minimal in nature. Often, the Executor named and heirs are also poor, or they might have had a nicer place to live out their last days. Such is the case in the Oregon example:

Blindness did not stop Wordy Mae from trying to bring beauty into the World

We are talking about a woman named Wordy Mae, last name omitted for cause. She was 87, legally blind, had Diabetes and several other troublesome ailments, and an income of $1,100 a month, of which all but $150 went to pay for her nursing home. Medicine and personal care came out of the $150. Hers was a good Southern name, one especially common to Blacks and poor rural whites a few generations ago. She died with debts of several thousand but only about $500 in her checking account. Her personal things, other than keepsakes, had no resale value and all went to Goodwill.

Check out her artwork, right, one of her unique keepsakes. Though blind, she would spend countless hours hunched over with a heavy illuminated high-power magnifier and see the color sparkles well enough to glue bits of junk jewelry and plastic into artistic patterns.

So, the big question: did her family or the Executor get anything at all? No. The Bank of America is usurping it with clever ploys.

Wordy’s Son was her named Executor. He has three school-age daughters, also named heirs, but it looks like they will not see a penny, not even to recoup expenses as provided by law. This is unfortunate, because he is unemployable due to a disability for which he has no income allowance (why it should take more than eight years to get official disability is yet another rip-off article which should perhaps be written). He lives on about $1,000 a month Social Security from forced early retirement — which in and of itself cost nearly $400 a month in lost income from his full entitlement.

So we are talking about a family that has to choose between food or gasoline perhaps twice a month, and as result frequently has a diet of hot dogs for lunch and dinner, or Raman noodles every day, often skipping a meal altogether. It took nearly six weeks to come by enough money to buy an ink cartridge so he could write (futile) letters seeking resolution. This is also a family, by the way, which had lost their home in the Mortgage crunch during our recent financial debacle which resulted in the banks being paid billions of dollars in the first place. So they are doubly upset with Bank of America, which played a role in that fiasco, as well.

Here is exactly how Bank of America has managed to steal from them further:

Step one: the Bank somehow knew immediately about the death. Well before Wordy’s Son could notify them, the Bank notified him that the account had been closed ‘for protection of the funds.’ One wonders how the bank was notified so quickly, by whom, and how they knew which bank to notify. I’m working on a possible future blog, Banks Own Your Social Security Number and NAME, for one possible answer.

Step two: the Bank sent him a form to be filled out by the Executor. The seeming purpose of the form was to let the bank know how the Estate would be handled. Reasonable… but it redirects correspondence to a centralized and dedicated department of the Bank out of State. No one local to deal with, providing a mechanism for delays which prove valuable to the Bank, as we shall see.

Step three: delay and silence. Bank statements stop being issued, which seems to make sense, given the account was closed. There is no reply from the special department… though non was particularly expected, except that when the form was mailed, the Executor also sent a copy of the Death Certificate and a final accounting of the Estate, with request of release of the funds to cover Executor fees and his expenses in closing the Estate, which were not inconsequential and which had been difficult to manage without personal hardships. There were not even sufficient funds in the closed account to cover this, so all of Wordy’s funds should have gone to him, calling it inheritance or fees as you please. There were zero taxes due.

Step four: two months later, the special department then sent a letter stating that it was prepared to release the funds but was requiring an original copy, not a certified copy, of a County Court document before they could so proceed. Curiously, they did not specify the nature or name of the document requested. Because they did not, and the Oregon Revised Statutes made no reference to any legal requirement for any such document, the Executor contacted the County in an attempt to learn what was required and how to go about it.

Step five: The County did not respond. Repeated inquiries went unanswered for weeks. Eventually, it was discovered that there was a simple form, not much different than already provided the bank in purpose and content. There was associated with it an outrageous filing fee of $112.00 as well as other fees. This was to cover the cost of… well, ‘filing it’ in a filing cabinet. It was not possible to obtain the original, but only to obtain a certified copy. WTF?

Step six: about this same time, the Bank resumed mailing monthly statements. SURPRISE! The ‘no-fee’ checking account which had been closed was now enjoying a $12 a month service charge for… NOTHING. Perhaps the Bank has a filing cabinet to pay for, too?

Step seven: because the Executor could not possibly afford the filing fees, much less obtain an original copy at any price, it seems the Bank will therefore never have a legal obligation (we would presume that their ultimate argument) to release the funds, and will slowly absorb them until they are absorbed entirely through arbitrary monthly fees — which we might presume will be used to fatten Bank Executive Bonus Checks.

It is stories like this, including some personal experiences, which caused me to close my accounts with Wells Fargo and Bank of America when the 99% suggested it was one way to confront the System. I’d go further if I had the bravado and skills… and become a modern-day Robin Hood — and I thought for a moment I could avoid getting caught (I’d not be very good with a bow and arrow against the FBI). But that’s just my anger talking.

Image from reportyourcomplaint.com, where other BOA customers have their own issues to talk about (click)

If if moves you to sufficient anger to close your account, tell them Wordy Mae sent you. If you feel compelled to send a buck or two to Wordy’s heirs, send it by PayPal to wordymaeheirs at century link net, an addy I’ve established for the purpose.

I’ll match every dollar contributed from my book sales profits for this year. I’m thinking it might change their diet for a while. And if enough people did that, it would make news, and that would further embarrass the System toward useful redress for all who might be in similar difficulties with Banks and local County governments, which are really for-profit corporations in their own right (look yours up in Dunn and Bradstreet if you don’t believe me).

I also suggest you tweet/repost/email this post far and wide. I am lifting all copyrights upon it if reproduced in full unedited, links in tact, but would appreciate an adviso of any such reproduction in the form of a comment to this post. Appreciate you!

The Federal Reserve: an Appearance of the Fourth Kind (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
Estate planning: Taking care of your executor (business.financialpost.com)
Bank of America’s $40 Billion Mistake – WSJ.com (raptureimminent.wordpress.com)
The Many Ways Banks Commit Criminal Fraud (americankabuki.blogspot.com)
Bank of America: Too Crooked To Fail (drx.typepad.com)
Bank of America slapped with $300k sanction (setexasrecord.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, News Events, People, Political Commentary, Uncategorized, Unemployment

1 Comment

Tags: Bank of America, banks, Executor, FED, federal reserve, Federal Reserve System, Probate Court, TARP, Troubled Asset Relief Program

The Federal Reserve, an Appearance of the Fourth Kind

Jul 5

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

The best scrutiny of the Federal Reserve, yet

by H. Michael Sweeney, a commentary on remarks and book by G. Edward Griffen

I just watched a video of a presentation by G. Edward Griffen, an author and film maker of the investigative kind , his topic being the creation of Federal Reserve. I’ve been looking at the Federal Reserve Banking System for almost a decade in realization it was a banking industry scam: it is neither Federal (it is a privately held corporation), it has no reserves (it makes money out of thin air), is not a Bank (it is a board of governors who dictate bank policy), nor a System (despite having buildings and employees across the country, all of its functions are centrally controlled, and all of its assets centrally held). Thus what it is, is a pure deception most heinous, even in its name.

But his video opened my eyes wider and provided more revelation than any other Web or book resource to date. I had not heard of or read his own book, of course, The Creature from Jekyll Island, which is the story of the secret efforts of creation of the Federal Reserve in 1910. I urge you to watch this lengthy video, which he opens with a clever and apt quote from a circa 60AD philosopher on the nature of the appearance of things, and it is from this whence comes my choice of title for this post:

Appearances to the mind are of four kinds. Things either are what they appear to be; or they neither are, nor appear to be; or they are, and do not appear to be; or they are not, and yet appear to be. Rightly to aim in all these cases is the wise man’s task.

— Epictetus (c. 60 AD), Discourses, Book i, Chap. xxvii

If you do watch this video, you will see Griffin eloquently illustrate that the Federal Reserve is perhaps all of these in various ways, but above all else and foremost, is an Appearance of the Fourth Kind: it is not, and yet appears to be. You will, thereby, learn some things not commonly known or spoken of elsewhere regarding its evil:

You will learn that there are seven key problems with the Federal Reserve which describe its function or lack of function… as I summarize here, along with some additional information Mr. Griffin did not reveal but which I have acquired in my own research, or drawn from Griffin’s totality of statements — with or without his own direct inference. Such information will be in italics. That may mean simply combining disparate elements of his presentation as if unified, or adding something new or left unsaid, but implied.

1) It is incapable of meeting its stated objectives (but has met all of its secret objectives set by those who designed it — the seven international bankers who already controlled one-fourth of the World’s money).

2) It is a secret cartel operating against public interest in the guise of operating for the public interest (and operating under the guise of government control with the purpose of controlling governments).

3) It is a supreme instrument of usury (the making of obscene profits in the form of perpetual interest on debt created out of nothing).

4) It is the root cause of our most unfair tax (and other taxes such as required to fund bailouts and loans to the International Monetary Fund, foreign nations, and corporations. The same ‘tax’ concept is true of the national debt which it ever increases, over half of all actual tax revenues going to the banks to pay this interest to the banks).

5) It is a tool and key sponsor of and participant in Totalitarianism, Fascism, Dictatorships, endless wars, and Globalism and the New World Order. As such, it seeks to undermine and destroy the national sovereignty of the United States in preparation for a one-world government… owned or controlled by the banks.

6) It was a tool designed to give New York Banks (ONLY) a means to control and limit the power and growth of any and all banks outside of New York, which was exactly the opposite of intent when Congress moved to create the Fed, thinking instead they were limiting the growth of power of the New York Banks which was already considered too great and a threat to the nation.

You will further learn how much secrecy and fraud, and downright skullduggery was involved in the creation and perpetuation of the Fed, and who was involved. There were seven Men, all extremely powerful banking moguls who had, until this point, been competitors duking it out for supremacy. Formation of the Fed was to be the ultimate monopolistic cartel, one contrary to every precept of American fair play, free enterprise, and legal prohibition on topic. I name additional conspirators.

1) Senator and Republican Whip, Chairman of the National Monetary Commission (to reform banking), Nelson Aldrich. He was the Father-in-law of Nelson Rockefeller and thus quite tied to the Banking Industry he was supposed to help regulate. He is the one who called together the six other men it extreme secrecy. You won’t believe how much trouble they went to maintain that secrecy, and why it was necessary.

2) Abraham Fiat Andrew, then Secretary of Treasury, and friend to the others.

3) Frank Vanderlift, President of the National City Bank of New York, a bank so large it held assets for both Rockefeller and Loeb investments.

4) Henry Davidson, Senior Partner for J.P. Morgan, one of the largest of the N.Y. Banks, better known as Chase Manhattan, today.

5) Charles Norton, President of the 1^st National Bank of New York, another huge bank of the day, the original ‘Chase’ Bank, but now Citibank. We thus in Chase Manhattan now have two of the conspirators.

6) Benjamin Strong of J.P. Morgan Banker’s Trust, who would become the first head of the Federal Reserve.

7) And the granddaddy thought to be the true architect, Paul Warburg, Partner in the Loeb Banking concerns, the Rothchild Bank, and Brother to Max Warburg who ran sister banks in Germany and elsewhere. This is why you often hear that (incorrectly) the Fed is owned by foreign banks. The belief is only true to the extent of influence involved, but not actual ownership. It is also true that the FED can now loan money to any other international bank at American taxpayer expense.

8) A de facto partner of sorts, would be Nelson Rockefeller, who in addition to the banking ties already mentioned, owned the railroad which provided the train to pull the private railroad car used by Nelson Aldrich to convene and transport the Cabal from New York to their final meeting place at Jekyll Island in Brunswick, GA. Certainly, his Banks became partner (owned shares) in the Fed once created, and profited thereby.

9) Other possible de facto partners could arguably be the Brown Brothers Bank and Harriman Brothers Bank, who would soon merge to form Brown and Harriman, and later evolve to include Harriman and Bush Banks (yes, that Bush family, starting with Prescott Bush, then George Bush, and the younger George). Harriman owned the company that made the rail car pulled by the train. It is interesting to note that fully half of the senior partners of Brown and Harriman were members (8 in all) of Skull and Bones, including Prescott Bush, and later, his Son and Grandson, future Presidents all. Harriman and Bush would later be convicted of conspiring to aid the Nazi war effort during WWII under the Trading With the Enemy Act. But that’s OK, so was AT&T.

All these banks also participated in the Fed.

You will additionally learn just how these 7 men, on behalf of at least as many New York banks, conspired to trick Congress and the People into thinking creation of the Fed was the opposite of what it really was, and how they profited thereby (both the Government and the Fed member banks):

1) Government got access to unlimited money supply on demand, and had the ability to impose effective taxes without publicly levying tax and risking voter ire. Inflation caused by printing money out of thin air (fiat currency) is nothing more than a tax in that it funds government spending and takes money out of the pocket of citizens in the form of reduced spending power in order to fund government.

2) The banks got to capture and grow the lending market as a monopoly, and control interest rates to their advantage, which even when extremely low and next to nothing, would still reap huge profits because instead of having to lend based on money of their own being put at risk, they were able to charge interest on money created out of nothing at zero risk.

3) The banks got to have access to collateral they could repossess when a borrower failed to repay as agreed, which was far more valuable than the interest. Thus bad loans were to their advantage, instead of being a true risk.

4) The banks were assured they would be bailed out by government if they ever got into trouble, and better still, would be able to profit whenever government bailed out anyone, made loans to other nations, etc.

5) The banks acquired access to an unlimited and ever growing (exponential) supply of wealth (profits with no overhead or seed money on their part) which are being use to buy power in all high places World-wide. They are both the fulcrum and the lever for the 1%, the Bilderbergers, the New World Order, all.

Mr. G. Edward Griffin

Mr. Griffin is an excellent speaker with good charisma and I highly recommend this video. Upon watching, at the end, some viewers might suddenly get a bad taste in their mouth, however, as it turns out the speech is given before a group meeting of the John Birch Society, and some of the comments are encouragements of their efforts.

Please do not let the disinformation and rhetoric which exists for the purpose of discrediting the JBS as some kind of evil right-wing extremist group dissuade you from the valuable truths and facts revealed by Mr. Griffin. If for some reason you view the JBS as ‘bad,’ I suggest you review any of their own material and compare it to the bad things said about them, and you will see disinformation at work. I’ve yet to find anything JBS has done or said which fits the negative commentaries. I have yet to find bad things said which did not turn out to be disinformation or mere political rhetoric in support of contrary views (e.g. politicians guilty of eroding the Constitution attempting justification through vilification of their critics — the JBS).

That said, I’ve also yet to make up my own mind if they are 100% aligned with my own beliefs, but when it comes to the FED, we certainly can agree: End the Fed. That brings us to yet one more key point made by Griffin: It does no good whatsoever to attack the Fed or expose its evil. In point of fact, they themselves fund groups who do just that, that they may control their direction and insure they do not do the one thing which really matters, which is TO PROPOSE A WORKABLE ALTERNATIVE. Griffen shows how futile the more commonly proposed alternatives would be, such as an audit proposed by Ron Paul.

With that said, I would further point out that my own proposed alternative may interest you, as found at my blog post on 24 Campaign Planks: H. Michael Sweeney for President. Just how to end the Fed is quite well addressed there (while several planks are part of the total answer, start with plank 3). Hope you like it.

How FED Co Conspirator Bank Robs the Poor and Their Dead (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
24 Campaign Planks: H. Michael Sweeney for President (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
CLASS ACTION LAWSUIT AGAINST THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK, 4/26/ 2011 – (and duly ignored) – thanks to P. (jhaines6.wordpress.com)
Federal Reserve Directors’ Banks and Businesses Took $4 Trillion in Bailouts: Report (commondreams.org)
Ron Paul’s Federal Reserve Audit Approved by House Committee (sgtreport.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Books, Conspiracy, Crime, History, News Events, People, Political Commentary

1 Comment

Tags: Bank, Citibank, creature from jekyll island, federal reserve, Federal Reserve System, fiat currency, G. Edward Griffin, inflation, jekyll island, National Monetary Commission, Nelson Rockefeller, Prescott Bush, the Fed, United States

A Glimpse of Fatal Rebirth (from the Preface)

Jul 2

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Fatal Rebirth,

a four-book set by H. Michael Sweeney

From The Preface

Truth cannot live on a diet of secrets, withering within entangled lies. Freedom cannot live on a diet of lies, surrendering to the veil of oppression. The human spirit cannot live on a diet of oppression, becoming subservient in the end to the will of evil. God, as truth incarnate, will not long let stand a World devoted to such evil. Therefore, let us have the truth and freedom our spirits require, or let us die seeking these things, for without them, we shall surely and justly perish in an evil world.

Now we have a dark, difficult to see Shadow across the land. It is a secret Shadow, one built upon and operated by lies disguised as truth, dedicated to the works of tyranny and oppression in the guise of freedom’s cause, and driven by the darkest of evil wearing the mask of good intent. This Shadow lusts for and worships power, and applies it with great and frequent abuse to acquire even greater power. It wants the ultimate power to control the World, to decide who lives and who dies, and to directly or indirectly own and control all things. Many do not yet see it, and sadly, will not, until it is too late. Untold millions more will die never knowing why. Who or what is Shadow? Read and learn, learn and decide.

This author was once an ordinary man eking out an ordinary existence. This was my happy state and my presumed ongoing fate — until I came into possession of an innocuous and incredulous document. It was unbelievable: a tremendously conspiratorial document detailing many sins of the empowered elite and their minions within government — especially within the intelligence community. Preposterous as it seemed on the surface, something within that document must have been true, for merely mentioning its existence transformed my ordinary life into an extraordinary 007 nightmare.

They spent perhaps $250,000 a month in surveilling me and manipulating my life in devious ways. What about that document, unless it be the conspiracies detailed therein, so frightened them that they took such measures against me? Indeed, what was the purpose of the document — why was it ever written? More key, as the document itself attests, who were the people behind the conspiracies, and what dark motive drove their actions? Who are they that should so fear mere words on paper? They are Shadow. This book is their story. It is my story. It is the story of other Americans also caught in Shadow’s web. It is your story — a story of your historical past revealed to be lies, and of a dark future, if you do not take care.

This book is an attempt at revealing the true nature of a Shadow manipulated past, the true Shadow fostered dangers of our present time, and the all-too possible future Shadow plans for us all. It must be said up front that this author began this work completely unawares of the social and political realities perceived by any of the many organizations that exist on the political fringes to the left and right of the staid Republican and Democratic parties. As an overly naive and easily pacified American, there was no understanding of what CFR or NSA was, what a constituted a leftist or extreme right point of view, a Populist or Elitist, nor of little in between. Huntly-Brinkly were my sole political enlightenment, and the balm and ointment of my few political fears and concerns. I was mere fodder for the engines of media manipulation: Hear Ye, Hear Ye, believe and obey. I believed. I obeyed. But then came proof of Shadow.

Shadow is a secret society with its own secret government. Shadow is a secret business community with its own secret monetary system. Shadow is a secret intelligence community with its own secret police. Shadow has a secret agenda achieved with secret resources. At Shadow’s darkest, innermost place lies a black, satanic religion whose secret roots are the very essence evil — so dark as to have origin beyond mere mortal man. Shadow’s branches are everywhere, and its greatest branch may ultimately prove to be the anti-Christ.

With combined resources of unimaginable wealth, influence, and power, there is likely no high place Shadow does not control or sway in some way or to some degree. Shadow’s greatest tool and protector lies in secret works and an invisibility to detection, thus making it impervious to would-be enemies. We would be Shadow’s natural enemy, would we recognize it for what it is. As we do not, we remain its prized and willing victims. We are no more wary than a gnat buzzing about a spider’s ever growing web. Save some awakening of our dull wit and even duller senses, it’s only a matter of time…

Legend tells us that thousands of years ago, Diogenes searched a lifetime with his lantern held high in a futile search for just one honest man. The centuries do not seem to have changed the odds in his favor. But in our modern times and societal infrastructures, should there not be some source of truth and honesty? Is there no place where we can seek the essence of righteousness? If not, then as the opening suggests, we are doomed to evolve or collapse into a kind of world-wide tyranny wrought by those that thrive in lies and secrets. Indeed, everything points to that eventuality becoming reality. The military-industrial-intelligence-media complex, in an unholy alliance with what many term the super-elite of the one-world crowd, steadily remakes us into a fascist-like corporate-manipulated state. Sweeping statements, yes.

Such sweeping statements need explanation if we are to understand the nature and identity of Shadow. To start with, many people today do not understand what a fascist is — thinking it some irrelevant term from a bygone past. They should look up the word, especially if from among the poor or minorities, for they already are suffering under the first signs of its growing yoke. Fascism holds a special, unkind place for them under its unbridled reign. Indeed, perhaps for us all. Failure to understand and accept the existence of Shadow and their dark crimes may very well mean a kind of death through slavery to a dark will – the difference between all good things which the reader desires and believes in and the loss of all hope that they might come to pass. Fascism favors the moneyed elite, and Shadow’s head is formed largely from among the leadership of the megacorporate giants. The reader cannot turn away from these notions unless and until satisfied beyond all Shadow of doubt that they are untrue.

Want to know more? Read Fatal Rebirth!

The 33 Axioms of Fascism, a Primer (proparanoid.wordpress.com)
The New Faces of Fascism (theconservativemind.net)
Shadow Executive Orders (rockelement.typepad.com)
Media Beast To America: Bow Down To Military Police, Your New Lord And Savior (disquietreservations.blogspot.com)
Guest Post: Americans Are Being Prepared For Full Spectrum Tyranny (zerohedge.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, History, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Uncategorized, Writing

Leave a comment

What Does It Take to Start A Revolution?

Jul 1

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

What Does It Take to Start A Revolution?

(Are we in danger of having one?)

From The Pennsylvania gazette, 9 May 1754. Abbreviations used: South Carolina, North Carolina, Virginia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, and New England. This is a somewhat odd division: New England was four colonies, and Delaware and Georgia are missing (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

by H. Michael Sweeney

This and future blog posts on the theme of revolution (martial law, etc.) are herein intended to serve as building-block guideposts to both citizens and anyone in government who will listen to reason. Citizens so they become more aware of their rights, obligations, and options under the law as citizens. Government so that they might realize their errant ways are leading us all toward that day when the Camel’s back is broken by a straw event of their own making, and revolution breaks out as the people’s only remaining recourse. I do not believe they realize how dangerous their criminal actions have been in this respect. While I do not call for revolution, and merely warn it nears, were it to happen tomorrow I would be forced to join in it.

I fear such a day looms near, and that it may even now already be to late to prevent it. If true, it is your fault, reader, for allowing things to progress that far. Worse than revolution by the oppressed and disenfranchised, there is also the possibility that an armed revolution will be required to restore the government from a military takeover, which is addressed in part two and three of this triune post. Don’t you dare think for a moment it is not a possibility (read on).

In fact, I so fear the possibility might be true that I’m lifting the copyright on my book set Fatal RebirthSoon (stipulated limitation: purchased ebook versions may be duplicated and delivered to relatives and personal friends or coworkers, who must purchase if wishing to do the same), which contains considerable detail on these topics and specifically offers advice about what to do if it actually does come to pass. The goal is to reduce violence, save lives, and yet assure any battle for restoration of a Constitutional government is successful. Details at the end of each blog post.

This first post consists of several parts:

The Right and Duty of Revolution;
A Closer Look at Revolutionary Processes;
About Redress of Grievances;
The Start and Aftermath Revolution (a review of several actual revolutions);

The second post is Military’s Viewpoint: We are SIX People Away From Revolution

The final post is Citizen’s Viewpoint: We are ONE Person Aweay From Revolution

The Right and Duty of Revolution

English: Painting, 1856, by Junius Brutus Stearns, Washington at Constitutional Convention of 1787, signing of U.S. Constitution. (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

First of all, regardless of the nation-state involved, when no other recourse remains, it is one’s right and duty to self, family, and to fellow citizens and the nation to revolt against tyranny in its various forms. It is one’s right by virtue of self defense, always. But here in America, it is also our right by law, according to the Constitution. In a true working democracy, the right to armed revolution does not (should not, according to scholars) exist as such, replaced instead by the opportunity to vote in a new government, a kind of redress which is its own kind of revolution when sweeping house occurs (like that ever actually happens). However, if that democracy is thwarted by systemic manipulation such that said opportunity is wired against the people, the right and duty yet again surfaces for armed revolt.

Only so long as the democracy does not violate its charter for power (in America, the Constitution and Bill of Rights), writes just laws in accordance with the charter (laws are Constitutional), and obeys the laws itself, is it safe from armed revolt. Unfortunately, the United States has embarked on a steady course of rapid-fire issuance of unjust, oppressive, and unconstitutional laws in opposition to the charter, and has itself regularly disobeyed and abused its own laws and, and for the matter, International treaties on related matters (another discussion for another day, perhaps).

In any nation, this is rightly called tyranny, and nullifies all law in the end, though we must yet speak of redress as part of the equation. Sans such redress, the nation ceases to exist as defined by its charter, which is a legal contract between the people and the government which was hence broken by government’s wrongful acts. The just penalty is forfeiture of power, and when failing to yield and relying upon force of arms, will surely require armed rebellion to right the wrongs. It is that simple (unfortunately).

A given revolt may be of any flavor or level of intensity; civil disobedience or peaceful protest which causes the government to fail or resign, simply voting out the worst rascals and replacing them with hopefully better rascals; or when no other course works, and when matters are simply no longer tolerable, actual armed revolution. Revolution, for governments, is the bullet in the gun they continually wave about called power, the gun used in a de facto game of Russian Roulette they play every time they misuse their power. Eventually, if the game continues long enough, they shoot themselves in the head and earn their just reward. Our government has been pulling that trigger time and time again since before the September 11 attacks, and more so, since. Again, that is your fault, not theirs. You allowed it by your silence. They may be criminal, but you were negligent.

The firing of a bullet when they squeeze the trigger depends on lines in the sand drawn by those among the citizenry who are the angriest. Sometimes a citizen does not realize such a line exists (they do not premeditate it) until it is crossed, and sometimes a citizen will fear the event in advance and draw the line in bitter anticipation. When government crosses that line, whatever it may be, that citizen begins to work in earnest toward revolt. When sufficient numbers… remarkably few in count as we shall see, are so moved, a revolt can be easily triggered. Unbelievably easy, in fact. Defining appropriate lines in the sand is covered in a companion post.

Depending on what line one might choose, armed revolution in America may actually be overdue, in which case this warning is all but too late. Again understand: I do not hereby call for revolution, but shout warnings that it may soon be forced upon us by government actions and inactions. They have been playing roulette for some time, now, and many lines in the sand have already been crossed as judged by countless people I’ve talked with at public gatherings. Any day the final pull of the trigger could transpire, and yet those in government seem Hell bent to spin the chamber yet again and again, the most recent on March 1 when every Senator and Congressman except Ron Paul voted to pass the Federal Restricted Buildings and Grounds Improvement Act, which essentially ends the right to protest or freely assemble at any location near anything having to do with government, including elections, as government deems useful to retain total control; another stab through the heart of the Constitution and Bill of Rights.

A Closer Look at Revolutionary Processes

Most revolutions would seem to stem from economic and social inequities brought on by an uncaring or overbearing government which favors a power elite over the needs and rights of its people. In more recent history, such practice was given a name, and that name is Fascism. Surely, even Sheeple can be made to see that paradigm is at work in the United States, today, as perhaps best made clear by the variety and nature of complaints fielded by the Occupy movement, which very nearly was the catalyst for a revolution according to some viewpoints. Certainly many wished it had sparked one or feared it might. The ‘R’ word was definitely being tossed about in commentaries far and wide.

What most people do not realize is that revolution is actually a very simple thing to engineer (though spontaneous combustion is more often the mechanism involved) — when the situation is ripe for it. When tyranny, oppression, or general grievances with government are strong enough, almost anything can spark a revolution, and it does not actually take a lot of people to get a roaring fire started. In the snapshots below, we see that an incredibly small number of people can, by the right actions and in right circumstances, sponsor, though not necessarily their intent, full-scale revolutionary responses in the general population. They need not even be carrying guns to do so, which is why the 99% were considered worthy of the ‘R’ word.

The notion of governmental suicide via Russian Roulette should be restated and underscored, for governments truly dig their own graves at their own risk. In like analogy, governments in power tend to make their own noose with respect to the outcome of a revolution, building their own platform, and then to jumping off the platform on cue to insure the success of the revolution. The platform could invariably be described as their construct of oppressive laws and abuse of power, the noose as their own unwillingness to operate within their own laws and policy, all generally to the profit of a power elite at the expense of the common citizen. They then, like a mindless Lemming, jump off the platform by coming down hard and heavy on any early revolutionary event (generally, a peaceful event where government response is violent), creating martyrs for the cause. We see this in almost every case, as the central-most thing which galvanizes support of the masses for the revolutionary cause. Spontaneous combustion results, and government’s neck gets snapped with a sudden jolt.

That is one reason the Occupy Movement failed to spark a full-scale revolution; the level of violence by government was rather minimal (say, in comparison to the kind of over-the-top response seen in the smaller-scale WTO protests such as in Seattle and in Europe). That the Federal government did not take action and no State Governor took actions involving National Guard or Martial Law were restraints which also helped keep things from boiling over.

One can also make the argument that a controlled media and other trickeries served to help keep public opinion from galvanizing sympathetic support under the unfortunate levels of violence which were present. However, their ‘polite’ and sneakier responses (including media manipulation and the FRGBI Act) was their own underhanded way of eliminating any future Occupy movement as well as WTO protests, etc., and that is why it was a bit more than just another pull of the trigger. I, for one, am hopping mad, and wondering how much the price of guns are going to go up with the increase in demand.

About Redress of Grievances

Modern Bill of Rights (Photo credit: mrplough)

Yet another reason the Occupy movement did not ignite open revolt is that actual revolution was never its intent, though it is likely true that sub groups within the movement might have thought or hoped otherwise. Rather, the movement in general simply sought public exposure of a collective of grievances in hopes of sponsoring useful redress by government. In point of fact, redress of grievances is what activism, protest, and even revolution is all about. We should be well informed on this topic to understand what it means to be under a government, and especially so as an American, as redress is a key part of our very foundation as a democratic nation (in Republic form).

Redress of grievances, when ignored by government, is the sponsor of ALL revolutions. The United States Constitution and Bill of Rights specifically address redress as a major element of that covenant between the People and Government. Where any government fails to insure its obligations to satisfactorily resolve issues of redress remain fully functional and available to citizens, they make themselves liable to revolution as the only remaining alternative for the people. In the U.S., redress is, unfortunately, absolutely flat-out null and void; the Bill of Rights and Constitution have been all but formally discarded, and the systems in place for such redress have been neutered and rendered ineffective.

For example, the notion of challenging unconstitutional laws through the Courts is rendered impractical when it costs millions of dollars and takes toward a decade to see it through to finish… and Congress writes such laws ten times faster than they can be dealt with. Two such Bills in roughly four weeks time! That is not redress, it is premeditated manipulation of a weakness in the system. Whirr… Click! Whirrrrr,,,

When political heros are assassinated and groups of people are murdered en mass again and again by government acts and a cover up ensues, there is no redress. Whirr… Click!

When lip-service white-washing Warren Commission/9-11 Commission and bogus Congressional Investigations serve as cover up tools (e.g., sealing records, refusing/discounting testimoney/evidence, magic bullet explanations), there is no redress. Whirr… Click!

When whistleblowers are targeted instead of heeded, there is no redress. Whirr… Click!

When government rewards criminal bankers and others who rape the common man and sends the bill to the victims, and they steal more money from Social Security to help offset the sticker price, there is no redress. Whirr… Click!

When wars for oil and other profits are based on lies but no one even apologizes, there is no redress. One could go on, as nowhere do I see useful redress in evidence. All I hear is Whirr… Click! What do you hear? Certainly seems you do not hear your own voice shouting out a loud “Enough!” At least not yet. Whirrrr…

The Start and Aftermath of Revolution

So, how easy is it to spark a revolution? The answer will help measure how close we may be to having one. Lets take one good case example which is quite parallel in many ways to the situation in the United States, today, and then run some numbers for it and several other famous (major) revolutions for comparison. A revolution is actually easy to come by, if the right ducks are in a row, heaven please forbid such a need.

The French Revolution 1848…

“The Storming of the Bastille” (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

France had a population of about 38 million at the time and was suffering a Monarchy quite uncaring of its people in favor of the wealthy. It was a kind of Fascism where nobility tended to be the most wealthy and most prominent of ‘corporate’ powers. High unemployment and underemployment rates of deep double digits forced the Middle and lower classes into poverty, in part fueled by a shift in focus by Industry to part time employment for those few able to keep their jobs. Sound familiar?

General economic crisis caused a surge in bankruptcies and small business failures at the hands of the larger corporations of the day. An unusually severe Winter brought on by a Greenlandic volcanic ash cloud which severely damaged crops that year was fueled by a shortage of coal and food brought on by the economic crisis. Almost the entire populace was in dire straights, unless wealthy or of noble birth. France wold fall almost overnight before the year’s end. Let them eat cake? What cake?

The government continued to be both unable and unwilling to address problems and instead fueled them with solutions which either failed to be useful or which were actually profit opportunities for the wealthy. The military was time and again pressed into service to police and stem protests (they jumped off their platform). Instead of quelling and calming the public, these responses fueled them and fostered a unison of anger.

In June of 1848 the French Revolution was essentially started by 577 citizens (commoners referred to as the Third Estate, which is, by the way, a designation system used by Royals: the Royals are the First Estate, whereby Barons and Lords are the Second Estate, citizens the Third Estate, and from which media has since often been called the Fourth Estate), who in outrage over being denied their legal appearance at court for redress, met in conference (known as The Tennis Court Oath) to protest. This was their 99% moment, and they agreed (577 out of 578) in an Oath which established themselves as a governmental authority (The National Assembly) seeking Constitutional reforms which eventually would lead to the drafting of the Declaration of the Rights of Man, a document quite similar in character to the Bill of Rights.

This revolutionary act (the Oath), and the to-be-expected heavy-handed response by military so useful for the purpose, indeed galvanized splintered groups into a unified resistance which quickly evolved into people taking to the streets in Paris and elsewhere, eventually to storm the Bastille and force the Crown to retire in favor of forming The French Republic. It took less than two weeks for the government to fall. It was the best of times, it was the worst of times (Dickens; A Tale of Two Cities.)

The 577 who took a stand represented a mere .000015% of the nation’s populace, or about one in 7,000 persons. But the mood of the people was sympathetic to their aims, and when government reacted in murderous opposition instead of simply ignoring them, an unstated rally call was heard and heeded by the people. In France, the civil and military powers had guns and cannons, and the people only had pitchforks, swords, rocks, and scant few firearms. But they had anger and numbers which quickly forced capitulation, though at a cost of life on both sides – about 300,000 souls, or just under 1% of the population. Not all revolutions are even that costly.

Other Revolutions

The American Revolution began with a similar meeting of just 56 Men from the 13 Colonies, the population of the Colonies at the time about 2 million. That was the 1st, and later, the 2nd Continental Congress, and we know where that led in short order. That means about .000028% or one in 3,500 persons was all it took. King George, of course, jumped off the platform big time, leading to Lexington, and the resulting loss of life for both sides combined was about 34,000, or 1.5%.

The U.S.S.R. Revolution of 1991 began with 36 delegates of the Baltic Republic of Estonia and Latvia who, along with several hundred ‘Intellectuals’ signed a demand of autonomy from the Soviet Union (that would be like a Texas and California demanding Secession from the Union). This forced the Russian Communist Party (their government) to consider their redress and to attempt a compromise to hold Russia together, as other States were also wanting to flee the Union, but in the end, it would not be — the ship was clearly sinking. The population of the U.S.S.R. at the time was about 290 million. That works out to .0000015 or about 1 in 70,000.

A lot of things happened stepwise, but the important aspect is that violence was quite mitigated because government did not exactly jump off the platform. Instead, the military almost immediately sided with the revolutionaries, and such violence was not needed as a catalyst because the grievances were many and hatred of the System already abounded universally, even among the military, which at best, had split loyalties. Deaths were virtually unreported they were so few, though civil unrest in power struggles within, between, or with the various Soviet States which elected autonomy in the years following would result in significant loss of life at levels on par with other revolutions. Yet these deaths were not truly the price of freedom for Russia herself. Thus one of the greatest tyrannical governments of all time, a government itself established by a bloody revolution not 100 years earlier, was deposed with hardly a shot fired. Bravo!

The Indian Revolution for freedom from British Rule led by Ghandi in 1919 could arguably be described as a revolution fostered by one man from a population of about 250 million, though in his triumphant ‘March to the Sea to make salt, an illegal act by British decree in attempt to force Indians to pay a salt tax, he set out with 78 followers. By the time he reached the Sea, there were untold thousands. Even so, that defiance was the start of the revolution in real terms, involving only one in about 316,000 persons. The loss of life in the shooting part, which was one-sided as the entire revolution was one of non-violent protest, was about 1,000. These were from British atrocities such as British troops trapping 10,000 unarmed men, women, and children in a public courtyard in Amritsar and opening fire (scene from movie, Ghandi) without warning, expending 1,650 rounds of rifle fire before withdrawing without providing medical aid.

Ironically, the commanding Officer in that event did more to set India free than perhaps Ghandi with respect to World opinion and political fallout. That is the power and importance of government’s role in their own revolutionary downfall.

Inversely, however, it is no guarantee of success to be sure. Revolutions are a dicey thing.

Single man armed with bag of groceries defies a column of more than 50 Chinese tanks and stops them cold while the World held its breath in fear for him. From thehoopla.com.

By example, Red China did not fall as a result of the Tiananmen Square revolution in 1989, in part, because the Red Chinese attempted a total media blackout while they killed 7,000 unarmed students gathered in peaceful protest. With a population of 1.1 billion, that is still only .000006%.

But here is the important part, a singular event which took place after the carnage. One man defied the full might of the Army in an unimaginable act of defiant bravery, and got away with it, If, on the other hand, they had rolled their tank column over the lone civilian deliberately blocking their path… which had been managed to be captured by media… I suspect China would now be a true Republic free of Communist rule. If so, one man would have taken the credit in my book. This showed the World the power of the individual voice. That, my friend, would be your voice… SHOULD be YOUR VOICE… with as much of his demonstrated power as you care to assume in using it.

Thus we see that most revolutions require relatively little bloodshed, typically less than 1-2% in population loss, and relatively little original effort by a mere handful of citizens… provided the government truly lives up to tyrannical expectations and resists with all the forces at its disposal. As you continue (please) on to read the other posts associated with this post, keep this in mind, and judge for yourself how close to revolution we may or may not be. Decide which side you would choose to support if shooting does start, and make plans for your family’s safely transitioning through any such upheaval. I can only provide a warning and advice on what to consider and what to do… but only you can make the critical decisions that matter.

And they do matter… to you and your family… and to the nation in which you must seek to pursue happiness and whatever destiny awaits us all, every one.

On the Impossibility of Limited Government and the Prospects for a Second American Revolution – Hans-Hermann Hoppe – Mises Daily (gunnyg.wordpress.com)
‘Europe on the brink of armed-revolution’ (rt.com)
13 Reasons Why The Revolution Might Start with Obamacare (blacklistednews.com)
Why the Occupy Movement Frightens the Corporate Elite (truth-out.org)
GOP Newsletter Calls for Armed Revolution if Obama Re-Elected (alan.com)
A Stealth Coup d’État in the United States (english.pravda.ru)

Posted in Abuse of Power, History, News Events, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

4 Comments

Tags: armed revolt, Bill of Rights, Conspiracy, Constitution, Martial law, redress of grievances, revolution, United States

24 Campaign Planks; H. Michael Sweeney for President of the United States?

Jul 1

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

No one would, I hope, consider me a serious candidate, and certainly no one mainstream would consider my ‘extreme’ planks as reasonable… though that would show they have no clue as to what true conservative politics are. I am neither left nor right wing, though I have been called both. All I seek is to restore the country to the state it was in before government got so powerful it managed to destroy the country, a kind of political time warp going back some 50 to 100 years. In simpler terms, I’d restore the government of the United States to a Constitutional government as envisioned by our founding fathers. How left- or right-winged is that?

Indeed, all the policies put in place in that time span which have gone awry and led us astray would by those governmentals in power at the time would surely have seemed to be the radical (both to the left and the right) notions in the eyes of the likes of Jefferson, Hamilton, and Franklin, et. al. Our country had run just fine for more than 100 years without such changes, and is now on the verge of extinction because of them. So why not fix it? Because it’s radical?

But that all means is that I’m a a strict Constitutionalist, which also means I am per the current use of the term by media not just a radical extremist, but even a terrorist by some standards, which I take as a badge of honor in the face of the tyranny of an unconstitutional and lawless government. But then, so are you, too, just for reading this, because endless Draconian legislation and the public rhetoric of power brokers desperately seeking to retain status quo must consider you guilty by association. FBI, in fact, now considers ANY contact with ‘extremist or terrorist’ groups as justification for surveillance targeting. I’ve written about that extensively in my books on personal privacy and security.

You have no right to use your mind as you see fit, and are a become part of a growing danger to the status quo (keep it up!). The government spies on everybody, and in their reasonable paranoia (because the angst of the 99% is nothing compared to the disgust felt by the many who did not hit the street out of fear). And it is that; they use fear of terrorism and of government heavy-handedness (Police, TSA, FBI, NSA, CIA, and others, to include even the military, of late) to tighten their grip, and event to get us to spy on each other. Replay of Nazi Germany tit for tat. Got your Brown Shirt and armband handy?

Because those of us who are fed up with the status quo… with the New Boss being the same as the Old Boss (and largely lost to their power-mad tyranny)… fed up with the corruption, the pork, the endless signing of Bills without even reading them (largely lost to their greed-driven treason)… and fed up with the steady march toward a New World Order and a Police State mentality (largely lost to their Globalist Fascism)… will LOVE my planks.

But since I am not running, let’s just say it is for mere entertainment and intellectual exercise that I present my planks… which might be described in a motto, ‘Restore the Republic.’ It would effectively de-centralize the Federal government’s power for all except things which were critical to National viability. What most of the Federal agencies are and their functions can be done better and less expensively, and more gently, by the States, or is best left undone at all. I seek to undo.

Unworkable? Unrealistic? Nieve? Sure. But the best ideals ever adopted by humanity through history started out that way. It was, in point of fact, one such ‘unrealistic’ ideal which drove both the French and US revolutions and their resulting Constitutional structures. Those revolutions were driven by a multitude of nieve ideals, just one of which was stated in mutual paraphrase by both Jefferson and Montesquieu, here.

King John of England signing Magna Carta on June 15, 1215, at Runnymede; coloured wood engraving, 19th century. (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

This, and many other like remarks summed ‘radical notions’ unheard of before the Magna Carta, quite unworkable and unrealistic in face of the virtually unlimited power then held by Kings. But when ideals and goals are lofty enough, idealists everywhere will find a way to make them workable, and make them real, despite any ignorances in the beginning. Stumble along the way as we learn, say I. Far better to stumble going forward up a tough hill than to take easier path; sliding down the slippery slope of despair into the total ruination which seems now so near at hand for our once fair Land.

So you can’t vote for me (write in’s excepted), but you can try to pressure candidates to adopt these planks or some other workable overhaul, and vote for the ones that come closest to meeting your wishes. Right now, for me, that would be Ron Paul, in my opinion. Or you can give up and let the NWO win. Or you can pick up a gun and start a revolution with no guarantees of surviving the effort. There are no other choices, the later two so frightening and yet so near on the horizon by the clues at hand that I pray to God for a miracle to prevent them. I suspect we would agree some kind of an overhaul is in order, so humor me then, please, with an overview of the planks… not presented in any order intending to imply priority. Moreover, they are but a small sampling of wrongs in need of righting…

Plank Number One: Critical Review and Reversal of Presidential Executive Orders

In the first 90 days I would move to review thousands of Executive Orders since Lincoln with an intention of reversal of those which have quietly modified the institution of Government in ways which have proven to be tragic in the long run. For all my love for Lincoln, he started us down the path of ever growing, unchecked Federal power, the bulk of which resides in the Presidency. Some tweaking is in order, it would seem. We don’t know about every E.O., because untold hundreds of them are not for public consumption (which makes me nervous about their purpose and result.) But some of them we do know about, as they tend to make their way into the Federal Register (on line). Here are just a few examples… one of which curiously needs enforcement, rather than revocation.

Revoke EO 7933-A By Franklin D. Roosevelt. It allowed the IRS to investigate the finances of those under suspicion of unamerican activities, a provision in support of the McCarthy witch hunt in the Red Scare. Since it is still in place, even though the House Committee on Unamerican Activities no longer exists, this EO may represent a potential source of political targeting by the IRS against Muslims and the politically incorrect among us by our paranoid government.

Order the enforcement of EO 111110 by John F. Kennedy, which was intended to restore the power of the U.S. government to issue money, and end the ability of the private bank of the Federal Reserve from making loans in the form of Treasury Notes to the U.S. government and charging interest. THIS, is where the National Debt comes from. This EO was never enforced, perhaps because JFK’s assassination rendered it ‘unknown’ in some way, or irrelevant under the helm of Lyndon Johnson. However, it has never been revoked, but was ‘nullified’ by a sneaky E.O. 1208 by Ronald Reagan, which needs to be revoked. Upon such corrections, therefore, a new EO would be appropriate which denies that portion of the National Debt accrued since the signing of 111110 June 4, 1963. It is, by EO 111110, stolen money, ill-gotten gains. Go fish, Globalist bankers.

Revoke EO 6102 by Franklin D. Roosevelt, which prohibits citizens and corporations to ‘hoard’ Gold. Ostensibly to allow the U.S. Government to protect and enhance its own Gold reserves in backing of U.S. Currency, the EO remains non functional given that the U.S. no longer employs the Gold Standard, preferring instead to pay huge sums of interest for printing endless IOUs to the privately held Federal Reserve Bank, which is not a government agency. Revocation would allow free ownership and barter of all forms of Gold and Silver by any citizen or corporation for any purpose. Use it or lose it. Moreover, as President, I would demand a tour and inspection of content at Fort Knox to see if there is actually any gold left there, at all, or if it is now fake to cover a suspected theft.

Revoke EO 12148 by Jimmy Carter (and roughly 15 related E.O.s) which would disband F.E.M.A. A replacement agency which truly represented emergency management and did not represent a potential tool for total power grab and abuse of power as the agency has so faithfully exhibited as its true purpose or limit in ability (next paragraph). I would propose that each STATE have its own local FEMA replacement entity under local State Government oversight cojoined by a centralized Federal oversight body to insure that once activated, the State’s best interests were maintained with respect to cooperation in aid between States and the Federal level. Each State, however, is its own boss as to how and where such aid is delivered internally.

Few people realize how insidiously powerful FEMA becomes in the event of Martial Law or even a simple localized emergency declaration. They will control EVERYTHING including how much food you have on your shelf, if you can travel ANYWHERE (even to work), or if you can buy or possess ANYTHING, and much more. They gain control of all aspects of social life, including your kids, your medical choices, etc. And as seen in the aftermath of Katrina and in the wildfires of Texas, FEMA is NOT our friend, but our mortal enemy. Worse, that State of Emergency is already declared, and has been since 2001, and you will not believe what FEMA’s role is to be should they choose to act on their power. Under Reagan, plans were discussed at the highest levels of government for FEMA to intern blacks in concentration camps. You can bet there is an E.O. somewhere adding Muslims to that list. WTF? Now all those conspiracy theories about FEMA camps don’t seem quite so ‘theory.’

FEMA must die as a NWO Fascist instrument, which means a lot of E.O.s must be revoked.

Revoke EO 13158 by Bill Clinton and EO 13575 by Barack Obama, and others, which transfers large tracts of U.S. wild lands, rural and Agricultural lands to control of the United Nations with loss of sovereignty — no Congressional approval sought. The former to establish 47 ‘biospheres‘ where U.S. citizens have been threatened (by signs, mostly, but at times, by armed military types from unknown units and sometimes speaking foreign languages) with severe punishment for tresspass. Such acts had been reported frequently over the years in the now defunct Spotlight newspaper, with further documented covert military operations and/or Soviet made military hardware storage was taking place at biospheres, ostensibly U.N. related. Yet the U.N. officially states it has no such operations or equipment in the U.S.

The later has (Obama gave up rural/agriculture land) to do with something called Agenda 21 — which essentially sponsors corporate monopolies of the food supply, but which is seen as an extension to the biosphere scheme and heir apparent to Codex Alimentarius, which is its own matter to be undone in another plank. Agenda 21 is also quite related to massive depopulation and eugenics programs which would make Hitler’s attempts to eliminate Jews seem a mere cursing in the wind. Obama is further moving in that same direction in an attempt to turn over all agriculture to control in the U.S. to a few corporations spearheaded by Monsanto. Under Agenda 21, private ownership of land is not be allowed, nor is growing your own food, nor for the matter, growing natural food; all must be genetically modified and/or irradiated.

Plank Two: Force Congress to DO IT’S JOB

E.O.s are SUPPOSED to be reviewed by Congress and approved or denied, becoming de facto law if not denied. Congress has fallen down on the job, and my Plank would include requesting a law forcing Congress to… well, do what it should. It must debate, in closed hearing if necessary, each and every new E.O. and come to a decision within a narrow time line. In like manner, each Congressman MUST read every page of every bill. Only by being fully informed may one debate and decide legislation in a way useful to the nation and its people. And finally, no Bill may be passed which contains buried legislation unrelated to the Title of the Bill, thus ending Pork Barrel and time bombs waiting to be discovered. It it deserves to be law, let it be its OWN law unto itself, alone, or let it be non existent lest it foster ignorance of the law by its buried nature. If there was a way, I’d want the law to read that any Congressman who voted for a Bill which was found by the Supreme Court to trample on the Constitution would be subjected to an immediate recall vote (but that would likely also require State law changes).

Plank Three:

a) End the FED, b) establish a GNP Monetary System where money is

c) controlled and printed entirely by the government and d) tied to the nation’s financial health.

Campaign poster showing William McKinley holding U.S. flag and standing on gold coin “sound money”, held up by group of men, in front of ships “commerce” and factories “civilization”. (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

Based on the Gross National Product and the value of labor and goods, it is a bit complex to explain, here. The basic concept is that money supply cannot exceed the GNP (the value of the output of labor and goods). The GNP is to the number of workers a relationship by which the standard of living is evolved. More workers and lower GNP means lower standard of living, and less money minted, as does a constant GNP and more workers. But more workers and more GNP means a fairly stable standard of living, and money supply, while any boost in GNP greater than the increase in workers means a higher standard of living and more money. Interest rates would tend to remain constant or suffer mild fluctuations in all but the most severe of economic swings.

Minimum wage and adjustments thereto for promotions and the like would, in addition to performance merits, be based on a baseline GNP determination, not unlike the way we use a baseline Prime Lending Rate from which all other lending rates are devined. The price of goods would be based on the cost of production which includes the cost of labor, vs. the contribution the goods represent to the GNP. And then, of course, there is the matter of taxes – see next plank.

Plank Four: End the IRS as we know it

No more Federal personal income tax! No more Federal corporate tax! Instead a value added tax in the manufacturing processes. Raw material collection (taxed when sold to processors); raw materials processed (taxed when sold to manufacturers); processed materials made into components (taxed when sold to product manufacturers); products and assembled goods (taxed when sold to distributors/retailers), purchased by resellers to consumers – tax free except by State tax options. States would be encouraged to adopt the same model. The actual tax rate would be quite small, but 100% of all GNP commerce other than services would effectively be taxable and generate sufficient revenue to allow the Cost of Goods sold to cover the tax. Services are NOT taxed, and therefore, all such labor contributes 100% toward the GNP tax free.

Yes, you would pay more at the store for the goods you buy, perhaps offset somewhat by the lack of corporate taxes which are already causing prices to be higher, but you would no longer have 1/3 or more of your income eaten up by separate tax payments and you would have NO REPORTING OR FEDERAL SNOOPING, INDEPENDENT IRS COURT SYSTEM, and NO IRS TO WRITE ITS OWN LAWS, etc. And remember, much of the National Debt has been wiped out in Plank One, so taxes actually go to funding government operations, not to retire a bit of the national debt owed the banks for all that illegally printed money. A huge chunk of tax revenue today (up to 75% of taxes) goes directly to the banks as interest payments.

Plank Five: Make the nation pay for What it Buys When it Buys It

You want to buy a tank, Mr. Army? Want to build a spy satellite, Mr. CIA? Want to build a highway or dam, Mr. Congressman? Use the money you actually have in hand from tax collection, or you can’t have it. Don’t even think about writing legislation you can’t finance from taxes. A balanced budget with ZERO National Debt should be the law of the land. This also means that Social Security funds must be reimbursed and payments updated to reflect where they should have been prior to the looting process (SS is its own plank.)

It does NOT mean that you raise taxes to buy something you can’t afford at the moment. Since taxes are collected DAILY, the Congressional ‘checkbook’ has an income stream against which you may write legislative checks as you need them. Live within your means, Congressmen. Emergency funding for dire circumstance is handled by borrowing from the banks only to the extent that payments are clearly within the ability to pay from the monthly income stream. So I suppose the fat bankers can still sponge a bit off government, but it would in such a case also be to the advantage of government and to the people, where as currently there is only the one winner at the piggy trough.

Plank Six: End the Alphabet Soup Intelligence Agencies

The TSA, DOJ, FBI, DEA, CIA, NSA, DOD, DIA, HSA, etc., etc. represent a top heavy superstructure of spying on Americans that MUST stop. I’d rather completely fire all these people and deal with the aftermath of villains running amuck than put up with the crap I’ve seen first hand as victim of endless COINTEL PRO style targeting (of myself and my clients). This is the number one source of fear of government in America, exactly as it was in the Soviet Union before their revolution.

But that extreme is not required. Cleaning house, redefining goals, and placing checks-and-balance style limitations on them will, in most cases, be a good fix. In some cases, like HSA, NSA, CIA, the housecleaning will be so significant that they may feel like they were done away with, but their root defined core jobs will be left in tact. In other cases, redundancy is found to exist and that can be eliminated, and in yet others, there is simply no just purpose not better served by some other means. This plank would be a literal death warrant for any candidate so proposing, I’ve been repeatedly told. I mean assassination. So what does that tell you when U.S. Citizens fear their government such they believe it would assassinate civilian politicians to preserve status quo?

Plank Seven: Give the Indians Back Their Land

English: United States Department of the Interior advertisment offering ‘Indian Land for Sale’. The man pictured is a Yankton Sioux named Not Afraid Of Pawnee (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

I would offer to the stoic Tribes of American Indians complete responsibility and control of all Federal Lands not used as military reservations. This would end the BLM, Fish and Wildlife, and assorted other agencies, and place forested and wild lands, national parks, and other lands in the care of the people who loved it most, and took far better care of it than have we. Much of the current budgets of these agencies would go to the Indians to fund that management. They would be required, of course, to allow free access to public lands, but empowered to stipulate rules of use to insure the lands were not fouled or abused. They would inherit the resources and manpower of the aforementioned agencies as tools they may freely mold and reshape as they see fit. All treaties would be rewritten to undo prior treacheries as well as could be managed, the new lands being added to their reservations under joint ownership, but useful to their communities to include relocation and new settlements. I would not intend Casinos or industrialization of the type now all too easily approved on these lands, or other uses not now allowed, but all other good use to the Tribes would be their right.

Plank Eight: End Corporate Personhood As it Exists Today

Not quite an ending… but I’d move to make corporations more like real people. For one thing, that means they have a life time to live, and a means of producing children to survive them. At the end of their life, their children (spin off corporations) carry on the same family name, clients, products and services. Like real people, they also must be held accountable for their actions with real impact to the corporation as well as its Boards and Officers, and in a manner consistent with the same acts if committed by a real human. Toward the end of longevity (say 100 years), a corporation would split into one or more sub corporations (children), which would give all employees who ever worked for the corporation, even if just for one month, a pro rated share equal to their contribution in labor to be credited toward stock OPTIONS at the prior value of the original firm when they were FIRST hired. Over time, ownership falls more and more to employees and less and less to moguls and block stock investors.

By such a scheme retirement programs might be eliminated, providing a nest egg for retirees without increasing corporate obligations over time, and the ‘children’ would gain fresh funding for a growth spurt during their formative years. I would seek controls of Boards of Directors which prevent the same men from sitting on multiple Boards in a manner which puts too much control of a sector into too few hands. I would end the revolving door; seeking a ten-year waiting period for government personnel before allowing them to work for firms in any sector in which they held a position of related service in government, and in like manner disallow any member of an industry to serve as more than advisor to government, certainly not as administrator in any government oversight of that industry’s affairs. To be hired by a firm as a former government employee, and vice versa, should be based on expertise born of their experience and not clout and pull still in place with staffs remaining in recently vacated offices. Period!

Plank Nine: Establish a Free Press and Transparency in Government

Currently there exists a kind of de facto partnership in America (and a mirror situation in other ‘free’ countries) between the Military, Industrial, Intelligence, and Media sectors… forming MIIM, the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media complex. Media is controlled by a small handful of individuals who are largely in bed with the other sectors. At one time (at the time of the friendly fire shoot-down of flight 800), all three major television networks were outright subsidiaries of military contractors, which is why they fired any reporter who said anything on air about friendly fire.

Currently, there still remains employed within media, which includes the entertainment and advertising sectors, thousands, if not tens of thousands, of CIA and other agency personnel, to include military proponents serving as mouthpieces for the very undue influence President Eisenhower warned of when he left office (listen carefully to his Farewell Address video and you will see that he warned us about almost everything these planks address). This was a direct outgrowth of CIA Operation Mockingbird, and only the tip of the current iceberg.

If a means of insuring that ownership has no impact on editorial and reporting departments cannot be easily found, I’d just as soon provide equal funding to alternative underground news sources. All employees who were government shills would need to resign or face charges of treason if uncovered after the fact, because disinformation is treasonous in any government of the people, by the people, and for the people. Thus media must have good access to government, and government must be frank with media. While national security can make it important not to reveal the full truth of a given matter, lies should never be national policy, at home, or abroad. Even an enemy MUST know we are truthful that they not misread our intentions, and we should never betray a friend by a lie, especially our best friends, our very own citizens.

Plank Ten: End Foreign Aid and Foreign Policy as We Know It

National Security Action Memorandum No. 6 Plan of Reorganization of the Foreign Aid Program – NARA – 193406 (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

Foreign Policy and any resulting aid should be about helping those in time of great need. It should be about bolstering defenses of weaker nations against predator nations. It should be about encouraging free Republics and free enterprise (not Democracy, and not capitalism or free trade – there are significant differences). It should be about bootstrapping struggling nations that they might become financial and social partners in World building (not New World Order building). It should be about assuring health and wellbeing of human kind ((not the wellbeing of the big pharma firms), and done regardless of race or political creed.

It should not be about politics, fat military contracts, or quid quo pro deals for fat cats. Israel is a strong, wealthy, proud, and fully independent nation. Mutual defense agreements, yes. Arms sales at competitive prices, yes. But the billions must stop flowing to them and other nations as a means of buying loyalties, funding MIIM, and aiding the march of the NWO. You don’t buy friends and good neighbors, you build good neighbor relationships and cement friendship by actions, by standing by them in a time of need, and by being fair. You don’t take food out of your own children’s mouth and give it to the neighbors when they have their own.

Plank Eleven: Fix Health Care and Confront Pharma

Step one is to forbid Pharma to advertise to the public. Doctors, perhaps, via medical journals. This will lower prescription prices. Step two is to forbid insurance companies from forcing deductibles or co-pay minimums at term start, which effectively eliminates the poor from getting health care even when they have insurance. I myself have insurance which I and my children cannot use for this cause. Step three is to stop the fat-cat billing schemes inherent in Medicaid and Medicare which allow hospitals and doctors to rake in tons of money for outrageous charges and unnecessary procedures. These need to be replaced with a monitoring system that rewards discovery of overcharges and excessive billing.

In my own extended family I can cite countless thousands of dollars in endless examples both at private practice and hospital levels. Step four is to establish government oversight, which will never work unless the FDA and CDC is eliminated and replaced with a body that protects the people rather than the corporations. Step five is to FULLY investigate the origins of HIV, Avian, and other man made virus,’ including Cancer, and to ALLOW alternative medicine cures to be explored.

Step six (step one, really) is to shred Codex Alimentarius, Agenda 21, and related NWO efforts. GMO crops should be illegal unless passing stringent tests by outside agencies. Currently, it seems, no GMO crop could pass such a test and represent a greater long-term health threat than the Black Plague. A Congressional investigation of Monsanto actions is in order.

Plank Twelve: Fix Agriculture and Immigration

Step one is to make it illegal for any firm to control more than 15% (or some number which assures competition still thrives) of a food supply or aspect of production and distribution — no monopolies such as enabled by GMO and Agenda 21. Step two is to enforce current labor laws against employers instead of focusing only on illegal workers, which would tend to make illegal migrant emigrants less of a an issue. Step three is to naturalize all current illegal aliens who can pass minimum tests for language, non criminality, and health, and simultaneously truly seal the borders and evict all who do not pass the standards. Step three is to allow conditional work visas for would-be emigrant migrant workers based on a system of work demand vs. worker supply such that if non emigrants will take the jobs, they may more easily do so without competition from illegals. Step five is to stop teaching mainstream courses in multiple languages in our schools. You must know English to go to school, where if you wish to learn a second language as its own course, you may do so. So if you want to be a migrant worker crossing the border, learn English first or leave your kids behind.

Plank Thirteen: Stop the RFID Technology Threat

EPC RFID Tag with permission of SMARTCODE Corp...

EPC RFID Tag by CEditor (Photo credit: Wikipedia)

If you do not understand the nature and threat which Radio Frequency Identification Devices represent to your personal liberty, then you have not read my books or been paying good attention to the Web. I suggest you can ‘catch up’ by listening to my Webinar interview with Republic Magazine… about 32 minutes into the interview. The one simple way to stop RFID as a threat is to simply require them to be removable or destroyed at point of purchase, and that all such product be prominently labeled.

Plank Fourteen: Stop Canamex COLD, Kill NAFTA/CAFTA and Job Exportation

This is a broad topic beyond the scope of usefulness in this (already too-long) an article. I would simply repeal or renegotiate the agreements in place and write Canamex out of existence. See my blog post on Lion Dance, or request my free newsletter on Canamex for an eye opening explanation of why this is a critical step; email proparanoid at comcast net.

Plank Fifteen: End the Drug War and decriminalize illicit drugs, empty the prisons.

America, with a population on par with Europe, has a half million people behind bars for drug related matters, more prisoners per capita in this one category than most other nations have for all crimes combined. It is a fake drug war prosecuted by a CIA front agency (the DEA was founded by top CIA operatives) as a tool to protect illicit drug sales by sanctioned CIA conduits. It forces the price (and profits) artificially high, and fosters a prison-based economy to the delight of corporate greedsters. Take away the criminality and replace it with treatment, and it will cost our economy one tenth as much, boost GNP, and make it less profitable for Cartels and CIA alike. Pushers stay in jail, users walk.

Plank Sixteen: Fix Voting and Census

The Census is very critical to certain functions of government, including Districting for voter representation and the voting process. But the Census can be done in a way which is not invasive and a violation of privacy, and is kinder to those less disposed to cooperate. The solution is similar to a solution I have in mind for fixing the less-than-trustworthy voting system. These solutions are too complex to fit a paragraph or two, but essentially decouple raw information from the identity of the individual after a simple verification process, which is to say, that in the passing of information, identity verification simultaneously dissociates the information with the individual. Additionally, a verification process facilitates the individual’s ability to verify their vote or census material was correctly tallied and attributed as intended, all the way up the ladder to the final tally. The general method may be loosely described as being similar to certain email encryption schemes involving keys in possession of both the sender and the recipient.

Plank Seventeen: Get at and Expose the Truth

JFK, RFK, MLK, Peltier, Riconosciuto, Christic Institute’s Secret Team, Mena, OKC, Waco, S&L, CIA/DOD mind control, MJ-12 and UFOs, and above all, 9-11 and the Derivatives Scam. Conspiracy theories, my a**. If the official facts are in conflict with themselves and defy reality and/or logic, but are accepted and tendered as truth, that is a kind of proof of a cover up, and any time you have a cover up, it is automatically a conspiracy as a matter of fact. It therefore justifies further investigation by independent and unbiased participants. Truthers will out.

Plank Eighteen: End Globalist Traitor Domination of Government(s)

You cannot be a patriot and serve fellow citizens in office if your true allegiance is to a Globalist agenda which would seek the end of national sovereignty. An oath of political office should include declaration of non alliance, affiliation, membership, or sympathy for the goals of Globalist organizations such as the Bilderbergers, Tri-Lateral Commission, Council on Foreign Relations, Skull and Bones, and the like. To violate the oath would make one subject to prosecution and imprisonment.

Plank Nineteen: Kill the Military-Industrial-Intelligence-Media Complex

While this has already been addressed in part above, I would additionally want every black operation and military and intelligence project currently in works or previously undertaken reviewed. Where such operations were deemed either in support of a New World Order or in support of MIIM profiteering or power grabs, all persons associated with it at management level would be subject to investigation and possible prosecution for treason.

Plank Twenty: Fix Social Security

This is easy to do. As we see in planks 3 and 4, funding SS as it was intended will be quite doable, with additional help by easing of government costs resulting from many of the other planks. Further, plank 8 gives employees of corporations a built-in retirement program vastly superior to SS, and thus SS obligations now active would be come locked in or ‘grandfathered,’ but it would become a voluntary program at each new employment opportunity. Further, I would enforce the law regarding SS numbers and force the elimination of all electronic data and forms outside of the Social Security Office of said numbers. It has no place in credit reports and other records.

Plank Twenty One: Explore an alternative to Daylight Savings Time; Social Time

Our highways are clogged, unemployment is high, classrooms are crowded, stress is high. A long list of such social complaints can be offered. I propose a review of what I call Social Time, presented here in oversimplified explanation; a work day definition is cut to seven and a half hours paid, plus another hour for lunch and breaks, but the bulk of social infrastructure both private and governmental would be expanded from ‘a day’s work’ to a full 24 hour work cycle. That would mean, with broad participation (voluntary for the most part), that businesses and agencies would be open at all hours, which would dramatically reduce volume of client traffic at any given hour and spread it out somewhat evenly over the whole clock.

This would allow some reduction in manpower needs on an hourly basis, yet often provide new jobs to support the extra hours. As time progresses, the work day for an individual would start 90 minutes later each day, thus revolving everyone through all twenty-four hours over the space of just under a month — 14 times a year. We would not need to build more schools to reduce classroom crowding, or more transportation systems to handle population growth, etc. GNP and employment could only benefit, and make the country more competitive. Part and parcel of this idea is to END PART TIME EMPLOYMENT loopholes for employers who don’t want to offer benefits. EVERYONE GETS BENEFITS, but under the various planks outlined above, the cost to employers for benefits will decrease.

Plank Twenty Two: Establish True Redress and an Initiative Process

Whistleblowing shall not be punished. Lawsuits against government for violation of rights or constitutional violations shall be funded by government. In balance, should government win the case, the costs will fall back to the plaintiff. Any citizen can propose a law for consideration in a process similar to that found in several states, such as Oregon. If such proposed law meets constitutional tests, is written to legal requirements, well defined and stated, and can earn popular support (signatures of citizens who so support), it can be sent to Congress for debate and possible passage. In Oregon, the law goes to the ballot for vote by the people, as does all legislation proposed by State legislators. See next Plank on how this might play at a national level.

Plank Twenty Three: Review of possible Constitutional Change from Republic to Advocated Democracy

Especially where initiative process (prior plank) is in play, the use of the Internet could allow, with careful creation of safeguards as also addressed in earlier planks, a way to allow the people to vote on Bills rather than Congressmen. This would be an Advocated Democracy, where elected Representatives (the Republic style) would instead merely propose or debate initiative proposed laws. This would be broadcast and each citizen would then decide to vote for or against the legislation. No more pork barrel, no more bribed Senators, no more fat cats, no more buried language, no more end-run legislation. Just pure simple will of the people.

Plank Twenty Four: End Non Consensual Testing on unwitting subjects, and use of Political Control Technology (PCT)

Last but perhaps foremost in terms of being close to my heart. While current laws prohibit non consensual testing or use of weapons, drugs, and procedures on citizens, there are far too many loopholes which allow it to take place. In my books I cite countless examples, and as consultant I work with victims of it every day. Worse, the very agencies established for the purpose or which otherwise have authority to enforce such laws, are compromised by intent or by lack of training and resources, not to mention handicapped by their very belief structures. It is a sin that Police, for instance, automatically presume one crazy for hearing voices in their head when it is a known fact that CIA and Department of Defense has spend billions to develop technology which allows anyone to be targeted with such experiences, generally with the express purpose of discrediting the target by making them seem mentally imbalanced.

I’ve already proposed language for laws which properly address this topic, and submitted them in written testimony to the Massachusetts State Legislator when they were considering such a Bill. Currently, the military and CIA are developing new PCT faster than we can learn of it, generally under the guise of antiterrorism and funded through Homeland Security. It is a joke to presume that any of this technology can in any way prevent terrorism. It can only enable political control of the population, and nothing more.

The Best: Tracking You and Your Family Just Got a Whole Lot Easier (whiskeyandgunpowder.com)
How Roosevelt Sold Us to the Higher Bidder: the Federal Reserve (myvoice2012.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, History, military, News Events, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Technology, Unemployment

1 Comment

Tags: campaign plank, corporate personhood, election, executive order, federal reserve, IRS, Political Control Technology, President, presidential campaign, presidential election, tax

U.S. Military: ‘The Best Defense’ & Your Future In Their Eyes

Nov 16

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

On Military Thinking About ‘The Best Defense’ and Your Future in Their Eyes

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce by request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

military thinking

Dateline Portland, OR Nov 16, 2011

military thinking

Partnership of the Military and the New World Order

We all want a strong military to defend our country, and we would not wish to deny them tools for a ‘best defense,’ but we would prefer that be their only role. Unfortunately, one cannot fear the New World Order without also fearing the U.S. Military Establishment (along with a bunch of other people). The role of the Military in meeting the goals of the NWO to establish a one-World government ruled by (we must logically deduce) the Antichrist has often been made clear. As any Truther will likely tell you, and if not, I will tell you, the 9-11 attacks would surely seem to be such an example, though many other examples are easier to reveal. We must rightly therefore question what the military sees for your future in their eyes. We know what that future is, and I’ve written of it often, but all-too few of us have gotten the message.

And there are other examples. For one, their fascination with development of ‘antiterrorism’ weapons with Homeland Security funding or through DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Project Agency) or any number of quasi-governmental think tanks such as SIAC (Science International Applications Corp.). As I have shown in my books and newsletters time and again (listing hundreds of examples in The Professional Paranoid’s Defensive Field Guide), the overwhelming majority of such research clearly has nothing to do with terrorists but everything to do with either or both crowd control or mind control, or spying in support thereof (Political Control Technology, PCT).

This includes everything from swarms of flying insect-sized spy devices to the mammoth HAARP (High Altitude Auroral Research Program) associated with everything from Weather War (earthquakes, killer storms) to regional mind control to deep-sea communications with submarines and other legitimate defense applications. In fact, it even seems tied to the possible application of HAARP and like facilities around the World for the suspected and feared Project BlueBeam, a NWO plot thought to employ massive global in-air projections of holographic images along with in-head audio to simulate the second coming of Christ… only it will be to help seat the Antichrist. These capabilities would indeed seem to be within HAARP and associated system abilities as seen in my YouTube vid.

We can also add to the list concerns about development of race-specific pathogens and bio weapons based on zoonotics (new never-before existing man-modified animal virus‘ so that man can be infected with little or no hope of a vaccine being developed quickly: e.g., Avian Flu, Swine Flu, Aids, etc.) and nanotech and the deliberate release (testing) of strains on civilian populations, and for the matter, a history of testing such weapons on U.S. Citizens going back more than 100 years. The Defensive Field Guide has pages of such testing listed, and my book set Fatal Rebirth takes a very close look at bio-weapons development and use, though recent investigations reveal that the scary picture emerging on those pages is merely the tip of the iceberg. Those who already know the NWO for what it is know all about the concept of Eugenics and deliberate population reduction with soft and hard kill technologies. How else do you expect them to get us down to 500 million population?

So when I ran across a very simple and innocent blog article by staff writer Skyler Frink in Military & Aerospace Electronics questioning what is ‘the best defense’ strategy for the military, I felt I had to weigh in. They were kind enough to allow me to post a comment to their blog pages (uncensored) with my own viewpoints. I wrote with admitted restraint, citing concerns about the Revolution in Military Affairs (RMA). Since I cannot reproduce their blog here without permissions, I suggest you take a few moments to read it on their site, and my gentler response. Three minutes total read to compare what the rank and file within the military-industrial complex itself presumes to describe our Military’s role and best defense as opposed to the picture painted, here. Then you may continue reading here what I wish I could have said there, but which would have been inappropriate and unwelcome to the point of likely rejection.

military thinking

The Revolution in Military Affairs

RMA was a concept very logical in its basis and would have simply addressed a viable need in a reasonable way, except for one thing. Those responsible for its evolution and results included NWO shills (I’m being polite). Just one example would be the avowed Satanist and U.S. Army Lt. Col. Michael Aquino. Aquino holds a Doctorate Political Science and founded the Temple of Set, a splinter group of the Church of Satan, all of which are organized (like many cults) along Masonic models such that they have a public side (relatively prim and proper, even for Satanic public relations) and a darker, secretive NWO cabal side.

Aquino has been involved in everything from a psychological warfare support role in Operation Phoenix, the Army/CIA mass civilian assassination program in Vietnam said to have claimed as many as 40,000 persons, to mind control projects there and here in the U.S., to child molestation cases involving the military (see note), and more, including a project to ‘unify all religions’ into a single religion suitable for political control (think THX-1138, where you ‘confess your sins’ to the government’s priest). The devilish (literally) concept and early stage development to combine religions were undertaken at the military occupied Presidio, and continues even today as being associated with the Presidio — which is where Aquino’s child molestation cases came to make news which some say threatened to expose a pedophile ring within the Pentagon itself.

Note: As detailed in depth in my book MC Realities, ritual sexual and Satanic abuse of young children is part and parcel of building Manchurian Candidate-style sleeper agents and super soldiers (Delta). CIA, DOD, and many other organizations have employed this method for centuries and is the one central core technology which enables the tracking of the history of mind control back through time all the way to the Crusades and the Knights Templar, which evolved to hide within the Masons stone worker’s guild, and eventually took it over to become Free Masonry. It is from within that body whence came the Illuminati, the originators of the NWO movement to seat the Antichrist in an extremely long-term game plan which still unfolds today. What DOD has also learned it seems, as also explored in the book, is that it is possible to use fake alien abductions to do the same job with adults.

With top Pentagon clearance Aquino has been described as instrumental in guiding RMA. His power was so considerable (some say he is actually now a General, though retired) and remains in force such that you will not even find an entry for him at Wikpedia, but rather, only an entry for the Temple of Set. There was an entry, but it was removed and is the stuff of conspiracies. Thus his role in RMA must surely have been considerable, and no doubt there were others along side him of like ilk who’s names are unknown to us. Charges are that the military is rife with Satanism and NWO mentality, and based on the outcome of RMA, I must conclude it likely so:

Paramaters, the U.S. Army War College publication some years ago had a short piece on RMA which has since gone into the black hole. It was, however, reproduced in part in The Spotlight Newspaper in Washington D.C., itself also since gone into the black hole. The article cited Parameters description of just one small aspect of RMA which should be of utmost concern to us here: the definition of the kinds of wars the military should expect to face in the near future (NEAR future). One of these was termed as The People’s War. Another related term was Politico-Military Force Matrix. These and dozens of inter-related RMA terms are including among the hundreds of PCT terms found in the Defensive Field Guide. But these two we need to look at, here and now.

military thinking

21st Century Politico-Military Force Matrix

Nonlethal technology (all of which can kill, and has), when coupled with traditional forms of lethal weaponry and general tactical options available to government, the military, and law enforcement, allow for the application of short-term incapacitation, long-term incapacitation, and deadly force against the physical and mental perceptual attributes of human targets as well as the hardware and software attributes of machine targets. The overall collective of advanced types of weapons and psychological mind control methods form an array which can be expressed in a matrix which defines Political and Military options. He who best utilizes the matrix, or has more options within the matrix, wins.

This has been published by the USAF Institute for National Security Studies, and has been well applied in recent Middle East wars and continues during the occupations. The oil and opium must flow (with apologies to Dune author, Frank Herbert and his phrase, “The Spice must flow,” which justified the Emperor’s launching a war intent on planet-wide genocide.) Fiction becomes reality, it seems.

It also portends the Military Police State, as these same matrix elements are viewed as key to retaining power and control of a nation. Its all about PCT, which is where this article started. But the few articles available on the Web regarding the finite details of the Matrix seem to have gone the way of the black hole, too. We do have one military look at it which carefully avoids (perhaps because of not being aware of those aspects) such references. Yet it frames the concept nicely.

military thinking

The People’s War

It was defined by RMA (and is cited in Fatal Rebirth and The Defensive Field Guide) essentially as an EXPECTED conflict with “Constitutionalists, militia, ex-military, patriots, survivalist, and the poor and politically disenfranchised.” In short, the 99%. Add to this quote the factual existence and use of a ‘Shoot Americans Questionnaire‘ given to select military units to see if they would: fire on U.S. Citizens who refused to turn over their guns; obey a United Nations Commander; and supplant Police services (and other NWO useful questions). The entire questionnaire and analysis of answers provided by troops is in The Defensive Field Guide, as well. None of these things are Constitutional, legal, or moral options, though various Presidential Executive Orders and military edicts have pre staged to allow for them (another blog post in works will address this and become linked – subscribe to my blog posts to be informed automatically).

Add also that Dick Cheney authorized the DOD to establish a special group to kidnap and assassinate American Citizens, or enter their homes covertly (for any dark purpose including theft or sabotage, vandalism or arson). The story broke in the Toronto Sun who has seen fit for some reason to vanish the article, which is reproduced here. In similar vein, of course, the White House (despite Obama election campaign promises) and DOD have deemed to allow torture and detainment of suspects without due process or trial, though we ‘politely’ ship our prisoners elsewhere for torture so we can have clean hands. How neat and tidy, and we even give it a pretty sounding name, rendition. For all these reasons and more, I ask in Fatal Rebirth…

“Do you, as an American citizen, care that the military thinks gun seizure a likely enough future mission to ask this question of troops? If a member of the economic underclass, do you think your conditions will be improving in the near future if the military thinks taking away guns will become their job? Why should the military be allowed to think this way and still hold the power of arms, themselves? Perhaps the only proper gun control is to take them away from a military run amuck that it might target citizens. If this is our national defense force at work, does it not ring of fascism?”

military thinking

The Best Defense?

Thus the way I might have preferred to end my piece at M&AE would have been to suggest that the best defense is the total rework of the Military chain of Command to include sweeping out the trash and putting better controls into place. I’m not even so sure that the Pentagon shouldn’t be leveled to the ground and replaced with the pre WWII system of Command. I’ll admit that I’m not enough the expert to make that call, but by God, if I were President, I’d get some advice on it right away… unless of course, I happened to be just another standard issue NWO Cabal member President, myself. Hmmm…

But the way I answered the article was suitable to the need, and important enough to repeat here, given that one of the highest ranking soldiers in the Land has already publicly stated that nationwide Martial Law is expected soon. US Army General Tommy Franks, who led the coalition invasion of Iraq to oust Saddam Hussein, and who commanded the siege and mass murder at Waco as well as the burial of the evidence with bulldozers… described in an interview for Cigar Aficionado that the results of another attack by terrorists with weapons of mass destruction would result in our Constitutional form of government being replaced by a Military government. We also know that the new Constitution for such an event has already been written. The Constitution of the NewStates of America, with analysis suggesting surprise America is not spelled with a ‘k,’ is also reproduced in Fatal Rebirth. Don’t cry for us, Argentina!

So I repeat from my response to M&AE: Since we cannot rely on absolute power to police itself, the best defense in my opinion as student of military thinking is, perhaps, improved observation and control of the planners. Actually, I would prefer a means of divorcing centralized control of National Guard in any such action and instead allowing State’s Governors to be the sole local commanders. And no, I don’t trust FEMA in that role given their less-than-zero-performance track record.

In more direct terms, the only way to insure defense against domestic enemies, in my opinion, is to declare the Pentagon a potential enemy and allow the State Militias (the National Guards and even the citizen militia groups under volunteer command of the Guard) to be responsible for any such Martial Law. That would PREVENT and refuse subservience to any Military government, even to the point of succession from the Union pending reformation of the nation under the Constitution. Tommy Franks, Dick Cheney, Aquino, and a long list of others could then be put on trial for treason, murder, etc.

But that’s in that perfect World that we don’t live in, at least not yet.

The Best Defense is… (Military & Aerospace Electronics)
Now Even MAINSTREAM MEDIA Is QUESTIONING HAARP’S TRUE PURPOSE: SEE FOR YOURSELF! (thetruthabout1111.wordpress.com)
Former CIA Black Ops member confesses NWO plan (newsworldwide.wordpress.com)
Is The Church In America Prepared For Red Alert / Martial Law?? (zionistoutrage.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, military, News Events, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: aquino, DARPA, military, New World Order, NWO, People's War, Political-Military Matrix, Politico-Military Matrix, Revolution in Military Affairs, RMA, SAIC

The NWO Class War on the Non Elites/Professionals

Oct 13

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

The NWO Class War on Non Elites: The Temp Agencies

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce by request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

Class War

Dateline Portland, OR Oct 12, 2011

Class War

If you are not an Elite, watch out, as even professionals can find themselves out of work and victim of Class War.Class War

Oregon Unemployment first 8 months 2011

Official unemployment figures are unreliable because they deliberately stop tracking people who no longer draw unemployment insurance payments, and people who do not qualify drop off the list the same month they are reported. How we, as a nation, allow government to cook figures in such a way so that they may continue in power, is beyond me. Since you are reading this, I’m presuming you are not quite that dumbed down by media.

They do this, of course, so we won’t know how bad things really are. Here’s how bad they really are: Portland, Oregon, a population of about 1.8 M, had a total of 300 new jobs listed with the State Employment Offices for (as I recall, June of 2011). The official chart shows UE at 9% in June (6th vertice), which means about 150,000 people were competing for 300 Jobs!

If everyone applied only for one job, that’s 500 per job. But its worse than that, because over half the jobs require specific skills in the Medical industry or other technical disciplines which decreases the opportunities for those without the needed skills.

The unemployment stats seem to be improving in the chart, by the way, not because more people are going back to work, but because more people are dropping off the chart than are being laid off. But none of this is what motivates this article, it is merely background information. I’m not even motivated to write this not because I’ve suffered the Class War depicted herein as related to unemployment issues, even though I have.

No. I’m motivated because my balcony overlooks a portion of parking lot for one of those low-rent Temp Employment joints. You know, the kind of place where the unemployed go to stand around like illegal immigrants waiting for a farmer’s truck to drive by and choose workers for the day. As distasteful as the image sounds, it is very close to the mark for those who rely on such sources for meager opportunities to earn a little money. Its really another example or clue regarding the very real Class War being waged by the NWO against anyone not of their ‘ilk.’ And again, as distasteful as the image sounds, that’s not the worst of it, and not my motivation.

The motivation stems from observations made both from the balcony, and by talking with those found in the lot and within the office. There are two aspects. One is what I see them do, and one is what I hear them say.

Class War

Here is what I see them do:

• Live in their cars, junker vehicles typically on the edge of being mistaken for scrap. Cars that have plastic over busted windows, no working heater, no working starter, a door that can only be opened from the outside, missing fenders, hoods, bumpers, you name it. The NWO wars on the poor with taxes, fines, and fees on automobiles, as well as safety, environmental, and insurance regulations which are weighted to impact the poor more seriously than the rest of us.

A single moving violation can wipe them off the face of the earth, as if they can’t afford the $300 minimum, they lose their license, and if caught driving suspended, their car is towed and lost forever, as they cannot get it back without their license.

• Sleep overnight in the parking lot in sleeping bags they hide, along with the backpack or shopping cart out of which they are living, behind the building. There seems to be some kind of ‘honor’ among them such that those who do not get to work watch over the goods of those that do… most of the time. The NWO wars on the homeless by systematically ‘cleaning house’ on their camps as discovered, taking their possessions and throwing them away as trash, and often arresting, roughing up, harassing, or forcefully ejecting them from the community. The idea is to make some other community more attractive, we might presume. I’ve talked to some who say they have been routed out of a dozen cities or more, in some cases the very night they arrive.

• Urinate and defecate in the lot, as it is too far to make it to the nearest gas station or restaurant when pressed, and most of them have already been kicked out of those establishments as ‘non customers,’ given that they can’t afford to buy anything most of the time they need to use the facilities. Every few days they risk being thrown out and use a public restroom to ‘bath’ themselves in the sink, and once a month, perhaps, if it can be afforded, toss one of their two sets of clothes into a laundromat’s machine. The NWO wars on the homeless by placing profits of their consumer outlets above the most basic humane considerations most people would afford an animal.

Unless you are my age, you may not be aware: they actually had to pass a law to force restaurants to offer water to non paying customers. Despite this, they can get away with charging for the paper cup if a fast-food joint.

• Show up hours before the place opens; those lucky enough to have homes or places to crash will want to be next in line after those who slept there overnight. Many walk or ride a bike, some take the bus if they can afford it. A few have cars. It seems to be a first-come, first-serve matter when the jobs available require no skills, which is almost all that is made available through these kinds of low-rent places.

Just as the illegal alien migrant workers are oppressed into perpetual impoverishment by the farmer’s methods of employment, the NWO’s oppressive Class War simulates that method in the nature of temp agencies. They sell hope, they deliver crumbs, and of course, take a portion of the wages for themselves that would not be lost if the firms would simply advertise the job directly. Ah, but that would mean actual hiring, wouldn’t it, and that would mean some level of benefits would need to be paid.

• Everyone will wait endless hours. Since there is little room inside, most sit on the curb, the fender of their car or in it, or bring their own chairs. By two or three PM, it is clear that those remaining (typically more than half) will get no work for the day, so they leave to forage for bottles and cans on the road, or do whatever else they do to survive. I shudder to think, but the Police, a primary tool of the NWO, will surely hassle them whenever they see an opportunity. Again, they would like them to consider some other community a better choice.

Class War

Here is what they say:

• Less than one in ten is drawing unemployment. They therefore ‘do not exist’ in government unemployment statistics. Vanishing the problem this way is a War tactic, because if no one knows there are victims of a War, no one will protest the War and insist it be ended. There is no useful reason to lie so harmfully beyond this. Judge your civilization by how civilized it is toward the unfortunate.

• Most of them have mouths to feed which is why they try so hard for so little. Bless them and love them for not turning to crime. At best, they tend to work 1-3 days a week, but suffer those statistics because they are TOLD and they hope and pray for a chance to be ‘hired’ by the company for whom they will be a temp if they can just get a shot at it.

That is an illusion. Statistically less than one in ten will be asked to hire on as an actual employee. The NWO corporations are more and more relying on part time and temp workers because they get to avoid paying benefits and retirement programs, one way they War on the lower classes.

• More than half have health problems which will likely never be addressed until they keel over and someone calls an ambulance. While perhaps 15 percent may have insurance benefits, they cannot afford the copays or deductibles. That, too, is by NWO design, as almost all insurance programs are set up so only people with money can play, and others stay away, even when forced to keep up the premiums. That is a whole other blog post, because there is a lot to talk about, there.

• Only about one in four admit to being homeless due to bad choices in life, such as gambling, drinking, or crime and punishment, or divorce or other personal matters gone awry. Of the balance, most blame the Banks and Commercial Credit, the financial debacle, and the economy as having made it impossible to keep their home. That is the NWO war at its finest.

And when Obama came to give help, how did he do it? Did it give money to allow these people to get back into their homes? No. he gave money to the very banks that evicted them… and he gave money to others still in their home to help pay those banks. Everyone else gets the pavement or, if they haven’t lost them, their cars. Welcome to the cold night of political reality, now please leave town because we don’t want you here if you can’t pay anymore money to the banks and other NWO businesses (syndrome).

Class War

Just 20 of the 120 can be seen at a time

I’m sure there are more upscale Temp Agencies (bigger) who will hopefully be able to offer a better snapshot than the one presented. But they cater to the more skilled workers, the ones who should be holding good paying jobs, but who, through the Temp process, will earn less than minimum wage for the year. The ‘upscale’ nature of it does not improve the picture all that much, it only increases the money they shave off the wages.

As for the low end of the spectrum, I find it troubling that there are two such Temp agencies within walking distance of my home, some six blocks apart. There 120 temp agency offices in the greater Portland area according to City Search, so close together in some cases you can’t see them on the Map (core area shown).

The Occupy Wall Street (and everywhere else) people have it right. Anonymous even has most of it right (one can argue about ethics of hacking). The Truthers have it right. Most activists have it right. I urge you to join them when the opportunity arises. If you are waiting for things to get better, I have news for you:

YOU are what you’ve been waiting for.

Laurie Penny: This is a class war disguised as a generation war (independent.co.uk)
Is There Really a Looming Global Class War? (genomega1.wordpress.com)
Obama’s off-target class war (politico.com)
Wall Street Protests (robertlindsay.wordpress.com)
6 Ways the Rich Are Waging a Class War Against the American People | The 2012 Scenario (lucas2012infos.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, News Events, People, Political Commentary, Uncategorized, Unemployment

Leave a comment

Tags: Class War, Employment, Unemployment

On Anonymous, Anonymous Methods, and Anonymous Targets

Sep 26

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

On Anonymous,

Anonymous Methods,

and Anonymous Targets

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce by request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

V is for Vendetta

Dateline Portland, OR Sept 26, 2011

V is for Vendetta

“We are Anonymous; V is for Vendetta”

Anonymous, the hacker group, should perhaps be both feared and revered, depending on… POV

V is for Vendetta

Introduction… Who is Anonymous?

A shadowy freedom fighter using terrorist/assassin methods known only as ‘V‘ was originally the concept and character of DC Comics, in a comic book series which lasted for only ten issues in March of ’82 through May of ’89. Called V for Vendetta, it was written by Alan Moore and relied on the wonderful artwork of David Lloyd. V, as a character, described himself as Anonymous (the 1st, if you will). A viral hacker group has hence adopted the name, the mask and other graphical elements of the character, and elements of V’s tactical modus operandi (vendetta, for one) for their own use. And they seem all powerful thereby.

Not just the hacker group, Anonymous, but a much greater group of seeming millions of would-be revolutionaries (I include myself, of late) seeking to right things wrong with the World and its ‘System,’ who in all likelihood are at least sympathetic with the goals of the hackers, if not their methods. Anonymous is, after all, a symbol, an idea, and not merely a fictional character, or even a hacker group. It is something which has taken on its own living persona as a collective of human expression as much as any idealistic movement in history, intangible and shapeless, and yet indelible and impacting. In the sixties, it was the Peace Symbol and a raised pair of fingers to form a ‘V’ behind which we rallied. Today, it is a mask and a V within a circle, arguably, the circle of the peace symbol as it reflects the non violence philosophy embraced by Anonymous.

Certainly, a typical person is quite enamored with the romantic image of rogue defiance of injustice, a popular theme in art and life. But we many who take up the mask have no direct affiliation with Anonymous beyond such visages and ideals… have no such power or ability to take direct action against the system as hackers… and most lack the desire to risk the kind of bravado exhibited by Anonymous, and shrink at the notion of criminality required. The later determinations are highly personal, of course, and undoubtedly vary person to person, but we all share the dream with the hackers, all share the visual trappings. Thus we all may rightly claim, “We are legion. We are Anonymous.” It is a kind of Political statement, a slogan behind which to rally and taunt the enemy called the New World Order.

An unstated but important message to the System is, however, that this could change at any time. Should the system wax even more repressive or make one false move, it could easily find that the greater army of mask wearers would unite and act in ways resulting in an actual revolution of the kind which replaces governments. Such an army could grow manifold overnight, like a flash flood, in fact, because for everyone willing to adopt the Mask, there are likely 10 or even 100 who teeter on the edge of doing so, and even more who like the idea but simply think it is not appropriate for them at the time. All can change in an instant depending on the stimuli. The System should rightly fear and respect that possibility, and behave accordingly, and not transgress. That is the great logic and genius at work within the idea of Anonymous.

V is for Vendetta

Hollywood screenplay and distant history drive the movement

V (Hugo Weaving) confronts the Dictator (John Hurt)

In 2006, a screen adaptation by Warner Bros was produced which has become a cult classic. As such, it became a kind of springboard for the ideas which led to the Hacker group and those who share their goals. The film is revered and promoted almost as if a recruitment tool by those fed up with the New World Order, Fascism, and corruption in government and corporate machines. There are several places where one can watch the movie on line if they do not mind endless popups and commercial interruptions. I refuse to recommend a specific site for this reason. Go buy or rent the film, it is well worth it. In the watching you will learn truths about America and much of the World which you may have overlooked if not yet awaken to the fact that you have been lied to consistently by media and government for decades. It can be a Sheeple eye opener.

The film reveals these things despite a setting in a future Great Britain, a nation by then an outright Police State. Interestingly, one bit of dialog sounds very much like a reverse of the Boston Tea Party in description, where goods from the U.S. are to be dumped into the London Harbor, and the American government is decried as corrupt and overbearing as was the King of England in 1776. The screenplay, by the way, was written by Larry and Andy Wachowski, better known for their stunning work in The Matrix series, which is perhaps why some popular Web depictions of V or related graphics such as the mask sometimes bear an uncanny ‘green’ resemblance to the tumbling Matrix symbols so frequently seen in those films.

V must wear a mask because of disfigurement, not unlike the Phantom of the Opera. And in many respects he is a bit superhuman because of non consensual genetic manipulations on prisoners by a foul government experiment gone terribly wrong. There is also a hint of his being mentally unhinged to a ‘useful degree’ as well, especially a fixation upon a particular date and a poetic line repeated in the film: “Remember, remember, the fifth of November, the gunpowder treason and plot. I know of no reason why the gunpowder treason should ever be forgot.” This is in turn based on a real historical plot on Nov. 5, 1605, to kill King James I and the full House of Parliament by blowing up the Bailey, a building of Parliament. It was called the gunpowder rebellion.

It was a foiled plot, undertaken by a lone revolutionary named Guy Fawkes, hoping to spark followers by his act. Like V, Fawkes was imprisoned and tortured, but unlike V, eventually executed. Actually, the plot was Jesuit orchestrated and tied to the fact that the government of England was at the time Protestant, and Queen Elizabeth I had been excommunicated, along with the rest of England’s non Catholics. This may be more than we need to know, but it is fascinating background, more so because V himself suffered horrifically on the same date (we know not exactly the future year), at which time he also manages to escape and be reborn as Anonymous. He then sets about establishing revenge for both himself and for Guy Fawkes… starting with blowing up the Bailey on the next available Nov. 5th he can manage.

This is followed by a subsequent invitation for the Sheeple to join with him on that same date one year hence — if they approve of and appreciate his efforts on their behalf. His efforts include much education on the lies and sins of their Fearless Leader, not to mention a lot of assassinations. As it happens, Anonymous is following a similar course of action, sans violence, as we shall see.

V is for Vendetta

Come now the NWO, and a real World version of V

The World depicted in the movie would seem to have come to pass in many respects in just four or five years since the film’s release. Some very specific events in the film are especially haunting to anyone who is fully informed on the criminal actions of the New World Order. No wonder then, perhaps, that someone should get the idea to reincarnate V in principle, theory, and in fact.

That would be, of course, the hacker group, which while rather small, appears to be globally based. Being a hacker is not conducive to making lots of friends and freely sharing risky ideas, especially when any use of such ideas means direct head-to-head confrontation with vast armies of sophisticated enemies — enemies who work tirelessly 24/7 and have an endless budget (e.g., government intelligence agencies). But the ideals expressed by V and Anonymous have indeed additionally infected millions of savvy Web users who have, for one reason or another, elected to employ the mask or some other symbol of V as their iconic avatar in various social media groups such as Facebook. Millions more take the mask into the street as political statement at protests, and thereby thwart FBI and Police cameras pending some abusive act to remove the mask by force.

They are everywhere, and even I am one who has elected such graphical trappings. It is not illegal, though repressive minds may move to make it so in their fear of an idea.

V is for Vendetta

A terrorist group with a Public Relations effort

One feels empowered by the Mask... it's own statement

Knowing the value of spreading the word, Anonymous seems fond of issuing videos to promote themselves. Like bin Laden videos, there are undoubtedly fakes claiming to be the real deal. But there are YouTube vids which promote and explain Anonymous which certainly seem to be created by them much in the same way as V employed himself in the film to educate the public and attempt to rally the people in support. Such works are compelling and intriguing, if not disturbing to watch. Out of fear the government or YouTube itself may eventually pull the works, I herewith outline one of the more key videos, detailing their hacking activities along the way:

V is for Vendetta

It starts with a quotes from V “Each of us has our own path,” and adds “but we share the same goal: a Free Humanity.”
A series of newscasts detail its hacking victories in Vendetta for government’s assault on WikiLeaks
Hacks crashing VISA and MasterCard financial services in Vendetta for suspending WikiLeaks accounts
Hacks of 51 government sites in Malaysia overnight in Vendetta for Internet censorship
Hacks of HB Gary, a Federally contracted Web security firm in Vendetta for boasting it would catch Anonymous
Hack of HB Gary posted thousands of confidential emails and forced resignation of their CEO
Hacks of government Web sites in Egypt, Libya, and Tunisia during unrest there, literally powering the revolution
Public statement “We are Anonymous. We are Legion, We do not forgive, We do not forget. Expect us.”
They threaten attacks in Vendetta for mistreatment of Bradley Manning (WikiLeaks source of DOD documents)
A news commentary describing Anonymous as ‘a new way to fight back… direct peaceful resistance.’
Quotes from John Kennedy regarding undue intrusion by government into privacy and censorship
A statement purpose for non violent restoration of the rule of law and fight the organized criminal class
A PBS interview describing Anonymous methods as highly democratic in deciding what targets to hit, and why
A quote from Sun Tzu’s Art of War, “Supreme excellence consists in breaking the enemy’s resistance without fighting.”
A long list of Cabalistic NWO entities and projects (e.g., HAARP, Controlled Media, Globalist Groups) as enemy
A Russian TV news clip warning all that governments can do to stop them is shut down the Internet
… and the advice that when that happens, the people will rise up to shut down the government
Closing quotes, “The resistance has begun,” and an introduction of a plan similar to V’s own…

V is for Vendetta

A Plan is hatched and you’re invited to play a role

That you in the back? No, its me. No, its the real Anonymous!

That year began June 15th and features it’s own Web site (whatistheplan.forumotion.com) where all who wish to participate may do so more actively as an actual member of, presumably, Anonymous. Going there, you are redirected (http://www.whatis-theplan.org/). Though considered an expert in privacy/security, I do not claim to be an expert in Web security. Yet I do know the redirect does not appear to offer anonymity and thus joining as invited may not be wise without additional precautions.

There are ways to visit ‘anonymously,’ such as afforded by first going to (natch) an anonymous surfing resource such as (natch) anonymous.org. Once using their free service, your Web activities cannot be tracked by the activities themselves. You can then only be tracked by having already been put under a full surveillance net. But the site clearly states that hacking and other illegal activities are not to be discussed, and thus one might be moved to presume that as long as they merely put about and keep their nose clean, they could care less that Big Brother is watching. Yet, under the Patriot Act, one cannot depend on government failing to define the act of registering at this site as ‘supporting terrorists’ in some way. Fascists love to persecute the soft targets of the unsuspecting as form of building their personal power within the system.

Else why would they murder poor Troy Davis? This one matter, alone, would drive me to consider being an Anonymous hacker, had I the skills. That is the power of a Martyr, it moves people to act and becomes its own backlash.

Regardless of the dangers in open surfing, I will myself join and report further as my opinion is molded by the experience. I’ve done battle with the FBI and the other agencies already, and I suspect they will not wish to target me further for reasons not useful to this article, though such detail might enamor the reader to me and result in more book sales. Relax — I’ll not abuse the reader thus.

Anonymous advises: “It is time we start becoming our own legends… If you feel something inside you pushing you toward acting on the plan… (join us.)” They describe a three phase plan. Phase II starts five months (November), they say, but neither it nor phase III are described. CBS is reporting they plan to shut Facebook down on Guy Fowkes day, as it is known in England (I would be happy to endure such an attack if it resulted in Facebook decoupling itself from the intelligence community — see my post on FascistBook) as described in a related article listed at page bottom, here.

Anonymous continues in exactly the strategic manner of V; “So if you see nothing, if the crimes of governments remain unknown to you, then we would suggest you allow this year to pass unmarked. But if you see what we see and you feel as we feel, and you would seek as we seek, then you too, are Anonymous. Stand beside us this year as we execute the plan, and together we shall give them a year which shall never be forgot. We are anonymous, united as one, divided by zero.”

If finally ends with one of the closing lines of the film, “Beneath this Mask… there is no flesh. Beneath this Mask is… an idea,” for which the punch line is, to underscore, “...and ideas are bullet proof.” That is true. You can kill a man for expressing an idea, but having had listeners, the idea lingers on long after his passing. Indeed, it is amplified in his martyrdom. That is one reason the Pen of Truth is mightier than the Sword of Lies. And when the one wielding the Pen is Anonymous, the Sword has nowhere to swing usefully, and it instead lashes forth in recklessly to cause collateral damage, and making martyrs of all in its path.

That speeds its undoing, for at noting the carnage, those nearby take warning, and consider the idea with more interest and, almost always, adopt it, and being quickly educated to the truth, and seeking to overpower the sword’s obvious evil. That is what Anonymous seeks to do. Unite us behind one idea… the idea that the day of tyrants and thieves in government is over. The New World Order is self-rendered as obsolete by their own greed, wanton murder, and their lashing out. They will extinguish themselves with just a little Anonymous help.

Are you that help?

V is for Vendetta

Target rich environment

I’d hate to be Anonymous and faced with trying to set priorities among all the possible deserving targets guilty of tyranny. They already have their own list of course, and I find it interesting (and appropriate) that amongst their list is the quasi-religious cult, Scientology, which has been linked to CIA and mind control projects in my research. But the problem of choosing targets as faced by a hacker group is just as huge for any legal form of targeting by activism, protest, or media efforts. My book, The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide list over 1,000 CIA fronts, half of which have engaged in illegal mind control projects or other criminal enterprise, such as drug smuggling, illegal weapons sales, etc. It also has page after page listing illegal non consensual bioweapon and similar experiments on unwitting Americans, some not terribly dissimilar from those inflicted upon V as Guinea Pig.

My book set Fatal Rebirth details the truth behind decades of dark news events which dot the American historical landscape from 1947 forward, to include Sept. 11, which it predicted. I’ve personally gone head-to-head with a lot of these people and might reasonably and rightly claim I owe a Vendetta, for the personal cost has been high. But it is not about me. It is about the crimes against countless others, and whole nations, races, and classes of people. Why? Because the NWO is at its heart Satanic and thus hates all who have faith. Because the NWO is at its heart racist and hates non whites. Because the NWO at its heart is greed driven and hates any competition for ownership of each existent dollar. Because the NWO is at its heart fascist and hates freedom. Because the NWO hates Free WIll and life itself, and seeks death for all who have it.

As consultant to countless victims of electronic weapons of Political Control Technology and organized stalking, I’ve encountered groups, organizations, and agencies deserving of targeting for the grievous suffering they have caused thousands. They have relentlessly destroyed individual lives with nightmares well beyond anything ever depicted in any documentary or commercial film, and which defy mere verbal description. As investigative writer, even more such criminal power brokers have been discovered. And, of course, there are the major criminal events of our time; false flag operations, fraudulent financial debacles and bail outs, behind the scenes deals. These events are exposed endlessly, and yet they continue on and on and on. Not all these people and groups can be touched in a direct way by Anonymous hacking, but they can be touched by you and me by our activism. Anonymous proposes that such activism is empowered by the use of their Mask and name. Thus far, I tend to agree.

In Fatal Rebirth I offer my own advice which, I suppose, could easily be adapted by an Anonymous group. It talks about who the enemy is, what the rules of engagement should be with a focus on nonviolent opportunities as well as what they should be in any eventual armed confrontation (revolution) forced by the other side. I would hope that it would deter at least one person for making a tragic mistake which results in loss of life. Other elements of my advice may serve to be a kind of challenge to Anonymous: the creation of an easy to use and spread… and quite ultimate encryption tool to allow completely safe Web communications without fear of prying government eyes even being aware of encryption. The basic design construct is laid out, and awaits only one talented person to create and distribute it. But of course, such is already illegal under Dracos law.

There is even advice in The Professional Paranoid on how to react when dealing with arrest and detention, interrogation, etc.

V is for Vendetta

Being Anonymous is not child’s play

Arrested at Anonymous Protest

So one should not casually join or support anonymous unless confident they may actually do so Anonymously or otherwise have in place some useful level of immunity from investigative reprisals. And there is one other thing: one must ask if a given Anonymous contact, either from the hacker group or the greater public body of mask wearers is the real deal, or if they are a government operative seeking entrapment.

Half the people in jail for ‘terrorism’ would never have considered doing anything criminal except for being duped into it, or worse, framed by agent provocateurs pretending to be terrorists themselves. You can earn $100,000 cash setting someone up for arrest, so entrapment has become ‘big business‘ among the low lifes so employed. You can bet governments will freely use such methods to trap actual hackers through their less savvy supporters, even if they have to threaten or actually prosecute innocents along the way. So if you are going to be Anonymous, don’t forget your mask, and don’t tell anyone you have it.

Me? I’ve already gone on record as having a mask (albeit mere artwork at the moment). So the FBI, CIA, DIA, NSA, HSA, and any other initial set may freely seek me out if they wish. Just know that my insurance policies still remain in place, and that there will be Vendetta of another sort should their hand (sword) be too heavily applied. They’ve already targeted me both intensively and randomly over the decades, sometimes devastatingly. But that was before I got the goods on some of their matters. Since then we’ve coexisted fairly peacefully in the same cyberspace. I don’t mind that they are in the woodwork, and they don’t mind that I talk about them. The Mask shouldn’t change things that much. Having dared to write this, I guess we will soon enough see.

Yet there is also safety in numbers. They can start lists of people who visit a Web site and register. They can make lists of people on the Internet to use Anonymous symbology and phraseology. They can make all the lists they wish, and add to them as many names as they wish, and what I wish, is that they do so, endlessly. Because the more names there are on the lists, and the more lists they have, the more meaningless and useless they become. We outnumber them millions to one. No matter how big their budgets, they cannot target us all for investigation and surveillance, much less arrest, prosecute, and jail us. And to attempt any of it detracts from their resources and abilities to go after Anonymous, the hackers. Thus there is only one possible way to logically end this article:

We are legion. Expect us.

V is for Vendetta

YouTube Vids of interest

Anonymous to take down Facebook on Guy Fawkes Day, who is Guy Fawkes? (cbsnews.com)
How Time Warner Profits from the ‘Anonymous’ Hackers (newsfeed.time.com)
FBI Arrests LulzSec and Anonymous Hackers (it.slashdot.org)
‘Anonymous’ hackers target BART, Fullerton police (latimesblogs.latimes.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Crime, Entertainment, History, News Events, People, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: Anonymous, DC Comics, Guy Fowkes, Hacker group, New World Order, V for Vendetta

Bush/Clinton NWO plans continue to unfold within Obama Administration

Sep 25

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Bush/Clinton NWO Plans
Continue to Unfold in Obama Administration

The two party system is a sham. There is only one party with two heads; the NWO Globalist Agenda Party (RepubliDems). New Boss same as the old boss… hope we don’t get fooled again!

New boss same as the old boss… hope we don’t get fooled again!

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

Dateline Portland, OR Sept 25, 2011

Obama equals bush

Introduction… and about suspension of belief structures

My book set Fatal Rebirth is in four volumes because it takes a lot of words to explain the Unified Conspiracy Theory and the history and future plans of the New World Order movement, originally founded by the Illuminati in 1776. It’s about logical, calculated, and cunning steps toward achieving End Game, and if you are thinking that ‘End Game’ does not bode well for you and me, you are absolutely correct. So this post, due to lack of space, cannot possibly catch you up on that background material and the ten-year research which went into it. So instead, may we please simply start with some basic assumptions you may or may not already be comfortable with? If you are, we are on the same page, but if not, then I beg you to suspend your current belief structures long enough to hear me out… because it may just help you to avoid making the same mistakes every four years… and avoid End Game.

The postulation is that there is no difference between one NWO Globalist in the White House, and another, regardless of the political robes they wear as Republicans or Democrats. In other words, with respect to advancing End Game, George Bush = Bill Clinton = George Bush = Barrack Obama (and other Presidents can be added to that list, save perhaps those murdered in office and those closer to the founding of the nation.) Fortunately, there are at least a few more steps which must be taken before End Game is upon us. But precious few are they, and so scary (predicted in Fatal Rebirth, which also predicted assassination efforts and 9-11 events, and resulting oil wars) — that we can afford to squander any remaining time running around in circles arguing over ‘issues’ which are meant from the very beginning to be divisive in order to distract us. They are manufactured and largely ‘artificial’ party politics, when the real questions should be “Why can’t we actually have a President and a Congress who represents Americans and America’s best interests instead of the NWO agenda?”

If we could get that, all of our other concerns would be far easier to address, including divisive party politics.

Obama equals bush

Four assumptions useful in following this presentation:

1) The NWO Globalist Agenda is, at its heart, Fascist thinking (see my 33 Axioms of Fascism) with respect to how it wants government and business interests handled. moreover, it is, at its heart, satanic or occult oriented, whereby the real purpose of a One-World Government is to have a single leader who, by definition as well as confirmation in prophesy, would have to be the Antichrist. This was the sole End Game goal of the Illuminati, and so now you know why you should not allow their modern counterparts to reach that goal.

2) Bill Clinton was a NWO agenda bought-and-paid-for weapon. In my book I show his and Hillary Clinton‘s ties to CIA and the Globalist Round Table Groups, and recite anecdotal material which shows his Presidency was arranged for in advance to meet said agenda. His Rhodes Scholarship is also evidence, though most readers are not aware of the fact that the ONLY purpose of granting a Rhodes Scholarship is to leverage globalist-thinking students into positions of power and influence, also explained in Fatal Rebirth and elsewhere. Being a Rhodes Scholar should not be an honor, it should be the mark of a traitor, as the Globalist’s agenda requires destruction of national sovereignty.

3) The Bush Presidents were also part and parcel of the same Globalist crowd, and their Presidencies were guaranteed at the SAME MEETING of Power Elite as was Clinton’s. Their Dynasty goes back to the very roots of Fascism and Nazism during WWII, granddaddy Bush being found guilty of Trading with the Enemy by Congress. It also is deeply involved (three generations of Bushs) with the Globalistic and Satanic Skull and Bones, which is a kindred or sister group to the Thule Society to which Adolf and his ‘friends’ belonged. There is a lot more to that notion than just those two points, but I suggest they are more colorful inks for drawing the desired image with clarity.

4) That virtually EVERYTHING majorly bad which has happened in U.S. history since 1947 can be shown not to be some random bump in the night, but is part of the NWO march toward End Game. The very people who planned for Presidents also planned for the series of wars in the Middle East well before Sept. 11, right down to details such as the week of invasion of Afghanistan.

So it makes me wonder just how did they know there would be a basis for such an invasion years in advance, as seen in the timeline for treason? How did the ANSER Institute know two years in advance to the day that they would ‘need’ a Homeland Security and plan for it? How did the Pentagon know the invasion date before 9-11? How did Colin Powell know in advance to tour the allies and seek combat partners against Afghanistan?

Exactly: False Flag terrorism identical in style and purpose to the Reichstag Fire. An event blamed conveniently on Communists but accomplished by Hitler’s henchmen, it put Adolf Hitler into power and allowed him to launch a series of political moves which turned Germany into a nightmare for the World. His steps under that empowerment were virtually identical to those seen in America in the post 9-11 timeline, and yet we see the Fascism not in our hysteria, a hysteria made up of manufactured ‘fears’ to justify trading liberty for security.

If you do not at least see the potential for parallels to what is happening in America with draconian destruction of the Constitution…

then stop reading, NOW, because you will not want to be confused by facts, your mind is already made up for you.

Obame = bush

Right: from 33 Axioms of Fascism — Globalist Logos share visual clues

Obama equals bush

Obame = bush

Four simple proofs of Globalist Agenda traversing presidencies

Now, with the assumptions in place, proofs exist which show continuity of the NWO agenda seamlessly through transitions between the current presidencies. We might argue they prove the Four Assumptions, too. We have four simple proofs, and I’m sure there are more I could throw in were I to dig further, but these four are all interlocking and quite parallel to the kinds of things Hitler did once he started wielding his power. That Obama is executing these plans is only part of the proof.

The other half is that none of these steps originated with him. They in fact originated in a Bush White House in full confidence that the next President(s) would continue them. Or else why bother? Lame Duck Presidents earn that name because they KNOW whatever they do will tend to be undone by the other party or even another President of the same party where politics do not align. But if the ‘politics’ are not part and parcel of two-party divisive issues and are instead of value to the Globalists, there is NO FEAR of their being undone, because they know the New Boss IS GOING TO BE the same as the Old Boss. It IS A DOG AND PONY SHOW. That is probably why Ron Paul is gaining so much popularity so fast… because he seems to be neither Dog nor Pony, though he must necessarily wear the mantle of one of their Parties (Republican).

1: Universal Voluntary Public Service Program. This is America’s version of Hitler’s Brown Shirts when you look at it closely. It is neither intended to be voluntary (or it would not be ‘universal’) nor is it public service though it is sold as such by comparing it to an ‘extended Peace Corps’.) The name is constructed as a marketing tool to feed it to us gently so we won’t realize it is not the medicine claimed, but a Nazi brand of poison with a new label.

The idea originated with Bush in 2003 but as a long-range plan failed to manifest during his presidency. It has subsequently been reenergized by Obama (this link also describes the program in ways which parallel that of Hitler’s Brown Shirts, though the author does not use the analogy directly) and has become part of Obama’s agenda even though not related to any of his campaign promises (not that it matters, since he has broken virtually every major promise). This link compares it directly to the Brown Shirts to insure the point is not lost.

Don’t be fooled, again.

Right: Modified Nazi Brown Shirts propaganda art

Obame = bush

From LibertyManiacs.com Poster Collection

2: Citizen Spies Program. This (Nationwide Suspicious Activity Reporting Initiative, aka SAR or NSI) is a rehash of the Red Scare under Joe McCarthy’s reign of Fascist terror, a multi-step program to make every citizen fear every other citizen in order to deter free thought and its expression. Any dissent renders one liable to persecution via McCarthyism’s Red-Scare mechanics, which ironically matched those of Communist Bloc nations in many ways:

You equate normal activities associated with matters unprofitable to the Powers That Be with (communism or terrorism) and then ask people to report on anyone found guilty of being, well, normal, if otherwise also politically incorrect to the preferred thinking. Insurance for status quo, and control of the masses through fear.

Like most s**t served up by fascist mentality, they give it a reverse engineered name to make it sound tasty for spoon feeding to a dumbed down public: Communities of Trust. This Fact Sheet clearly shows that recruitment of spies will subvert almost any influential social body. The effort intends that citizens equate and fear ‘whites that don’t think like we (those in power) do’ with muslim extremists as exemplified in the MIAC Report. It isn’t terrorists they are targeting, its free thinkers.

The idea originate with President Bush, though due to its radical nature, the goal was to establish a modest root system for future growth of the program, intending less than 5% saturation. Even so, that meant 1,500,000 citizen spies. Here is an excellent resource to review his plan, modeled after the East German STASI (Secret Police) program headed by Hitler’s master spy, Reinhard Gehland. The idea is to be expanded by Obama in a way which will at least give the impression that almost every American MIGHT be a snitch, and THAT is the mechanism which stifles freedom.

This link makes that easier to grasp, and this video illustrates it visually by mocking the fact that there is an government organized assault on Ron Paul and Ron Paul supporters as well as government’s attempts to label people as conspirators and mentally ill if they doubt government. Regardless of if you support Ron Paul, or not, that he and supporters are being equated with terrorism by government targeting campaigns (dirty tricks and abusive Police actions) proves you are not free to speak your mind if it opposes the status quo. I do not quite yet support Ron Paul, but such targeting causes me to lean his way; the enemy of my enemy is my friend.

3. Continuance of planned financial looting of America. This one is easy. All it takes is one simple and painfully funny video. And if you like that vid, you will want to watch this one, too.

4. Militarization of Police and CIA within Police. This one is also easier, except that you need to know about the Posse Comitatus Act of 1874, which forbids the military to be employed in police actions against citizens except in a state of Martial Law. Since the first Bush, this has been violated many dozens of times, as many as three times in one 90 day period here in Oregon, and more than a dozen times in Texas, alone. This article (forget that the page is pro cannabis, or relish the fact if you wish, but the facts presented bear the truth) shows how Bush started a program for militarization which was continued by Clinton (another Globalist President), which is why I elected the site. It has continued under the second Bush, and now under Obama, too. Obama wants a National Police (also previously illegal for same cause) ‘just as powerful’ as the military as pointed out in the video at this site (selected because it also explains Posse Comitatus.)

Obama equals Bush

Summary; the New Boss is the Old Boss

You don’t even need to take my word for it. Below you will find what the Presidents themselves think about other President’s following policies of other presidents (hurts my head). All the same. Thus it did not matter if you did not like Bush and voted for Clinton to ‘undo’ the Bush regime, because Bush policies did continue under Clinton. It did not matter if you did not like Clinton and voted for Bush to undo him, because the second Bush policies were more of the same. It did not matter if you voted for Obama to undo Bush, because it didn’t. Obama, Bush, and the others, are synonymous when it comes to Globalist NWO agenda. To break the pattern, you must break the two party system one way or another, be it by an insider like Ron Paul, or someone from an independent populist party.

If you fail to do so, your only other recourse is to either become an obedient Sich Heil citizen willing to (eventually) raise your arm in salute to the Antichrist… or to pick up a gun in armed revolt. Heaven please forbid either of these last two options, because it leaves only one viable choice. And yet is it viable? Politics by the barrel of a gun does not seem to me to be any better philosophically when at the hands of a freedom fighter than when at the hands of a Fascist Police State. Both are a waste and in opposition to (someone’s) free choice.

Gallup: Most Americans Think Obama Is ‘The Same’ Or ‘Worse’ Than George W. Bush (mediaite.com)
Clinton Outlines Continuation of Bush Policies Under Obama at CFR … (informationclearinghouse.info)
Obama Ties Clinton Policies to Bush (newsandjavu.com)
Former CIA Black Ops member confesses NWO plan (newsworldwide.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, History, People, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Tags: BarackObama, Bill Clinton, brown shirts, citizen spies, Fascism, George Bush, Illuminati, President, Rhodes Scholarship, White House

Templehof Secrets Reveal Political Control Technology

Sep 23

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Templehof Secrets

Reveal Political Control Technology

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

Dateline Portland, OR Sept 23, 2011

Some of the HAARP-like facilities World wide

What is Templehof?

Some Facebook friends sent me a URL on an ongoing investigation they were involved in regarding the Templehof Airport, in Berlin. It is written in German but I’ve translated it for you, here. Templehof was the Cold War era airport used to combat the blockade of Berlin by Kruschev with an unprecedented (vid) continuous 24/7/365 airlift of food, medicine, and goods needed to keep the city alive and functioning. The airport, rebuilt by the Germans in the 1930s, was remodeled again in the Cold War years by the Americans, and that has become the source of a mystery involving Political Control Technology secrets… and more.

Though the runway portion is rather small and, like many, a simple slim rectangle… for some reason, the airport features a mammoth oval perimeter and a completely atypical and massive arcuate terminal building which, even in busy times, was more than needed. Not at all now that the airport is closed and ‘abandoned.’ Abandoned is an odd description given the high security perimeter fencing and human guard network surrounding the periphery of this airport, years after any military presence. This has raised the curiosity level of investigative authors Grazyna Fosar and Franz Bludorf.

Templehof Political Control Technology

Chasing after mysteries at Templehof

Templehof from 1923 to mid 1930s

They wondered why so many people in the shadow of the airport have, over the last several decades, come down with the same unique and serious health problems, with new cases continuing to come from the area. We are talking about health problems associated with bombardment by RF energies of a type common to Political Control Technology. That is, psychotronic weapons known to have been employed during the late Cold War by both sides, and subsequently developed for portable use against individuals as well as groups on an ‘as needed basis.’ Other symptoms of such technology in play also exists at the site; a low frequency hum which seems to have no location or source, heard only by humans and not by recording machines. Ah, but they can be recorded as radio signals… traced to the closed base. Imagine that.

Templehof radar, underground loop and Yagi lookdown path (white line)

Their investigation revealed the existence of a large underground loop antenna for transmission of the ELF (Extremely Low Frequency) signals involved… frequencies which match the human brain’s own EEG signals. It is already proven that if you broadcast an EEG signal as a radio wave at energy levels greater than those of the mind, a human in the radio beam’s path will automatically adopt (be entrained to) those signals as if their own; remote mood control. All this is the stuff about which I write in my book, MC Realities (proparanoidpress.com).

My own research has included HAARP and an endless number of similar or related facilities World Wide as well as how they seemed tied to a phenomenon called the Norway Spiral seen and videoed in the skies by thousands of people. This strange event was said by some to be related to Project Bluebeam, a conspiracy intending, it is claimed, to fake the second coming of Christ in order to facilitate seating of the Antichrist. It’s a conspiracy pinned on the modern-day Illuminati, which is another way of saying Knights Templar.

Such spirals have actually been seen in three locations around the World (yellow ‘targets’ in the 1st image, above), but Norway was the one that got all the publicity. All bear a set of unique properties and relationships associated with the HAARP-like facilities, and it was my study of these relationships which revealed that a World-wide network of HAARPish sites exist in a way such that if Bluebeam is a real planned event… there is nowhere on Earth they can’t make you see whatever they want you to see. To underscore, more recently, crosses are appearing in the sky (vid1, vid2), and other apparitions which defy logic, such as two Suns (vid1, vid2, vid3), and giant jellyfish creatures (vid1, vid2). But I digress, and these prove nothing but that debunking is getting harder. And do watch out, there are a lot of debunkable things out there.

Templehof Political Control Technology

Templehof, playground of the Knights Templar

Looking at the Templehof matter, the first thing I find of interest is its history. Temple means ‘temple,’ which is also what Templar means (of the Temple) and hof means ‘court’ or ‘palace.’ Templehof was in the centuries before Hitler a home to the Knights Templar, until Friday the 13th, 1307 when the Pope and the Crown Heads of Europe began to hunt them down for crimes not at all proper for the Pope’s own (hint: Satanism). This may be one reason why Hitler, as occultist supreme, elected to make it a key military base and frequently held massive ceremonies there. In my research, I attempt to show links between the Knights Templar and the Illuminati, the dark Satanic cult which sought the establishment of the New World Order, a one-World government ruled by the Antichrist. They coined the word, and they laid out the plan still seen in force today in the New World Order movement, all detailed in my book.

12th Century Templehof 'Castle'

Templar treasure has always been of mythical proportions, but based in truth. They held more wealth than the Crowned Heads, and were generally the money lenders of their day. It is reasonable to assume that as a Templar Hof, there would have been tunnels and secret underground chambers. Thanks to excellent accounts, we know that there were massive, multi-level tunnels beneath Templehof Airport at the end of WWII which had likely been constructed prior to the War or during, perhaps enlarged from ancient digs.

They were so extensive that they ran to distant parts of the airfield as well as the local Police station. When the U.S. took control, a security lid was put on Templehof and the tunnels. Any upgrades for installation of electronics were likely undertaken in the mid 1950’s when the U.S. discovered that Soviets were beaming electronic weapons at our embassies, and we officially but secretly entered into a psychotronic weapons race, as detailed in my book.

Templehof Political Control Technology

Radar synonymous with HAARP and Political Control Technology

Early DEW Line 1st alert radar installation

But the second thing that I noticed was technical, catching my eye for several reasons associated with my earlier study of HAARP-like sites. The unusual terminal shape reminded me of a particular complex located in China in several details. Both form an arc-like structure which could be employed as a giant radar dish, similar to those of the DEW Line and Soviet counterparts during the Cold War era, albeit enclosed in concrete and glass, and not perhaps as tall… both being much, much wider, and both with a more pronounced degree of arc. Understand that all HAARP-like facilities employ multiple forms of radar systems along with their ELF and VLF radio antenna arrays. At Templehof, it would have been relatively easy to incorporate structural elements of a radar ‘wall’ (image left) as part of the existing facade.

But that does not mean it was used as a conventional radar system. Such would blast the planes and workers at the airport with intense and dangerous radar waves. But it could easily be a receiver designed to amplify the traditional radar systems present. If one draws a line (thin white line in my image) bisecting the center of the Templehof arc and plots it on Google Earth, it can be extended to see the ‘line of sight’ such a dish might have. Extension reveals a precise bisect within a few degrees of arc with the Cold War military airfields at Prerov in Czech Republic, Cheshnegirovo in Bulgaria, and Neisse Malxetal in Soviet occupied Germany. If one widens the arc additional military fields would be inclusive. Further, there were undoubtedly many mobile and fixed missile launch points within the same zones. Such a viewing angle represents an overlook of what might be described as the ‘front line’ of Soviet offensive launch capabilities against European targets. Prerov faces Italy. Cheshnegirovo for France, and the German bases are closest to Great Britain.

China 'wall' radar, possible underground Yagi

The similar radar structure located in China, on the other hand, is aimed at Australia. In its lookdown path we find several HAARP-like arrays in Australia including the American operated HOLT system for communicating with submarines, a site which, by the way, incorporates ‘sacred geometry’ favored by the Templars and Illuminati (the two groups are related). Thus the Chinese site seems to be a listening post of sorts, but the construct is quite similar to Templehof, and HAARPish elements are nearby.

Embedded within an underground portion at the site, I believe, there is the functional equivalent of a giant Yagi style di-pole antenna which serves to amplify signals within a focused narrow aim. There are visual clues that a huge buried Yagi exists both in China as well as Templehof. And we will find them elsewhere, too…

Yagi highly focused x'mit or receive antenna

Thus in my opinion, if investigators were to go back to Templehof, they might find evidence of an underground placement of a Yagi system running all the way to the Viktoriapark monument, which is likely the actual base of any such antenna element. The distance of any Yagi at Templehof would seem shorter than found in China, but the Chinese system, located at 40∞30’37.90″ N 93∞14’12.03″ E is not as large. I propose the smaller Chinese radar profile requires a longer Yagi to compensate. While this can easily be deemed nothing more than conjecture, I remain confident in the principles applied.

Templehof Political Control Technology

How Deep is the Rabbit Hole?

I have an extensive Google Earth.kmz file available which plots all known HAARP-like facilities World Wide (their number is far more than anyone has suspected). An example at page top comes from my YouTube videos on the Norway Spiral — I suggest you start with part 4 if wishing to review. The .kmz may be useful to anyone wishing to conduct further research or cross check my investigative effort. Among that dataset are two sites in the U.S. which relate in their own way to both Templehof and the symptoms shared by victims of electronic PCT in various parts of the World. In terms many Americans might understand, I speak not just of the health issues, but of an additional symptom known as the Taos Hum (and there is the Oregon Hum, etc., etc., etc., a list dozens of places long and World wide), long a mystery thought to be a government mind control conspiracy. Indeed…

Huachuca military radar with possible underground loop and 5 Yagi

One of the unusual sites is in Huachuca, N.M. There a particular Radar is associated with a very unusual HAARP-like array (below). It also exhibits evidence of an underground loop such as found in Templehof as well as of five underground Yagi (faint thin whit lines locate them for you, image right) arranged in parallel and aligned in the same direction, one of which is longer than the others and appears more recently buried.

Moreover, the alignment of these is also in alignment with the actual array, which unlike all prior arrays, seems to involve enclosed antenna structures laid out in a repeating geometric pattern with diminishing dimensions (see image). This, too, achieves a bit of a Yagi type of directional amplification, as I understand it. It establishes a wave guide, or sorts, with a building intensity as the signal is emited… in one direction.

: Hauchuca antenna array

Plateville array and four radars aimed at Taos

While the direction of aim of the array and the Yagi are the same and generally toward Taos, N.M., it does not provide a precise ‘hit.’ That’s O.K., because it does hit in the desert area near TAOS where the hum is most often reported. But that is not all. There is in Colorado a second HAARP-like system at Plateville with radar dishes of its own, and they have a fixed angular focus which, according to official information (image) overlaps the Huachuca signal at only one place… the Desert area near Taos. There is no apparent evidence of a possible Yagi or Loop, but that does not mean they do not exist.

With that discovery, I rest my case that,

a) Templehof, China, and Huachuca, likely with aid from Plateville, all do much the same thing, which is;

b) x’mit Political Control Technology signals, and/or;

c) watch or listen in on potential foe activity; and

d) employ a combination of underground loops and Yagi systems with above ground radar and (often) HAARP-like ELF/VLF arrays; and

e) the entire history of Templehof, the NWO movement, and Political Control Technology share one prime motivating factor… the Templars; and of

f) The Military

But by no means does that prove a conspiracy… and in fact there are no doubt some actual useful purposes not associated with PCT for sites such as Plateville. But that kind of alternative use, be it a cover story or genuine, is NOT why it does not prove a conspiracy. No. It is because no matter how hard you try, no one is going to believe in the boogyman until they personally fall victim. For you, not today, I hope. Me? Been there, done that. Indeed, I believe.

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, History, Political Commentary, Science, Targeted Individuals

Leave a comment

Tags: Cold War, High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program

FascistBook, Part II

Sep 11

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

FascistBook:

The Growing Case for Government Targeting via Social Media

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

In two parts.

Dateline Portland, OR Sept 8, 2011 (part II)

fascistbook

Part II, The Scope of the Threat

in Social Media Spy Partnering

fascistbook Read Part I, here

Very detailed map (click for full size) of all the clicks needed to use Facebook, each such click useful in gathering/sorting information collected about you. From restoretherepublic.com

Again I remind you that I write this as an activist, investigative writer with seven books generally on abuse of power, privacy, and security matters, and as a consultant to targeted persons. If I make any errors in the remaining presentation, it is likely on the side of underestimating capabilities rather than overstating. The technology involved is all powerful and all-too easy to manipulate for nefarious purposes, and evolves to new levels of capability faster than can be learned of.

The threat goes far beyond the simple image most people have in mind when you talk about social media privacy issues. The threats are quite real, but should be tempered against cause and effect realities and personal strategies as discussed in the closing section. Actual threat levels vary according to the individual, and to the individual’s concerns as may be fostered by circumstances. The threat can exist and be employed against one individual without their ever sensing consequence, but for another individual, it could result in catastrophic injustice. I remind you that where just one citizen is victimized by tyranny, all remain under its yolk and subject to its whims.

The threats come about naturally enough; the very things which allow social media constructs to function are the very things which pose a threat if abused. In and of themselves, a reasonable company operating with reasonable business sense would not deem to abuse any power inherent, lest their getting caught should damage their credibility and ruin a good thing. Yet it is true that absolute power corrupts absolutely, and thus, in time, even the most honest and well meaning entity can cross the line at some point in time. Yet even so, such threats are relatively minimal given that some logical constraints would yet remain in play. We can hope, anyway.

The real threat is in the context of the thrust of this article; involvement of intelligence community, military, or other government agencies in any access to or sharing of your information. For the purpose of such consideration, it may be helpful to think of them simply as themselves being the folks actually managing the social media in question or, at the very least, having the same functionality as their advertising and promotional partners. That is to say, that anything that is true for a social media network or one of their partners, is true for the government snoops with respect to ability to access and abuse information. Actually, MORE is true, as we shall see.

Unlike the folks who found and operate a social media network, they observe no constraints on abuse because any abuses they undertake remain covert in nature, and thus, the existence of the abuse is not likely to be uncovered, and certainly not likely to be proven. Thus the social media entity has little risk in such partnerships, no fear of damage caused by some scandalous revelation. This fact, alone, makes the threats that much more serious. Because if you give a government an inch, it will take a foot, then a yard, then a mile, and on and on until it does get caught. By then, it is far too late and the greater damage has been done than can be known, than can be undone. I doubt Facebook and the like understand this, or they would see how illogical it is to prostitute themselves to Dracos dominatus (draconian rule).

fascistbook

Ten Different Threat Areas to be Considered:

The remainder of this article will deal with several separate, yet interlocking areas of concern. Some may share properties and elements of others and yet remain their own form of threat with a unique set of additional, unique concerns. These are:

Marketing (You are a commodity)
Beliefs (Real and esoteric)
Contacts (You are who you know)
Profiling (Labels and lists)
Tracking (Web and real World)
Predictives (Thought Police)
Reward/Punishment (Carrot and Stick)
Spying (Dataveillance, physical surveillance)
Trading (Interagency Networking)
Targeting (Dirty tricks)

fascistbookI

The Intelligence Community and Social Media

I would normally focus on ‘what to do’ in response to such threats, as is the construct of almost all of my books on privacy and security issues. However, in the case of someone who is choosing to participate in social media, the options are few… outside of the obvious choice of rejecting participation altogether. What few choices may exist beyond that drastic alternative will be mentioned as we go. Generally speaking, my books in The Professional Paranoid series do offer useful advice in many of these categories, but were not written to specifically address social media, which did not yet exist when they were penned.

fascistbook

1: Marketing

Everyone knows that information on consumers is Gold when it comes to marketing. Almost all Web sites participate in marketing to one degree or another, especially if they themselves have something to hawk. But even ‘non commercial’ sites may participate in one form or another of advertising, or in information gathering and sharing arrangements with one or more Web partners. In the old days, information was pretty much limited to contact information and perhaps the kind of things purchased from those keeping the information. It’s now way out of hand thanks to the digital age. Anything about you is fair game if it allows predictive marketing, which is a fancy term for insuring that the ads you see on the Web are more likely to interest you.

The larger and more powerful the dynamics of the (.com, etc.) and the greater their resulting Web traffic, the more likely it is they will be engaged in some form of partnering with other firms to share information about you. Thus it behoves us to read the privacy statements of the various sites we visit BEFORE we engage with the content at the site. Few of us do, of course. Those of us who do, often wish we hadn’t, because it unmercifully kills countless brain cells trying to translate lawyer-speak to plain English. You can lose a first-born if you don’t do it right.

The following is a collection of some scarier parts of Facebook’s privacy policy and user agreements (each of which consists of many pages). An ellipse (…) or double tilde (~~) means I have snipped non relevant passages. Bold text highlights a potentially problematic issue. Parens contain material added by me:

For content that is covered by intellectual property rights, like photos and videos (IP content), you specifically give us the following permission, subject to your privacyand application settings: you grant us a non-exclusive, transferable, sub-licensable, royalty-free, worldwide license to use any IP content that you post on or in connection with Facebook (IP License).
We receive data about you whenever you interact with Facebook, such as when you look at another person’s profile, send someone a message, search for a friend or a Page, click on an ad, or purchase Facebook Credits.
When you post things like photos or videos on Facebook, we may receive additional related data (or metadata), such as the time, date, and place you took the photo or video.
We receive data from the computer, mobile phone or other device you use to access Facebook. This may include your IP address, location, the type of browser you use, or the pages you visit. For example, we may get your GPS location so we can tell you if any of your friends are nearby.
We receive data whenever you visit a game, application, or website that uses Facebook Platform or visit a site with a Facebook feature (such as a social plugin). This may include the date and time you visit the site; the web address, or URL, you’re on; technical information about the IP address, browser and the operating system you use; and, if you are logged in to Facebook, your User ID.
Sometimes we get data from our advertising partners, customers and other third parties that helps us (or them) deliver ads, understand online activity, and generally make Facebook better. For example, an advertiser may tell us how you responded to an ad on Facebook or on another site in order to measure the effectiveness of – and improve the quality of – those ads.
Games, applications and websites can serve ads directly to you if they have your User ID. (Ergo, do not stay logged into Facebook when you surf if you do not wish your User ID logged, which is exactly what points directly to YOU).
Advertisers (and Facebook) sometimes place cookies on your computer in order to make their ads more effective. Cookies are small pieces of data that we store on your computer, mobile phone or other device… we may use them to know ~~ when you are interacting with our advertising or Platform partners.
We may also ask advertisers to serve ads to computers, mobile phones or other devices with a cookie placed by Facebook… You can always remove or block cookies (such as by using the settings in your browser), but it may affect your ability to use Facebook.
Sometimes we allow advertisers to target a category of user, like a “moviegoer” or a “sci-fi fan.” We do this by bundling characteristics that we believe are related to the category. For example, if a person “likes” the “Star Trek” Page and mentions “Star Wars” when they check into a movie theater, we may conclude that this person is likely to be a sci-fi fan.
We sometimes allow businesses or anyone else to sponsor stories like the ones that show up in your News Feed, subject to the audience set for that story… Your friends will see these stories even if you have opted out of the “Show my social actions in Facebook Ads” setting.
We use the information we receive about you in connection with the services and features we provide to you and other users like your friends, the advertisers that purchase ads on the site, and the developers that build the games, applications, and websites you use.

fascistbook

2. Beliefs

Consider that every time you post something… every time you ‘like’ or ‘share’ something… you are making a statement about what you believe, or at least what you believe to be valuable or important. It is not about ‘likes,’ it is about beliefs. Yet Facebook does not have a good way of looking at that aspect of information beyond any marketing related elements which may be present, because it is not quite part of their data construct.

However, the intelligence community DOES have a way of looking at it. Be it real (like a political stance) or esoteric (like spiritual matters), you reveal much about your belief structure in every such action. It can become very useful in spying operations because it helps paint the psychological profile of the individual, which is actually its own threat better described below. But it also can be used to flag their attention.

Everyone has heard about NSA’s ECHELON monitoring system which essentially seeks to monitor 100% of global communications on the lookout for useful intelligence. It is essentially an automated key-word sensitive system that electronically listens into information on the fly looking for a set key word or phrase, or perhaps a target audio sequence or voice pattern. Thus it can scan effortlessly for utterances of words like ‘bomb’ or ‘assassinate’ as well as for sounds associated with specific activities or individuals of interest. On any match, the entire communication is recorded for human examination.

We can debate the legality all we want, but Congress has elected to ignore any violation of Constitutional rights represented by the warrantless intrusions which happen by the hundreds or even hundreds of thousands every hour. Worse, it seems, the system can be politically and corporately aimed, it being discovered that ECHELON was being used for industrial spying on behalf of U.S. corporations who were heavy financial contributors to the Democratic National Committee. As defining clues go, that is huge one, the quintessential essence of a fascist government (see my blog 33 Axioms of Fascism) being to function as a corporate state.

But the point is, a social media being watched by the intelligence community can easily be made to work the same way. In point of fact, it can be done without the permission of the social media, though it is greatly facilitated by such cooperation. Every post, every like, every share… the content is all monitored against keywords and then shuffled off for human review if deemed appropriate. Once flagged, you become a person of interest for possible political spying, or even political targeting. You can find yourself on a list… but will more likely be unaware of it for some time.

fascistbook

3. Contacts

You are indeed who you know to the intelligence community. I assure you that guilt by association is the number one guideline in the overzealous world of counterintelligence, counterinsurgency, and counterterrorism (what FBI, CIA, etc., do to protect against espionage, etc.). Thus if you have among your social media ‘friends’ just one person who is suspected of having involvement with what can be loosely (very loosely) defined as a ‘suspect,’ then you, too, are automatically suspect.

In fact, FBI and CIA, and others, use ‘rings of influence’ as an excuse to spy on hundreds of people where only one actual suspect may exist. A suspect, and anyone the suspect is in contact with (one ring), and anyone the contacts are in turn in contact with (second ring), and anyone they are in contact with (third ring), and so one, for some arbitrarily set limit as to the number of rings… anyone within those rings is also suspect, and fervently spied upon on the presumption of likely guilt.

So abusive has this policy been, that just dialing a wrong phone number can get you involved in a ring, and has in more than one case caused innocent persons to be hauled in for relentless questioning and put under a five-year full surveillance net (the standard minimum ‘investigation’ period for FBI types). Spy agencies LOVE this system because they get to report to Congress that they are investigating on a given quantity (untold tens of thousands) of ‘suspects’ to justify their massive budgets, and to paint the problem as being bigger than it really is in order to justify requests for more abusive power and more exotic spy technology.

Thus the problem spirals out of control based merely on conjecture that person A who knows person B who knows person C who knows someone who MIGHT be a criminal, might therefore also be a criminal. So, if you only have a few very close personal friends on Facebook, you probably won’t be targeted for this reason, but if you have 1,000 more casual followers, I can guarantee you a significant chance exists that at least one of those people is in a ring, somewhere – and therefore, so are you, and all of them, too.

So if this makes you afraid to read anyone’s politically incorrect viewpoints, your fear is justified… and is also proof positive that you are a victim of a fascist police state where such fear is an element of political control. Welcome to the New World Order. But not to worry… they fear you more than you fear them. Keep in mind that lists are meaningless if everyone is on the list. We outnumber them millions to one.

fascistbook

4. Profiling

We hear a lot about profiling as being a ‘no no’ when Police use it to hassle someone because they have the ‘profile’ deemed to increase the likelihood that a person may have a given criminal involvement. For example, if you are stopped on a North South freeway near the Mexican border and the cop sees a ton of McDonald’s trash in your car, you ‘fit’ the profile to be a drug runner. Thus some family man who regularly stops with the kids for Happy Meals and just happens not to keep his car clean, can be hassled to manipulate him into a search of the car.

The unfortunate thing about profiling, is that it tends to get you identified as (something you are not) based merely on the initial suspicion, and thus you get added to a list just as if guilty, and that tends to lead to all manner of problems down the road. Some lists, therefore, are completely bogus, such as the infamous ‘non existent’ No Fly List, where anyone with the same or similar name will rue the day they bought an airline ticket. Profiling is wrong, as are target lists, but we can see why they might want to use them. The problem is, they don’t ‘use them,’ they abuse them, and thereby abuse everyone so identified.

The intelligence community profiles all the time, and because the victims never know about it, they get away with it. But they also engage in another form of profiling – the psychological profile. On the assumption you do get targeted for human review of your on-line activities, I can assure you that a psychological profile will be part of their information gathering goal. Called Q-Methodology when first developed, computer analysis has advanced to the point that a good psychological profile will enable the predicting of how you would react to any given specific situation. In reverse manner, should they desire a given reaction, then can computer what specific situation would most likely generate it, and then work to create that situation by means of dirty tricks (its own section, below).

In my Professional Paranoid series of ‘how to’ books on protecting privacy and security, I spend a great deal of time on this topic, and how to thwart the psychological profile. Thwarting it is very important if you are truly targeted, because any use of it against you can have devastating results, if that is their intention. And in final summary of the threat, it should perhaps also be mentioned that profiling (the sum total thereof), can also predict your future actions and activities (also a threat detailed below), often useful for setting up or arranging advanced surveillance or other operations against you as you wend your way through life. Very dangerous to the politically incorrect among us (e.g., anyone who thinks for themselves and expresses opinions contrary to main stream sheeple).

fascistbook

5. Tracking

There are two kinds of tracking which might come to mind. Certainly, social media can track your Web activity, as seen in the first section on Marketing. But the greater threat to the politically incorrect is real-World tracking in real time. Think about it: the latest additions to Facebook have been all about tracking:

You now have the ability to ‘tell your friends’ where you are at any given moment, and what you are doing. OK, but you are also telling Big Brother. The same provision now lets you say who you are with. So now, Big Brother can, if having profiles and data files on you and your friends, along with information about the location, deduce WHY you are there and what you are potentially doing which may be completely other than you have described. Thus if you were putting out false information to conceal some other activity, they will likely figure it out. On the other hand, if you really are doing the benign thing, they will still be suspicious you may be doing some less ‘nice’ thing.

But the problem is far more serious than just what you volunteer, because the investigative agencies partnering with social media can do so much more. If you have linked your cell phone or portable laptop to your social media, they can know EXACTLY where you are at ALL TIMES those items are with you and powered up and connected to a network. Remember, in the first threat, above, we learned that Facebook knows your GPS position in such cases. Further, even if your cell phone is not GPS equipped (the newer it is, the more likely it is to use it, even if not advertised as a ‘feature’), or you are using a wifi connection on a laptop, your location can be ascertained through information inherent in the network’s connection with you. Everyone has heard of cell phone tower triangulation, for instance — which was used to capture O.J. Simpson while he was driving on the highway and using his cell phone.

Again, in my Professional Paranoid series, I offer solutions and advice on how to protect against or reduce this kind of threat.

fascistbook

6. Predictives

We’ve touched on this in the prior dialogs. But the various aspects discussed can be combined in ways which amplify the abilities beyond those already mentioned. Remember the Total Information Awareness Office, renamed Terrorist Information Awareness Office once it was revealed that it represented wholesale spying by the military on every citizen’s every ‘transaction’? They tried to conceal a lot of sins by renaming things and altering artworks, but the truth got out, anyway, thanks to yours truly, and others.

A transaction meant not just purchases, but any event where trackable information could be acquired by use of RFID chips (Radio Frequency Identification Device) which are to be found on virtually every product sold… thereby meaning that ANYTHING on your person, including your clothes, can be used to identify you by means of an electrical scan. So just passing through a doorway or turnstile could be rendered a transaction by simply placing a covert sensor to read the RFIDs as they pass by. I’ve lectured on this (video).

I bring this up only because TIAO’s chief tool was an escalated version of profiling software employed by CIA. Based on the sum grand total history of your transactions, it can predict future transactions. When and where you will go, and what you will do, and why. By additionally interfacing the sum total of one’s social media activity, and general Web activities, this ability is amplified many times over. And don’t you believe it for a minute that TIAO is after terrorists. WE are the ONLY terrorists the system is designed to monitor. While they might actually be able to net a terrorist eventually by use of this system, that represents less than 1/100th of one percent of the people it will be spying on. It is a tool intended to maintain political control, only.

But more than all this, TIAO’s thrust is also to predict what you are thinking about and planning to do which they might object to seeing come to pass. Terrorist events, sure. But why stop there? If they see you might be likely to organize a local protest when the next international financial summit is scheduled to be held in your home town, don’t be surprised to find unmarked black vans trolling your street and sings that things have been moved in your home. I assure you they are more likely to take action to stop that than to stop some guy from blowing up his underwear in a public venue.

fascistbook

7. Reward/Punishment

When you join in a social media you can expect that certain actions will be tracked and have certain consequences. You will be rewarded for ‘good actions’ as judged by the firm running it, things which represent using the system in ways which generate useful information about you. So if you post, share, or like something, it is useful and appreciated, and can result in subtle rewards, such as promoting you to others who then may invite you to friend them. Usually, the rewards are so subtle you don’t see them. Punishment, on the other hand, can be quite visible.

There are indeed actions they would prefer you not engage in. Inviting too many strangers to join your social network, for instance. Why is that a no no? Because to track information about you and your activities, as far as the intelligence community is concerned, is far more manageable and meaningful if they know that those people on your friends list are truly your friends. Remember the rings when you consider that. Punishment usually comes in the form of warning messages or even temporary inability to exercise certain options, typically with threats that your continued use of the network is in jeopardy. But as we will see in yet another section (threat 10), it can be far more serious than just that.

fascistbook

8. Spying/Dataveillance

Well, of course, that’s what this whole article is about, isn’t it? But it is listed as its own threat because when the intelligence community is involved, there are whole new levels of spying which can result when their snooping of your activities is determined to make you a person of interest (your politically incorrectness). Depending on why they take an interest, all manner of escalation is possible. Dataveillance is the soft core spying on a soft target, the relatively easy access through back doors to all your personal computer files everywhere of importance. Banks and commercial accounts, insurance companies, medical records, law enforcement, IRS, etc. All of it can be compromised by cyber warriors to one degree of penetration or another. Then we have the hard core variety:

Your phones, car, home, and workplace could be bugged, with or without a warrant. There are whole new kinds of warrants which have been added to the arsenal in post 9-11 hysteria which essentially makes the word meaningless. There is a FISA (the so-called Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act, which really means DOMESTIC intelligence) Warrant which is issued by a secret judge in a secret court and allows the government cart blanch surreptitious entry into your home, wholesale spying to include cameras in your bedroom, and accessing and taking whatever they wish from your home without your knowledge… and putting things back, if they wish, perhaps even planting evidence since no one is looking. And there is the new ‘roving warrant’ which allows them to target one person and then another, principally through the rings phenomenon earlier discussed. And there are now whole new classes of warrantless actions which are deemed ‘probable cause’ justifications by Presidential order, completely bypassing Congressional law and constitutional considerations altogether.

If they are going to do any of that, you can also bet they will consider a more traditional full surveillance net, which means surveillance posts nearby to watch your entrances, windows, monitor your conversations, who comes and goes, and record everything. You will be followed, perhaps by car, by foot, and even in the air. That can mean aircraft or even micr0-sized robotic camera ‘toy’ planes that can be small enough to fit in your palm. You probably won’t see them, if used.

Then there is smart dust, which are literally small enough to free float in the air (again, my lecture topic), and which work in ‘swarms’ or ‘hives’ to collect and relay information by laser beam to a central monitoring point. Each little ‘mote’ is designed to do a single specific task, but as a collective, they can provide information as useful as if having someone standing there. This is the kind of technology I lecture on, and I assure you it is far more capable than the sci-fi like description implies. Once more, I do write about all these surveillance concerns in my books, and how to deal with them.

fascistbook

9. Trading

I’ve already written in part one of this post about interagency trading of spy files, using as example the well-known case involving the Anti Deflamation League, B’nai B’rith (both arms of Mossad with respect to spying operations), CIA, and the Police Criminal Intelligence Divisions of San Francisco, Portland, and four other cities. Tens of thousands of citizens of the United States who were targeted for political spying to include surveillance, financial snooping, and personal matters such as friends, beliefs, etc… much like we’ve been talking about, all along.

Agencies all-too often illegally collect and trade files like this at all levels. Local/State agencies share with other locals, federal agencies with other feds, and with locals, and internationally. What one agency is forbidden by law or charter to do, another might be willing to do in exchange for like favors. Reasons for spying are moot. In point of fact, such spying may uncover wrongdoing and do absolutely nothing about it, even if as serious as murder. Agencies simply want information that may be useful later (perhaps as a blackmail tool), either because a given person might come under scrutiny (remember the rings), or because they may be seen as a useful resource for oblique reasons, such as where they work, or a special skill.

Too, I’ve mentioned in other articles that CIA maintains two fronts pretending to be marketing research firms (and more), one in the U.S., and one in Europe. These firms, Locate Plus, and Metro Risk Management, are part of the 1,001 CIA fronts and infiltrated entities I list in The Professional Paranoid Defensive Field Guide. They boast they have and will sell information (a marketing information arm, and an investigative information arm) to anyone on 98% of U.S. citizens (and also happen to market RFID-based tracking bioimplants by Verachip, aka Digital Angel, or the Mark of the Beast).

Excuse me, but I would raze Langley to the ground for this one sin alone, were I President. But these firms are only symptomatic. Social media has revolutionized this aspect of the problem, allowing any agency integrated into the machinery of a Facebook or the like a superlative access to information it can barter to other agencies or sell to fund their illegal black operations being run ‘off the books.’

fascistbook

10. Targeting/Dirty Tricks

O.K., so you made for yourself a place on someone’s watch list AND you are ‘hip’ to it. You probably don’t like it, and figure you will let people know about it and complain. So you actually dare to post something ‘offensive’ to the system… and I mean by ‘system,’ either the social media folks (verbally assail their policies) or the government or one of its agencies (verbally assail their activities). In other words, you wax even more politically incorrect. Been there, done that.

And what I can tell you is that it certainly feels like targeting and dirty tricks result. For example, I and many of my activist friends on Facebook have had many situations where a negative post seems to have resulted in some form of punitive response such as described above (7), and below, next. But it can easily go beyond that, especially if at the hands of a spy agency or the military, who have whole armies of cyber warriors at their beck and call, all ready, willing, and able to serve up any mischief deemed useful.

My experience in the hours and days following the posting of part one of FascistBook:

Within hours of the blog post and subsequent Facebook/Twitter posts that it had been posted, every Facebook post, share, or like action suddenly required me to answer the silly little pop ups with the scrambled text ‘security phrases.’ Six times in a row, until I became so frustrated that I logged out and gave up for the evening. Normally, these pop up very randomly and infrequently. A normal user might have it happen once a month.If you are an activist, it seems like several times a week. If you are like me, every single transaction, apparently. And not just any scrambled text. Virtually every one of them was completely unreadable, and required as many as six attempts to figure out what they wanted me to type in.

Within one day, which was the next day I logged in, the matter had escalated. Now I had to re enter my email address and password with each post, like, or share. Again, I logged off. When I came back the second day, things seemed back to normal by comparison. I was still had to log in multiple times and was getting a lot of pup up scrambles to solve, but they were easier and far less frequent events to deal with. Perhaps they backed off because my Facebook posts were mainly about this experience. I don’t know. But additionally, now my posts would not take. There would be a kind of ‘hang fire’ where after I hit return, the window stared at me as if I had done nothing. No error message, and no way to redo. Had to log off and back on, and re enter my post. Three or four times per post.

On day four, my browser suddenly started telling me when it fired up that in order to see this page (my home page) I needed to enter my .api user name and password. Mind you, there is no such thing on my computer or associated with my Web activities. Additionally, a second pop up informs me that my browser is not compatible with a particular function I again have nothing to do with in my computing experience. As I work on this post, my browser will simply crash without warning even in the middle of a period of no activity (no action to trigger it). About every ten minutes, on the mark — at least until I typed in this part, after which, it seems to have ceased. Clearly reason to wonder if some cyber warriors might have been having some fun at my expense.

Add to this the fact that in attempting to add new friends at Facebook, I am warned that ‘I am going to fast’ and my ability to add friends is being curtailed for a week as punishment. Gee, that’s funny, because I’m talking three people, here, and I normally add up to twenty at a time or more without such warnings. And one final thing to note… select of my posts seem to have vanished. But of course, none of this proves anyone at Facebook or in government is doing anything in retaliation. That’s the beauty of their system; you can’t prove anything if you are being targeted. All you can do is bitch about it. Guess I’m being rather bitchy, eh?

Just another fun day on FBIbook, I guess. Please feel free to share your own experiences here using the comments.

But this is nothing. If you really do something to upset these folks, you can count on real-world targeting and dirty tricks. They could start messing with your financial situation, your job, or start altering digital information on you such that you are suddenly a dead beat in arrears on your mortgage and car payments, find your insurance policies cancelled, and that you suddenly have a Police record a mile long and outstanding wants and warrants. You’ve seen it all before in the movie, Enemy of the State. And I must tell you that in the past I have been victim of even more unusual antics, which I fortunately overcame and which was the basis of my first book. It is what made me the politically incorrect person I am today.

fascistbook

Cause and Effect, Personal Strategies

Where does all this leave YOU. It is a matter of cause and effect, I suppose. If you are just another dumbed down citizen happy with mainstream media and government explanations about major events other people tend to call ‘conspiracies’ and ‘cover ups,’ then you are not generating a ’cause’ for which to worry about any ‘effect’ of government spying. You are, instead, simply another idiot who things that ‘if you have nothing to hide, then you have nothing to fear from government spying.’ Excuse me, but if that’s the way you feel then get rid of your shades and blinds and let the government watch your wife changing clothes, because they are engaging in that kind of activity against people they THINK have something to hide. And given how loosely they define things now days, the likelihood of YOU getting on one of their suspect lists grows daily.

But if, on the other hand, you are already politically incorrect, then it is your precise situation which should be analyzed regularly for any signs of spying or targeting. It will be subtle if such evidence exists, because they do not want you to know they are there in the woodwork like so many termites. If you do not know how to spot the signs of being followed, surveilled, or of having your home entered and snooped, being bugged, etc., then you need my books. If you do already know these things, or are simply thinking there is even the slightest clue they are true in your case, then you need to be emailing me for some free consultation: proparanoid at comcast (net).

Regardless of where you fall in the above spectrum of possibilities, even if one of the idiots, you need to have a personal strategy in place about how you use your social media. There are simply some things you should not be posting, liking, or sharing, or saying, unless you also are willing to deal with the consequences, or have a strategy in place to thwart them. That, however, is a far more complex dialog than will fit this space. It is the kind of dialog that involves a lot of variables and which is best addressed on a personal basis… so go ahead and email me if that sounds like you.

Facebook Security and Privacy Issues (ritcyberselfdefense.wordpress.com)
15 tips for social media security in libraries | LISNews: (lisnews.org)
Social Media Devolution (uncommonsensesecurity.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Uncategorized, Writing

Leave a comment

Tags: FaceBook, Internet Marketing, Privacy, Security, Social media, Twitter

The 33 Axioms of Fascism, Conclusion

Aug 31

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

fascism

Megiddo Movie Poster (Armageddon) Must see - click to watch on line

Read the Introduction (part I), here.

Read part III (Axioms as to the Middle Class), here.

fascism

Fascism is the expression of the 1776 Illuminati Plan…

to establish the New World Order (they invented the term)…

a World with one Fascist police-state government…

with one supreme World leader…

who would be the Antichrist…

and lead us to the ultimate End Game…

at a place called Armageddon

Fascism

The 33 Axioms:

As to the Lower Classes (cont.):

23) The lower class must be forced to rely upon societal infrastructure as a means of control by dependency

Yet these must not truly meet their needs to ensure they remain dependant. Health care/insurance programs, financial aids, worker protections and aids, the legal system, and welfare programs must suppress a desire and limit the actual ability to better one’s self by bootstrap and good work ethic by offering just enough to ‘make do without any further effort.’ This better insures they will prefer not to revolt or drop out of the system out of fear of ‘loosing key resources.’

24) The lower classes should not be allowed to long hold the same job

This not only lightens corporate obligations with respect to the cost of retirement programs, but it allows for profiteering by support industries such as firms providing Health Insurance who get to keep enrolling them over and over, but have no obligation for many months pending ‘qualification’ delays. Each new job denies one access to such services for a number of months, and makes everyone more profitable. Pensions no longer become a long term problem. Moreover, it teaches the worker they have insufficient worth and ability, and should not be striving to better themselves, but should instead accept their lot and life and move on as best they can.

25) Activists, protesters, and ‘do gooders’ should be covertly targeted to neutralize or destroy them and their effectiveness

Depending on their cause and their effectiveness, this could be something as simple as a black list or constant harassment by Police, or it could be as sophisticated as the hi-tech methods described in Axiom 30, below. There are, of course, also endless dirty tricks. Try this on for size. Out of ten activists with children polled, seven state they have had Child Welfare called into play, resulting in very difficult times and expense, and becoming a matter that must be revisited endlessly. So what is it about activism that sponsors them to mistreat their children? Nothing of course, but an anonymous phone call. Likewise, a large percentage of activists are finding themselves being portrayed behind their backs as pedophiles, or persons under investigation for (something nasty).

26) Expendable, gullible, and obedient fools can always be recruited and exploited

They will come from that portion of the lower classes who might naturally care nothing for humanity, morals, or God, and can thus be encouraged to serve Fascist needs by promising them a small portion of power or wealth. These are the dogs that eat the crumbs of their Master and relish barking and gnashing at whatever target they are given. They are psychopaths and are quite expendable. They are well fed as long as they perform perfectly and obediently, but at any time it may amuse those holding their reigns to double cross them and let them suffer for their crimes. Amen.

Fascism

As to the manner of thinking:

27) Fascism prefers bold audacity and daring, which will achieve much through dependence on public disbelief and apathy

The more impossible it seems to be, the easier it will be to get away with it. The role of media and education in dumbing down the population will ready them for tactics which allow magic bullet explanations to seem plausible. Distractions with bigger news stories, pornography and entertainment fluff and gossip, making matters as complex as possible so as to seem beyond grasp, and hammering them with the same story endlessly hours at a time will insure apathy and lack of interest. The use of constantly moving graphics, multiple talking heads, scrolling text bars, and other visual distractions will assure that only the desired sound bites get through. Ad to the mix a group of talking head shows purporting to be investigative or commentary in nature but which are really political thought assassination machines using loud voices and decisive, argumentative styles designed to block any undesired message.

28) A primary enemy, villain, war, terrorism, or cause must be created upon which all social problems and ills can be blamed

This will provide a motivation for uniting the people under the Fascist leadership in the name of common good or defense. A false flag operation is the easiest means to villainize a target group. Thereby the government need not actually address problems in any useful direct way, and instead blame external forces. The anger toward their lot in life is directed not at the source (government), but at an imaginary cause. It is the perfect framework for getting away with reduction in rights, privacy, and enabling other Draconian actions such as the Patriot Acts, and government spy agency partnering with social media.

29) Fascism makes victims responsible for their own plight, and to pay for their own victimization

While not quite relating in a precisely useful manner, this is a very interesting Psychological bias flow chart for blaming a victim from thepsychfiles.com (click - accompanying podcast))

Especially useful where the victim is targeted and victimized by the government. The tactic enables wrongdoing in the name of good and complicates all efforts in the name of good, that apathy may rule men’s hearts. It must make logic seem illogical, and nonsense seem logical. It is psychological manipulation. Thus the victim of a crime must feel they may have been doing something wrong and must be made to question their motives. This reduces their fervor for justice and renders them docile. A fine or a tax can offset the cost of targeting, or they might be offered commercial treatment or prescribed drugs which return profits to the corporations.

30) Fascism relies upon Political Control Technologies as ‘humane alternatives’ to the gun

In modern times, the use of ‘non lethal’ weapons over more traditional law enforcement techniques is pushed at every opportunity. New PCT must be continually researched and made available for covert application outside of law enforcement, to include electronic weapons for surreptitious targeting of politically incorrect persons. Advanced methodology in gang stalking, microwave weapons, bio implants, voice-to-skull, and other technology will allow such persons to be made to seem mentally ill and cause them to be ignored when they attempt to make an argument for their case or cause.

31) Fascism seeks to demonize, neutralize, and homogenize mainstream religion by association with cults and violence

This may require establishing such cults using psychological indoctrination (mind control) methods, or infiltrating existing cults with manipulative agent provocateurs, to insure that they eventually make the news in some unsavory way, such as Jonestown, Heaven’s Gate, and Koresh. Simultaneously, division and hatred between mainstream religions must be fostered to insure that Jews, Christians, and Muslims will never realize they all worship the same God of Abraham, and unite against the Satanic underpinnings of Fascist goals. And also simultaneous, an attempt at creating an acceptable unified, all-faith, religion acceptable to and obedient to the State should be sought.

32) Fascists are racist by nature as a rule, and thus will at all times seek ways to oppress and destroy any race but the white

Overpopulation of the planet is a concern for which action must be taken at both ends of the problem. Birth rates must decline, and death rates must increase. The target population of one-half billion just happens not to include too many people who are not Caucasians. Thus race-specific pathogens should be sought, such as Avian Flu for the Asians, HIV for the Blacks, Hanta Virus for Native Americans, and Swine Flu for Hispanics, all of which are man-made variants of animal virus’ altered to impact humans in ways which defy good treatment. Of course, these are only prototypes for testing purposes. The real killers are yet to be released.

33) Fascism believes in might is right, the ends justify the means

Nothing more need be added to that.

Fascism Today in the US and Beyond (robertlindsay.wordpress.com)
ATOS and Fascism (janespoliticalramblings.wordpress.com)
Megiddo Film Review (Christian Spotlight)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, History, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals, Uncategorized

Leave a comment

Madoff’s Ponzi and Social Security step by step IDENTICAL

Aug 22

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

What Madoff did to investors in his Ponzi is…

exactly what the Government is doing to Social Security recipients

A step by step review by H. Michael Sweeney

permissions to reproduce by request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

Dateline, Portland, OR, Aug 22, 2011

Social Security

Introduction and background, what people THINK they know.

Bernie Madoff 2009 Mug Shot

Bernie Madoff was a con man pretending to be an investment broker handling a fake securities portfolio investment fund. You may remember him in the news… being trotted off to jail for bilking more than $50,000,000,000 ($50B) from investors in the biggest Ponzi scheme, ever (short of the Federal Reserve). Very convenient at the time, because it took our attention away from the trillion dollar bailout of the banks (but not the victims) of the Mortgage Crunch. We needed time to cool down before someone started shooting bankers and Congressmen, so they fed us Uncle Bernie.

The list of victims form a veritable who’s who of financial powerhouses, and well known persons of fame, wealth, and power. In fact, a map of his victims obliterates some states with markers (zoom out to see the whole map). There is even an entertaining slide show to illustrate, and for a very good review of the entire affair and some revealing personal images of Madoff’s life at home, at work, and at play, there is a blog devoted to all things about Madoff.

Social Security

How does it work? Wearing a mask of wealth and playing on contacts among the wealthy, he quickly convinced monied players to invest in his funds which he claimed were paying off higher returns than any other. In a Ponzi scheme (named after the inventor of the fraudulant scam, Charles Ponzi), you use money invested to pay ‘dividends’ or profits on the investment commensurate with an unusually high profitability. Based on the notion of greed, this prompts further investment by the players and new investments from others who learn about the ‘wonderful performance.’ Interesting side note: It was almost exactly 100 years between the first by Ponzi and the greatest by Uncle Bernie: 1910 and 2009.

Charles Ponzi 1910 Mug Shot

In a Ponzi, the ‘broker’ skims off the top to make themselves wealthy, which is part of their cover of ‘successful businessman,’ and they turn the rest into ‘payouts’ and other efforts useful in recruiting more investors. If they do it right, they can even open storefront offices and hire actual brokers to sell the investments as a ‘legitimate corporation.’ The staff can earn handsome commissions and are (usually) never the wiser, unless fellow criminals. With enough ‘prestige’ and a good track record, such shops can even get other investment firms to invest.

That was Madoff. What most people do not know is that many of the big banks and other financial institutions knew it was a fraud and failed to warn anyone… because they were too busy making profits handling the money in Madoff’s accounts, and in other ways, too. Heck, they even had a way to make a profit after the scheme eventually went bust (as all Ponzi schemes must, in time, for they are pyramid schemes and will eventually become too top heavy to support themselves financially).

What about Social Security? The Social Security Act of 1935 was supposed to help prevent the kind of personal disasters which resulted from the Great Depression, where banks collapsed and people lost their life’s savings. Too, many people had no such savings, unable or unwilling to do so. SS was a means of formalizing a required ‘retirement fund’ for payroll recipients that would be safe from any unexpected financial catastrophe.

It was modified by the The Social Security act of 1965 to incorporate Medicare and Medicaid provisions to insure adequate medical care regardless of financial circumstances. This is what we know as ‘Social Security’ today. It is NOT socialism despite the title’s implication. Workers contribute a portion of their wages (their money) and copayments by the employer (their money) into the fund for eventual payout at retirement. Additional monies were to accrue to the fund through investments, just like some forms of life insurance policies, so that payouts could exceed payments to the fund and better cover the cost of retirement. In essence, it was a federally mandated and managed investment program that was intended to assure every American saved money for their retirement.

OK, so it's really Christina Speck and NOT my Mother!

That was Social Security as it was defined, and what many people believe it to be… unless their understanding has been twisted by the rhetoric of those who want to cut Social Security as if it was some kind of welfare program. There is a need in certain quarters to have you believe that tax money is used to pay for Medicare, Medicaid, and Social Security checks. Liars. There is a need that you believe that by cutting these payments the Nation’s financial woes will be bettered. Well, in the balance statements, perhaps, but not really. Even they believe the lies. Social Security is not socialism, but cutting SS could be said to be reverse socialism; giving money to the rich by taking money from those who need it most.

Worse, it has the potential of creating tens of millions of people who, in order to survive, must turn to a life of crime or truly obtain welfare support, which they also want to cut and/or eliminate. I can see it now. Weekly reports of bank robberies by geriatrics in wheelchairs laden with explosives. Little Old ladies sticking up gas stations with sharpened umbrellas. Seriously, if they do these sorts of things (and many of them are military Veterans of combat and are armed to the teeth), I hope it is the Federal Reserve they rob, because that’s where their money is. It’s my money in the local bank… er… come to think of it, the money in my bank (all $200) is from Social Security, so maybe I should consider joining the Ma and Pa Kettle Gang, myself. But I’m too old and weak to handle my .30 cal.

Which brings us, reluctantly, to the reality of the present day…

Social security

Time to compare Ponzi and Social Security step by step.

Compare the Promises, the ‘Public Image’ as seen from the outside:

The Madoff Ponzi Congress’ Social Security

1. Madoff establishes a fake management company and fund Congress establishes the Social Security trust fund managed by government

2. Investors pay into the fund in hopes of making profits Workes pay into the trust fund in hopes of a decent retirement

3. Madoff assures investors their fund will grow with interest Congress assures workers their fund will grow with interest

4. Management company pays investor dividends quarterly Government pays retiree SS checks monthly

5. Everyone seems happy Everyone seems happy

Social Security

What was really happening under the Hood

6. Madoff collects huge sums of money The government collects huge sums of money

7. Instead of investing money, Madoff buys expensive things Instead of depositing money, government borrows it for expensive things

8. Madoff promised to pay back the invested money Congress promised to pay back the borrowed money

9. Money to pay prior investors skimmed from new investors Money to pay retiremees comes from payments by younger workers

10. Banks and other financial institutions profit along the way The Military Industrial Complex constituents profit along the way

11. Pyramid strains, income starts to fail obligations Like a pyramid scheme, income eventually does not meet obligations

12. Investor payments decline and they start to grumble Social Security payments are cut and people start to grumble

13. Banks profited by Madoff’s cash flow to date Banks get bailout money the government could have paid back to SS

14. Madoff defaults on his promis to pay back and hides Congress defaults on the borrowed money and hides the truth

Emphasise: Congress hides the fact that THEY borrowed and DID NOT REPAY the money that BELONGS TO THE RETIREES, and instead tries to paint it as an entitlement under a socialist program equated with welfare which rightly needs to be cut to ‘help save the country’, or we need to raise taxes (giving us the choice of being shot in the ass or shot in the head).

Social Security

There is only ONE difference between Maddoff and Social Security

15. Madoff went to jail Congressment get fat medical and retirement benefits

(ON TOP of Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid, if it is still around)

Oh, and one small technical difference. Madoff couldn’t pay investors because he was no longer liquid. His money was in real estate, jewelry, cars, etc.

Government does not WANT to pay SS recipients back. They COULD, by simply printing more money, which we know they can do because that’s exactly what they did to bail out the Bankers. In fact, they printed more of it than it would take to bail out SS. So that leaves me with just one question. Why on God’s green Earth would YOU allow them to make that kind of decision about you and your families (bleak) retirement future?

Is Social Security A Ponzi Scheme? Ctd (andrewsullivan.thedailybeast.com)
The Bernie Madoff Collection (neatorama.com)
Is Social Security A Ponzi Scheme? Ctd (andrewsullivan.thedailybeast.com)
Rick Perry Now Wants to Fix the Program He Called an Unconstitutional Ponzi Scheme (firedoglake.com)
iPad case helps you get into Bernie Madoff’s pants (engadget.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, News Events, People, Political Commentary

Leave a comment

Tags: Bernard Madoff, BernieMadoff, Charles Ponzi, Federal Reserve System, Great Depression, PonziScheme, Social Security

REPOST/UPDATE Free Speech Requires FBI/CIA/Police Approval

Aug 17

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

THIS POST CENSORED BY GOVERNMENT

Journalistic Free Speech Requires FBI/CIA/Police Approval

by H. Michael Sweeney

copyright lifted, permission to reproduce granted if reproduced in full and citing proparanoid.wordpress.com with link to same

Journalism as intended by those who invented it is almost extinct

As it is for Journalism, so it is for Free Speech, Truth, and thereby, Freedom.

Original post August 17, 2011, Updated July 21, 2012

free speechREASON FOR UPDATE: Government Renews Attacks on INDYMEDIA (updates flagged red)

Click for 100 years of Propaganda (smashingmagazine.com)

What follows is an origial short article from the ProParanoid Newsletter written in the Spring of 2004, entitled CIA and FBI Targets Media Group. It deserves follow up and expansion, because the targeting of independent media continues, today. The article has been reformatted to allow a chronological presentation.

While this article is largely focusing in Indymedia to make its point, it is imperative that it be understood that virtually all non mainstream media is being targeted. Julian Assange’s targeting with bogus ‘sex crime’ charges arranged for by paid CIA female operatives as a way of punishing him for his Wikileaks exposure of government crimes is probably a more well known example, but the goal here, is to show a growing pattern of systemic assaults on freedom of speech… when not from sanctioned (sanitized) sources. And, as we will see, even they can get into trouble.

Now, the reason for update is related to several new assaults on the truth by governments, most notably our own, World-Wide. This article certainly did not slap their wrists severely enough to give them pause, it seems. In fact, one such event detailed below created a situation where, whether by coincidence or intention, THE GOVERNMENT HAS CENSORED CONTENT IN THIS POST FROM MY READERS. So please read while you still can, though there is nothing I can do to restore the part that has been censored (photographic evidence).

We should start by defining what Indymedia is. Or what it is not.

It is NOT mainstream media.

Free speech

What is mainstream media?

Mainstream media is this: Ruppert Murdoch saying “For better or worse, our company (his media conglomerate) is a reflection of my thinking, my character, my values.” in a speech to the Globalist Round Table group, The Asia Society, in Nov. 1999. They are a counterpart to our Council on Foreign Relations, only instead of wanting to establish a North America Union, they want to establish an Asiatic Union. A Globalist by any other name would still smell rotten in Denmark, methinks.

It is also this: Six transcontinental corporations which own better than 90 percent of all media holding in the U.S., and with significant penetration of other World markets. They include Disney, Viacom (CBS), Time Warner (which I maintain is heavily CIA influenced), Murdoch’s News Corporation, Bertlesman, and General Electric, a Defense Contractor. During the time frame of the Flight 800 shootdown by a Navy missile fired in a war game, all three major networks were owned by Defense contractors who made missile components for the Navy. Of course then, it wasn’t friendly fire, and they fired any reporter who dared say otherwise, and even gag writers for Saturday Night Live who intimated otherwise in their jokes.

In like vein, mainstream is also this: TWENTY award winning journalists prevented by corporate ownership from reporting the truth on major news stories (including Flight 800). Learn more here, which is a tempting taste from the book, Into the Buzzsaw. You won’t like what you discover about mainstream found buried beneath the sawdust. Example: “The news is what I say it is,” according to the General Manager of ‘unafraid Fox’ who refused to allow a new report unfavorable to Monsanto. Don’t get me started on Fox OR Monsanto. One or the other of them is liable to end up starting a revolution in this country.

Free speech

What else is there beyond mainstream? What about Indymedia?

If you don’t like that definition, there is an alternative; YOU can reclaim media (a useful handbook), which is exactly what Indymedia is about.

Indymedia is an international, fully independent and open Web/radio network where anyone can report news and bypass the bias and disinformation engines of the Fourth Estate. It tempers submissions with journalistic considerations to prevent personal bias and shoddy reporting from ruining the value. They additionally field their own staff of journalists. As result, it seems, Indymedia has been gathering a reputation to itself, earning a new red and white target for a logo. Personally, I prefer the current logo.

It was Indymedia who first reported in the U.S. about Colin Powell’s role in negotiating with coalition nations for partnership in the war against Afghanistan… more than a year before September 11! Yet this also serves to illustrate: Mainstream media regularly culls foreign press looking for news worthy of passing along. The Powell story had already been told in a mainstream Indian newspaper and the biggest newspaper in the UK, so we know they knew about it, and deliberately covered it up, even after Sept. 11 and the resulting war in Afghanistan. Talk about prior knowledge!

Actually, depending on what country you are talking about, citizens from all over the globe are reading about dirty little secrets and criminal abuse of power by governments (theirs or ours), thanks to Indymedia. It is a global success story with respect to beating mainstream at its own professed game (the truth). But that does not mean it has been smooth sailing.

Free speech

Indymedia regularly targeted by government(s)

So we should perhaps not be surprised then, to learn the the U.S .Government, in partnership with other governments (or they on their own), have officially targeted Indymedia through the actions of the dirty tricks department of CIA and FBI. Even local cops are induced to cooperate. Of course, CIA is getting help from OTHER governments, too, as we shall see. Thankfully, they got their tits caught in the ringer.

I like that image. CIA with tits. The sucklings must be quite undernourished, having been renditioned no doubt.

Let’s take a look at the time line of increasingly common, increasingly blatant, and ever escalating events:

free speech

Aug. 2000, Police block Indymedia satellite feed covering Democratic National Convention

Indymedia was starting to broadcast coverage of the Democratic National Convention from their Los Angeles studio. Not to be. Police descended and shut them down claiming there were explosives in a van in the adjacent parking some 20 feet from the Indymedia van. Funny, but there are no news reports of any such event in any news source. No bomb squad arrived.

July of 2001, police beat and arrest Indymedia journalists covering G8 Summit

This time in Genoa, Italy, while they were covering the G8 meet. They had set up a media center and broadcast facility in a closed school rented for the purpose. It was late night, and like the anti-globalism G8 protesters who had gathered in a nearby parking area, Indymedia staff was sleeping. Without warning, 150 Police attacked them melee style right where they lay and clubbed at least 60 so badly they had to be hospitalized. More than 500 were injured, one was killed, and 300 were arrested.

Perhaps at discovering their actions were being observed and recorded by Indimedia, Police then assaulted the IndyMedia team. Twenty Nine officers were indicted for grievous bodily harm, wrongful arrest, and even for planting evidence. Thirteen were convicted. Additionally, 45 assorted government officials, including Police, prison guards, and even doctors, were charged with physically and mentally abusing demonstrators and Indymedia staff while held in detention. It was Indymedia video evidence which assured convictions.

July of 2002, Police grenade seriously injures Indymedia reporter covering that year’s G8

While covering a different G8 Summit in Geneva, Switzerland, Indymedia journalist Guy Smallman, while close in with protestors, was seriously injured by a Police grenade, and fired upon with unknown weapons. As he was in a crowd of protestors being attacked by Police we cannot claim the assault was personally directed at him, but like all journalists in such situations, you can bet press credentials were held high.

June 2004, Founding Member of Indymedia Ecuador assassinated by what were believed to be government thugs

Like the above event, not all events are solidly incriminating of governmental targeting, but the reasons for suspecting they are tied will become apparent. For instance, Lenin Cali Najera was a respected young man known for his work rescuing youngsters from the clutches of gangs, so you might think that the Ecuadorian officials would appreciate him. apparently not. He was shot to death in the jugular by men thought to be government agents by those at hand, fitting the modus operandi of paramilitary death squads. His would not be the only murder of Indymedia journalists.

It is unclear if there was any specific investigation or article written by Lenin which might shed light as to the motivation behind his murder. Any articles written by him would be in Spanish and as I do not speak Spanish, are not easily reviewed for the purpose. There seems to be no speculation about a specific article in any of the English accounts of his death, of which there are few. But at about the same time, an Indymedia article surfaced in Cyprus which led to quite a lot of trouble, lasting for several weeks before coming to a head. A blackhead, which burst wide open. And what a stench!

June 2004, CIA and US Military go head to head with Indymedia via Cypriot Police

It started when an Indymedia contributor, Petros Evdoka, published an article exposing a disinformation campaign tied to Cypriot political issues which were, thereby, being manipulated by the U.S. Department of Defense cyberwarriors of the same sort I’ve had to go head to head with in my Flight 800 shoot- down investigation. The Cyprus matter was hardly a ‘legal’ or proper thing for the military to be doing by any standards.

Someone took exception at the exposure almost immediately. Police descended upon the entire Evdoka family and questioned them mercilessly, the focus clearly how he had come by his information. In the exchange, the Police, evidently trying to underscore the seriousness of the matter and to further intimidate, inadvertently and quite unwisely stated that their raid was at the direction of CIA. Bad move, threatening a journalist, even an amateur, with information they can use against you.

That erupted into a month’s long battle between Indymedia, the Cyprus and US governments, and of course, CIA and the DOD. It eventually resulted in a victory for Indymedia. The Cyprus Government officially admitted it had yielded to US pressures to play co conspirator with CIA against Indymedia.

Oct. 2004 FBI raids Indymedia and seizes servers, shutting down massive portions of the network

After all, it is rare to ‘win’ a battle with CIA without paying a price. Revenge is a dish best served by covert counterintelligence operations from other quarters, it seems (a blind side attack). FBI moved to seize third-party Web servers hosting more than 20 international Indymedia Web services to the US, Germany, France, and UK, as well as worldwide audio streaming news services and conventional Web resources. Even in Switzerland, a neutral country not known for yesmanship, kowtowed to US pressures in a raid, there. Indymedia was served with gag orders to prevent them from reporting the incident as news. That did not work very well, apparently.

Wikpedia has a nice summary of this affair, but the highlights are this. The actual warrant called only for surrender of log files. Instead, Indymedia was shut down by confiscation of all storage mediums, prompting a barrage of criticism from groups such as the Electronic Frontier Foundation, Statewatch, IFJ, the International Federation of Journalists, and the World Association of Community Radio Broadcasters.

FBI strangely denied ‘involvement,’ stating that the orders were initiated at the request of the Italian government, which speculators believe was at the request of Cypriot officials, or the CIA, which maintains a strong influence in Italian affairs. No one knows where the confiscated material went, or how or even if it was used in any investigation. Gag orders would seem to circumvent your right to know. In my own life, I doubt I will EVER obey a gag order of that sort. Make me a martyr for it, if you will, .gov. News is news, and truth is truth. It shall not be gagged by mere edict of a Judge in your pocket.

June of 2005, Local Police raid Indymedia UK and once more seize and shut down servers

Police ignored laws regarding journalistic protections and arrested an Indymedia employee at the site based on a submitted article which the Police deemed to be related to vandalism against a train connected to an upcoming G8 conference.’ Once more protests by professional organizations and watchdog groups followed, this time by UK groups NUJ, the National Union of Journalists, Liberty, and Privacy International.

July 2006, Indymedia server in San Francisco hacked by Zionist

THIS IMAGE GONE BLANK BECAUSE FBI SIEZED THE SERVERS!

Update: In July 2012, I accidentally noticed the image at right in support of this section was blank. Trying to find out why, I discovered ‘Server Not Found’. So I did some digging and found that not only had the Indymedia Server used by San Francisco been seized by FBI, but that no reason was given.

It appears they had relocated their server from San Francisco after the hacking incident described below and other problems in San Francisco with authorities, to Texas. FBI served a warrant on their Host as well as a GAG ORDER, so information is scant. FBI does state that it was NOT THE US GOVERNMENT that ordered the seizure, but ANOTHER UNSPECIFIED COUNTRY, the FBI responding to an International agreement of cooperation in matters of investigation of certain crimes. What kinds of crimes? Terrorism, kidnapping, and Money Laundering. So apparently those villainous Indymedia types have discovered a way to write news stories that make people captive against their will, and to launder money associated with their ransom, and then magically became exploding underwear?

More likely, the server was taken at the request of Israel’s Mossad. Take a look at the rest of my original article on the hacking event, and that assumptions will make some sense: The censored photo was evidence of participation by Mossad in attacks on US News Media (Indymedia). The only places it existed on the Web were, it seems, by links to the original image at IndyMedia. By shutting down Indymedia, they automatically censored the entire Web access to the image. I would therefore assume that if I had copied the image and posted it from my own computer, FBI would now have my computer, too. Close one! Here is the original hacking incident which has apparently led to censorship:

Hacked severely by a ‘Zionist’ hacker, indeed, who left a calling card to prove his Zionist motivation. There are no direct ties to any government, but as Indymedia has been a real pain in the ass to Israeli by covering violent actions against Palestinian and like misadventures, it would not surprise me to learn Mossad was the true source of the attack. I suppose this makes me an anti-Semite by Anti Defamation League standards, for so thinking. Whatever.

But wait. It was in this time frame that San Francisco was perusing a law suite against the ADL and B’nai B’rith (a Mossad infested version of ADL) for their participation in illegal spying operations against American Citizens in cooperation with San Francisco, Portland, and 18 other Police Departments, and other entities. Indymedia was covering that with clarity. San Francisco eventually had to drop the suit because of intimidation by the ADL and other external pressures insisting it anti semitic prosecution. So perhaps my supposition of Mossad hacking is not so supposing after all?

Look at the calling card (right). I did. Note the domain littlegreenfootballs.com. This Web site has had eight registrars (places they registered the name) on 36 changes between 19 unique name servers with 63 changes on 23 unique IP addresses in six years. The ‘owner’ (a shell corporation, colours Ltd) operates 2,509 other domains. A useful set of tools to make tracking true ownership and association ‘difficult.’ The site is full of pro-Mossad ‘information.’

Update: Since my original post, and perhaps as yet another indicator that Mossad requested the FBI hit on Indymedia S.F., it turns out that littlegreenfootballs.com has changed hands yet again, and now, the content no longer has anything whatsoever to do with Israel and the Zionist material once found there.

In fact, it is a bit of a ‘mock site’ designed around a ‘shell’ or ‘skin’ I recognize as common to several CIA operated ‘commercial web sites.’ So you get a lot of ads and links that make it look like a decent, ordinary site on the edges, which are nothing but fluff and camouflage, and the disinfo in the middle. Again, what they present there is really intending to make non mainstream media look bad (today, for instance, it tries to make Alex Jones look crazy for talking about the Aurora shooting as false flag, and then proceeds to reveal information painting it as ties to Muslim terrorism.

How do we always seem to come up with these condemning terrorism details so quickly after an event? Like finding the wallet of the terrorist pilot on the street after nothing else identified with any passenger of the 9-11 aircraft survived the crash. Convenient. Back to the original article, and one more update section, below…

Oct. 2006, Police in civilian garb suspected of shooting Indymedia journalist to death

New Yorker Bradley Roland Will was killed covering a protest in Oaxaca, Mexico regarding a teacher’s strike. He and two protesters where shot to death by ‘upset residents’ who were later tentatively identified as Police by the U.S. Ambassador to Mexico. Despite this, Associated Press claims that some protesters were also armed and it was actually more of a shoot out than outright murder. However, this was the event which, due to the more popular media accounts as a murder, sparked what many refer to as a revolt in the State of Oaxaco by the APPO, The Popular Assembly of the Peoples of Oaxaca.

September, 2009, U.S. Army violates Posse Comitatus and arrests Indymedia reporter, destroys her camera, seizes video

Members of the U.S. Army (possibly National Guard) operating illegally as deputized Police in violation of the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878, arrested Indymedia reporter Melissa Hill and three other reporters covering the G20 Conference in Pittsburg. Her camera was destroyed and her media confiscated. The military was even operating the jail and running the booking operation per her YouTube interview. Unless Martial Law has been declared, it is illegal for military to engage in Police actions. This has been something the Military has been repeatedly in violation of since 1990, in a long list of states, with Oregon, California, and Texas NGs being the most frequent abusers. This abuse will be the subject of another blog.

April 2010, Police use invalid warrant to illegally raid home of Editor for Gizmodo

San Mateo Police use an invalid warrant to raid the home of an Editor for Gizmodo, destroying his front door and seizing his computers and other equipment, the warrant being exercised when the home was empty. Not only was the warrant invalid in legal terms, but the hours allowed for its use were ignored. The raid was prompted by an article written for Gizmodo. Journalists are protected from warrants seeking materials related to their work by State and Federal law.

Also April 2010, Cops and the District Attorney illegally raid a student newspaper

Seven Officers and the District Attorney entered the offices of The Breeze, a student newspaper for the James Madison University in Harrisburg, VA, and threatened to seize all computers if they did not turn over all photographs in their possession relating to a party covered by one of their reporters where violence had broken out. There was a warrant but the student journalist was quick to point out that the Privacy Protection Act of 1980 prohibited such a warrant, at which time the threats were made and the student relented. Police copied hundreds of photos to a CD, including many unrelated to the party, further in violation of their own warrant.

Dec. 2010, The French Minister of the Interior attacks Indymedia with accusations of being out to get Police

The French Minister of the Interior (like the head of the Justice Department in the U.S.) claimed Indymedia was attempting to identify Police and endanger their safety. What? I thought Police were supposed to identify themselves on request. The link is largely in french save some casual comments giving summary and personal opinion.

May 2011, Google in possible collusion with U.S. intelligence community enables assault on Indymedia viability

Google, often described as partnering with the U.S. intelligence community, modifies their search engines to de-rank Indymedia in search results. Simultaneously, a hack was attempted of Indymedia resources to augment the Google de-ranking to burry articles 20 pages deep in searches. Also simultaneously, a flood of tactically anti-Semitic comments hit the UK Indymedia resulting in accusations of ani Semitism in an attempt to discredit the organization, and a like flood of intimidating criticisms and accusations against legitimate Indymedia contributors (name calling, etc.).

free speech

What about the rest of media? Are they free from abuse of power issues?

Indymedia is not the only one to suffer such ills. While it is popular to see mainstream media as controlled, they do sometimes get out of hand with their Masters and end up causing problems. Sometimes a little corrective conditioning is required to remind them where their hearts should really lay. Here is a partial list of a growing epidemic of Police and government assault on journalistic free speech. I fear it is only a matter of time before Congress will once more attempt to censure free speech entirely with a Sedition law which makes any criticism of government, even with evidence of wrongdoing, a Federal crime. It has already been attempted in form.

More than 1,100 journalists and support staff have been killed over the last ten years while at their job. Below follows a very brief list which represents about an hour’s effort to locate and document. While it is a global phenomenon most commonly found in association with a Globalist agenda or in an oppressive regime, I have tried to focus mostly on U.S. examples. The bulk came from a single source. You can easily find more, as seen in the surprisingly good two pages of video reports by Russian’s RT Network, and this page detailing all known incidents in Egypt.

April 8 2003, Al Jazeera’s office in Bagdad rocket attacked by a US warplane

The DOD had been given its coordinates by Al Jazeera in exchange for assurances it would not be attacked. Correspondent Tareq Ayyoub was killed while reporting live on details of a firefight some distance from his balcony. His coverage did not include or illustrate local combatants being present, but the US insists the attack was due to fire from his building.

Also April 8 2003, US Abrams tank opens fire on hotel where more than 100 journalists are located

The Palestine Hotel is where non embedded international journalists were under armed quarantine ‘for their protection.’ The attack hit the Reuters office on the 15th floor killing two cameramen. The U.S. military again claimed self defense, despite counter claims by multiple news agencies present including a French team which video taped the incident. The Pentagon countered that non embedded journalists should get out of Dodge, an implied threat gently worded. Embedded Journalism, when unbalanced with non embedded, is a controlled media.

March 2004, US Soldiers shoot 2 journalists dead at a checkpoint, Reuters cameraman shot by US fire filming combatants

The Pentagon claims the shootings were within the ‘rules of engagement,’ fail to mention a tank collided with the vehicle they were in.

Jan and March of 2004, three Reuters staffers and two Al Jazeera reporters detained and brutalized by U.S. forces

In the case of Reuters, it was immediately after they had filmed a crash of a U.S. Chopper.

Nov. 2009, Man arrested for taking video of public statement for possible news worthiness

Quite odd because he had already filmed the same participants the day before, and both knew and accompanied them to the two-day event.

June 2010, Police harass, beat, arrest journalist covering G20

Jesse Rosenfeld was abused without provocation as he was held by two officers and hit by a third because one officer did not believe his press credentials were genuine. Journalist Jesse Rosenfeld reports for the Gaurdian, Now Magazine, The Washington Report on Middle East Affairs, The Montreal Mirror, and CBC Radio Canada.

And, my personal favorite, and the best possible place to end the article with a bang:

April 2011, Maui Times Publisher assaulted by bounty hunters and then Police for video interview

Not Wanted (from dogthebountyhunter.com) Thank You

Publisher Tommy Russo was covering with (video) matters relating to the TV Reality show “Dog the Bounty Hunter” (which I firmly believe is a CIA propaganda exploit, it being true that CIA runs a school for bounty hunters as I document in my book set, Fatal Rebirth) when he was confronted by a member of the show’s security team (a BIG guy), who is adamant he stop video NOW. Russo identifies himself as media and asserts his right to video in public any public event, and that’s when the big guy bashes him in the face without warning.

Russo tries to call Maui Police. While trying to call 9-11 for help, the security man takes his camera (phone) it and throws it while hitting Russo in the mouth. It is a crime to interfere with a 9-1-1 call. After regaining the phone, multiple dogs are screaming at him as he is trying once more to talk to the 9-1-1 operator, all happening while the Police actually show up. All they see is a lot of shouting at one guy, so he must be the bad guy, right?

Exact replay: A cop then attacks Russo as well, without warning of any kind, ostensibly for the same cause, that he was attempting to document everything on video. Their claim is because it was ‘an agressive movement. ’ The movement? He turned (rotated) toward the officer to whom he was responding, who punched him and grabbed his phone for the third time, again.

Moral might be: shoot a gun, not a camera when they are that big and ornery :}

free speech

What can you do as a citizen to reclaim media?

Simple. Be the media. Learn about Indymedia. Keep a video capable device with you, always. You never know when you will be at the right place at the right time. I wound up sitting in the middle of a Police Command Post during an unrighteous Police shooting of an elderly man, and heard the lies they foisted on the public in the process. They were informed in the Command Post that the man had a .22 cal starter’s pistol (fires blanks), but they told media he was armed with two other larger weapons. Hopefully you will never have to experience anything as dramatic and traumatic as that, but the point is, be ready to tell the truth because you cannot count on Police or media to do so in your absence.

If YOU want to know the truth, you must also be wiling to SHARE the truth with others, or you don’t deserve to complain when you don’t get it.

When you see Police or any other form of violence, get it on video, and make verbal comments as you go on details as to where and what circumstances, etc. Some communities (fascist rule) prohibit video taping cops. I don’t care it there is a law against it or not. If they are behaving badly, the law and any court daring to enforce it be damned. You can make that choice for yourself. With or without video, write it up and submit it to Indymedia, and get any video on YouTube (you can reference the video at YouTube in your article).

Final update: In looking for the San Francisco server, I also discovered more than a dozen more examples of independent media assaults undertaken by government. Most were server seizures, but there were also physical assaults, and in one instance, arrest and prosecution for felonies and other charges for simply being present covering a breaking news story of a crime in progress (if you call a sit in a crime)… essentially charging the reporter and camera crew with the same crime as those effecting the story. What is wrong with this picture? Oh, I forgot. They took the picture, so you don’t get to see it!

End of speech.

End of article.

End of free speech in journalism?

U.A.E. Slaps Severe Limits on Web Social Networking. 10 years prison for “spreading rumors”. No to free speech. (worldnewsrecord.wordpress.com)
Free Speech and the Internet (thecustomercollective.com)
Woman who filmed cop from own yard charged with obstructing his administration of government (boingboing.net)

Posted in Astronomy, Conspiracy, Journalism, Political Commentary

3 Comments

Tags: Freedom of speech, IndyMedia, Journalism

FascistBook: The Growing Case for Government Targeting via Social Media

Aug 15

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

FascistBook:

The Growing Case for Government Targeting via Social Media

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

In two parts.

Dateline Portland, OR August 15, 2011

fascistbook

Part I, The Social Media Beast and its Masters

fascistbook

This UML diagram describes the domain of Faceb...

Image via Wikipedia: One way to visualize FaceBook. Did I mention it was complicated?

I write this as an activist, investigative writer with seven books generally on abuse of power, privacy, and security matters, and a consultant to targeted persons. So I get an awful lot of feedback from countless persons on the issue this article regards. Namely, that social networks are nothing more than government tools for spying on and targeting the politically incorrect among us. I fear there is truth in the supposition.

I’m on Twitter and FaceBook, and switched almost exclusively to FaceBook as I can get more reach there more quickly than on Twitter. Tweets tend to be more frivolous and for whatever reason, are less likely to share. In the space of time it took me to get 25 Followers on Twitter, I had over 500 on FaceBook, and the quality of exchange was much higher. Kudos to FaceBook on that score, at least — though I think that may be premature given how things are of late, as will be reviewed in Part II of this blog.

To be fair, understand that I do not write this as an expert on FaceBook or social media in general. In point of fact, I struggle with many aspects of what older hands might consider child’s play. It is a complex topic and even more complex software. What I am considered expert on is my personal experience and the that includes shared experiences with thousands of other users and clients, and the general topics relating to the problem as represented in my books, consulting, and other activities. So I can put experiences into context, and I think I can relate them with logical analysis. Only where a given item of concern may be questionable with respect to deciding it represents a mere technical glitch or misunderstanding of procedure, vs. a deliberate spy or harassment tactic, should my lack of FaceBook experience be much of an issue. ANYONE, may feel free to correct or educate me on any errant matter expressed. (Note: in nearly a year since this post first went up, no such corrections have been offered. Yay!) I will do my best to flag areas where there is a difference between supposition or conjecture, and evident realities, as well as points in between.

I will additionally suggest one might get more out of this article if they also review my blog, 33 Axioms of Fascism.

fascistbook

The Intelligence Community and Social Media

It is well known, or should be, that virtually all of the Social Networks have gained funding and, in many cases, direct negotiated working partnerships with government agencies. Of principal concern are those which involve the military or intelligence community, and their greater apparat, which would include think tanks, research firms, PR firms, financial institutions, Institutes and Foundations, Round Table Groups, and other entities which tend o do their bidding (or be their bosses) or support them in key ways. Collectively, this mish-mash forms what generally represents a spy ring network in functionality. Even Law Enforcement Agencies at the local level are now players. That is a pretty broad-based group, and should be explored more carefully…

fascistbook

Examples might be:

Think Tanks:

The Rand Corporation, a CIA/DOD think tank which has developed several new information gathering systems for its clients. This includes ExpertLens, a new system “to aid complex decision making, adapting online and social media technologies” and which incorporates the Delphi method, Nominal Group Technique, and CrowdSourcing to collect information and forecast against solutions. These are very savvy ‘products’ which can be customized for a wide variety of needs and uses, and incorporated into pre existing informational collection and analysis systems. Are they a potential threat to privacy in social media? You bet.

Public Relation Firms:

Hill & Knowlton is CIA’s PR firm of choice, who conspired to fraudulently get Americans behind the idea to kick Iraq out of Kuwait. They used outright lies before Congress and in media campaigns about bayoneted babies to steal incubators. Same thing happened, by the way, in WWI, when the munitions industry went out of its way to buy a handful of newspapers responsible for the bulk of public opinion, and insure they told us Germans were cutting the breasts off of Belgian women. Its in the Congressional Record (prior link). Wasn’t true, of course, but it heated up the debate and did contribute significantly to the war mood. HK publicly admits to using social media to shape opinions, which translates as disinformation given that their publicly posted policy on such use in no way reflects the kind of blatant dishonesty which they have repeatedly exhibited.

Research Firms:

DARPA, the Defense Advanced Research Project Agency is actually a corporate-like research entity reporting to the Department of Defense and, secondarily, contracting with major corporations. They are very interested in “solicitating innoative research proposals in the area of social media.” Many analysts see this as a move to track social media for ‘propaganda,’ which from their perspective would be any politically incorrect agenda “so that they can be countered before they can gain traction,” which would, of course, require direct intervention in some way, such as will be discussed in Part II of this blog. This will dovetail nicely with other items in this list, ‘coincidentally.’

Financial Firms:

In-Q-Tel is a CIA venture capital firm that invests in start ups it thinks can serve Agency needs. They originally wanted to be named In-Q-It, but someone (blush) registered those names (.com, .org, .net) before they thought to do it, and rather than pay me (given the animosity between us at the time) a few hundred dollars for the names, elected to instead spend thousands to change the company name. They have since invested heavily in all manner of Internet spying ventures, and continue to seek new avenues. They have not touched ‘closed networks’ such as FaceBook, as yet, at least not directly. However, they have invested in the makers of software used by FaceBook, Google, Yahoo, and others to develop and operate their social media, giving way to speculation that back-door access is quite likely a problem worth considering.

Foundations:

The Project for a New American Century (PNAC), as I expose in my book set Fatal Rebirth, is a kind of Foundation which has no peers when it comes to treasonous villainy. September 11 attacks, the resulting Gulf Oil Wars, Homeland Security, the entire election and War Cabinet of the Bush White House, as well as their policies, were all laid out well in advance (1997), and all came to pass almost exactly as planned, and on schedule. They are not finished either. Their membership roster included a rogues gallery of war profiteers, Bush dynasty cronies and family, and villains like Richard Perle.

Questions: How is it that the invasion date of Afghanistan was known prior to September 11? How is it that Colin Powell and DOD Generals were trolling other nations in support of a war against Afghanistan before September 11? Without September 11, what justification for a war did they expect would materialize? Talk about prior knowledge. Amen, Truthers!

I use them as example here, because one of their PNAC friends, Arianna Huffington, wrote an op-ed article in Lebanon’s Daily Star entitled ‘Social media will help fuel change in the Middle East,’ essentially giving the ‘idea’ to the youth of Islamic nations as the article spread virally, that they could use their phones and computers to organize against their government(s). This was some several months before it actually happened in Libya exactly as she wrote it. Huffington, by the way, is described as having very profitable business ties to the Israeli arms industry and has been female companion to Mortimer Zuckerman, a pro-Israel media magnate. So what’s a nice Jewish girl like her doing writing for Islamic media about social networks for revolutionaries? Clearly, this is a form of manipulation of social media users for political gain… a form of social media control being used as Political Control Technology.

Round Table Groups:

The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) is one of the Round Table Groups better known in the U.S., as they are based in New York. Unabashed globalists with an agenda for a One-World Government, they infect every element of the corporate world as well as every institution of government. Mere Congressmen cower in their presence and hang on their every word, most of them being members who, as if talking about a fellow Wizard at Hogwarts, fawn over and point out membership in their speeches as if a medallion for Exceptional Wizardry.

It is not. It is a signpost of treasonous shame. They seek to destroy national sovereignty. Their best known members are, perhaps, Rockefeller, Bush, Clinton, Carter, Brzezinski, and Kissinger. The CFR lay the foundation for September 11 in Brzezinski’s book, The Grand Chessboard, in which he said the U.S. must remain dominant in the World, and that to do that, we need to control the oil production of the Middle East and Soviet fields bordering with the Middle East. It stated that unless there was some catalyst event to justify a war in the the region, there was sadly no way to achieve that. So PNAC set about to insure it happened just that way. Good old American Capitalism at its best.

With respect to Social Media, CFR has published another work which essentially says what we all know, that it is a great tool for civilians to organize and can become a tool for political change of governments, to include their downfall. It goes on to say, that properly managed, it can become a tool to translate unrest toward rapid and undesirable (their perspective) changes to a more evenly paced and acceptable (their perspective) change. They stress the importance of gaining such a tool. So you can bet that somewhere, people are making it so. In fact, pretty much everyone listed.

Law Enforcement:

Lately, the New York Police Department has established their own Social Media Unit to infect social media with the presence of Cops looking for clues. Well, that might be OK if looking for a specific clue from a specific suspect in an ongoing investigation, but NOT if it is general snooping to create intelligence files on citizens — as has been common practice in almost every major city well before Internet even existed. Portland and San Francisco PDs, and 18 other Police agencies were involved in trading such files on 20,000 non criminals who had never been subject of investigations, as well as those who had, with B’nai B’rith/Anti Defamation League, South African spies, and CIA. So we know it happens. In fact, my dossier was involved, obtained through FOIA. A lawsuit against ADL by San Francisco was dropped amid huge pressure common to anyone who says bad things about any Jewish organization. Well, that didn’t include me, then, but it does, now: Bad ADL.

FascistBook

Too Many Masters, Too Few Slaves

Model of a social network. While not the intended representation, one might imagine you and your friends in the left group, and the government snoops in the right group. Are you that second guy on the left?

In each of the above examples, I simply used the first group or firm, etc., that popped into my head (deliberately skipping over some of the more obvious choices, because I already know the answer, for them), and then Googled to see if they had any truck to do with social media which borders on manipulation or spying. In every single case, it was found to be true. From this we might deduce, then, it is likely that EVERY such agency in each category has already or will soon effect a similar intention or action which can be pinned to its lapel. The problem is, that means literally many hundreds of groups who seek to control and subvert social media networks to their own internal and often insidious needs. The bulk of these I would not trust with my life, much less my Nation’s security, and certainly not my privacy, much less counting on them to obey the law.

But there are only so many such social networks, and only a few of them are large enough to merit attention. The larger they are, I suspect, the more valuable a target they become. The largest of these is FaceBook. So it is perhaps no surprise that charges of spying and digital assault on the politically incorrect should be more common to FaceBook users than any other such media forum. Both because there are so many users (more than 700,000,000, or about 1 out of every five computer users World-wide), and because there are so many wanna’ be system infiltrators who rank them the number one choice for manipulation.

I don’t think that Mark Zuckerberg, CEO/President and creator of FaceBook is dumb, but I think he would be stupid to do the things he has done already to cooperate with these kinds of manipulating bastards, unless the scope of the problem as just described, was not known at the time. You can bet he and his brethren competitors were fed a line of crap which started with ‘National Security,’ and ended with ‘personal assurances,’ and you can bet that 90% of that was bull. I can’t imagine anyone willing to give endless back doors and unchecked control of their cash cow to a bunch of people who, in the final analysis, would probably be shot if there were a revolution right now, and their side lost. But once such a bed has been made… as with a deal with the Mafia or the Tong… you can’t go back and undo it. So whatever state FaceBook and its competitors are really in in terms of bedding with evil partners, they, and we, are stuck with it… at least until that revolution takes place.

As I see it, and as is true for all social networks…

FascistBook

There are three basic paths for abuse to take root

1. Those already inherent in the design or added to it intentionally by the creator/owner of the network which enable their own form of ‘control’ over their client’s experiences, and which could be used in punitive or immoral ways if desired. That does not mean they do so intentionally, but it creates temptation. They would, we presume, be very difficult to discover and almost impossible to prove, but there are clues which might suggest their presence and use. Saying something bad about the media and, in almost every instance, suffering a punitive response, would imply such to be the case.

2. Those added by agreement or as concession to investors or partners. These are undoubtedly on purpose and very likely to be employed to the detriment of end users, where present. These would generally need to be extremely covert in nature and almost impossible to detect. The exception might be harassment or targeting methodologies, but a clever programmer can make these look like glitches. Well, I don’t know of any activist on FaceBook without their glitches.

3. Those obtained by back door access, hacks, etc. You can bet these are in constant wholesale use, where present. Absolutely covert and highly illegal in nature, there will not be any opportunity allowed for discovery, which means that they are not used for harassment. They are snooping solutions, only. Thus short of an announcement of discovery, the end user will never know of its existence, which is also true of the operator of the social media. For this reason, I fear In-Q-Tel’s strategy more than, say, DARPA’s. I fear DARPA’s more than I fear Hill and Knowlton.

FascistBook

This ends Part I.

Part II, will look at some specific facts, issues and actual experiences reported about FaceBook in media and by users. The issues described in the three paths, above, will be considered and applied where possible in an attempt to evaluate. We need a sense of reality, not conjecture, when it comes to charges of spying and targeting, lest the decisions we make be more dangerous by false assumptions.

Three very insightful articles about transparency on the Internet (empressoftheglobaluniverse.wordpress.com)
FaceBook wants your Unborn Child (manveetsingh.wordpress.com)
America’s Fascist Revolution and The Internet as a Counter-revolutionary Force (rogueoperator.wordpress.com)
Pentagon looks to social media as new battlefield (destructionist.wordpress.com)

Posted in Abuse of Power, Conspiracy, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals

1 Comment

Tags: activism, activists, CrowdSourcing, FaceBook, Google, History, Nominal Group Technique, Social media, Social network, spying, targeted individuals, Twitter, Yahoo

33 Axioms of Fascism, Part III

Aug 15

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

Read the Introduction (part I), here.

Fascists have a pecking order. Meet #1 from WWII

Read part II (Axioms as to the General Nature), here.

fascism

fascismFascism

Fascism is not a body Politik…

it is a perverted notion of greed.

Fascism is not an openly Socialist agenda…

it is socialist to foster a covert agenda.

Fascism is not a way to run a nation as a state…

it is a way to ruin a nation by making it a corporate state.

Fascism

The 33 Axioms:

As to the Power Elite:

Mussolini was #2, despite his hat. He and his wife were stoned to death by citizens AND Police for their oppression

13) Recruitment to the inner sanctum of high power is according to simple rules.

The inductee will generally be: a) from one of the select old-money families; b) cultivated and tested in the educational system for right thinking; c) proven as follower and leader true to the cause prior to anointing with higher power; d) a member of one or more secret organizations; e) most likely, a Satanist or practitioner of the occult, but seldom a Christian except in masquerade. If you happen to be a General, so much the better.

Hitler’s secret society was the Thule Society, thought to be the arc-type and ‘sister’ to Skull and Bones, and he was obsessed with the Occult. Mussolini actually hated secret societies and passed laws against them, though the Mafia flourished against his efforts, as did the Knights of Malta, and the Masonic Lodges. When Italy fell to the Ally invasion, he was arrested and held in a secret location, in part, to keep the Germans and Italian loyalists from rescuing him. His rescuers used magical Occult methods to locate him, only to find he had been relocated. Eventually, as the photo (right) gruesomely attests, he was released to the angry mobs. Under Franco, the secretive Opus Dei (propelled into fame by The DaVinci Code) flourished, and though Franco was key in the Spanish Revolution against atrocities against Church leaders, there seem to be no concrete ties to Franco, per se, though he put a lot of their members into government posts. Franco dabbled in Occult ‘magic,’ even using it to determine the fate of his people, one such effort costing 2oo,000 lives to starvation.

14) Fascism will gladly offer multiple candidate choices to the people in elections to at least simulate political freedom of choice.

Each candidate is one of their own in disguise, almost always, baring unforseen roadblocks. Thus policy of secret government can advance regardless of outcome, it is just a matter of who enjoys holding the reigns and taking the glory (or blame). All are disposable, or recycled to other positions of power. The more debate and controversy which can be managed on unimportant issues (with respect to true goals) the more the people are divided for easy control, and the more they feel they have an impact, false though the assumption be. Political Parties are organizational tools for individuals in the process, and in the end have little functional power in terms of final impact to the things they profess to seek.

Personal note: How many Presidents have advanced more than one of the causes for which the people voted them into office? How many woes which they promised to address were actually retained or made worse as result? How many Presidents have left the country in better shape, and the citizens happier, when they left office? Have the corporations and the war machine gotten bigger under their helm, or smaller? Did the rich get richer by their actions, and at the expense of everyone else, or did we get the shaft, again? Have freedoms grown or been reduced on their watch? Has life grown closer to or gone away from a Police State by their hand? How many hands will it take you to count them? My guess is part of one, at best.

One last question. Why do still you buy into it?

15) Fascists will cull the unworthy from the ranks of the wealthy, seeking to discover and destroy by any means those who do not support the fascist view.

Their corporations, wealth, power and their heirs will be taken (Dupont, Hughes come to mind, Kennedys a work in progress) away by manipulations of government, machinations of corporations, and manipulation of public opinion via media. Assassinations, accidents, and other crimes are on the table. You will read more on this in the next Axiom.

16) Laws and regulations need not apply equally, but may be reserved for targeting the the unworthy or enemies of the cause, and benefiting the Elite.

Victims will never understand what hit them, nor will they easily escape the series of traps set for them. Hughes TWA Airlines was targeted with anti-trust and cries of unpatriotic profiteering when in point of fact Pan Am was the more powerful monopoly, but Pan Am Airway’s Juan Trippe was ‘in’ with powerful allies in Congress and Hughes was not. Stripped of his industries, he waxed toward insanity as CIA made off with the Hughes Medical Institute, Hughes Tools (later become Enron – yes, a CIA fraud, and so now you know where the money went, made clear on Sept. 11), Hughes Electronics (source of bioimplant tracking devices – Digital Angel), which also spun off Hughes Satellites (which track people via Digital Angel), Hughes Aircraft and his Spruce Goose, as well as parts of TWA (CIA’s Evergreen Aviation, et. al), and Hughes Marine (ship building) and their Glomar Explorer, a CIA spy ship with deep sea research capabilities used to steal sunken Soviet nukes (that’s my finding). All these resources covertly work in tandem to advance NWO agenda more than any legitimate use for National Security. All this and more is detailed in my book set, Fatal Rebirth.

Note: I lecture on the class of technology which is Digital Angel. CIA does not appreciate what I say about the many CIA fronts involved in this project. Unfortunately, the video (link) does not contain my full lecture on topic, but it will still scare you.

fascism

As for the Middle Class:

Franco (Spain) #3. Lived long despite endless assassination plots

17) The middle class bears the burden of providing the bulk of fascism’s cash flow, through consumerism, credit extension, and taxes

All commerce must cater to, advertise to, and sell to their needs, providing them with any frivolous reason as to why they have such a need. They should ideally go into debt at every turn, for debt is control, and a weapon to corral the errant. Product should have a short shelf life and need upgrades, repair, or replacement. Repair and replacement parts should ideally cost more than buying a new one. (ergo, Ink costs more than the printer). warranties should sound great but have many loopholes, or poor enforcement mechanism, and place the burden on the Dealer to rectify. Everything should have a tax, even one’s death. Thus they may be promoted and should be stolen away that they may spend their wages back with the corporations, less taxes, of course. Being stolen, they will create the same benefits for the corporations by ‘their loss’ as described in Axiom 24, regarding the Lower Class.

18) The principal means of control of the middle class is a manipulated media, (disinformation or mind control) – advertising, news, and entertainment

There should be as few owners as possible of mainstream media outlets. Where possible the military or intelligence communities should be involved in one way or another (when Flight 800 was shot down by a Navy missile during a War Game, all three major networks were owned by military contractors who had contracts with the Navy for missile components – and CIA has regularly maintained an army of thousands of agents in the employ of U.S. media, and even established their own news agency, Reuters).

19) The middle class may be encouraged and allowed to ascend the ladder towards the Elite only as long as there are numerous mechanisms in place which to stop the bulk of such efforts

A few may illustrate usefulness to the cause and may be allowed to ascend undaunted. All others will suffer organized destruction when the opportunity for looting their wealth is at zenith. The test as to if one might be allowed to continue or not is in the form of being approached for recruitment to an organization useful to the cause. It may be, for example, membership in the Council on Foreign Relations. There, they can be tested constantly for ‘right thinking,’ and better manipulated into position for a fall should that be the final decision.

Personal note: This was exactly what happened to me (here I go with sour grapes). I opened a computer store in 1978 at a time when experts were saying you needed a minimum of $100,000 to succeed. I had $10,000. I not only succeeded, but opened two more stores on internal cash flow alone in as many years, never once borrowing money from a bank. I catered million dollar deals selling the lowly Apple II, and lunched with Jobs and Gates once at the same time. So someone from the CFR approached me and gave me a general pitch on their Globalist agenda (a sanitized version, but clearly NWO in tone), and invited me to join, SPECIFICALLY stating that it would be ‘good for business.’ I declined.

Within six months I had lost two million dollar deals to blind siding, and a series of setbacks seemed to be engineered by the same handful of people whom I had before been able to trust. Even my employees were concerned that our phones seemed tapped, and someone was regularly stealing product and our advertising external of the store. These things cascaded to the point where I was barely able to stay afloat. We managed, but in the end, the Shake Out period for the fledgling computer industry began, and I saw the handwriting on the wall, and shut down gracefully: I had had no more than two competitors for five years. That next phone book had over 100 new stores. I was right, within two years EVERY store in the area but mine went bankrupt. Me? I had liquidated my entire inventory at full retail and came out like a skunk, and lived on that money for about five years while trying to break into writing. Lucky for you, eh?

All that bad luck earlier was mere coincidences, I was sure… but later I ran into a woman who gave me a very detailed story about a ‘secret CFR within CFR’ (shades of Three Days of the Condor and a secret CIA within CIA, as shown in my books to be true) which held corporate tribunals to decide what businesses succeeded and failed, and operated hit squads who used dirty tricks and intelligence community assets to arrange the desired outcomes. Of course, Members had to pay huge fees off the books to fund such dealings. I did not believe her, until she showed me a bag of checks she collected every Month. She was a courier for same.

fascism

As to the lower class:

Note: for the sake of dialog, the Poor, or Under Class are one and the same as the Lower Class. Indeed, the later will become the former in time, but they will be considered and dealt with in like manner regardless of their status, except that the underclass tend to ‘drop off the radar’ in many respects, since no one wants to be confronted by their presence, and prefers to put them out of mind unless it be to blame them for society’s ills. That, as it happens, is a favorite Fascist ploy (blame the victim, blame someone incapable of fighting back, make them a scapegoat, rally all to your agenda thereby). Even the Lower Class will shun the poor given an opportunity. Seems like you have to be a ‘do gooder’ to break that mold, and who wants to go to all that trouble? Just a few people with strong Christian beliefs, and some other nuts.

20) Fascism is built on the ceaseless toil of the lower classes, who must be intimidated with repressive police-state powers

In Communism that meant working for beans and standing in line for your ration of beans, but the Party Boss got Steak. In Capitalism it means working for beans, paying taxes on the beans, and spending all you have on some beans, so the Big Boys can eat Steak. In either system and points in between, as the wealthy gain power and wealth (1% of the population now controls 90% of the wealth of the nation) , the Middle Class becomes Lower Class, and Lower Class becomes disgruntled. Well, there will be an Anser for that, too. That is NOT a typo – read on. A portion of Police and military should be recruited or trained for unthinking violence with psychopathic cruelty, but such should seldom be allowed promotion to high ranks, for they are merely a weapon of control through repression.

Ergo, riots and protests must be handled with a heavy hand: invent ‘non lethal weapons’ by the score, hire more police and build more jails, write repressive laws which make everyone guilty of something, and rely on naturally occurring Police brutality to make the point. Of course, the military is always there in backup and able to do their part (e.g., Kent State). This is why we have the Anser Institute, to invent Homeland Security two year before the Sept. 11 attacks, to help prepare the Patriot Act(s) so they will be ready for signing right away after the attacks, and to use the fear generated by the attacks to justify spending money on HUNDREDS of ‘non lethal weapons’ to ‘fight terrorism,’ which just happen to only be useful in crowd control against civilians. Circle complete.

21) The principal means of control of the lower classes is poverty, enforced by the legal system and Law Enforcement Agencies

Laws must at least seem fair most of the time, but the courts need not be. Everything must have a fine, a penalty, and a judgement too high to well bear. Despite what you are told, you are presumed guilty and all effort made to make it so, even if needing to lie or fabricate evidence, and though you are told otherwise when you hire your lawyer, you are urged to plead guilty as the least dangerous route when it comes time to go to court. Thus a fully informed jury is seldom seen though it is every man’s right (allows juries to find one guilty as charged but decide they should not be punished because the jurors identify with the reasons behind the act). So why do lawyers not advise their clients and request it? Thus the poor cower lest the law be levied against them. They dare not draw attention to themselves lest the little they have be eaten up by the courts.

22) The lower class is allowed to at least believe they may ascend to the middle class provided there are numerous mechanisms in place which will defeat them

to be continued… Conclusion here.

Centralizing America Thru Corporate Banking Power: Remembering Benito Mussolini, Adolph Hitler (politicalvelcraft.org)
Fascism Today in the US and Beyond (robertlindsay.wordpress.com)
Survival of the ‘Lowering Class’ (via NCPrism’s Blog) (southwerk.wordpress.com)

Posted in Conspiracy, Political Commentary, Targeted Individuals

Leave a comment

Tags: Anser Institute, Benito Mussolini, Council on Foreign Relations, Fascism, Francisco Franco, Globalism, Lower Class, Middle Class, New World Order, non lethal weapons, Power Elite, Spanish Revolution, Thule Society, World War II

Lion Dance: How China Invades US via the Canamex Highway

Aug 13

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

Screenplay Lion Dance;

How China Invades US via the Canamex Highway

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

Lion Dance

Dateline Portland, OR August 13, 2011

Updated June 2012: with regrets, an attempt to update shortly after original post did not apparently take. Update via this Statement: I wish everyone to understand concretely, that the Amero Currency shown is part of a series of fraudulent PhotoShop efforts by a disinformation site (Federal Jack) which has repeatedly offered fake Amero and fake (edited) news stories in what seems an attempt to blur the truth to the favor of government. Their site is aptly named.

lion dance

A group of strangers, each top notch professionals in their various fields, are recruited quietly amid protest and assembled, along with a small military unit, at an abandoned railroad station where a special but ordinary looking train awaits. They learn MTSR-7 is one of seven trains operated by the Department of Defense, made up of custom railroad cars disguised to be ordinary looking, but which serve as a Mobile Tactical Situation Room. Intended to thwart nuclear and biological attacks on fixed sites, MTSR-7’s civilian and military occupants will become analysts who track and study mountains of intelligence data in deadly earnest to attempt to prevent, and if need be, manage an impending national security crisis. Their project is called Lion Dance, which is explained as a style of Chinese dance, and is the code-name for a potential conflict with Red China which, they learn, looms on the immediate horizon.

Lion Dance

For the moment, at least, that’s fiction. This is not:

“Seen from the changes in the World situation and the United States’ hegemonic strategy for creating monopolarity, war is inevitable. We cannot avoid it. The issue is that the Chinese armed forces must control the initiative in this war...” Chinese Defense Minister Chi Haotian as quoted in Hong Kong’s Cheng Ming newspaper in January of 2000.

“Initiative,” in military terms (link: see Operational Concept, section 3-15) means ‘first strike.‘ With that in mind, we fast forward…

Red Chinese subs can evade U.S. Fleet detection even in combat (not even Soviet Subs could do that very well.) Fast forward some more…

Red Chinese launch missile in U.S. waters off California Coast (popular conjecture since it was not a U.S. firing and it happened the same day as the surfacing sub, above.) Fast forward one again…

Red Chinese military constructing bases in Mexico, including near U.S. Border with 10,000 armored vehicles? I sure hope someone was snorting dope.

In fact, see my caution about this particular report at page bottom. But just in case, it sounds like we might ought to fast forward yet one last time…

The Canamex Highway is something vey few Americans know about or fully understand, thanks to a controlled media and secret corporate dealings, including bribes and blackmail of politicians. That and covert international agreements undertaken without Congressional knowledge or approval by the leaders of the U.S., Canada, and Mexico, all under the flag of the Security and Prosperity Partnership (SPP), which was the springboard for Canamex and what many fear will become the North American Union.

More on the Security and Prosperity Partnership from:

SPP.gov, the government’s own site established to fend off cries of fowl play (translation: it is propoganda). Well, after Ron Paul and others showed it to be full of inaccurate statements (that’s being polite for disinformation and lies), they seem to have taken it down as of this post date.

Wikpedia, which seems to parrot the official favorable descriptions such that it was likely originally defined by SPP proponents, and which itself also states that SPP was cancelled in 2009, at the height of the debate over the truth.

Lou Dobbs Journal (a 2007 YouTube) tells it like it really is on national TV, and starts to open people’s eyes.

When you tell people about it, they don’t believe you. Even government leaders, despite limited mainstream media exposure until just recently, frequently denied it was true (it was, after all, done outside of and without consultation with Congress by the Bush Shadow Government ~ a term I use in my book series, Fatal Rebirth), and were shocked to learn otherwise by means of hard evidence, such as one of the official Web sites and official documents leaked by Wikileaks. Ask Presidential hopeful Ron Paul, who was criticized endlessly by other Congressional Members and media for speaking out (YouTube vid) against something ‘which just isn’t true.’ Sadly, I fear his tough pro American, pro sovereignty, pro Constitutional stance will ensure his downfall in any election, even if it takes a bullet. They tried to kill Ross Perot when he gave it a try… but very few people know about that, because you weren’t supposed to know about why he dropped out of the election at the last minute.

Well I knew, and knew about it in advance, and tried to warn him and the Secret Service. It may have saved his life, but it cost him a place on the ballot… and cost you and I the right to vote for him if we wished. It also cost me five years of being targeted by the Secret Service every time a President visited nearby. And, oh yes, it was privately acknowledged by Secret Service to involve mailed anthrax of the same military grade as used in Washington, D.C. some years later. Same stuff was also earlier being sold illegally to combatants in the Iran/Iraq War, there having been a CIA front established in Canada with money provided in part by Hillary Clinton (per two NSA retirees as documented in my book series, Fatal Rebirth) which would have been the logical delivery path.

How interesting. Military-grade anthrax from U.S. Army depositories used to shape an election, and later to intimidate Congress into signing the Patriot Act(s). Hmm… Election by chads and death threats, and rule of law as well. Charming political system, eh? Republicrat dog and pony shows (‘…pray we don’t get fooled again. Meet the new boss. Same as the old boss.’) or nothing. I’d rather have nothing. The Who knew what they were singing about, why don’t we ever seem to get it?

But Canamex and SPP is true, and that reality has finally has hit home amid heavy mainstream media reports of President Obama’s green light signature confirming the reality. It had already been in place, and is now about to go on line; a vast road and rail network sponsored by Globalist corporate interests and corrupt politicians was, secretly at first, and later more openly, conceptualized and plotted in what many fear is a key stepping stone toward a North American Union where the United States, Mexico, and Canada are no longer independent sovereign nations with their own currencies and militaries. The question is, if SPP and Canamex (bad enough) are true, then what of the NAU – the North American Union?

They deny the NAU exists, too. Perhaps that is because they intend to call it something else. Something like… United Federation of North America? Or how about NewStates of America (I have a copy of the Constitution of the NewStates of America reproduced in my book set Fatal Rebirth, complete with analysis which reveals it a Fascist document). Think it untrue? Keep reading, and take a look at the image below:

How many Amero’s will you be paid for minimum wage, we might well wonder?

Lion Dance

UPDATE Aug 13, 2001: Images of ‘Ameros’ leaked <– CLICK!!

Or will you be out of work because of a flood of migrants and a worsening economy? To whom do you pledge allegiance as citizen, and whos’ laws do you swear to uphold as soldier? To whom do you report a crime as traveler when portions of the highway are to be deemed Mexican and or International territories? Interpol? The Mexican Military? Smith and Wesson?

The Highway is intended to allow Pacific Rim nations to stop shipping goods into the United States via American Western Seaports, and to instead ship them to newly constructed super ports in Mexico, save those shipments intended for final delivery in the Western States. This would effectively gut the maritime industries and curtail port activity and employment by some 70-80% in California, Oregon, and Washington, as well as Canadian ports in Vancouver and elsewhere. The intent is to make doing so dramatically less expensive, despite a somewhat longer rail or highway transit to reach the American Heartland. But since less costly Mexican rail and truck firms would be employed instead of U.S. shippers, that cost would be minimized, stealing even more jobs from U.S. workers in those industries, to include air freight carriers, as well.

They are apparently not done giving us the shafta with NAFTA and CAFTA, so they have to go afta more with a Canamex dissasta.

NAFTA: North American Free Trade Agreement + CAFTA: Central American Free Trade Agreement = exporting 1,000,000 plus jobs

Yes, one is right to ask about the safety of U.S. highways with Mexican trucks driving non stop from deep within Mexico to the middle of the United States and beyond… since Mexican freight carriers are not subject to the same standards of safety in maintenance and operations as the United States. Oh sure, there is a lot of press coverage on how we are going to require tests and assurances, but that is to draw our attention away from the real issues. This was, in fact, the ONLY reason mainstream media talked about the President giving the green light to Mexican vehicles crossing the U.S. border without Custom’s inspection.

Yes, you are right to ask how this will insure terrorists do not have an easier way to enter the country undetected. As I have detailed in my book, Fatal Rebirth, you can rent and direct a boxcar or tank car from anywhere in Mexico to anywhere in the U.S. with a laptop on the Internet. But the entire collective of all such issues are largely being ignored or, at best, given lip service by those pushing for Globalization and a One-World Government, one region at a time. Canamex is, and will be. Period. Take it or leave it. The country, that is. If you don’t want to become a global plantation worker aside your Mexican brethren, get out, now. The war against the lower classes by the one percent who control 90% of America’s wealth is not over. They don’t yet own the other ten percent. Canamex will help get it.

Here are a few good collectives of information on Canamex. The best and most in-depth, in my humble opinion, is a collective of my own, available only by email request as it is in the form of a sample of my ProParanoid newsletter. Request a free copy by email using pppbooks at comcast (net.)

infowars.com rumormillnews.com rense.com

The greater network of Canamex routes

There are three principle prongs in the Canamex Highway, but each fans out with alternates and secondaries, like so many rivers fed by creeks and streams. From Mexico through the MidWest States, the Mississippi River States, and the Eastern Seaboard States, and on into Canada. There is even a route along the Western Coast ‘to facilitate goods delivery to Mexico’ from those states. The Super Ports are nearly finished and already quite operational. And that is where perhaps the scariest elements of Canamex spring forth.

The fear of loss of jobs, soverignty, highway safety, and border security aside, there is one fear no one has expressed.

And that fear is become the backdrop for the new screenplay I am working on called Lion Dance. The scariest element to this author is that the Super Ports are being constructed by the Red Chinese in partnership with Mexican authorities and firms. Now, understand this: any partnership with the Red Chinese means partnership with the Red Chinese Army. All corporate business in China is at least 50% owned by the Red Chinese Army. Thus the Red Chinese Army is now in Mexico, at least in terms of logistics. Moreover, they are also in de facto control of both ends of the Panama canal.

Logistics is about moving large amounts of material. In peacetime, that is goods, mail, and presents to Aunt Matilda. In war, it’s a bit damn sight more serious, transporting weapons, troops, food, medical supplies, and ammunition. It is what enables, drives, feeds, supports, and propels military adventure. If you do not have logistics, you cannot move an army or wage a war. If your logistics are poor, your army can be defeated by a lesser army if it has better logistics. So the first step in any war planning is to insure you have excellent logistics in place, and your planning must consider attacking the enemy’s logistics abilities. Canamex has no peer in this respect. It is pure logistics start to finish, and it has no weaknesses. Moreover, its logistics advantages are a two-edged sword, because they are also part and parcel of the very logistics required in defense of the United States. In a war with China, the U.S. looses those logistic resources, and finds them turned against them. No powerful seaports remain, no inbound supply in place, no relief ships in route, no access to the Panama Canal, a weakened trucking and rail industry, and as Lion Dance reveals, a very real potential for something far worse than even that.

Lion Dance

That is absolute fact. This is HOPEFULLY fiction:

The people thrust into MTSR-7 and the mysteries they will encounter slowly reveal EXACTLY how Canamex can be used to easily invade and seize control of the United States almost overnight. A taught thriller with unexpected twists and revelations, it is 100% based on fact, and has nearly two decades of research behind it. How good was that research? It was the research for my book set, Fatal Rebirth (proparanoidpress.com), and was good enough to predict (in another screenplay published on my Web site in 1999) the downing of the World Trade Center by civilian airliners, resulting in a series of Middle East Oil Wars. It made other predictions correctly, too, including the above mentioned assassination attempt, and the North American Union well before the term was otherwise known.

Thus one must ask if Lion Dance is mere fiction, or unfortunate prophesy? Time will tell. But the telling of the tale may itself serve to preempt such a possible future. The Chinese would dare not attempt it if the notion were to gain public scrutiny before the fact. That strategy didn’t work with the first screenplay with respect to September 11 attacks, but that screenplay was taken down early due to external pressure after only a few months of posting. Only one big name Hollywood producer had examined it, and he thought it an impossible scenario, and declined. We won’t name him as it would embarrass him with guilt, but he is as solid in Hollywood as a ‘rock.’ Who knows what history would have been if it had been left up and had gotten wide exposure, or picked up by a studio and put into production?

Hollywood? Are you listening?

Oh, I know you put a lot of stock into quick pitches, but that has to be delivered in person, because I dare not put the details on this page. It would give away the major plot twists, and potential for a sequel and prequel. Are three sentences High Profile enough for you?

China Flexes Naval Muscle (online.wsj.com)
Chinese Army Targets iPhone, iPads With Propaganda App (wired.com)
Update on Chinese Troops in Mexico (the Strong Watchman.com) IMPORTANT: see paragraph, below…

IMPORTANT: these are unverified reports. In fact, I am skeptical of some aspects, such as reports of 10,000 vehicles. An ability to count (as claimed) rows x vehicles is limited when at ground level (as claimed). One would need to be able to count, in best case scenario, 100 rows by 100 units per row. Either should stretch into the distance with reduced visual resolution to the point of loosing count well before 100. 100 vehicles would stretch a fifth of a mile. Can you count 100 cars down the road from an intersection? Can you even count 100 dashed lines on that road? I think not.

In point of fact, one of the best ways to cover up an actual event is to stage fake reports about such an event which can later be shown false and discredited. Then when real reports do leak out, they, too, are thought to be fake. This is called the ‘straw man’ tactic in the 25 Rules of Disinformation.

Posted in Conspiracy, Entertainment, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

3 Comments

Tags: Canamex, Lion dance, NAU, North American Union, People's Republic of China, Security and Prosperity Partnership, SPP, War with China

Australia Carbon Tax 1st Step Toward One-World Monetary System

Aug 13

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

carbon tax

Translation: A one-World Government, no national sovereignty

carbon tax

Dateline Portland OR August 13, 2011

carbon tax

Australia finds itself Ground Zero in a new Globalist movement to usurp control of the World’s finances in what would be a de-facto shell for a one-World government. But that may be nothing compared to the greater threat if you follow the logic for which I’ve made the case in my books, MC Realities (on Political Control Technology) and Fatal Rebirth (history of the NWO from 1947 into the future in four volumes). Since most of the key Globalists involved in the so-called ‘Round Table’ groups such as the Bilderbergers, The Club of Rome, and many of those in leadership roles of less secretive groups like the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission tend to be Satanists… you have to ask what is the number one motivation to have a one-World government? To seat the Antichrist, of course.

True or not, there is plenty to be upset about with a Carbon Monetary system all by itself, but first they need to get at least one Government to accept some form of it, and the easiest form is to structure a tax around it, which is what they are trying to do in Australia right now. They must think Aussies are uneducated or stupid or something, or perhaps the ratio of activists to jerk politicians is more favorable, but in any event, they have quite a fight on their hands because the folks down under are neither uneducated or stupid, and are mad as hell about the tax proposal. There are numerous groups springing up to fight it locally with TV ads and the like, and there are even Facebook groups like I Bet We Can Get 100,000 people to Say NO to the Carbon Tax, and others. My position is that, after reading this post, everyone anywhere in the World should be joining these groups to send a LOUD message to Globalists that we don’t want the tax, their money, their government, or their One-World Leader (666).

carbon tax

The Tax Facts: Carbon Tax Australia 2011

The Carbon Tax is simple enough as described at Wikpedia: an environmental tax levied on the carbon content of fuels (which are almost 100% carbon molecules in one form or another). So it sounds like just another gasoline tax, right? But wait. They already have a gasoline tax. And a coal tax. Etc. So this is a new tax added on top of all that with a specific name to get us used to the idea of Carbon being associated with money, in this case, paying a tax. But further, Carbon Tax is regressive, which is to say it hits hardest the low income groups. What happens is that electricity prices increase because of coal-fired power plants. Airline fares increase because of jet fuel, and trains and trucking prices go up because of diesel fuel… all of which contain tons of carbon, and taxes are to be paid on that at every transfer of ownership from crude at the well to final combustion… and passed along to each successive party, ending with YOU.

But there is a problem too in the logic. The ‘idea’ is that the tax is supposed to help fight pollution and aid conservation and ecology concerns. Yet they choose to tax the content, not the output. Coal is far dirtier than any other fuel, for instance, and produces far more carbon-based greenhouse gases than say, gasoline, which produces far more than natural gas. But all are quite similar in content. So the tax on fuels used by people (coal and gasoline, diesel) either directly or indirectly in procurement of services, get taxed the same as those used by industry (coal), which is to say the industrialists get a break on pollution… and raise the price of goods sold to the consumers to offset what costs they do bear. The Man on Mulberry Street mowing his lawn can’t offset anything except his food budget to cover the increased cost of (everything else). The rich get richer and the poor get poorer (again) syndrome.

OK, so the top 1% already control 90% of the wealth. Why not just fork over the other ten percent and save all the trouble?

carbon tax

The Monetary System Facts:

The Tierra Fee and Dividend (TFD) Solution, SDG 2012 Network (Sustainable Development Governance 2012 Network)

Go to this link for a .pdf which is the official ‘selling presentation’ for the concept being promoted by (natch) The United Nations via The UN Conference on Sustainable Development in 2012 (UNCSD), also known as ‘Rio+20‘ and ‘Earth Summit 2012.’ You can’t tell your Globalist Agenda without a handy nickname, a code name, and a mouthful name. SDg 2012 Network is a ‘stakeholder’s forum’ for governments, companies, and globalists who stand to make a buck and/or gain some power by such means. If you scan the document you will find it is an international organisation intent on “reshaping (quote, parens added) Global Policy and Advocacy (sway politicians); Stakeholder Engagement (sway corporate participation); Media and Communications (sway publicity-propaganda); and Capacity Building (? more wealth?).” The .pdf was prepared by Frans C. Verhagen, M.Div. M.I.A., Ph.D., a ‘Sustainability Sociologist at the International Institute of Monetary Transofmation (IIMT), a Globalist thinktank.

Go to this link to get their Web presentation including a video from Frans Verhagen for the Tierra Solution. Their goal (quote) is in part to “is to transform the international monetary system in order to achieve an equitable, sustainable, and, therefore, a stable monetary architecture, both internationally and nationally…” They publicise The Tierra Solution as: “Monetary Transformation, Climate Change and Sustainable Development emphasizes the need for debt-free national and international monetary systems as a sine qua non for a carbon-based international monetary system that would combat the climate crisis and advance low carbon and climate-resilient development.”

Yet while wanting an international currency (based on carbon consumption/conservation), they dare to quote Abraham Lincoln from a Statement in the Senate on the virtues of a NATIONAL currency: “Money is the creature of law, and the creation of the original issue of money should be maintained as the exclusive monopoly of national government. Money possesses no value to the state other than that given to it by circulation…… The government should create issue and circulate all the currency and credit needed to satisfy the spending power of the government and the buying power of consumers. The privilege of creating and issuing money is not only the supreme prerogative of government, but it is the government’s greatest creative opportunity. Money will cease to be the master and become the servant of humanity. Democracy will rise superior to the money power.” Good advice, perhaps, except that the U.S. has already abrogated that right to the Federal Reserve, which is NOT the U.S. Government, but a privately held corporate bank protected by the government as if Holy Grail. They just don’t have to pay taxes like other banks. Neat trick, eh?

Who is Frans Verhagen and what are all those initials after his name?

He is an information (disinformation?) hit man for Globalist interests dressed in a suit woven of Doctorates, a New Yorker coming off as just off the boat from the Netherlands, for whom very little is actually known. Google all you want, everyone seems to use the same cut and paste biographic information, which is standard fare for manufactured personalities (but it can happen naturally with people who are not undercover operatives, too, of course). He got his M.Div (Masters Degree in Divinity) from Harvard Divinity School in 1974, but he was ‘working in Ghana in the sixties’ according to his bio, and we might thus presume it was as someone’s missionary. After this he schooled at Columbia University where he got his MIA (Masters in International [and public] Affairs).

But wait… that’s odd. Seems there are TWO different Frans Verhagens from the Netherlands claiming the MIA degree from Columbia at the same time. No matter. They assure me there were two different ones with differing middle initials. It’s merely coincidence that that is a common CIA trick to confound tracking manufactured identities. It is unfair of me to infer insidious intent. I’m OK with that, given the fairness of Global domination of all living souls for profit.

Who else supports a Carbon Monetary System?

The Carbon Currency Foundation, another Globalist cabalistic invention, who in their ‘Who we are’ link say absolutely nothing about who they are, list no names under contacts… but their legal offices are in Panama, and their corporate offices in the Amazons… in the middle of the deforestation industry, there. They must feel right at home, being so green oriented, and all.

Jullian Button, who writes treatises on topic for the Harvard Law Review, and who points out there are already like experiments under way: “…including theEuropean Union’s Emissions Trading System (EU ETS) and the United Kingdom’s Emissions Trading System (UK ETS) — mature, and new markets such as New Zealand’s Emissions Trading Scheme (NZ ETS), the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative (RGGI) and the Western Climate Initiative (WCI)” Jullian Button just happens to be running around Australia as you read promoting the carbon tax with… The Eastern metropolitan Regional Council as they debate such things on behalf of their collective citizenry (who don’t appreciate it all that much). Pretty neat trick for what would seem to be an American lawyer suddenly practicing law in Australia just in time for Carbon Tax wars.

What does the Carbon Monetary System really have to do with The Green Agenda?

Thank me for asking. Try this on for size; an even harsher review by someone studying just exactly that. His findings parallel my own, but are in many ways even more disturbing, which means I can’t say it better, myself. So I won’t even try. Give it a read.

carbon tax

What can you do?

Sell everything you own and then find the richest person you can, like a Rothschilde, or something, and send them all the money. You won’t be able to use it any more, anyway, and they really do deserve to own it all, don’t they? After all, they are trying so hard and have been ever since 1776 when the Illuminati was founded, whereby their goal to take over the World and establish a one-World government ruled by the Antichrist would do so by a certain plan. Said plan just happened to include destabilizing national currencies and controlling nations by establishing and controlling new currencies of their own device. How fortunate they have finally figured out exactly how to do it. Give them a hand, folks, and bend over to best experience the thrill.

Or, it you prefer, make it clear to all concerned you do not (I think I’ve already said this) want the tax, their money, their government, or their One-World Leader (666). You may have to shout a bit.

Coalition on attack over carbon tax modelling (theage.com.au)
PM still wants the carbon tax (news.theage.com.au)
Australia plans to impose carbon tax (martinjquinn.com)

Posted in Conspiracy, Political Commentary, Uncategorized

3 Comments

Tags: Australia, Bilderbergers, Carbon tax, Council on Foreign Relations, Environment, Fee and dividend, globalist, Julia Gillard, New World Order, One World Government, Trilateral Commission, World government

The 33 Axioms of Fascism, part II

Jul 29

Posted by Author H. Michael Sweeney

From Decode The Matrix: breakthecipher.wordpress.com

by H. Michael Sweeney,

permissions to reproduce available on request to pppbooks at comcast (net)

Fascism

Read the Introduction (part I) here.

Fascism is not about Nazism…

which merely embraced it.

It is about the New World Order…

which invented it.

Thus the modern Fascist symbol is no longer the Swastika…

which must be concealed or disguised if used…

is now the Global spheres of corporate logos…

or Points of the Compass references…

which can be used openly as if code words.

∏

The 33 Axioms:

As to the general nature:

1 Fascism is an expression of extreme capitalism, and as such, consumes massive resources in material, finances, and cheap labor, and an expression of extreme liberalism, in that it requires collectivism and socialism to control the have-nots.

Fascists do not believe in fiscal responsibilities, ecology, or humanity. They believe only in profits today, at any cost or expense to others. They shield themselves behind a Globalist Agenda pretending through shill Foundations and U.N. Charters to be ‘Economy Building,’ ‘Ghia Friendly,’ and ‘Third-World Enriching.’ These Code Words and many more like them veil the hidden manipulations within such ‘programs’ which actually work in the opposite direction in final analysis. One needs only review the actions of the World Bank to see examples.

2 Fascism most commonly favors or seeks world domination, its most perfect form being a One World Government

And what is a chief description of a One-World Government? It has a single World Leader. What is such a person called historically? The Antichrist. Is it any wonder then that Fascists historically and statistically speaking are by and large Satanic or Occultists? Hitler and friends sought World Domination by a single government. So did Communism. Before them so did the Illuminati. Since then, so has the modern Illuminati, the Globalists. They all called it a New World Order in one way or another, and they all shared the same basic planks or stepwise goals for achievement as spelled out by the Illuminati Plan.

A logo does not define a Fascist, but begs a closer look

3 The politics of Fascism serve only the interests of the powerfully rich elite

It is a government by the empowered of the unempowered to usurp more power and wealth. The purest form would be a Corporate State, a TerraCorp, wherein all corporations were shareholders in a Holding Company which was the government. All law and regulation would be for their gain, at the people’s expense.

4 Fascism sees an artificially controlled Monetary Policy as a Major domestic policy tool and a significant foreign policy tool

Control of the printing, availability, and value of Money by instruments such as The Federal Reserve was a primary goal established by the Illuminati Plan to establish a One-World Government they referred to as The New World Order. When you control currency in a country, you control the country. The international banking family of the Rothschilds has met this goal in virtually every Nation, and were a driving force in the establishment and continued control of the FED, which is a privately held corporation, not a branch of the U.S. Government. Mayer Amschel Rothschild has said, “Give me control of a nation’s money and I care not who makes the laws.” And why not. If you control money, you control EVERYONE and EVERYTHING indirectly.

Such control allows you to fund whatever you wish, heaping debt upon the masses. It allows Socialism, a tool to make the people both dependent upon and grateful to government. It allows a military of immense size and power. It allows everyone in charge to reap small fortunes at every turn, profiteering directly and indirectly from every Public Trough created by the Bureaucracy.

5 Fascism sees war as a major foreign policy tool and significant domestic policy tool for establishing and maintaining power

They do not care where the war is, the reason, or the outcome. Yes, it is important to them personally that they not get caught in the middle or see their own possessions destroyed. That’s something easy to arrange: just relocate the family and have the government pay for damages when you return. They only care that they get to loan money to both sides and profit from arms sales to both sides. The Rothschilds were famous for doing this, and it was in fact what empowered international banking in the first place.

Hillary Clinton, as described in my book set, Fatal Rebirth, profited handsomely by profits made through her modest investment in a CIA front operating in Canada which illegally sold U.S. arms to both sides of the Iran-Iraq war, one of the bloodiest of all history, and one with no victor, least of all American interests in the region. Wars can be used to punish or weaken a government which is uncooperative, and bolster those which do cooperate, and serves as a ‘patriotism’ tool for domestic control even in the face of severe domestic unhappiness with government which might exist. It can be used to justify Draconian measures and limit freedoms.

6 Fascism sees illicit drug trade as a major domestic policy tool and minor foreign policy tool

Profiteering is assured, generally used to fund black operations with no accountability and full plausible deniability. A War on Drugs forces the price sky high, and can be used to insure that sanctioned drug sales (CIA drug sales, in our case) is protected while unauthorized sellers (the kids running the border and the street gangs) get to go to jail. It increases crime to fund drug habits and allows for repressive laws and establishing large Law Enforcement Agency resources and infrastructure.

You render large populations ‘as lawbreakers’ who must otherwise behave out of fear of prosecution (they get off with a ‘warning’ or fine, but hence forth keep a low political profile). Wars are fought to control access to drugs. Vietnam secured S.E. Asia for CIA. The War on Drugs in South America is selectively fought against the Cartels who are not in bed with CIA, the ones willing to leave the local CIA vetted government alone. The war in Afghanistan secured the vast Poppy Fields for CIA and its partner, the Pakistani ISI (their CIA).

7 Fascism sees oil supply as a major tool useful in both foreign and domestic policy (enforcement)

As it happens, OIL prices do not only dictate profits, they are a major index of WAR. If you review the historical Barrel price of oil from WWII forward, you find a funny thing. The price of crude will tend to rise to a point where there is a War. It will tend to level and then at the close of the war, it will start to descend. It NEVER descends to a point much lower than half the sum it rose. It then begins to rise, again. When it has risen twice as much as it has fallen, there is another war, and the cycle repeats. This is the old ‘Two steps forward, and one step backwards’ philosophy of (Communism, the Illuminati, and Fascism) put into formula-matic play.

8 Fascist regime’s ability to survive is directly dependent upon their ability to control, and the means and effort required to control increases in measure with the reduction in or absence of affluence of the lower classes

Thus Fascism MUST become a Police State with Draconian laws. It MUST develop and deploy Political Control Technology to control the hearts and minds of its Citizens. It MUST rely upon disinformation and controlled media as part of that technology. It MUST find ways to hush and eliminate dissent through such control. Thus many of the other Axioms come into play as tools for the purpose.

9 Fascism can flourish and dominate from within any form of government where a police state mentality and/or secret government can be achieved

It need not be an overtly visible Police State. In fact, the more covert, the better. Thus Fascism exists in all forms of government, either operating as a Secret Government in conspiratorial subversion of processes and agencies, or as outright leadership and enforcer.

10 Fascism requires and is built on deceit through secret societies, secret government, and secret activities as tools

The trading of secrets insures loyalty of key players. Intelligence operatives trade such secrets as insurance policies against the Double Cross. Skull and Bonesmen trade such secrets so that they can destroy anyone of their own who dares betray. It is the tool of the keeping and trading of such secrets which itself makes it extremely rare that such secrets are made public. Too many people have too much at stake in the form of a vested interest. The very existence of such secrets, and the need to protect them, means that all else must necessarily be a lie. To conduct affairs amid such lies requires secretive forces doing things covertly. Cover ups abound. Thus media infiltration, manipulation, and Wag-The-Dog damage control becomes paramount.

11 Fascism achieves absolute power grip over key people through blackmail and other forms of intimidation

Where trading of secrets is not sufficient, such as with those who are not anointed, acquiring secrets about people becomes a primary tool in arranging and assuring their cooperation, were they otherwise predisposed to object. Where such is not available, other threats may be required. CIA has repeatedly been caught spying on power brokers in Washington to learn of their sexual or financial indiscretions. Where such cannot be uncovered, it can be manufactured. When a scandal breaks, more than likely, it broke because they refused to cave in. This is how they got rid of Spiro Agnew and Nixon in order to seat Gerald Ford, the man who fed CIA Warren Commission secret meeting content to better enable the cover up of what really happened in Dallas.

12 Fascism relies upon hate and fear to control the people and to distract them from discovering fascism is their true enemy

Divide and conquer. Labeling. Fear mongering. You see it everywhere. People are encouraged to avoid finding areas they can agree upon, and instead urged to hate and expunge EVERYONE who does not think EXACTLY like them. Diversity is supposed to be an asset that builds nations, one of the key principles behind America’s meteoric rise to power. Yet it has been made weapon against us, and is one reason we are fast becoming a has-been nation owned by the Chinese, Japanese, and Koreans. If you disagree with that, we are undoubtedly bitter enemies by default, and thus so, how can we possibly fight Fascism’s dark plans as they unfold around us?

Click here for Part III

Part IV – subscribe to be informed when posted.

What is the difference between democratic fascism and republican fascism (wiki.answers.com)
Fascistic Aspects of America’s Democrat Party (rogueoperator.wordpress.com)
Banks & Fascism ? (2012patriot.wordpress.com)
The U.S. Monetary System and Descent into Fascism an Interview With Dr. Edwin Vieira by David Galland (gunnyg.wordpress.com)
Sacrifice and Submission: Game of Thrones and the Aesthetics of Fascism (izabael.com)
Fascism Today in the US and Beyond (robertlindsay.wordpress.com)

Posted in Political Commentary

2 Comments

Tags: Conspiracy, Fascism, Federal Reserve System, New World Order, Police state

proparanoid

Dealing with Privacy and Security in the face of the New World Order

Category Archives: Political Commentary

An important question

Finding clues within previous coup attempts

What about today’s Joint Chiefs?

Monkey wrench conspiracy theories

In summary

Share this:

What you will learn reading this post:

Invasion of privacy tiny in size, massive in scope

Smart Dust, RFID, and the Mark of the Beast

What can you do to defend against it?

The history of RFD tells all

The other shoe drops

Share this:

Quote on!

Share this:

What money is, and why it has value

But what happens when TSHTF?

What will be the new currency in a crisis?

Barter, the alternative currency

Not fully convinced? Want more information?

Share this:

What makes you a terrorist when you live in a Police State?

R.A.P. Sheet, H.Michael Sweeney

Summary Judgement

Share this:

The Two Party System is Suiciding — Too Late to Save America?

Is the Two Party System suiciding?

Is it too late?

Related articles

Share this:

Why BLM vs. Bundy matters regardless of if his cause is just or he has no legal leg to stand on

What we should prefer…

Government has drawn a line in the sand

Share this:

Introduction: Ten Proofs ‘Random’ Mass Shootings by Intelligent Design

On suspending belief structures

The Investigation

The Ten Proofs in review…

Are you ready of this? Buckle up!

Share this:

How Social Network Trolls Target, Track, and Psychologically Profile You

Government and Commercial Trolls

Differentiating an innocent graphic from a potential spy tool…

More Direct Trolls; Psyops and Sociopaths

Dangerous escalations; why we dare not ignore trolls

What to do with a Troll

Conclusion

Share this:

The Threat to Business Property is significant in a disaster…

Partnering with Family Collectives

Making it work for all concerned

Related articles

Share this:

Government is EMPHATICALLY urging us to prepare

Multi-layered Partnerships

Key Decision Point Factors

Term of Survival without helps dictates needs…

Summary

Related articles

Share this:

Time was…

The current threat assessment

Related articles

Share this:

History on Parade…

A purge HERE?

Proof of a purge?

Is Obama conducting a purge?

Flip side: is the military is purging itself of White Hats?

Point Comparisons: Roster of 266 Vanquished Officers and Key Staff under Obama

Another kind of Roster: 92,600 Enlisted are being disbanded

The broad view: being caught in the middle

Related articles

Share this:

Milage-Based Gas Tax?

The New and Improved Gas Tax

Now the Bad News